Renormalized end-of-lines from master@27b044605cd5f6b33a3d231576003850b3fe305btrunk

40 files changed, 19449 insertions, 19449 deletions

diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/DmaMem.c b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/DmaMem.c
index df2f18024e..4a5896b3e5 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/DmaMem.c
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/DmaMem.c
@@ -1,249 +1,249 @@
-/** @file

-  The DMA memory help function.

-

-  Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "EmmcBlockIoPei.h"

-

-EDKII_IOMMU_PPI  *mIoMmu;

-

-/**

-  Provides the controller-specific addresses required to access system memory from a

-  DMA bus master.

-

-  @param  Operation             Indicates if the bus master is going to read or write to system memory.

-  @param  HostAddress           The system memory address to map to the PCI controller.

-  @param  NumberOfBytes         On input the number of bytes to map. On output the number of bytes

-                                that were mapped.

-  @param  DeviceAddress         The resulting map address for the bus master PCI controller to use to

-                                access the hosts HostAddress.

-  @param  Mapping               A resulting value to pass to Unmap().

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The range was mapped for the returned NumberOfBytes.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The HostAddress cannot be mapped as a common buffer.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be completed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The system hardware could not map the requested address.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IoMmuMap (

-  IN  EDKII_IOMMU_OPERATION  Operation,

-  IN VOID                    *HostAddress,

-  IN  OUT UINTN              *NumberOfBytes,

-  OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS   *DeviceAddress,

-  OUT VOID                   **Mapping

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT64      Attribute;

-

-  if (mIoMmu != NULL) {

-    Status = mIoMmu->Map (

-                       mIoMmu,

-                       Operation,

-                       HostAddress,

-                       NumberOfBytes,

-                       DeviceAddress,

-                       Mapping

-                       );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    }

-

-    switch (Operation) {

-      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterRead:

-      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterRead64:

-        Attribute = EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_READ;

-        break;

-      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterWrite:

-      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterWrite64:

-        Attribute = EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_WRITE;

-        break;

-      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterCommonBuffer:

-      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterCommonBuffer64:

-        Attribute = EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_READ | EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_WRITE;

-        break;

-      default:

-        ASSERT (FALSE);

-        return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-    }

-

-    Status = mIoMmu->SetAttribute (

-                       mIoMmu,

-                       *Mapping,

-                       Attribute

-                       );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-  } else {

-    *DeviceAddress = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)HostAddress;

-    *Mapping       = NULL;

-    Status         = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Completes the Map() operation and releases any corresponding resources.

-

-  @param  Mapping               The mapping value returned from Map().

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The range was unmapped.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Mapping is not a value that was returned by Map().

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The data was not committed to the target system memory.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IoMmuUnmap (

-  IN VOID  *Mapping

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-

-  if (mIoMmu != NULL) {

-    Status = mIoMmu->SetAttribute (mIoMmu, Mapping, 0);

-    Status = mIoMmu->Unmap (mIoMmu, Mapping);

-  } else {

-    Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Allocates pages that are suitable for an OperationBusMasterCommonBuffer or

-  OperationBusMasterCommonBuffer64 mapping.

-

-  @param  Pages                 The number of pages to allocate.

-  @param  HostAddress           A pointer to store the base system memory address of the

-                                allocated range.

-  @param  DeviceAddress         The resulting map address for the bus master PCI controller to use to

-                                access the hosts HostAddress.

-  @param  Mapping               A resulting value to pass to Unmap().

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The requested memory pages were allocated.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       Attributes is unsupported. The only legal attribute bits are

-                                MEMORY_WRITE_COMBINE and MEMORY_CACHED.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The memory pages could not be allocated.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IoMmuAllocateBuffer (

-  IN UINTN                  Pages,

-  OUT VOID                  **HostAddress,

-  OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  *DeviceAddress,

-  OUT VOID                  **Mapping

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS            Status;

-  UINTN                 NumberOfBytes;

-  EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  HostPhyAddress;

-

-  *HostAddress   = NULL;

-  *DeviceAddress = 0;

-

-  if (mIoMmu != NULL) {

-    Status = mIoMmu->AllocateBuffer (

-                       mIoMmu,

-                       EfiBootServicesData,

-                       Pages,

-                       HostAddress,

-                       0

-                       );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    }

-

-    NumberOfBytes = EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (Pages);

-    Status        = mIoMmu->Map (

-                              mIoMmu,

-                              EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterCommonBuffer,

-                              *HostAddress,

-                              &NumberOfBytes,

-                              DeviceAddress,

-                              Mapping

-                              );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    }

-

-    Status = mIoMmu->SetAttribute (

-                       mIoMmu,

-                       *Mapping,

-                       EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_READ | EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_WRITE

-                       );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-  } else {

-    Status = PeiServicesAllocatePages (

-               EfiBootServicesData,

-               Pages,

-               &HostPhyAddress

-               );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    }

-

-    *HostAddress   = (VOID *)(UINTN)HostPhyAddress;

-    *DeviceAddress = HostPhyAddress;

-    *Mapping       = NULL;

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Frees memory that was allocated with AllocateBuffer().

-

-  @param  Pages                 The number of pages to free.

-  @param  HostAddress           The base system memory address of the allocated range.

-  @param  Mapping               The mapping value returned from Map().

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The requested memory pages were freed.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The memory range specified by HostAddress and Pages

-                                was not allocated with AllocateBuffer().

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IoMmuFreeBuffer (

-  IN UINTN  Pages,

-  IN VOID   *HostAddress,

-  IN VOID   *Mapping

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-

-  if (mIoMmu != NULL) {

-    Status = mIoMmu->SetAttribute (mIoMmu, Mapping, 0);

-    Status = mIoMmu->Unmap (mIoMmu, Mapping);

-    Status = mIoMmu->FreeBuffer (mIoMmu, Pages, HostAddress);

-  } else {

-    Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Initialize IOMMU.

-**/

-VOID

-IoMmuInit (

-  VOID

-  )

-{

-  PeiServicesLocatePpi (

-    &gEdkiiIoMmuPpiGuid,

-    0,

-    NULL,

-    (VOID **)&mIoMmu

-    );

-}

+/** @file
+  The DMA memory help function.
+
+  Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#include "EmmcBlockIoPei.h"
+
+EDKII_IOMMU_PPI  *mIoMmu;
+
+/**
+  Provides the controller-specific addresses required to access system memory from a
+  DMA bus master.
+
+  @param  Operation             Indicates if the bus master is going to read or write to system memory.
+  @param  HostAddress           The system memory address to map to the PCI controller.
+  @param  NumberOfBytes         On input the number of bytes to map. On output the number of bytes
+                                that were mapped.
+  @param  DeviceAddress         The resulting map address for the bus master PCI controller to use to
+                                access the hosts HostAddress.
+  @param  Mapping               A resulting value to pass to Unmap().
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The range was mapped for the returned NumberOfBytes.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The HostAddress cannot be mapped as a common buffer.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be completed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The system hardware could not map the requested address.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+IoMmuMap (
+  IN  EDKII_IOMMU_OPERATION  Operation,
+  IN VOID                    *HostAddress,
+  IN  OUT UINTN              *NumberOfBytes,
+  OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS   *DeviceAddress,
+  OUT VOID                   **Mapping
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT64      Attribute;
+
+  if (mIoMmu != NULL) {
+    Status = mIoMmu->Map (
+                       mIoMmu,
+                       Operation,
+                       HostAddress,
+                       NumberOfBytes,
+                       DeviceAddress,
+                       Mapping
+                       );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    }
+
+    switch (Operation) {
+      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterRead:
+      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterRead64:
+        Attribute = EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_READ;
+        break;
+      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterWrite:
+      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterWrite64:
+        Attribute = EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_WRITE;
+        break;
+      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterCommonBuffer:
+      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterCommonBuffer64:
+        Attribute = EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_READ | EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_WRITE;
+        break;
+      default:
+        ASSERT (FALSE);
+        return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+    }
+
+    Status = mIoMmu->SetAttribute (
+                       mIoMmu,
+                       *Mapping,
+                       Attribute
+                       );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+  } else {
+    *DeviceAddress = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)HostAddress;
+    *Mapping       = NULL;
+    Status         = EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Completes the Map() operation and releases any corresponding resources.
+
+  @param  Mapping               The mapping value returned from Map().
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The range was unmapped.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Mapping is not a value that was returned by Map().
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The data was not committed to the target system memory.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+IoMmuUnmap (
+  IN VOID  *Mapping
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+
+  if (mIoMmu != NULL) {
+    Status = mIoMmu->SetAttribute (mIoMmu, Mapping, 0);
+    Status = mIoMmu->Unmap (mIoMmu, Mapping);
+  } else {
+    Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Allocates pages that are suitable for an OperationBusMasterCommonBuffer or
+  OperationBusMasterCommonBuffer64 mapping.
+
+  @param  Pages                 The number of pages to allocate.
+  @param  HostAddress           A pointer to store the base system memory address of the
+                                allocated range.
+  @param  DeviceAddress         The resulting map address for the bus master PCI controller to use to
+                                access the hosts HostAddress.
+  @param  Mapping               A resulting value to pass to Unmap().
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The requested memory pages were allocated.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       Attributes is unsupported. The only legal attribute bits are
+                                MEMORY_WRITE_COMBINE and MEMORY_CACHED.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The memory pages could not be allocated.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+IoMmuAllocateBuffer (
+  IN UINTN                  Pages,
+  OUT VOID                  **HostAddress,
+  OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  *DeviceAddress,
+  OUT VOID                  **Mapping
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS            Status;
+  UINTN                 NumberOfBytes;
+  EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  HostPhyAddress;
+
+  *HostAddress   = NULL;
+  *DeviceAddress = 0;
+
+  if (mIoMmu != NULL) {
+    Status = mIoMmu->AllocateBuffer (
+                       mIoMmu,
+                       EfiBootServicesData,
+                       Pages,
+                       HostAddress,
+                       0
+                       );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    }
+
+    NumberOfBytes = EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (Pages);
+    Status        = mIoMmu->Map (
+                              mIoMmu,
+                              EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterCommonBuffer,
+                              *HostAddress,
+                              &NumberOfBytes,
+                              DeviceAddress,
+                              Mapping
+                              );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    }
+
+    Status = mIoMmu->SetAttribute (
+                       mIoMmu,
+                       *Mapping,
+                       EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_READ | EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_WRITE
+                       );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+  } else {
+    Status = PeiServicesAllocatePages (
+               EfiBootServicesData,
+               Pages,
+               &HostPhyAddress
+               );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    }
+
+    *HostAddress   = (VOID *)(UINTN)HostPhyAddress;
+    *DeviceAddress = HostPhyAddress;
+    *Mapping       = NULL;
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Frees memory that was allocated with AllocateBuffer().
+
+  @param  Pages                 The number of pages to free.
+  @param  HostAddress           The base system memory address of the allocated range.
+  @param  Mapping               The mapping value returned from Map().
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The requested memory pages were freed.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The memory range specified by HostAddress and Pages
+                                was not allocated with AllocateBuffer().
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+IoMmuFreeBuffer (
+  IN UINTN  Pages,
+  IN VOID   *HostAddress,
+  IN VOID   *Mapping
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+
+  if (mIoMmu != NULL) {
+    Status = mIoMmu->SetAttribute (mIoMmu, Mapping, 0);
+    Status = mIoMmu->Unmap (mIoMmu, Mapping);
+    Status = mIoMmu->FreeBuffer (mIoMmu, Pages, HostAddress);
+  } else {
+    Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Initialize IOMMU.
+**/
+VOID
+IoMmuInit (
+  VOID
+  )
+{
+  PeiServicesLocatePpi (
+    &gEdkiiIoMmuPpiGuid,
+    0,
+    NULL,
+    (VOID **)&mIoMmu
+    );
+}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcBlockIoPei.c b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcBlockIoPei.c
index a87eb2092f..a7cf38a864 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcBlockIoPei.c
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcBlockIoPei.c
@@ -1,857 +1,857 @@
-/** @file

-

-  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "EmmcBlockIoPei.h"

-

-//

-// Template for EMMC HC Slot Data.

-//

-EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  gEmmcHcSlotTemplate = {

-  EMMC_PEIM_SLOT_SIG,             // Signature

-  {                               // Media

-    {

-      MSG_EMMC_DP,

-      FALSE,

-      TRUE,

-      FALSE,

-      0x200,

-      0

-    },

-    {

-      MSG_EMMC_DP,

-      FALSE,

-      TRUE,

-      FALSE,

-      0x200,

-      0

-    },

-    {

-      MSG_EMMC_DP,

-      FALSE,

-      TRUE,

-      FALSE,

-      0x200,

-      0

-    },

-    {

-      MSG_EMMC_DP,

-      FALSE,

-      TRUE,

-      FALSE,

-      0x200,

-      0

-    },

-    {

-      MSG_EMMC_DP,

-      FALSE,

-      TRUE,

-      FALSE,

-      0x200,

-      0

-    },

-    {

-      MSG_EMMC_DP,

-      FALSE,

-      TRUE,

-      FALSE,

-      0x200,

-      0

-    },

-    {

-      MSG_EMMC_DP,

-      FALSE,

-      TRUE,

-      FALSE,

-      0x200,

-      0

-    },

-    {

-      MSG_EMMC_DP,

-      FALSE,

-      TRUE,

-      FALSE,

-      0x200,

-      0

-    }

-  },

-  0,                              // MediaNum

-  {                               // PartitionType

-    EmmcPartitionUnknown,

-    EmmcPartitionUnknown,

-    EmmcPartitionUnknown,

-    EmmcPartitionUnknown,

-    EmmcPartitionUnknown,

-    EmmcPartitionUnknown,

-    EmmcPartitionUnknown,

-    EmmcPartitionUnknown

-  },

-  0,                              // EmmcHcBase

-  {                               // Capability

-    0,

-  },

-  {                               // Csd

-    0,

-  },

-  {                               // ExtCsd

-    { 0 },

-  },

-  TRUE,                           // SectorAddressing

-  NULL                            // Private

-};

-

-//

-// Template for EMMC HC Private Data.

-//

-EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  gEmmcHcPrivateTemplate = {

-  EMMC_PEIM_SIG,                  // Signature

-  NULL,                           // Pool

-  {                               // BlkIoPpi

-    EmmcBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo,

-    EmmcBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo,

-    EmmcBlockIoPeimReadBlocks

-  },

-  {                               // BlkIo2Ppi

-    EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI_REVISION,

-    EmmcBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo2,

-    EmmcBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo2,

-    EmmcBlockIoPeimReadBlocks2

-  },

-  {                               // BlkIoPpiList

-    EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_PPI,

-    &gEfiPeiVirtualBlockIoPpiGuid,

-    NULL

-  },

-  {                               // BlkIo2PpiList

-    EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_PPI | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST,

-    &gEfiPeiVirtualBlockIo2PpiGuid,

-    NULL

-  },

-  {                               // EndOfPeiNotifyList

-    (EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_NOTIFY_CALLBACK | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST),

-    &gEfiEndOfPeiSignalPpiGuid,

-    EmmcBlockIoPeimEndOfPei

-  },

-  {                               // Slot

-    {

-      0,

-    },

-    {

-      0,

-    },

-    {

-      0,

-    },

-    {

-      0,

-    },

-    {

-      0,

-    },

-    {

-      0,

-    }

-  },

-  0,                              // SlotNum

-  0                               // TotalBlkIoDevices

-};

-

-/**

-  Gets the count of block I/O devices that one specific block driver detects.

-

-  This function is used for getting the count of block I/O devices that one

-  specific block driver detects.  To the PEI ATAPI driver, it returns the number

-  of all the detected ATAPI devices it detects during the enumeration process.

-  To the PEI legacy floppy driver, it returns the number of all the legacy

-  devices it finds during its enumeration process. If no device is detected,

-  then the function will return zero.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices          General-purpose services that are available

-                                   to every PEIM.

-  @param[in]  This                 Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI

-                                   instance.

-  @param[out] NumberBlockDevices   The number of block I/O devices discovered.

-

-  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS          The operation performed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,

-  OUT UINTN                          *NumberBlockDevices

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;

-

-  Private             = GET_EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);

-  *NumberBlockDevices = Private->TotalBlkIoDevices;

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Gets a block device's media information.

-

-  This function will provide the caller with the specified block device's media

-  information. If the media changes, calling this function will update the media

-  information accordingly.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to every

-                            PEIM

-  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI instance.

-  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants

-                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O

-                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, the PPIs that

-                            want to talk to a single device must specify the

-                            device index that was assigned during the enumeration

-                            process. This index is a number from one to

-                            NumberBlockDevices.

-  @param[out] MediaInfo     The media information of the specified block media.

-                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of this

-                            data structure.

-

-  @par Note:

-      The MediaInfo structure describes an enumeration of possible block device

-      types.  This enumeration exists because no device paths are actually passed

-      across interfaces that describe the type or class of hardware that is publishing

-      the block I/O interface. This enumeration will allow for policy decisions

-      in the Recovery PEIM, such as "Try to recover from legacy floppy first,

-      LS-120 second, CD-ROM third." If there are multiple partitions abstracted

-      by a given device type, they should be reported in ascending order; this

-      order also applies to nested partitions, such as legacy MBR, where the

-      outermost partitions would have precedence in the reporting order. The

-      same logic applies to systems such as IDE that have precedence relationships

-      like "Master/Slave" or "Primary/Secondary". The master device should be

-      reported first, the slave second.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        Media information about the specified block device

-                             was obtained successfully.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR   Cannot get the media information due to a hardware

-                             error.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,

-  IN  UINTN                          DeviceIndex,

-  OUT EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA         *MediaInfo

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;

-  UINT8                      SlotNum;

-  UINT8                      MediaNum;

-  UINT8                      Location;

-  BOOLEAN                    Found;

-

-  Found   = FALSE;

-  Private = GET_EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);

-

-  if ((DeviceIndex == 0) || (DeviceIndex > Private->TotalBlkIoDevices)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  Location = 0;

-  MediaNum = 0;

-  for (SlotNum = 0; SlotNum < Private->SlotNum; SlotNum++) {

-    for (MediaNum = 0; MediaNum < Private->Slot[SlotNum].MediaNum; MediaNum++) {

-      Location++;

-      if (Location == DeviceIndex) {

-        Found = TRUE;

-        break;

-      }

-    }

-

-    if (Found) {

-      break;

-    }

-  }

-

-  MediaInfo->DeviceType   = EMMC;

-  MediaInfo->MediaPresent = TRUE;

-  MediaInfo->LastBlock    = (UINTN)Private->Slot[SlotNum].Media[MediaNum].LastBlock;

-  MediaInfo->BlockSize    = Private->Slot[SlotNum].Media[MediaNum].BlockSize;

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Reads the requested number of blocks from the specified block device.

-

-  The function reads the requested number of blocks from the device. All the

-  blocks are read, or an error is returned. If there is no media in the device,

-  the function returns EFI_NO_MEDIA.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to

-                            every PEIM.

-  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI instance.

-  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants

-                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O

-                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, PPIs that

-                            want to talk to a single device must specify the device

-                            index that was assigned during the enumeration process.

-                            This index is a number from one to NumberBlockDevices.

-  @param[in]  StartLBA      The starting logical block address (LBA) to read from

-                            on the device

-  @param[in]  BufferSize    The size of the Buffer in bytes. This number must be

-                            a multiple of the intrinsic block size of the device.

-  @param[out] Buffer        A pointer to the destination buffer for the data.

-                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of the

-                            buffer.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The data was read correctly from the device.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting

-                                  to perform the read operation.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The read request contains LBAs that are not

-                                  valid, or the buffer is not properly aligned.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE     The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of

-                                  the intrinsic block size of the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcBlockIoPeimReadBlocks (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,

-  IN  UINTN                          DeviceIndex,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_LBA                    StartLBA,

-  IN  UINTN                          BufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                           *Buffer

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                 Status;

-  UINT32                     BlockSize;

-  UINTN                      NumberOfBlocks;

-  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;

-  UINT8                      SlotNum;

-  UINT8                      MediaNum;

-  UINT8                      Location;

-  UINT8                      PartitionConfig;

-  UINTN                      Remaining;

-  UINT32                     MaxBlock;

-  BOOLEAN                    Found;

-

-  Status  = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  Found   = FALSE;

-  Private = GET_EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);

-

-  //

-  // Check parameters

-  //

-  if (Buffer == NULL) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if (BufferSize == 0) {

-    return EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  if ((DeviceIndex == 0) || (DeviceIndex > Private->TotalBlkIoDevices)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  Location = 0;

-  MediaNum = 0;

-  for (SlotNum = 0; SlotNum < Private->SlotNum; SlotNum++) {

-    for (MediaNum = 0; MediaNum < Private->Slot[SlotNum].MediaNum; MediaNum++) {

-      Location++;

-      if (Location == DeviceIndex) {

-        Found = TRUE;

-        break;

-      }

-    }

-

-    if (Found) {

-      break;

-    }

-  }

-

-  BlockSize = Private->Slot[SlotNum].Media[MediaNum].BlockSize;

-  if (BufferSize % BlockSize != 0) {

-    return EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE;

-  }

-

-  if (StartLBA > Private->Slot[SlotNum].Media[MediaNum].LastBlock) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  NumberOfBlocks = BufferSize / BlockSize;

-

-  //

-  // Check if needs to switch partition access.

-  //

-  PartitionConfig = Private->Slot[SlotNum].ExtCsd.PartitionConfig;

-  if ((PartitionConfig & 0x7) != Private->Slot[SlotNum].PartitionType[MediaNum]) {

-    PartitionConfig &= (UINT8) ~0x7;

-    PartitionConfig |= Private->Slot[SlotNum].PartitionType[MediaNum];

-    Status           = EmmcPeimSwitch (

-                         &Private->Slot[SlotNum],

-                         0x3,

-                         OFFSET_OF (EMMC_EXT_CSD, PartitionConfig),

-                         PartitionConfig,

-                         0x0

-                         );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    Private->Slot[SlotNum].ExtCsd.PartitionConfig = PartitionConfig;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Start to execute data transfer. The max block number in single cmd is 65535 blocks.

-  //

-  Remaining = NumberOfBlocks;

-  MaxBlock  = 0xFFFF;

-

-  while (Remaining > 0) {

-    if (Remaining <= MaxBlock) {

-      NumberOfBlocks = Remaining;

-    } else {

-      NumberOfBlocks = MaxBlock;

-    }

-

-    Status = EmmcPeimSetBlkCount (&Private->Slot[SlotNum], (UINT16)NumberOfBlocks);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    BufferSize = NumberOfBlocks * BlockSize;

-    Status     = EmmcPeimRwMultiBlocks (&Private->Slot[SlotNum], StartLBA, BlockSize, Buffer, BufferSize, TRUE);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    StartLBA  += NumberOfBlocks;

-    Buffer     = (UINT8 *)Buffer + BufferSize;

-    Remaining -= NumberOfBlocks;

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Gets the count of block I/O devices that one specific block driver detects.

-

-  This function is used for getting the count of block I/O devices that one

-  specific block driver detects.  To the PEI ATAPI driver, it returns the number

-  of all the detected ATAPI devices it detects during the enumeration process.

-  To the PEI legacy floppy driver, it returns the number of all the legacy

-  devices it finds during its enumeration process. If no device is detected,

-  then the function will return zero.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices          General-purpose services that are available

-                                   to every PEIM.

-  @param[in]  This                 Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI

-                                   instance.

-  @param[out] NumberBlockDevices   The number of block I/O devices discovered.

-

-  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS          The operation performed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo2 (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,

-  OUT UINTN                           *NumberBlockDevices

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;

-

-  Private             = GET_EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS2 (This);

-  *NumberBlockDevices = Private->TotalBlkIoDevices;

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Gets a block device's media information.

-

-  This function will provide the caller with the specified block device's media

-  information. If the media changes, calling this function will update the media

-  information accordingly.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to every

-                            PEIM

-  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI instance.

-  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants

-                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O

-                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, the PPIs that

-                            want to talk to a single device must specify the

-                            device index that was assigned during the enumeration

-                            process. This index is a number from one to

-                            NumberBlockDevices.

-  @param[out] MediaInfo     The media information of the specified block media.

-                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of this

-                            data structure.

-

-  @par Note:

-      The MediaInfo structure describes an enumeration of possible block device

-      types.  This enumeration exists because no device paths are actually passed

-      across interfaces that describe the type or class of hardware that is publishing

-      the block I/O interface. This enumeration will allow for policy decisions

-      in the Recovery PEIM, such as "Try to recover from legacy floppy first,

-      LS-120 second, CD-ROM third." If there are multiple partitions abstracted

-      by a given device type, they should be reported in ascending order; this

-      order also applies to nested partitions, such as legacy MBR, where the

-      outermost partitions would have precedence in the reporting order. The

-      same logic applies to systems such as IDE that have precedence relationships

-      like "Master/Slave" or "Primary/Secondary". The master device should be

-      reported first, the slave second.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        Media information about the specified block device

-                             was obtained successfully.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR   Cannot get the media information due to a hardware

-                             error.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo2 (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,

-  IN  UINTN                           DeviceIndex,

-  OUT EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO2_MEDIA         *MediaInfo

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                 Status;

-  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;

-  EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA     Media;

-  UINT8                      SlotNum;

-  UINT8                      MediaNum;

-  UINT8                      Location;

-  BOOLEAN                    Found;

-

-  Found   = FALSE;

-  Private = GET_EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS2 (This);

-

-  Status = EmmcBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo (

-             PeiServices,

-             &Private->BlkIoPpi,

-             DeviceIndex,

-             &Media

-             );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Location = 0;

-  MediaNum = 0;

-  for (SlotNum = 0; SlotNum < Private->SlotNum; SlotNum++) {

-    for (MediaNum = 0; MediaNum < Private->Slot[SlotNum].MediaNum; MediaNum++) {

-      Location++;

-      if (Location == DeviceIndex) {

-        Found = TRUE;

-        break;

-      }

-    }

-

-    if (Found) {

-      break;

-    }

-  }

-

-  CopyMem (MediaInfo, &(Private->Slot[SlotNum].Media[MediaNum]), sizeof (EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO2_MEDIA));

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Reads the requested number of blocks from the specified block device.

-

-  The function reads the requested number of blocks from the device. All the

-  blocks are read, or an error is returned. If there is no media in the device,

-  the function returns EFI_NO_MEDIA.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to

-                            every PEIM.

-  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI instance.

-  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants

-                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O

-                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, PPIs that

-                            want to talk to a single device must specify the device

-                            index that was assigned during the enumeration process.

-                            This index is a number from one to NumberBlockDevices.

-  @param[in]  StartLBA      The starting logical block address (LBA) to read from

-                            on the device

-  @param[in]  BufferSize    The size of the Buffer in bytes. This number must be

-                            a multiple of the intrinsic block size of the device.

-  @param[out] Buffer        A pointer to the destination buffer for the data.

-                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of the

-                            buffer.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The data was read correctly from the device.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting

-                                  to perform the read operation.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The read request contains LBAs that are not

-                                  valid, or the buffer is not properly aligned.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE     The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of

-                                  the intrinsic block size of the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcBlockIoPeimReadBlocks2 (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,

-  IN  UINTN                           DeviceIndex,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_LBA                     StartLBA,

-  IN  UINTN                           BufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                            *Buffer

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                 Status;

-  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;

-

-  Status  = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  Private = GET_EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS2 (This);

-

-  Status = EmmcBlockIoPeimReadBlocks (

-             PeiServices,

-             &Private->BlkIoPpi,

-             DeviceIndex,

-             StartLBA,

-             BufferSize,

-             Buffer

-             );

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  One notified function to cleanup the allocated DMA buffers at the end of PEI.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices        Pointer to PEI Services Table.

-  @param[in]  NotifyDescriptor   Pointer to the descriptor for the Notification

-                                 event that caused this function to execute.

-  @param[in]  Ppi                Pointer to the PPI data associated with this function.

-

-  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS  The function completes successfully

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcBlockIoPeimEndOfPei (

-  IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES           **PeiServices,

-  IN EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR  *NotifyDescriptor,

-  IN VOID                       *Ppi

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;

-

-  Private = GET_EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS_NOTIFY (NotifyDescriptor);

-

-  if ((Private->Pool != NULL) && (Private->Pool->Head != NULL)) {

-    EmmcPeimFreeMemPool (Private->Pool);

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  The user code starts with this function.

-

-  @param  FileHandle             Handle of the file being invoked.

-  @param  PeiServices            Describes the list of possible PEI Services.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The driver is successfully initialized.

-  @retval Others                 Can't initialize the driver.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-InitializeEmmcBlockIoPeim (

-  IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE     FileHandle,

-  IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES  **PeiServices

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                        Status;

-  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA         *Private;

-  EDKII_SD_MMC_HOST_CONTROLLER_PPI  *SdMmcHcPpi;

-  UINT32                            Index;

-  UINT32                            PartitionIndex;

-  UINTN                             *MmioBase;

-  UINT8                             BarNum;

-  UINT8                             SlotNum;

-  UINT8                             MediaNum;

-  UINT8                             Controller;

-  UINT64                            Capacity;

-  EMMC_EXT_CSD                      *ExtCsd;

-  EMMC_HC_SLOT_CAP                  Capability;

-  EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT                 *Slot;

-  UINT32                            SecCount;

-  UINT32                            GpSizeMult;

-

-  //

-  // Shadow this PEIM to run from memory

-  //

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (PeiServicesRegisterForShadow (FileHandle))) {

-    return EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // locate Emmc host controller PPI

-  //

-  Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (

-             &gEdkiiPeiSdMmcHostControllerPpiGuid,

-             0,

-             NULL,

-             (VOID **)&SdMmcHcPpi

-             );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-  }

-

-  IoMmuInit ();

-

-  Controller = 0;

-  MmioBase   = NULL;

-  while (TRUE) {

-    Status = SdMmcHcPpi->GetSdMmcHcMmioBar (SdMmcHcPpi, Controller, &MmioBase, &BarNum);

-    //

-    // When status is error, meant no controller is found

-    //

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      break;

-    }

-

-    if (BarNum == 0) {

-      Controller++;

-      continue;

-    }

-

-    Private = AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA), &gEmmcHcPrivateTemplate);

-    if (Private == NULL) {

-      Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-      break;

-    }

-

-    Private->BlkIoPpiList.Ppi  = (VOID *)&Private->BlkIoPpi;

-    Private->BlkIo2PpiList.Ppi = (VOID *)&Private->BlkIo2Ppi;

-    //

-    // Initialize the memory pool which will be used in all transactions.

-    //

-    Status = EmmcPeimInitMemPool (Private);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-      break;

-    }

-

-    for (Index = 0; Index < BarNum; Index++) {

-      Status = EmmcPeimHcGetCapability (MmioBase[Index], &Capability);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        continue;

-      }

-

-      if (Capability.SlotType != 0x1) {

-        DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "The slot at 0x%x is not embedded slot type\n", MmioBase[Index]));

-        Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-        continue;

-      }

-

-      Status = EmmcPeimHcReset (MmioBase[Index]);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        continue;

-      }

-

-      Status = EmmcPeimHcCardDetect (MmioBase[Index]);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        continue;

-      }

-

-      Status = EmmcPeimHcInitHost (MmioBase[Index]);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        continue;

-      }

-

-      SlotNum = Private->SlotNum;

-      Slot    = &Private->Slot[SlotNum];

-      CopyMem (Slot, &gEmmcHcSlotTemplate, sizeof (EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT));

-      Slot->Private    = Private;

-      Slot->EmmcHcBase = MmioBase[Index];

-      CopyMem (&Slot->Capability, &Capability, sizeof (Capability));

-

-      Status = EmmcPeimIdentification (Slot);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        continue;

-      }

-

-      ExtCsd = &Slot->ExtCsd;

-      if (ExtCsd->ExtCsdRev < 5) {

-        DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "The EMMC device version is too low, we don't support!!!\n"));

-        Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-        continue;

-      }

-

-      if ((ExtCsd->PartitioningSupport & BIT0) != BIT0) {

-        DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "The EMMC device doesn't support Partition Feature!!!\n"));

-        Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-        continue;

-      }

-

-      for (PartitionIndex = 0; PartitionIndex < EMMC_PEIM_MAX_PARTITIONS; PartitionIndex++) {

-        switch (PartitionIndex) {

-          case EmmcPartitionUserData:

-            SecCount = *(UINT32 *)&ExtCsd->SecCount;

-            Capacity = MultU64x32 ((UINT64)SecCount, 0x200);

-            break;

-          case EmmcPartitionBoot1:

-          case EmmcPartitionBoot2:

-            Capacity = ExtCsd->BootSizeMult * SIZE_128KB;

-            break;

-          case EmmcPartitionRPMB:

-            Capacity = ExtCsd->RpmbSizeMult * SIZE_128KB;

-            break;

-          case EmmcPartitionGP1:

-            GpSizeMult = (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[0] | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[1] << 8) | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[2] << 16));

-            Capacity   = MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 ((UINT64)GpSizeMult, ExtCsd->HcWpGrpSize), ExtCsd->HcEraseGrpSize), SIZE_512KB);

-            break;

-          case EmmcPartitionGP2:

-            GpSizeMult = (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[3] | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[4] << 8) | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[5] << 16));

-            Capacity   = MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 ((UINT64)GpSizeMult, ExtCsd->HcWpGrpSize), ExtCsd->HcEraseGrpSize), SIZE_512KB);

-            break;

-          case EmmcPartitionGP3:

-            GpSizeMult = (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[6] | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[7] << 8) | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[8] << 16));

-            Capacity   = MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 ((UINT64)GpSizeMult, ExtCsd->HcWpGrpSize), ExtCsd->HcEraseGrpSize), SIZE_512KB);

-            break;

-          case EmmcPartitionGP4:

-            GpSizeMult = (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[9] | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[10] << 8) | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[11] << 16));

-            Capacity   = MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 ((UINT64)GpSizeMult, ExtCsd->HcWpGrpSize), ExtCsd->HcEraseGrpSize), SIZE_512KB);

-            break;

-          default:

-            ASSERT (FALSE);

-            continue;

-        }

-

-        MediaNum = Slot->MediaNum;

-        if (Capacity != 0) {

-          Slot->Media[MediaNum].LastBlock = DivU64x32 (Capacity, Slot->Media[MediaNum].BlockSize) - 1;

-          Slot->PartitionType[MediaNum]   = PartitionIndex;

-          Private->TotalBlkIoDevices++;

-          Slot->MediaNum++;

-        }

-      }

-

-      Private->SlotNum++;

-    }

-

-    Controller++;

-

-    if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      PeiServicesInstallPpi (&Private->BlkIoPpiList);

-      PeiServicesNotifyPpi (&Private->EndOfPeiNotifyList);

-    } else {

-      if (Private->Pool->Head != NULL) {

-        EmmcPeimFreeMemPool (Private->Pool);

-      }

-    }

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

+/** @file
+
+  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#include "EmmcBlockIoPei.h"
+
+//
+// Template for EMMC HC Slot Data.
+//
+EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  gEmmcHcSlotTemplate = {
+  EMMC_PEIM_SLOT_SIG,             // Signature
+  {                               // Media
+    {
+      MSG_EMMC_DP,
+      FALSE,
+      TRUE,
+      FALSE,
+      0x200,
+      0
+    },
+    {
+      MSG_EMMC_DP,
+      FALSE,
+      TRUE,
+      FALSE,
+      0x200,
+      0
+    },
+    {
+      MSG_EMMC_DP,
+      FALSE,
+      TRUE,
+      FALSE,
+      0x200,
+      0
+    },
+    {
+      MSG_EMMC_DP,
+      FALSE,
+      TRUE,
+      FALSE,
+      0x200,
+      0
+    },
+    {
+      MSG_EMMC_DP,
+      FALSE,
+      TRUE,
+      FALSE,
+      0x200,
+      0
+    },
+    {
+      MSG_EMMC_DP,
+      FALSE,
+      TRUE,
+      FALSE,
+      0x200,
+      0
+    },
+    {
+      MSG_EMMC_DP,
+      FALSE,
+      TRUE,
+      FALSE,
+      0x200,
+      0
+    },
+    {
+      MSG_EMMC_DP,
+      FALSE,
+      TRUE,
+      FALSE,
+      0x200,
+      0
+    }
+  },
+  0,                              // MediaNum
+  {                               // PartitionType
+    EmmcPartitionUnknown,
+    EmmcPartitionUnknown,
+    EmmcPartitionUnknown,
+    EmmcPartitionUnknown,
+    EmmcPartitionUnknown,
+    EmmcPartitionUnknown,
+    EmmcPartitionUnknown,
+    EmmcPartitionUnknown
+  },
+  0,                              // EmmcHcBase
+  {                               // Capability
+    0,
+  },
+  {                               // Csd
+    0,
+  },
+  {                               // ExtCsd
+    { 0 },
+  },
+  TRUE,                           // SectorAddressing
+  NULL                            // Private
+};
+
+//
+// Template for EMMC HC Private Data.
+//
+EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  gEmmcHcPrivateTemplate = {
+  EMMC_PEIM_SIG,                  // Signature
+  NULL,                           // Pool
+  {                               // BlkIoPpi
+    EmmcBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo,
+    EmmcBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo,
+    EmmcBlockIoPeimReadBlocks
+  },
+  {                               // BlkIo2Ppi
+    EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI_REVISION,
+    EmmcBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo2,
+    EmmcBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo2,
+    EmmcBlockIoPeimReadBlocks2
+  },
+  {                               // BlkIoPpiList
+    EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_PPI,
+    &gEfiPeiVirtualBlockIoPpiGuid,
+    NULL
+  },
+  {                               // BlkIo2PpiList
+    EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_PPI | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST,
+    &gEfiPeiVirtualBlockIo2PpiGuid,
+    NULL
+  },
+  {                               // EndOfPeiNotifyList
+    (EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_NOTIFY_CALLBACK | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST),
+    &gEfiEndOfPeiSignalPpiGuid,
+    EmmcBlockIoPeimEndOfPei
+  },
+  {                               // Slot
+    {
+      0,
+    },
+    {
+      0,
+    },
+    {
+      0,
+    },
+    {
+      0,
+    },
+    {
+      0,
+    },
+    {
+      0,
+    }
+  },
+  0,                              // SlotNum
+  0                               // TotalBlkIoDevices
+};
+
+/**
+  Gets the count of block I/O devices that one specific block driver detects.
+
+  This function is used for getting the count of block I/O devices that one
+  specific block driver detects.  To the PEI ATAPI driver, it returns the number
+  of all the detected ATAPI devices it detects during the enumeration process.
+  To the PEI legacy floppy driver, it returns the number of all the legacy
+  devices it finds during its enumeration process. If no device is detected,
+  then the function will return zero.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices          General-purpose services that are available
+                                   to every PEIM.
+  @param[in]  This                 Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI
+                                   instance.
+  @param[out] NumberBlockDevices   The number of block I/O devices discovered.
+
+  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS          The operation performed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,
+  OUT UINTN                          *NumberBlockDevices
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;
+
+  Private             = GET_EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
+  *NumberBlockDevices = Private->TotalBlkIoDevices;
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Gets a block device's media information.
+
+  This function will provide the caller with the specified block device's media
+  information. If the media changes, calling this function will update the media
+  information accordingly.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to every
+                            PEIM
+  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI instance.
+  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants
+                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O
+                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, the PPIs that
+                            want to talk to a single device must specify the
+                            device index that was assigned during the enumeration
+                            process. This index is a number from one to
+                            NumberBlockDevices.
+  @param[out] MediaInfo     The media information of the specified block media.
+                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of this
+                            data structure.
+
+  @par Note:
+      The MediaInfo structure describes an enumeration of possible block device
+      types.  This enumeration exists because no device paths are actually passed
+      across interfaces that describe the type or class of hardware that is publishing
+      the block I/O interface. This enumeration will allow for policy decisions
+      in the Recovery PEIM, such as "Try to recover from legacy floppy first,
+      LS-120 second, CD-ROM third." If there are multiple partitions abstracted
+      by a given device type, they should be reported in ascending order; this
+      order also applies to nested partitions, such as legacy MBR, where the
+      outermost partitions would have precedence in the reporting order. The
+      same logic applies to systems such as IDE that have precedence relationships
+      like "Master/Slave" or "Primary/Secondary". The master device should be
+      reported first, the slave second.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        Media information about the specified block device
+                             was obtained successfully.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR   Cannot get the media information due to a hardware
+                             error.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,
+  IN  UINTN                          DeviceIndex,
+  OUT EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA         *MediaInfo
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;
+  UINT8                      SlotNum;
+  UINT8                      MediaNum;
+  UINT8                      Location;
+  BOOLEAN                    Found;
+
+  Found   = FALSE;
+  Private = GET_EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
+
+  if ((DeviceIndex == 0) || (DeviceIndex > Private->TotalBlkIoDevices)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  Location = 0;
+  MediaNum = 0;
+  for (SlotNum = 0; SlotNum < Private->SlotNum; SlotNum++) {
+    for (MediaNum = 0; MediaNum < Private->Slot[SlotNum].MediaNum; MediaNum++) {
+      Location++;
+      if (Location == DeviceIndex) {
+        Found = TRUE;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (Found) {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  MediaInfo->DeviceType   = EMMC;
+  MediaInfo->MediaPresent = TRUE;
+  MediaInfo->LastBlock    = (UINTN)Private->Slot[SlotNum].Media[MediaNum].LastBlock;
+  MediaInfo->BlockSize    = Private->Slot[SlotNum].Media[MediaNum].BlockSize;
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Reads the requested number of blocks from the specified block device.
+
+  The function reads the requested number of blocks from the device. All the
+  blocks are read, or an error is returned. If there is no media in the device,
+  the function returns EFI_NO_MEDIA.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to
+                            every PEIM.
+  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI instance.
+  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants
+                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O
+                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, PPIs that
+                            want to talk to a single device must specify the device
+                            index that was assigned during the enumeration process.
+                            This index is a number from one to NumberBlockDevices.
+  @param[in]  StartLBA      The starting logical block address (LBA) to read from
+                            on the device
+  @param[in]  BufferSize    The size of the Buffer in bytes. This number must be
+                            a multiple of the intrinsic block size of the device.
+  @param[out] Buffer        A pointer to the destination buffer for the data.
+                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of the
+                            buffer.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The data was read correctly from the device.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting
+                                  to perform the read operation.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The read request contains LBAs that are not
+                                  valid, or the buffer is not properly aligned.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE     The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of
+                                  the intrinsic block size of the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcBlockIoPeimReadBlocks (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,
+  IN  UINTN                          DeviceIndex,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_LBA                    StartLBA,
+  IN  UINTN                          BufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                           *Buffer
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                 Status;
+  UINT32                     BlockSize;
+  UINTN                      NumberOfBlocks;
+  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;
+  UINT8                      SlotNum;
+  UINT8                      MediaNum;
+  UINT8                      Location;
+  UINT8                      PartitionConfig;
+  UINTN                      Remaining;
+  UINT32                     MaxBlock;
+  BOOLEAN                    Found;
+
+  Status  = EFI_SUCCESS;
+  Found   = FALSE;
+  Private = GET_EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
+
+  //
+  // Check parameters
+  //
+  if (Buffer == NULL) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  if (BufferSize == 0) {
+    return EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  if ((DeviceIndex == 0) || (DeviceIndex > Private->TotalBlkIoDevices)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  Location = 0;
+  MediaNum = 0;
+  for (SlotNum = 0; SlotNum < Private->SlotNum; SlotNum++) {
+    for (MediaNum = 0; MediaNum < Private->Slot[SlotNum].MediaNum; MediaNum++) {
+      Location++;
+      if (Location == DeviceIndex) {
+        Found = TRUE;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (Found) {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  BlockSize = Private->Slot[SlotNum].Media[MediaNum].BlockSize;
+  if (BufferSize % BlockSize != 0) {
+    return EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE;
+  }
+
+  if (StartLBA > Private->Slot[SlotNum].Media[MediaNum].LastBlock) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  NumberOfBlocks = BufferSize / BlockSize;
+
+  //
+  // Check if needs to switch partition access.
+  //
+  PartitionConfig = Private->Slot[SlotNum].ExtCsd.PartitionConfig;
+  if ((PartitionConfig & 0x7) != Private->Slot[SlotNum].PartitionType[MediaNum]) {
+    PartitionConfig &= (UINT8) ~0x7;
+    PartitionConfig |= Private->Slot[SlotNum].PartitionType[MediaNum];
+    Status           = EmmcPeimSwitch (
+                         &Private->Slot[SlotNum],
+                         0x3,
+                         OFFSET_OF (EMMC_EXT_CSD, PartitionConfig),
+                         PartitionConfig,
+                         0x0
+                         );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    Private->Slot[SlotNum].ExtCsd.PartitionConfig = PartitionConfig;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Start to execute data transfer. The max block number in single cmd is 65535 blocks.
+  //
+  Remaining = NumberOfBlocks;
+  MaxBlock  = 0xFFFF;
+
+  while (Remaining > 0) {
+    if (Remaining <= MaxBlock) {
+      NumberOfBlocks = Remaining;
+    } else {
+      NumberOfBlocks = MaxBlock;
+    }
+
+    Status = EmmcPeimSetBlkCount (&Private->Slot[SlotNum], (UINT16)NumberOfBlocks);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    BufferSize = NumberOfBlocks * BlockSize;
+    Status     = EmmcPeimRwMultiBlocks (&Private->Slot[SlotNum], StartLBA, BlockSize, Buffer, BufferSize, TRUE);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    StartLBA  += NumberOfBlocks;
+    Buffer     = (UINT8 *)Buffer + BufferSize;
+    Remaining -= NumberOfBlocks;
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Gets the count of block I/O devices that one specific block driver detects.
+
+  This function is used for getting the count of block I/O devices that one
+  specific block driver detects.  To the PEI ATAPI driver, it returns the number
+  of all the detected ATAPI devices it detects during the enumeration process.
+  To the PEI legacy floppy driver, it returns the number of all the legacy
+  devices it finds during its enumeration process. If no device is detected,
+  then the function will return zero.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices          General-purpose services that are available
+                                   to every PEIM.
+  @param[in]  This                 Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI
+                                   instance.
+  @param[out] NumberBlockDevices   The number of block I/O devices discovered.
+
+  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS          The operation performed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo2 (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,
+  OUT UINTN                           *NumberBlockDevices
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;
+
+  Private             = GET_EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS2 (This);
+  *NumberBlockDevices = Private->TotalBlkIoDevices;
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Gets a block device's media information.
+
+  This function will provide the caller with the specified block device's media
+  information. If the media changes, calling this function will update the media
+  information accordingly.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to every
+                            PEIM
+  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI instance.
+  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants
+                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O
+                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, the PPIs that
+                            want to talk to a single device must specify the
+                            device index that was assigned during the enumeration
+                            process. This index is a number from one to
+                            NumberBlockDevices.
+  @param[out] MediaInfo     The media information of the specified block media.
+                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of this
+                            data structure.
+
+  @par Note:
+      The MediaInfo structure describes an enumeration of possible block device
+      types.  This enumeration exists because no device paths are actually passed
+      across interfaces that describe the type or class of hardware that is publishing
+      the block I/O interface. This enumeration will allow for policy decisions
+      in the Recovery PEIM, such as "Try to recover from legacy floppy first,
+      LS-120 second, CD-ROM third." If there are multiple partitions abstracted
+      by a given device type, they should be reported in ascending order; this
+      order also applies to nested partitions, such as legacy MBR, where the
+      outermost partitions would have precedence in the reporting order. The
+      same logic applies to systems such as IDE that have precedence relationships
+      like "Master/Slave" or "Primary/Secondary". The master device should be
+      reported first, the slave second.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        Media information about the specified block device
+                             was obtained successfully.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR   Cannot get the media information due to a hardware
+                             error.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo2 (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,
+  IN  UINTN                           DeviceIndex,
+  OUT EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO2_MEDIA         *MediaInfo
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                 Status;
+  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;
+  EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA     Media;
+  UINT8                      SlotNum;
+  UINT8                      MediaNum;
+  UINT8                      Location;
+  BOOLEAN                    Found;
+
+  Found   = FALSE;
+  Private = GET_EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS2 (This);
+
+  Status = EmmcBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo (
+             PeiServices,
+             &Private->BlkIoPpi,
+             DeviceIndex,
+             &Media
+             );
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Location = 0;
+  MediaNum = 0;
+  for (SlotNum = 0; SlotNum < Private->SlotNum; SlotNum++) {
+    for (MediaNum = 0; MediaNum < Private->Slot[SlotNum].MediaNum; MediaNum++) {
+      Location++;
+      if (Location == DeviceIndex) {
+        Found = TRUE;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (Found) {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  CopyMem (MediaInfo, &(Private->Slot[SlotNum].Media[MediaNum]), sizeof (EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO2_MEDIA));
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Reads the requested number of blocks from the specified block device.
+
+  The function reads the requested number of blocks from the device. All the
+  blocks are read, or an error is returned. If there is no media in the device,
+  the function returns EFI_NO_MEDIA.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to
+                            every PEIM.
+  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI instance.
+  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants
+                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O
+                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, PPIs that
+                            want to talk to a single device must specify the device
+                            index that was assigned during the enumeration process.
+                            This index is a number from one to NumberBlockDevices.
+  @param[in]  StartLBA      The starting logical block address (LBA) to read from
+                            on the device
+  @param[in]  BufferSize    The size of the Buffer in bytes. This number must be
+                            a multiple of the intrinsic block size of the device.
+  @param[out] Buffer        A pointer to the destination buffer for the data.
+                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of the
+                            buffer.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The data was read correctly from the device.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting
+                                  to perform the read operation.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The read request contains LBAs that are not
+                                  valid, or the buffer is not properly aligned.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE     The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of
+                                  the intrinsic block size of the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcBlockIoPeimReadBlocks2 (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,
+  IN  UINTN                           DeviceIndex,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_LBA                     StartLBA,
+  IN  UINTN                           BufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                            *Buffer
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                 Status;
+  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;
+
+  Status  = EFI_SUCCESS;
+  Private = GET_EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS2 (This);
+
+  Status = EmmcBlockIoPeimReadBlocks (
+             PeiServices,
+             &Private->BlkIoPpi,
+             DeviceIndex,
+             StartLBA,
+             BufferSize,
+             Buffer
+             );
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  One notified function to cleanup the allocated DMA buffers at the end of PEI.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices        Pointer to PEI Services Table.
+  @param[in]  NotifyDescriptor   Pointer to the descriptor for the Notification
+                                 event that caused this function to execute.
+  @param[in]  Ppi                Pointer to the PPI data associated with this function.
+
+  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS  The function completes successfully
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcBlockIoPeimEndOfPei (
+  IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES           **PeiServices,
+  IN EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR  *NotifyDescriptor,
+  IN VOID                       *Ppi
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;
+
+  Private = GET_EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS_NOTIFY (NotifyDescriptor);
+
+  if ((Private->Pool != NULL) && (Private->Pool->Head != NULL)) {
+    EmmcPeimFreeMemPool (Private->Pool);
+  }
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  The user code starts with this function.
+
+  @param  FileHandle             Handle of the file being invoked.
+  @param  PeiServices            Describes the list of possible PEI Services.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The driver is successfully initialized.
+  @retval Others                 Can't initialize the driver.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+InitializeEmmcBlockIoPeim (
+  IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE     FileHandle,
+  IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES  **PeiServices
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                        Status;
+  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA         *Private;
+  EDKII_SD_MMC_HOST_CONTROLLER_PPI  *SdMmcHcPpi;
+  UINT32                            Index;
+  UINT32                            PartitionIndex;
+  UINTN                             *MmioBase;
+  UINT8                             BarNum;
+  UINT8                             SlotNum;
+  UINT8                             MediaNum;
+  UINT8                             Controller;
+  UINT64                            Capacity;
+  EMMC_EXT_CSD                      *ExtCsd;
+  EMMC_HC_SLOT_CAP                  Capability;
+  EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT                 *Slot;
+  UINT32                            SecCount;
+  UINT32                            GpSizeMult;
+
+  //
+  // Shadow this PEIM to run from memory
+  //
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (PeiServicesRegisterForShadow (FileHandle))) {
+    return EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // locate Emmc host controller PPI
+  //
+  Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
+             &gEdkiiPeiSdMmcHostControllerPpiGuid,
+             0,
+             NULL,
+             (VOID **)&SdMmcHcPpi
+             );
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  IoMmuInit ();
+
+  Controller = 0;
+  MmioBase   = NULL;
+  while (TRUE) {
+    Status = SdMmcHcPpi->GetSdMmcHcMmioBar (SdMmcHcPpi, Controller, &MmioBase, &BarNum);
+    //
+    // When status is error, meant no controller is found
+    //
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if (BarNum == 0) {
+      Controller++;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    Private = AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA), &gEmmcHcPrivateTemplate);
+    if (Private == NULL) {
+      Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    Private->BlkIoPpiList.Ppi  = (VOID *)&Private->BlkIoPpi;
+    Private->BlkIo2PpiList.Ppi = (VOID *)&Private->BlkIo2Ppi;
+    //
+    // Initialize the memory pool which will be used in all transactions.
+    //
+    Status = EmmcPeimInitMemPool (Private);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    for (Index = 0; Index < BarNum; Index++) {
+      Status = EmmcPeimHcGetCapability (MmioBase[Index], &Capability);
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      if (Capability.SlotType != 0x1) {
+        DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "The slot at 0x%x is not embedded slot type\n", MmioBase[Index]));
+        Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      Status = EmmcPeimHcReset (MmioBase[Index]);
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      Status = EmmcPeimHcCardDetect (MmioBase[Index]);
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      Status = EmmcPeimHcInitHost (MmioBase[Index]);
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      SlotNum = Private->SlotNum;
+      Slot    = &Private->Slot[SlotNum];
+      CopyMem (Slot, &gEmmcHcSlotTemplate, sizeof (EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT));
+      Slot->Private    = Private;
+      Slot->EmmcHcBase = MmioBase[Index];
+      CopyMem (&Slot->Capability, &Capability, sizeof (Capability));
+
+      Status = EmmcPeimIdentification (Slot);
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      ExtCsd = &Slot->ExtCsd;
+      if (ExtCsd->ExtCsdRev < 5) {
+        DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "The EMMC device version is too low, we don't support!!!\n"));
+        Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      if ((ExtCsd->PartitioningSupport & BIT0) != BIT0) {
+        DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "The EMMC device doesn't support Partition Feature!!!\n"));
+        Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      for (PartitionIndex = 0; PartitionIndex < EMMC_PEIM_MAX_PARTITIONS; PartitionIndex++) {
+        switch (PartitionIndex) {
+          case EmmcPartitionUserData:
+            SecCount = *(UINT32 *)&ExtCsd->SecCount;
+            Capacity = MultU64x32 ((UINT64)SecCount, 0x200);
+            break;
+          case EmmcPartitionBoot1:
+          case EmmcPartitionBoot2:
+            Capacity = ExtCsd->BootSizeMult * SIZE_128KB;
+            break;
+          case EmmcPartitionRPMB:
+            Capacity = ExtCsd->RpmbSizeMult * SIZE_128KB;
+            break;
+          case EmmcPartitionGP1:
+            GpSizeMult = (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[0] | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[1] << 8) | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[2] << 16));
+            Capacity   = MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 ((UINT64)GpSizeMult, ExtCsd->HcWpGrpSize), ExtCsd->HcEraseGrpSize), SIZE_512KB);
+            break;
+          case EmmcPartitionGP2:
+            GpSizeMult = (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[3] | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[4] << 8) | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[5] << 16));
+            Capacity   = MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 ((UINT64)GpSizeMult, ExtCsd->HcWpGrpSize), ExtCsd->HcEraseGrpSize), SIZE_512KB);
+            break;
+          case EmmcPartitionGP3:
+            GpSizeMult = (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[6] | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[7] << 8) | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[8] << 16));
+            Capacity   = MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 ((UINT64)GpSizeMult, ExtCsd->HcWpGrpSize), ExtCsd->HcEraseGrpSize), SIZE_512KB);
+            break;
+          case EmmcPartitionGP4:
+            GpSizeMult = (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[9] | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[10] << 8) | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[11] << 16));
+            Capacity   = MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 ((UINT64)GpSizeMult, ExtCsd->HcWpGrpSize), ExtCsd->HcEraseGrpSize), SIZE_512KB);
+            break;
+          default:
+            ASSERT (FALSE);
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        MediaNum = Slot->MediaNum;
+        if (Capacity != 0) {
+          Slot->Media[MediaNum].LastBlock = DivU64x32 (Capacity, Slot->Media[MediaNum].BlockSize) - 1;
+          Slot->PartitionType[MediaNum]   = PartitionIndex;
+          Private->TotalBlkIoDevices++;
+          Slot->MediaNum++;
+        }
+      }
+
+      Private->SlotNum++;
+    }
+
+    Controller++;
+
+    if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      PeiServicesInstallPpi (&Private->BlkIoPpiList);
+      PeiServicesNotifyPpi (&Private->EndOfPeiNotifyList);
+    } else {
+      if (Private->Pool->Head != NULL) {
+        EmmcPeimFreeMemPool (Private->Pool);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcBlockIoPei.h b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcBlockIoPei.h
index f8108c3082..23119a8f29 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcBlockIoPei.h
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcBlockIoPei.h
@@ -1,514 +1,514 @@
-/** @file

-

-  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#ifndef _EMMC_BLOCK_IO_PEI_H_

-#define _EMMC_BLOCK_IO_PEI_H_

-

-#include <PiPei.h>

-

-#include <Ppi/SdMmcHostController.h>

-#include <Ppi/BlockIo.h>

-#include <Ppi/BlockIo2.h>

-#include <Ppi/IoMmu.h>

-#include <Ppi/EndOfPeiPhase.h>

-

-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>

-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>

-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>

-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>

-#include <Library/IoLib.h>

-#include <Library/TimerLib.h>

-#include <Library/PeiServicesLib.h>

-

-#include <IndustryStandard/Emmc.h>

-

-typedef struct _EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA;

-typedef struct _EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT          EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT;

-typedef struct _EMMC_TRB                   EMMC_TRB;

-

-#include "EmmcHci.h"

-#include "EmmcHcMem.h"

-

-#define EMMC_PEIM_SIG       SIGNATURE_32 ('E', 'M', 'C', 'P')

-#define EMMC_PEIM_SLOT_SIG  SIGNATURE_32 ('E', 'M', 'C', 'S')

-

-#define EMMC_PEIM_MAX_SLOTS       6

-#define EMMC_PEIM_MAX_PARTITIONS  8

-

-struct _EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT {

-  UINT32                       Signature;

-  EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO2_MEDIA      Media[EMMC_PEIM_MAX_PARTITIONS];

-  UINT8                        MediaNum;

-  EMMC_PARTITION_TYPE          PartitionType[EMMC_PEIM_MAX_PARTITIONS];

-

-  UINTN                        EmmcHcBase;

-  EMMC_HC_SLOT_CAP             Capability;

-  EMMC_CSD                     Csd;

-  EMMC_EXT_CSD                 ExtCsd;

-  BOOLEAN                      SectorAddressing;

-  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA    *Private;

-};

-

-struct _EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA {

-  UINT32                            Signature;

-  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL                *Pool;

-  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI     BlkIoPpi;

-  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI    BlkIo2Ppi;

-  EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR            BlkIoPpiList;

-  EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR            BlkIo2PpiList;

-

-  //

-  // EndOfPei callback is used to do the cleanups before exit of PEI phase.

-  //

-  EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR         EndOfPeiNotifyList;

-

-  EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT                 Slot[EMMC_PEIM_MAX_SLOTS];

-  UINT8                             SlotNum;

-  UINT8                             TotalBlkIoDevices;

-};

-

-#define EMMC_TIMEOUT  MultU64x32((UINT64)(3), 1000000)

-#define GET_EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS(a)         CR (a, EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA, BlkIoPpi, EMMC_PEIM_SIG)

-#define GET_EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS2(a)        CR (a, EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA, BlkIo2Ppi, EMMC_PEIM_SIG)

-#define GET_EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS_NOTIFY(a)  CR (a, EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA, EndOfPeiNotifyList, EMMC_PEIM_SIG)

-

-struct _EMMC_TRB {

-  EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT         *Slot;

-  UINT16                    BlockSize;

-

-  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET       *Packet;

-  VOID                      *Data;

-  UINT32                    DataLen;

-  BOOLEAN                   Read;

-  EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS      DataPhy;

-  VOID                      *DataMap;

-  EMMC_HC_TRANSFER_MODE     Mode;

-

-  UINT64                    Timeout;

-

-  EMMC_HC_ADMA_DESC_LINE    *AdmaDesc;

-  UINTN                     AdmaDescSize;

-};

-

-/**

-  Gets the count of block I/O devices that one specific block driver detects.

-

-  This function is used for getting the count of block I/O devices that one

-  specific block driver detects.  To the PEI ATAPI driver, it returns the number

-  of all the detected ATAPI devices it detects during the enumeration process.

-  To the PEI legacy floppy driver, it returns the number of all the legacy

-  devices it finds during its enumeration process. If no device is detected,

-  then the function will return zero.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices          General-purpose services that are available

-                                   to every PEIM.

-  @param[in]  This                 Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI

-                                   instance.

-  @param[out] NumberBlockDevices   The number of block I/O devices discovered.

-

-  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS          The operation performed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,

-  OUT UINTN                          *NumberBlockDevices

-  );

-

-/**

-  Gets a block device's media information.

-

-  This function will provide the caller with the specified block device's media

-  information. If the media changes, calling this function will update the media

-  information accordingly.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to every

-                            PEIM

-  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI instance.

-  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants

-                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O

-                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, the PPIs that

-                            want to talk to a single device must specify the

-                            device index that was assigned during the enumeration

-                            process. This index is a number from one to

-                            NumberBlockDevices.

-  @param[out] MediaInfo     The media information of the specified block media.

-                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of this

-                            data structure.

-

-  @par Note:

-      The MediaInfo structure describes an enumeration of possible block device

-      types.  This enumeration exists because no device paths are actually passed

-      across interfaces that describe the type or class of hardware that is publishing

-      the block I/O interface. This enumeration will allow for policy decisions

-      in the Recovery PEIM, such as "Try to recover from legacy floppy first,

-      LS-120 second, CD-ROM third." If there are multiple partitions abstracted

-      by a given device type, they should be reported in ascending order; this

-      order also applies to nested partitions, such as legacy MBR, where the

-      outermost partitions would have precedence in the reporting order. The

-      same logic applies to systems such as IDE that have precedence relationships

-      like "Master/Slave" or "Primary/Secondary". The master device should be

-      reported first, the slave second.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        Media information about the specified block device

-                             was obtained successfully.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR   Cannot get the media information due to a hardware

-                             error.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,

-  IN  UINTN                          DeviceIndex,

-  OUT EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA         *MediaInfo

-  );

-

-/**

-  Reads the requested number of blocks from the specified block device.

-

-  The function reads the requested number of blocks from the device. All the

-  blocks are read, or an error is returned. If there is no media in the device,

-  the function returns EFI_NO_MEDIA.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to

-                            every PEIM.

-  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI instance.

-  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants

-                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O

-                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, PPIs that

-                            want to talk to a single device must specify the device

-                            index that was assigned during the enumeration process.

-                            This index is a number from one to NumberBlockDevices.

-  @param[in]  StartLBA      The starting logical block address (LBA) to read from

-                            on the device

-  @param[in]  BufferSize    The size of the Buffer in bytes. This number must be

-                            a multiple of the intrinsic block size of the device.

-  @param[out] Buffer        A pointer to the destination buffer for the data.

-                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of the

-                            buffer.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The data was read correctly from the device.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting

-                                  to perform the read operation.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The read request contains LBAs that are not

-                                  valid, or the buffer is not properly aligned.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE     The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of

-                                  the intrinsic block size of the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcBlockIoPeimReadBlocks (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,

-  IN  UINTN                          DeviceIndex,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_LBA                    StartLBA,

-  IN  UINTN                          BufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                           *Buffer

-  );

-

-/**

-  Gets the count of block I/O devices that one specific block driver detects.

-

-  This function is used for getting the count of block I/O devices that one

-  specific block driver detects.  To the PEI ATAPI driver, it returns the number

-  of all the detected ATAPI devices it detects during the enumeration process.

-  To the PEI legacy floppy driver, it returns the number of all the legacy

-  devices it finds during its enumeration process. If no device is detected,

-  then the function will return zero.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices          General-purpose services that are available

-                                   to every PEIM.

-  @param[in]  This                 Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI

-                                   instance.

-  @param[out] NumberBlockDevices   The number of block I/O devices discovered.

-

-  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS          The operation performed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo2 (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,

-  OUT UINTN                           *NumberBlockDevices

-  );

-

-/**

-  Gets a block device's media information.

-

-  This function will provide the caller with the specified block device's media

-  information. If the media changes, calling this function will update the media

-  information accordingly.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to every

-                            PEIM

-  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI instance.

-  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants

-                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O

-                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, the PPIs that

-                            want to talk to a single device must specify the

-                            device index that was assigned during the enumeration

-                            process. This index is a number from one to

-                            NumberBlockDevices.

-  @param[out] MediaInfo     The media information of the specified block media.

-                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of this

-                            data structure.

-

-  @par Note:

-      The MediaInfo structure describes an enumeration of possible block device

-      types.  This enumeration exists because no device paths are actually passed

-      across interfaces that describe the type or class of hardware that is publishing

-      the block I/O interface. This enumeration will allow for policy decisions

-      in the Recovery PEIM, such as "Try to recover from legacy floppy first,

-      LS-120 second, CD-ROM third." If there are multiple partitions abstracted

-      by a given device type, they should be reported in ascending order; this

-      order also applies to nested partitions, such as legacy MBR, where the

-      outermost partitions would have precedence in the reporting order. The

-      same logic applies to systems such as IDE that have precedence relationships

-      like "Master/Slave" or "Primary/Secondary". The master device should be

-      reported first, the slave second.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        Media information about the specified block device

-                             was obtained successfully.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR   Cannot get the media information due to a hardware

-                             error.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo2 (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,

-  IN  UINTN                           DeviceIndex,

-  OUT EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO2_MEDIA         *MediaInfo

-  );

-

-/**

-  Reads the requested number of blocks from the specified block device.

-

-  The function reads the requested number of blocks from the device. All the

-  blocks are read, or an error is returned. If there is no media in the device,

-  the function returns EFI_NO_MEDIA.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to

-                            every PEIM.

-  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI instance.

-  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants

-                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O

-                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, PPIs that

-                            want to talk to a single device must specify the device

-                            index that was assigned during the enumeration process.

-                            This index is a number from one to NumberBlockDevices.

-  @param[in]  StartLBA      The starting logical block address (LBA) to read from

-                            on the device

-  @param[in]  BufferSize    The size of the Buffer in bytes. This number must be

-                            a multiple of the intrinsic block size of the device.

-  @param[out] Buffer        A pointer to the destination buffer for the data.

-                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of the

-                            buffer.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The data was read correctly from the device.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting

-                                  to perform the read operation.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The read request contains LBAs that are not

-                                  valid, or the buffer is not properly aligned.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE     The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of

-                                  the intrinsic block size of the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcBlockIoPeimReadBlocks2 (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,

-  IN  UINTN                           DeviceIndex,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_LBA                     StartLBA,

-  IN  UINTN                           BufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                            *Buffer

-  );

-

-/**

-  Initialize the memory management pool for the host controller.

-

-  @param  Private               The Emmc Peim driver private data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The memory pool is initialized.

-  @retval Others                Fail to init the memory pool.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimInitMemPool (

-  IN  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private

-  );

-

-/**

-  Release the memory management pool.

-

-  @param  Pool                  The memory pool to free.

-

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      Fail to free the memory pool.

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The memory pool is freed.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimFreeMemPool (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool

-  );

-

-/**

-  Allocate some memory from the host controller's memory pool

-  which can be used to communicate with host controller.

-

-  @param  Pool      The host controller's memory pool.

-  @param  Size      Size of the memory to allocate.

-

-  @return The allocated memory or NULL.

-

-**/

-VOID *

-EmmcPeimAllocateMem (

-  IN  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool,

-  IN  UINTN               Size

-  );

-

-/**

-  Free the allocated memory back to the memory pool.

-

-  @param  Pool           The memory pool of the host controller.

-  @param  Mem            The memory to free.

-  @param  Size           The size of the memory to free.

-

-**/

-VOID

-EmmcPeimFreeMem (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool,

-  IN VOID                *Mem,

-  IN UINTN               Size

-  );

-

-/**

-  Initialize IOMMU.

-**/

-VOID

-IoMmuInit (

-  VOID

-  );

-

-/**

-  Provides the controller-specific addresses required to access system memory from a

-  DMA bus master.

-

-  @param  Operation             Indicates if the bus master is going to read or write to system memory.

-  @param  HostAddress           The system memory address to map to the PCI controller.

-  @param  NumberOfBytes         On input the number of bytes to map. On output the number of bytes

-                                that were mapped.

-  @param  DeviceAddress         The resulting map address for the bus master PCI controller to use to

-                                access the hosts HostAddress.

-  @param  Mapping               A resulting value to pass to Unmap().

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The range was mapped for the returned NumberOfBytes.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The HostAddress cannot be mapped as a common buffer.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be completed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The system hardware could not map the requested address.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IoMmuMap (

-  IN  EDKII_IOMMU_OPERATION  Operation,

-  IN  VOID                   *HostAddress,

-  IN  OUT UINTN              *NumberOfBytes,

-  OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS   *DeviceAddress,

-  OUT VOID                   **Mapping

-  );

-

-/**

-  Completes the Map() operation and releases any corresponding resources.

-

-  @param  Mapping               The mapping value returned from Map().

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The range was unmapped.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Mapping is not a value that was returned by Map().

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The data was not committed to the target system memory.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IoMmuUnmap (

-  IN VOID  *Mapping

-  );

-

-/**

-  Allocates pages that are suitable for an OperationBusMasterCommonBuffer or

-  OperationBusMasterCommonBuffer64 mapping.

-

-  @param  Pages                 The number of pages to allocate.

-  @param  HostAddress           A pointer to store the base system memory address of the

-                                allocated range.

-  @param  DeviceAddress         The resulting map address for the bus master PCI controller to use to

-                                access the hosts HostAddress.

-  @param  Mapping               A resulting value to pass to Unmap().

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The requested memory pages were allocated.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       Attributes is unsupported. The only legal attribute bits are

-                                MEMORY_WRITE_COMBINE and MEMORY_CACHED.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The memory pages could not be allocated.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IoMmuAllocateBuffer (

-  IN UINTN                  Pages,

-  OUT VOID                  **HostAddress,

-  OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  *DeviceAddress,

-  OUT VOID                  **Mapping

-  );

-

-/**

-  Frees memory that was allocated with AllocateBuffer().

-

-  @param  Pages                 The number of pages to free.

-  @param  HostAddress           The base system memory address of the allocated range.

-  @param  Mapping               The mapping value returned from Map().

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The requested memory pages were freed.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The memory range specified by HostAddress and Pages

-                                was not allocated with AllocateBuffer().

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IoMmuFreeBuffer (

-  IN UINTN  Pages,

-  IN VOID   *HostAddress,

-  IN VOID   *Mapping

-  );

-

-/**

-  One notified function to cleanup the allocated DMA buffers at the end of PEI.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices        Pointer to PEI Services Table.

-  @param[in]  NotifyDescriptor   Pointer to the descriptor for the Notification

-                                 event that caused this function to execute.

-  @param[in]  Ppi                Pointer to the PPI data associated with this function.

-

-  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS  The function completes successfully

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcBlockIoPeimEndOfPei (

-  IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES           **PeiServices,

-  IN EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR  *NotifyDescriptor,

-  IN VOID                       *Ppi

-  );

-

-#endif

+/** @file
+
+  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef _EMMC_BLOCK_IO_PEI_H_
+#define _EMMC_BLOCK_IO_PEI_H_
+
+#include <PiPei.h>
+
+#include <Ppi/SdMmcHostController.h>
+#include <Ppi/BlockIo.h>
+#include <Ppi/BlockIo2.h>
+#include <Ppi/IoMmu.h>
+#include <Ppi/EndOfPeiPhase.h>
+
+#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
+#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
+#include <Library/IoLib.h>
+#include <Library/TimerLib.h>
+#include <Library/PeiServicesLib.h>
+
+#include <IndustryStandard/Emmc.h>
+
+typedef struct _EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA;
+typedef struct _EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT          EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT;
+typedef struct _EMMC_TRB                   EMMC_TRB;
+
+#include "EmmcHci.h"
+#include "EmmcHcMem.h"
+
+#define EMMC_PEIM_SIG       SIGNATURE_32 ('E', 'M', 'C', 'P')
+#define EMMC_PEIM_SLOT_SIG  SIGNATURE_32 ('E', 'M', 'C', 'S')
+
+#define EMMC_PEIM_MAX_SLOTS       6
+#define EMMC_PEIM_MAX_PARTITIONS  8
+
+struct _EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT {
+  UINT32                       Signature;
+  EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO2_MEDIA      Media[EMMC_PEIM_MAX_PARTITIONS];
+  UINT8                        MediaNum;
+  EMMC_PARTITION_TYPE          PartitionType[EMMC_PEIM_MAX_PARTITIONS];
+
+  UINTN                        EmmcHcBase;
+  EMMC_HC_SLOT_CAP             Capability;
+  EMMC_CSD                     Csd;
+  EMMC_EXT_CSD                 ExtCsd;
+  BOOLEAN                      SectorAddressing;
+  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA    *Private;
+};
+
+struct _EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA {
+  UINT32                            Signature;
+  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL                *Pool;
+  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI     BlkIoPpi;
+  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI    BlkIo2Ppi;
+  EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR            BlkIoPpiList;
+  EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR            BlkIo2PpiList;
+
+  //
+  // EndOfPei callback is used to do the cleanups before exit of PEI phase.
+  //
+  EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR         EndOfPeiNotifyList;
+
+  EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT                 Slot[EMMC_PEIM_MAX_SLOTS];
+  UINT8                             SlotNum;
+  UINT8                             TotalBlkIoDevices;
+};
+
+#define EMMC_TIMEOUT  MultU64x32((UINT64)(3), 1000000)
+#define GET_EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS(a)         CR (a, EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA, BlkIoPpi, EMMC_PEIM_SIG)
+#define GET_EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS2(a)        CR (a, EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA, BlkIo2Ppi, EMMC_PEIM_SIG)
+#define GET_EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS_NOTIFY(a)  CR (a, EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA, EndOfPeiNotifyList, EMMC_PEIM_SIG)
+
+struct _EMMC_TRB {
+  EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT         *Slot;
+  UINT16                    BlockSize;
+
+  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET       *Packet;
+  VOID                      *Data;
+  UINT32                    DataLen;
+  BOOLEAN                   Read;
+  EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS      DataPhy;
+  VOID                      *DataMap;
+  EMMC_HC_TRANSFER_MODE     Mode;
+
+  UINT64                    Timeout;
+
+  EMMC_HC_ADMA_DESC_LINE    *AdmaDesc;
+  UINTN                     AdmaDescSize;
+};
+
+/**
+  Gets the count of block I/O devices that one specific block driver detects.
+
+  This function is used for getting the count of block I/O devices that one
+  specific block driver detects.  To the PEI ATAPI driver, it returns the number
+  of all the detected ATAPI devices it detects during the enumeration process.
+  To the PEI legacy floppy driver, it returns the number of all the legacy
+  devices it finds during its enumeration process. If no device is detected,
+  then the function will return zero.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices          General-purpose services that are available
+                                   to every PEIM.
+  @param[in]  This                 Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI
+                                   instance.
+  @param[out] NumberBlockDevices   The number of block I/O devices discovered.
+
+  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS          The operation performed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,
+  OUT UINTN                          *NumberBlockDevices
+  );
+
+/**
+  Gets a block device's media information.
+
+  This function will provide the caller with the specified block device's media
+  information. If the media changes, calling this function will update the media
+  information accordingly.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to every
+                            PEIM
+  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI instance.
+  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants
+                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O
+                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, the PPIs that
+                            want to talk to a single device must specify the
+                            device index that was assigned during the enumeration
+                            process. This index is a number from one to
+                            NumberBlockDevices.
+  @param[out] MediaInfo     The media information of the specified block media.
+                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of this
+                            data structure.
+
+  @par Note:
+      The MediaInfo structure describes an enumeration of possible block device
+      types.  This enumeration exists because no device paths are actually passed
+      across interfaces that describe the type or class of hardware that is publishing
+      the block I/O interface. This enumeration will allow for policy decisions
+      in the Recovery PEIM, such as "Try to recover from legacy floppy first,
+      LS-120 second, CD-ROM third." If there are multiple partitions abstracted
+      by a given device type, they should be reported in ascending order; this
+      order also applies to nested partitions, such as legacy MBR, where the
+      outermost partitions would have precedence in the reporting order. The
+      same logic applies to systems such as IDE that have precedence relationships
+      like "Master/Slave" or "Primary/Secondary". The master device should be
+      reported first, the slave second.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        Media information about the specified block device
+                             was obtained successfully.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR   Cannot get the media information due to a hardware
+                             error.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,
+  IN  UINTN                          DeviceIndex,
+  OUT EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA         *MediaInfo
+  );
+
+/**
+  Reads the requested number of blocks from the specified block device.
+
+  The function reads the requested number of blocks from the device. All the
+  blocks are read, or an error is returned. If there is no media in the device,
+  the function returns EFI_NO_MEDIA.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to
+                            every PEIM.
+  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI instance.
+  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants
+                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O
+                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, PPIs that
+                            want to talk to a single device must specify the device
+                            index that was assigned during the enumeration process.
+                            This index is a number from one to NumberBlockDevices.
+  @param[in]  StartLBA      The starting logical block address (LBA) to read from
+                            on the device
+  @param[in]  BufferSize    The size of the Buffer in bytes. This number must be
+                            a multiple of the intrinsic block size of the device.
+  @param[out] Buffer        A pointer to the destination buffer for the data.
+                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of the
+                            buffer.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The data was read correctly from the device.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting
+                                  to perform the read operation.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The read request contains LBAs that are not
+                                  valid, or the buffer is not properly aligned.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE     The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of
+                                  the intrinsic block size of the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcBlockIoPeimReadBlocks (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,
+  IN  UINTN                          DeviceIndex,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_LBA                    StartLBA,
+  IN  UINTN                          BufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                           *Buffer
+  );
+
+/**
+  Gets the count of block I/O devices that one specific block driver detects.
+
+  This function is used for getting the count of block I/O devices that one
+  specific block driver detects.  To the PEI ATAPI driver, it returns the number
+  of all the detected ATAPI devices it detects during the enumeration process.
+  To the PEI legacy floppy driver, it returns the number of all the legacy
+  devices it finds during its enumeration process. If no device is detected,
+  then the function will return zero.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices          General-purpose services that are available
+                                   to every PEIM.
+  @param[in]  This                 Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI
+                                   instance.
+  @param[out] NumberBlockDevices   The number of block I/O devices discovered.
+
+  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS          The operation performed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo2 (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,
+  OUT UINTN                           *NumberBlockDevices
+  );
+
+/**
+  Gets a block device's media information.
+
+  This function will provide the caller with the specified block device's media
+  information. If the media changes, calling this function will update the media
+  information accordingly.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to every
+                            PEIM
+  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI instance.
+  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants
+                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O
+                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, the PPIs that
+                            want to talk to a single device must specify the
+                            device index that was assigned during the enumeration
+                            process. This index is a number from one to
+                            NumberBlockDevices.
+  @param[out] MediaInfo     The media information of the specified block media.
+                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of this
+                            data structure.
+
+  @par Note:
+      The MediaInfo structure describes an enumeration of possible block device
+      types.  This enumeration exists because no device paths are actually passed
+      across interfaces that describe the type or class of hardware that is publishing
+      the block I/O interface. This enumeration will allow for policy decisions
+      in the Recovery PEIM, such as "Try to recover from legacy floppy first,
+      LS-120 second, CD-ROM third." If there are multiple partitions abstracted
+      by a given device type, they should be reported in ascending order; this
+      order also applies to nested partitions, such as legacy MBR, where the
+      outermost partitions would have precedence in the reporting order. The
+      same logic applies to systems such as IDE that have precedence relationships
+      like "Master/Slave" or "Primary/Secondary". The master device should be
+      reported first, the slave second.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        Media information about the specified block device
+                             was obtained successfully.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR   Cannot get the media information due to a hardware
+                             error.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo2 (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,
+  IN  UINTN                           DeviceIndex,
+  OUT EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO2_MEDIA         *MediaInfo
+  );
+
+/**
+  Reads the requested number of blocks from the specified block device.
+
+  The function reads the requested number of blocks from the device. All the
+  blocks are read, or an error is returned. If there is no media in the device,
+  the function returns EFI_NO_MEDIA.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to
+                            every PEIM.
+  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI instance.
+  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants
+                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O
+                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, PPIs that
+                            want to talk to a single device must specify the device
+                            index that was assigned during the enumeration process.
+                            This index is a number from one to NumberBlockDevices.
+  @param[in]  StartLBA      The starting logical block address (LBA) to read from
+                            on the device
+  @param[in]  BufferSize    The size of the Buffer in bytes. This number must be
+                            a multiple of the intrinsic block size of the device.
+  @param[out] Buffer        A pointer to the destination buffer for the data.
+                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of the
+                            buffer.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The data was read correctly from the device.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting
+                                  to perform the read operation.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The read request contains LBAs that are not
+                                  valid, or the buffer is not properly aligned.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE     The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of
+                                  the intrinsic block size of the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcBlockIoPeimReadBlocks2 (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,
+  IN  UINTN                           DeviceIndex,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_LBA                     StartLBA,
+  IN  UINTN                           BufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                            *Buffer
+  );
+
+/**
+  Initialize the memory management pool for the host controller.
+
+  @param  Private               The Emmc Peim driver private data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The memory pool is initialized.
+  @retval Others                Fail to init the memory pool.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimInitMemPool (
+  IN  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private
+  );
+
+/**
+  Release the memory management pool.
+
+  @param  Pool                  The memory pool to free.
+
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      Fail to free the memory pool.
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The memory pool is freed.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimFreeMemPool (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool
+  );
+
+/**
+  Allocate some memory from the host controller's memory pool
+  which can be used to communicate with host controller.
+
+  @param  Pool      The host controller's memory pool.
+  @param  Size      Size of the memory to allocate.
+
+  @return The allocated memory or NULL.
+
+**/
+VOID *
+EmmcPeimAllocateMem (
+  IN  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool,
+  IN  UINTN               Size
+  );
+
+/**
+  Free the allocated memory back to the memory pool.
+
+  @param  Pool           The memory pool of the host controller.
+  @param  Mem            The memory to free.
+  @param  Size           The size of the memory to free.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EmmcPeimFreeMem (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool,
+  IN VOID                *Mem,
+  IN UINTN               Size
+  );
+
+/**
+  Initialize IOMMU.
+**/
+VOID
+IoMmuInit (
+  VOID
+  );
+
+/**
+  Provides the controller-specific addresses required to access system memory from a
+  DMA bus master.
+
+  @param  Operation             Indicates if the bus master is going to read or write to system memory.
+  @param  HostAddress           The system memory address to map to the PCI controller.
+  @param  NumberOfBytes         On input the number of bytes to map. On output the number of bytes
+                                that were mapped.
+  @param  DeviceAddress         The resulting map address for the bus master PCI controller to use to
+                                access the hosts HostAddress.
+  @param  Mapping               A resulting value to pass to Unmap().
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The range was mapped for the returned NumberOfBytes.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The HostAddress cannot be mapped as a common buffer.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be completed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The system hardware could not map the requested address.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+IoMmuMap (
+  IN  EDKII_IOMMU_OPERATION  Operation,
+  IN  VOID                   *HostAddress,
+  IN  OUT UINTN              *NumberOfBytes,
+  OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS   *DeviceAddress,
+  OUT VOID                   **Mapping
+  );
+
+/**
+  Completes the Map() operation and releases any corresponding resources.
+
+  @param  Mapping               The mapping value returned from Map().
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The range was unmapped.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Mapping is not a value that was returned by Map().
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The data was not committed to the target system memory.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+IoMmuUnmap (
+  IN VOID  *Mapping
+  );
+
+/**
+  Allocates pages that are suitable for an OperationBusMasterCommonBuffer or
+  OperationBusMasterCommonBuffer64 mapping.
+
+  @param  Pages                 The number of pages to allocate.
+  @param  HostAddress           A pointer to store the base system memory address of the
+                                allocated range.
+  @param  DeviceAddress         The resulting map address for the bus master PCI controller to use to
+                                access the hosts HostAddress.
+  @param  Mapping               A resulting value to pass to Unmap().
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The requested memory pages were allocated.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       Attributes is unsupported. The only legal attribute bits are
+                                MEMORY_WRITE_COMBINE and MEMORY_CACHED.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The memory pages could not be allocated.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+IoMmuAllocateBuffer (
+  IN UINTN                  Pages,
+  OUT VOID                  **HostAddress,
+  OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  *DeviceAddress,
+  OUT VOID                  **Mapping
+  );
+
+/**
+  Frees memory that was allocated with AllocateBuffer().
+
+  @param  Pages                 The number of pages to free.
+  @param  HostAddress           The base system memory address of the allocated range.
+  @param  Mapping               The mapping value returned from Map().
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The requested memory pages were freed.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The memory range specified by HostAddress and Pages
+                                was not allocated with AllocateBuffer().
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+IoMmuFreeBuffer (
+  IN UINTN  Pages,
+  IN VOID   *HostAddress,
+  IN VOID   *Mapping
+  );
+
+/**
+  One notified function to cleanup the allocated DMA buffers at the end of PEI.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices        Pointer to PEI Services Table.
+  @param[in]  NotifyDescriptor   Pointer to the descriptor for the Notification
+                                 event that caused this function to execute.
+  @param[in]  Ppi                Pointer to the PPI data associated with this function.
+
+  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS  The function completes successfully
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcBlockIoPeimEndOfPei (
+  IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES           **PeiServices,
+  IN EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR  *NotifyDescriptor,
+  IN VOID                       *Ppi
+  );
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcBlockIoPei.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcBlockIoPei.inf
index 8ab632eb35..de5280178c 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcBlockIoPei.inf
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcBlockIoPei.inf
@@ -1,60 +1,60 @@
-## @file

-# Description file for the Embedded MMC (eMMC) Peim driver.

-#

-# Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-#

-#  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-#

-#

-##

-

-[Defines]

-  INF_VERSION                    = 0x00010005

-  BASE_NAME                      = EmmcBlockIoPei

-  MODULE_UNI_FILE                = EmmcBlockIoPei.uni

-  FILE_GUID                      = 7F06A90F-AE0D-4887-82C0-FEC7F4F68B29

-  MODULE_TYPE                    = PEIM

-  VERSION_STRING                 = 1.0

-

-  ENTRY_POINT                    = InitializeEmmcBlockIoPeim

-

-#

-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.

-#

-#  VALID_ARCHITECTURES           = IA32 X64 EBC

-#

-

-[Sources]

-  EmmcBlockIoPei.c

-  EmmcBlockIoPei.h

-  EmmcHci.c

-  EmmcHci.h

-  EmmcHcMem.c

-  EmmcHcMem.h

-  DmaMem.c

-

-[Packages]

-  MdePkg/MdePkg.dec

-  MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec

-

-[LibraryClasses]

-  IoLib

-  TimerLib

-  BaseMemoryLib

-  PeimEntryPoint

-  PeiServicesLib

-  DebugLib

-

-[Ppis]

-  gEfiPeiVirtualBlockIoPpiGuid                  ## PRODUCES

-  gEfiPeiVirtualBlockIo2PpiGuid                 ## PRODUCES

-  gEdkiiPeiSdMmcHostControllerPpiGuid           ## CONSUMES

-  gEdkiiIoMmuPpiGuid                            ## CONSUMES

-  gEfiEndOfPeiSignalPpiGuid                     ## CONSUMES

-

-[Depex]

-  gEfiPeiMemoryDiscoveredPpiGuid AND gEdkiiPeiSdMmcHostControllerPpiGuid

-

-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]

-  EmmcBlockIoPeiExtra.uni

-

+## @file
+# Description file for the Embedded MMC (eMMC) Peim driver.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+#
+#  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+#
+#
+##
+
+[Defines]
+  INF_VERSION                    = 0x00010005
+  BASE_NAME                      = EmmcBlockIoPei
+  MODULE_UNI_FILE                = EmmcBlockIoPei.uni
+  FILE_GUID                      = 7F06A90F-AE0D-4887-82C0-FEC7F4F68B29
+  MODULE_TYPE                    = PEIM
+  VERSION_STRING                 = 1.0
+
+  ENTRY_POINT                    = InitializeEmmcBlockIoPeim
+
+#
+# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
+#
+#  VALID_ARCHITECTURES           = IA32 X64 EBC
+#
+
+[Sources]
+  EmmcBlockIoPei.c
+  EmmcBlockIoPei.h
+  EmmcHci.c
+  EmmcHci.h
+  EmmcHcMem.c
+  EmmcHcMem.h
+  DmaMem.c
+
+[Packages]
+  MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
+  MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
+
+[LibraryClasses]
+  IoLib
+  TimerLib
+  BaseMemoryLib
+  PeimEntryPoint
+  PeiServicesLib
+  DebugLib
+
+[Ppis]
+  gEfiPeiVirtualBlockIoPpiGuid                  ## PRODUCES
+  gEfiPeiVirtualBlockIo2PpiGuid                 ## PRODUCES
+  gEdkiiPeiSdMmcHostControllerPpiGuid           ## CONSUMES
+  gEdkiiIoMmuPpiGuid                            ## CONSUMES
+  gEfiEndOfPeiSignalPpiGuid                     ## CONSUMES
+
+[Depex]
+  gEfiPeiMemoryDiscoveredPpiGuid AND gEdkiiPeiSdMmcHostControllerPpiGuid
+
+[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
+  EmmcBlockIoPeiExtra.uni
+
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcBlockIoPei.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcBlockIoPei.uni
index 8c4c79c1ac..81c67ae0a0 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcBlockIoPei.uni
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcBlockIoPei.uni
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
-// /** @file

-// The EmmcBlockIoPei driver is used to support recovery from EMMC device.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-//

-// SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-//

-// **/

-

-

-#string STR_MODULE_ABSTRACT             #language en-US "Support recovery from EMMC devices"

-

-#string STR_MODULE_DESCRIPTION          #language en-US "The EmmcBlockIoPei driver is used to support recovery from EMMC device."

-

+// /** @file
+// The EmmcBlockIoPei driver is used to support recovery from EMMC device.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+//
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+//
+// **/
+
+
+#string STR_MODULE_ABSTRACT             #language en-US "Support recovery from EMMC devices"
+
+#string STR_MODULE_DESCRIPTION          #language en-US "The EmmcBlockIoPei driver is used to support recovery from EMMC device."
+
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcBlockIoPeiExtra.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcBlockIoPeiExtra.uni
index feeb1b34fe..1d680e9791 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcBlockIoPeiExtra.uni
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcBlockIoPeiExtra.uni
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
-// /** @file

-// EmmcBlockIoPei Localized Strings and Content

-//

-// Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-//

-// SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-//

-// **/

-

-#string STR_PROPERTIES_MODULE_NAME

-#language en-US

-"EMMC BlockIo Peim for Recovery"

-

-

+// /** @file
+// EmmcBlockIoPei Localized Strings and Content
+//
+// Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+//
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+//
+// **/
+
+#string STR_PROPERTIES_MODULE_NAME
+#language en-US
+"EMMC BlockIo Peim for Recovery"
+
+
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcHcMem.c b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcHcMem.c
index 6778254b61..0ed533a76d 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcHcMem.c
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcHcMem.c
@@ -1,425 +1,425 @@
-/** @file

-

-Copyright (c) 2016 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-

-SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "EmmcBlockIoPei.h"

-

-/**

-  Allocate a block of memory to be used by the buffer pool.

-

-  @param  Pages          How many pages to allocate.

-

-  @return The allocated memory block or NULL if failed.

-

-**/

-EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK *

-EmmcPeimAllocMemBlock (

-  IN  UINTN  Pages

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK   *Block;

-  VOID                  *BufHost;

-  VOID                  *Mapping;

-  EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  MappedAddr;

-  EFI_STATUS            Status;

-  VOID                  *TempPtr;

-

-  TempPtr = NULL;

-  Block   = NULL;

-

-  Status = PeiServicesAllocatePool (sizeof (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK), &TempPtr);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  ZeroMem ((VOID *)(UINTN)TempPtr, sizeof (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK));

-

-  //

-  // each bit in the bit array represents EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT

-  // bytes of memory in the memory block.

-  //

-  ASSERT (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT * 8 <= EFI_PAGE_SIZE);

-

-  Block          = (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK *)(UINTN)TempPtr;

-  Block->BufLen  = EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (Pages);

-  Block->BitsLen = Block->BufLen / (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT * 8);

-

-  Status = PeiServicesAllocatePool (Block->BitsLen, &TempPtr);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  ZeroMem ((VOID *)(UINTN)TempPtr, Block->BitsLen);

-

-  Block->Bits = (UINT8 *)(UINTN)TempPtr;

-

-  Status = IoMmuAllocateBuffer (

-             Pages,

-             &BufHost,

-             &MappedAddr,

-             &Mapping

-             );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  ZeroMem ((VOID *)(UINTN)BufHost, EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (Pages));

-

-  Block->BufHost = (UINT8 *)(UINTN)BufHost;

-  Block->Buf     = (UINT8 *)(UINTN)MappedAddr;

-  Block->Mapping = Mapping;

-  Block->Next    = NULL;

-

-  return Block;

-}

-

-/**

-  Free the memory block from the memory pool.

-

-  @param  Pool           The memory pool to free the block from.

-  @param  Block          The memory block to free.

-

-**/

-VOID

-EmmcPeimFreeMemBlock (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL   *Pool,

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block

-  )

-{

-  ASSERT ((Pool != NULL) && (Block != NULL));

-

-  IoMmuFreeBuffer (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Block->BufLen), Block->BufHost, Block->Mapping);

-}

-

-/**

-  Alloc some memory from the block.

-

-  @param  Block          The memory block to allocate memory from.

-  @param  Units          Number of memory units to allocate.

-

-  @return The pointer to the allocated memory. If couldn't allocate the needed memory,

-          the return value is NULL.

-

-**/

-VOID *

-EmmcPeimAllocMemFromBlock (

-  IN  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block,

-  IN  UINTN                Units

-  )

-{

-  UINTN  Byte;

-  UINT8  Bit;

-  UINTN  StartByte;

-  UINT8  StartBit;

-  UINTN  Available;

-  UINTN  Count;

-

-  ASSERT ((Block != 0) && (Units != 0));

-

-  StartByte = 0;

-  StartBit  = 0;

-  Available = 0;

-

-  for (Byte = 0, Bit = 0; Byte < Block->BitsLen;) {

-    //

-    // If current bit is zero, the corresponding memory unit is

-    // available, otherwise we need to restart our searching.

-    // Available counts the consecutive number of zero bit.

-    //

-    if (!EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BIT_IS_SET (Block->Bits[Byte], Bit)) {

-      Available++;

-

-      if (Available >= Units) {

-        break;

-      }

-

-      EMMC_PEIM_NEXT_BIT (Byte, Bit);

-    } else {

-      EMMC_PEIM_NEXT_BIT (Byte, Bit);

-

-      Available = 0;

-      StartByte = Byte;

-      StartBit  = Bit;

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (Available < Units) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Mark the memory as allocated

-  //

-  Byte = StartByte;

-  Bit  = StartBit;

-

-  for (Count = 0; Count < Units; Count++) {

-    ASSERT (!EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BIT_IS_SET (Block->Bits[Byte], Bit));

-

-    Block->Bits[Byte] = (UINT8)(Block->Bits[Byte] | (UINT8)EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BIT (Bit));

-    EMMC_PEIM_NEXT_BIT (Byte, Bit);

-  }

-

-  return Block->Buf + (StartByte * 8 + StartBit) * EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT;

-}

-

-/**

-  Insert the memory block to the pool's list of the blocks.

-

-  @param  Head           The head of the memory pool's block list.

-  @param  Block          The memory block to insert.

-

-**/

-VOID

-EmmcPeimInsertMemBlockToPool (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Head,

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block

-  )

-{

-  ASSERT ((Head != NULL) && (Block != NULL));

-  Block->Next = Head->Next;

-  Head->Next  = Block;

-}

-

-/**

-  Is the memory block empty?

-

-  @param  Block   The memory block to check.

-

-  @retval TRUE    The memory block is empty.

-  @retval FALSE   The memory block isn't empty.

-

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-EmmcPeimIsMemBlockEmpty (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block

-  )

-{

-  UINTN  Index;

-

-  for (Index = 0; Index < Block->BitsLen; Index++) {

-    if (Block->Bits[Index] != 0) {

-      return FALSE;

-    }

-  }

-

-  return TRUE;

-}

-

-/**

-  Initialize the memory management pool for the host controller.

-

-  @param  Private               The Emmc Peim driver private data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The memory pool is initialized.

-  @retval Others                Fail to init the memory pool.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimInitMemPool (

-  IN  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool;

-  EFI_STATUS          Status;

-  VOID                *TempPtr;

-

-  TempPtr = NULL;

-  Pool    = NULL;

-

-  Status = PeiServicesAllocatePool (sizeof (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL), &TempPtr);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-  }

-

-  ZeroMem ((VOID *)(UINTN)TempPtr, sizeof (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL));

-

-  Pool = (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL *)((UINTN)TempPtr);

-

-  Pool->Head = EmmcPeimAllocMemBlock (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_DEFAULT_PAGES);

-

-  if (Pool->Head == NULL) {

-    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-  }

-

-  Private->Pool = Pool;

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Release the memory management pool.

-

-  @param  Pool                  The memory pool to free.

-

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      Fail to free the memory pool.

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The memory pool is freed.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimFreeMemPool (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block;

-

-  ASSERT (Pool->Head != NULL);

-

-  //

-  // Unlink all the memory blocks from the pool, then free them.

-  //

-  for (Block = Pool->Head->Next; Block != NULL; Block = Pool->Head->Next) {

-    EmmcPeimFreeMemBlock (Pool, Block);

-  }

-

-  EmmcPeimFreeMemBlock (Pool, Pool->Head);

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Allocate some memory from the host controller's memory pool

-  which can be used to communicate with host controller.

-

-  @param  Pool      The host controller's memory pool.

-  @param  Size      Size of the memory to allocate.

-

-  @return The allocated memory or NULL.

-

-**/

-VOID *

-EmmcPeimAllocateMem (

-  IN  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool,

-  IN  UINTN               Size

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Head;

-  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block;

-  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *NewBlock;

-  VOID                 *Mem;

-  UINTN                AllocSize;

-  UINTN                Pages;

-

-  Mem       = NULL;

-  AllocSize = EMMC_PEIM_MEM_ROUND (Size);

-  Head      = Pool->Head;

-  ASSERT (Head != NULL);

-

-  //

-  // First check whether current memory blocks can satisfy the allocation.

-  //

-  for (Block = Head; Block != NULL; Block = Block->Next) {

-    Mem = EmmcPeimAllocMemFromBlock (Block, AllocSize / EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT);

-

-    if (Mem != NULL) {

-      ZeroMem (Mem, Size);

-      break;

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (Mem != NULL) {

-    return Mem;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Create a new memory block if there is not enough memory

-  // in the pool. If the allocation size is larger than the

-  // default page number, just allocate a large enough memory

-  // block. Otherwise allocate default pages.

-  //

-  if (AllocSize > EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_DEFAULT_PAGES)) {

-    Pages = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (AllocSize) + 1;

-  } else {

-    Pages = EMMC_PEIM_MEM_DEFAULT_PAGES;

-  }

-

-  NewBlock = EmmcPeimAllocMemBlock (Pages);

-  if (NewBlock == NULL) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Add the new memory block to the pool, then allocate memory from it

-  //

-  EmmcPeimInsertMemBlockToPool (Head, NewBlock);

-  Mem = EmmcPeimAllocMemFromBlock (NewBlock, AllocSize / EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT);

-

-  if (Mem != NULL) {

-    ZeroMem (Mem, Size);

-  }

-

-  return Mem;

-}

-

-/**

-  Free the allocated memory back to the memory pool.

-

-  @param  Pool           The memory pool of the host controller.

-  @param  Mem            The memory to free.

-  @param  Size           The size of the memory to free.

-

-**/

-VOID

-EmmcPeimFreeMem (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool,

-  IN VOID                *Mem,

-  IN UINTN               Size

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Head;

-  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block;

-  UINT8                *ToFree;

-  UINTN                AllocSize;

-  UINTN                Byte;

-  UINTN                Bit;

-  UINTN                Count;

-

-  Head      = Pool->Head;

-  AllocSize = EMMC_PEIM_MEM_ROUND (Size);

-  ToFree    = (UINT8 *)Mem;

-

-  for (Block = Head; Block != NULL; Block = Block->Next) {

-    //

-    // scan the memory block list for the memory block that

-    // completely contains the memory to free.

-    //

-    if ((Block->Buf <= ToFree) && ((ToFree + AllocSize) <= (Block->Buf + Block->BufLen))) {

-      //

-      // compute the start byte and bit in the bit array

-      //

-      Byte = ((ToFree - Block->Buf) / EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT) / 8;

-      Bit  = ((ToFree - Block->Buf) / EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT) % 8;

-

-      //

-      // reset associated bits in bit array

-      //

-      for (Count = 0; Count < (AllocSize / EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT); Count++) {

-        ASSERT (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BIT_IS_SET (Block->Bits[Byte], Bit));

-

-        Block->Bits[Byte] = (UINT8)(Block->Bits[Byte] ^ EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BIT (Bit));

-        EMMC_PEIM_NEXT_BIT (Byte, Bit);

-      }

-

-      break;

-    }

-  }

-

-  //

-  // If Block == NULL, it means that the current memory isn't

-  // in the host controller's pool. This is critical because

-  // the caller has passed in a wrong memory point

-  //

-  ASSERT (Block != NULL);

-

-  //

-  // Release the current memory block if it is empty and not the head

-  //

-  if ((Block != Head) && EmmcPeimIsMemBlockEmpty (Block)) {

-    EmmcPeimFreeMemBlock (Pool, Block);

-  }

-

-  return;

-}

+/** @file
+
+Copyright (c) 2016 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+
+SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#include "EmmcBlockIoPei.h"
+
+/**
+  Allocate a block of memory to be used by the buffer pool.
+
+  @param  Pages          How many pages to allocate.
+
+  @return The allocated memory block or NULL if failed.
+
+**/
+EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK *
+EmmcPeimAllocMemBlock (
+  IN  UINTN  Pages
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK   *Block;
+  VOID                  *BufHost;
+  VOID                  *Mapping;
+  EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  MappedAddr;
+  EFI_STATUS            Status;
+  VOID                  *TempPtr;
+
+  TempPtr = NULL;
+  Block   = NULL;
+
+  Status = PeiServicesAllocatePool (sizeof (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK), &TempPtr);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  ZeroMem ((VOID *)(UINTN)TempPtr, sizeof (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK));
+
+  //
+  // each bit in the bit array represents EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT
+  // bytes of memory in the memory block.
+  //
+  ASSERT (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT * 8 <= EFI_PAGE_SIZE);
+
+  Block          = (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK *)(UINTN)TempPtr;
+  Block->BufLen  = EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (Pages);
+  Block->BitsLen = Block->BufLen / (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT * 8);
+
+  Status = PeiServicesAllocatePool (Block->BitsLen, &TempPtr);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  ZeroMem ((VOID *)(UINTN)TempPtr, Block->BitsLen);
+
+  Block->Bits = (UINT8 *)(UINTN)TempPtr;
+
+  Status = IoMmuAllocateBuffer (
+             Pages,
+             &BufHost,
+             &MappedAddr,
+             &Mapping
+             );
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  ZeroMem ((VOID *)(UINTN)BufHost, EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (Pages));
+
+  Block->BufHost = (UINT8 *)(UINTN)BufHost;
+  Block->Buf     = (UINT8 *)(UINTN)MappedAddr;
+  Block->Mapping = Mapping;
+  Block->Next    = NULL;
+
+  return Block;
+}
+
+/**
+  Free the memory block from the memory pool.
+
+  @param  Pool           The memory pool to free the block from.
+  @param  Block          The memory block to free.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EmmcPeimFreeMemBlock (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL   *Pool,
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block
+  )
+{
+  ASSERT ((Pool != NULL) && (Block != NULL));
+
+  IoMmuFreeBuffer (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Block->BufLen), Block->BufHost, Block->Mapping);
+}
+
+/**
+  Alloc some memory from the block.
+
+  @param  Block          The memory block to allocate memory from.
+  @param  Units          Number of memory units to allocate.
+
+  @return The pointer to the allocated memory. If couldn't allocate the needed memory,
+          the return value is NULL.
+
+**/
+VOID *
+EmmcPeimAllocMemFromBlock (
+  IN  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block,
+  IN  UINTN                Units
+  )
+{
+  UINTN  Byte;
+  UINT8  Bit;
+  UINTN  StartByte;
+  UINT8  StartBit;
+  UINTN  Available;
+  UINTN  Count;
+
+  ASSERT ((Block != 0) && (Units != 0));
+
+  StartByte = 0;
+  StartBit  = 0;
+  Available = 0;
+
+  for (Byte = 0, Bit = 0; Byte < Block->BitsLen;) {
+    //
+    // If current bit is zero, the corresponding memory unit is
+    // available, otherwise we need to restart our searching.
+    // Available counts the consecutive number of zero bit.
+    //
+    if (!EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BIT_IS_SET (Block->Bits[Byte], Bit)) {
+      Available++;
+
+      if (Available >= Units) {
+        break;
+      }
+
+      EMMC_PEIM_NEXT_BIT (Byte, Bit);
+    } else {
+      EMMC_PEIM_NEXT_BIT (Byte, Bit);
+
+      Available = 0;
+      StartByte = Byte;
+      StartBit  = Bit;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (Available < Units) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Mark the memory as allocated
+  //
+  Byte = StartByte;
+  Bit  = StartBit;
+
+  for (Count = 0; Count < Units; Count++) {
+    ASSERT (!EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BIT_IS_SET (Block->Bits[Byte], Bit));
+
+    Block->Bits[Byte] = (UINT8)(Block->Bits[Byte] | (UINT8)EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BIT (Bit));
+    EMMC_PEIM_NEXT_BIT (Byte, Bit);
+  }
+
+  return Block->Buf + (StartByte * 8 + StartBit) * EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT;
+}
+
+/**
+  Insert the memory block to the pool's list of the blocks.
+
+  @param  Head           The head of the memory pool's block list.
+  @param  Block          The memory block to insert.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EmmcPeimInsertMemBlockToPool (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Head,
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block
+  )
+{
+  ASSERT ((Head != NULL) && (Block != NULL));
+  Block->Next = Head->Next;
+  Head->Next  = Block;
+}
+
+/**
+  Is the memory block empty?
+
+  @param  Block   The memory block to check.
+
+  @retval TRUE    The memory block is empty.
+  @retval FALSE   The memory block isn't empty.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+EmmcPeimIsMemBlockEmpty (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block
+  )
+{
+  UINTN  Index;
+
+  for (Index = 0; Index < Block->BitsLen; Index++) {
+    if (Block->Bits[Index] != 0) {
+      return FALSE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+  Initialize the memory management pool for the host controller.
+
+  @param  Private               The Emmc Peim driver private data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The memory pool is initialized.
+  @retval Others                Fail to init the memory pool.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimInitMemPool (
+  IN  EMMC_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool;
+  EFI_STATUS          Status;
+  VOID                *TempPtr;
+
+  TempPtr = NULL;
+  Pool    = NULL;
+
+  Status = PeiServicesAllocatePool (sizeof (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL), &TempPtr);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+  }
+
+  ZeroMem ((VOID *)(UINTN)TempPtr, sizeof (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL));
+
+  Pool = (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL *)((UINTN)TempPtr);
+
+  Pool->Head = EmmcPeimAllocMemBlock (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_DEFAULT_PAGES);
+
+  if (Pool->Head == NULL) {
+    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+  }
+
+  Private->Pool = Pool;
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Release the memory management pool.
+
+  @param  Pool                  The memory pool to free.
+
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      Fail to free the memory pool.
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The memory pool is freed.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimFreeMemPool (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block;
+
+  ASSERT (Pool->Head != NULL);
+
+  //
+  // Unlink all the memory blocks from the pool, then free them.
+  //
+  for (Block = Pool->Head->Next; Block != NULL; Block = Pool->Head->Next) {
+    EmmcPeimFreeMemBlock (Pool, Block);
+  }
+
+  EmmcPeimFreeMemBlock (Pool, Pool->Head);
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Allocate some memory from the host controller's memory pool
+  which can be used to communicate with host controller.
+
+  @param  Pool      The host controller's memory pool.
+  @param  Size      Size of the memory to allocate.
+
+  @return The allocated memory or NULL.
+
+**/
+VOID *
+EmmcPeimAllocateMem (
+  IN  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool,
+  IN  UINTN               Size
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Head;
+  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block;
+  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *NewBlock;
+  VOID                 *Mem;
+  UINTN                AllocSize;
+  UINTN                Pages;
+
+  Mem       = NULL;
+  AllocSize = EMMC_PEIM_MEM_ROUND (Size);
+  Head      = Pool->Head;
+  ASSERT (Head != NULL);
+
+  //
+  // First check whether current memory blocks can satisfy the allocation.
+  //
+  for (Block = Head; Block != NULL; Block = Block->Next) {
+    Mem = EmmcPeimAllocMemFromBlock (Block, AllocSize / EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT);
+
+    if (Mem != NULL) {
+      ZeroMem (Mem, Size);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (Mem != NULL) {
+    return Mem;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Create a new memory block if there is not enough memory
+  // in the pool. If the allocation size is larger than the
+  // default page number, just allocate a large enough memory
+  // block. Otherwise allocate default pages.
+  //
+  if (AllocSize > EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_DEFAULT_PAGES)) {
+    Pages = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (AllocSize) + 1;
+  } else {
+    Pages = EMMC_PEIM_MEM_DEFAULT_PAGES;
+  }
+
+  NewBlock = EmmcPeimAllocMemBlock (Pages);
+  if (NewBlock == NULL) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Add the new memory block to the pool, then allocate memory from it
+  //
+  EmmcPeimInsertMemBlockToPool (Head, NewBlock);
+  Mem = EmmcPeimAllocMemFromBlock (NewBlock, AllocSize / EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT);
+
+  if (Mem != NULL) {
+    ZeroMem (Mem, Size);
+  }
+
+  return Mem;
+}
+
+/**
+  Free the allocated memory back to the memory pool.
+
+  @param  Pool           The memory pool of the host controller.
+  @param  Mem            The memory to free.
+  @param  Size           The size of the memory to free.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EmmcPeimFreeMem (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool,
+  IN VOID                *Mem,
+  IN UINTN               Size
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Head;
+  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block;
+  UINT8                *ToFree;
+  UINTN                AllocSize;
+  UINTN                Byte;
+  UINTN                Bit;
+  UINTN                Count;
+
+  Head      = Pool->Head;
+  AllocSize = EMMC_PEIM_MEM_ROUND (Size);
+  ToFree    = (UINT8 *)Mem;
+
+  for (Block = Head; Block != NULL; Block = Block->Next) {
+    //
+    // scan the memory block list for the memory block that
+    // completely contains the memory to free.
+    //
+    if ((Block->Buf <= ToFree) && ((ToFree + AllocSize) <= (Block->Buf + Block->BufLen))) {
+      //
+      // compute the start byte and bit in the bit array
+      //
+      Byte = ((ToFree - Block->Buf) / EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT) / 8;
+      Bit  = ((ToFree - Block->Buf) / EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT) % 8;
+
+      //
+      // reset associated bits in bit array
+      //
+      for (Count = 0; Count < (AllocSize / EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT); Count++) {
+        ASSERT (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BIT_IS_SET (Block->Bits[Byte], Bit));
+
+        Block->Bits[Byte] = (UINT8)(Block->Bits[Byte] ^ EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BIT (Bit));
+        EMMC_PEIM_NEXT_BIT (Byte, Bit);
+      }
+
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  //
+  // If Block == NULL, it means that the current memory isn't
+  // in the host controller's pool. This is critical because
+  // the caller has passed in a wrong memory point
+  //
+  ASSERT (Block != NULL);
+
+  //
+  // Release the current memory block if it is empty and not the head
+  //
+  if ((Block != Head) && EmmcPeimIsMemBlockEmpty (Block)) {
+    EmmcPeimFreeMemBlock (Pool, Block);
+  }
+
+  return;
+}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcHcMem.h b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcHcMem.h
index d3b6ec545a..15ee6593f8 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcHcMem.h
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcHcMem.h
@@ -1,55 +1,55 @@
-/** @file

-

-Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-

-SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#ifndef _EMMC_PEIM_MEM_H_

-#define _EMMC_PEIM_MEM_H_

-

-#define EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BIT(a)  ((UINTN)(1 << (a)))

-

-#define EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BIT_IS_SET(Data, Bit)   \

-          ((BOOLEAN)(((Data) & EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BIT(Bit)) == EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BIT(Bit)))

-

-typedef struct _EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK;

-

-struct _EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK {

-  UINT8                  *Bits;     // Bit array to record which unit is allocated

-  UINTN                  BitsLen;

-  UINT8                  *Buf;

-  UINT8                  *BufHost;

-  UINTN                  BufLen;    // Memory size in bytes

-  VOID                   *Mapping;

-  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK    *Next;

-};

-

-typedef struct _EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL {

-  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK    *Head;

-} EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL;

-

-//

-// Memory allocation unit, note that the value must meet EMMC spec alignment requirement.

-//

-#define EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT  128

-

-#define EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT_MASK      (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT - 1)

-#define EMMC_PEIM_MEM_DEFAULT_PAGES  16

-

-#define EMMC_PEIM_MEM_ROUND(Len)  (((Len) + EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT_MASK) & (~EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT_MASK))

-

-//

-// Advance the byte and bit to the next bit, adjust byte accordingly.

-//

-#define EMMC_PEIM_NEXT_BIT(Byte, Bit)   \

-          do {                \

-            (Bit)++;          \

-            if ((Bit) > 7) {  \

-              (Byte)++;       \

-              (Bit) = 0;      \

-            }                 \

-          } while (0)

-

-#endif

+/** @file
+
+Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+
+SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef _EMMC_PEIM_MEM_H_
+#define _EMMC_PEIM_MEM_H_
+
+#define EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BIT(a)  ((UINTN)(1 << (a)))
+
+#define EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BIT_IS_SET(Data, Bit)   \
+          ((BOOLEAN)(((Data) & EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BIT(Bit)) == EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BIT(Bit)))
+
+typedef struct _EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK;
+
+struct _EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK {
+  UINT8                  *Bits;     // Bit array to record which unit is allocated
+  UINTN                  BitsLen;
+  UINT8                  *Buf;
+  UINT8                  *BufHost;
+  UINTN                  BufLen;    // Memory size in bytes
+  VOID                   *Mapping;
+  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK    *Next;
+};
+
+typedef struct _EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL {
+  EMMC_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK    *Head;
+} EMMC_PEIM_MEM_POOL;
+
+//
+// Memory allocation unit, note that the value must meet EMMC spec alignment requirement.
+//
+#define EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT  128
+
+#define EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT_MASK      (EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT - 1)
+#define EMMC_PEIM_MEM_DEFAULT_PAGES  16
+
+#define EMMC_PEIM_MEM_ROUND(Len)  (((Len) + EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT_MASK) & (~EMMC_PEIM_MEM_UNIT_MASK))
+
+//
+// Advance the byte and bit to the next bit, adjust byte accordingly.
+//
+#define EMMC_PEIM_NEXT_BIT(Byte, Bit)   \
+          do {                \
+            (Bit)++;          \
+            if ((Bit) > 7) {  \
+              (Byte)++;       \
+              (Bit) = 0;      \
+            }                 \
+          } while (0)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcHci.c b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcHci.c
index bafd71e9b5..757eb3bb38 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcHci.c
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcHci.c
@@ -1,2951 +1,2951 @@
-/** @file

-

-  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "EmmcBlockIoPei.h"

-

-/**

-  Read/Write specified EMMC host controller mmio register.

-

-  @param[in]      Address      The address of the mmio register to be read/written.

-  @param[in]      Read         A boolean to indicate it's read or write operation.

-  @param[in]      Count        The width of the mmio register in bytes.

-                               Must be 1, 2 , 4 or 8 bytes.

-  @param[in, out] Data         For read operations, the destination buffer to store

-                               the results. For write operations, the source buffer

-                               to write data from. The caller is responsible for

-                               having ownership of the data buffer and ensuring its

-                               size not less than Count bytes.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The Address or the Data or the Count is not valid.

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The read/write operation succeeds.

-  @retval Others                The read/write operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (

-  IN     UINTN    Address,

-  IN     BOOLEAN  Read,

-  IN     UINT8    Count,

-  IN OUT VOID     *Data

-  )

-{

-  if ((Address == 0) || (Data == NULL)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if ((Count != 1) && (Count != 2) && (Count != 4) && (Count != 8)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  switch (Count) {

-    case 1:

-      if (Read) {

-        *(UINT8 *)Data = MmioRead8 (Address);

-      } else {

-        MmioWrite8 (Address, *(UINT8 *)Data);

-      }

-

-      break;

-    case 2:

-      if (Read) {

-        *(UINT16 *)Data = MmioRead16 (Address);

-      } else {

-        MmioWrite16 (Address, *(UINT16 *)Data);

-      }

-

-      break;

-    case 4:

-      if (Read) {

-        *(UINT32 *)Data = MmioRead32 (Address);

-      } else {

-        MmioWrite32 (Address, *(UINT32 *)Data);

-      }

-

-      break;

-    case 8:

-      if (Read) {

-        *(UINT64 *)Data = MmioRead64 (Address);

-      } else {

-        MmioWrite64 (Address, *(UINT64 *)Data);

-      }

-

-      break;

-    default:

-      ASSERT (FALSE);

-      return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Do OR operation with the value of the specified EMMC host controller mmio register.

-

-  @param[in] Address           The address of the mmio register to be read/written.

-  @param[in] Count             The width of the mmio register in bytes.

-                               Must be 1, 2 , 4 or 8 bytes.

-  @param[in] OrData            The pointer to the data used to do OR operation.

-                               The caller is responsible for having ownership of

-                               the data buffer and ensuring its size not less than

-                               Count bytes.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The Address or the OrData or the Count is not valid.

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The OR operation succeeds.

-  @retval Others                The OR operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (

-  IN  UINTN  Address,

-  IN  UINT8  Count,

-  IN  VOID   *OrData

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT64      Data;

-  UINT64      Or;

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Address, TRUE, Count, &Data);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  if (Count == 1) {

-    Or = *(UINT8 *)OrData;

-  } else if (Count == 2) {

-    Or = *(UINT16 *)OrData;

-  } else if (Count == 4) {

-    Or = *(UINT32 *)OrData;

-  } else if (Count == 8) {

-    Or = *(UINT64 *)OrData;

-  } else {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  Data  |= Or;

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Address, FALSE, Count, &Data);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Do AND operation with the value of the specified EMMC host controller mmio register.

-

-  @param[in] Address           The address of the mmio register to be read/written.

-  @param[in] Count             The width of the mmio register in bytes.

-                               Must be 1, 2 , 4 or 8 bytes.

-  @param[in] AndData           The pointer to the data used to do AND operation.

-                               The caller is responsible for having ownership of

-                               the data buffer and ensuring its size not less than

-                               Count bytes.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The Address or the AndData or the Count is not valid.

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The AND operation succeeds.

-  @retval Others                The AND operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcPeimHcAndMmio (

-  IN  UINTN  Address,

-  IN  UINT8  Count,

-  IN  VOID   *AndData

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT64      Data;

-  UINT64      And;

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Address, TRUE, Count, &Data);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  if (Count == 1) {

-    And = *(UINT8 *)AndData;

-  } else if (Count == 2) {

-    And = *(UINT16 *)AndData;

-  } else if (Count == 4) {

-    And = *(UINT32 *)AndData;

-  } else if (Count == 8) {

-    And = *(UINT64 *)AndData;

-  } else {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  Data  &= And;

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Address, FALSE, Count, &Data);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Wait for the value of the specified MMIO register set to the test value.

-

-  @param[in]  Address       The address of the mmio register to be checked.

-  @param[in]  Count         The width of the mmio register in bytes.

-                            Must be 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes.

-  @param[in]  MaskValue     The mask value of memory.

-  @param[in]  TestValue     The test value of memory.

-

-  @retval EFI_NOT_READY     The MMIO register hasn't set to the expected value.

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The MMIO register has expected value.

-  @retval Others            The MMIO operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcPeimHcCheckMmioSet (

-  IN  UINTN   Address,

-  IN  UINT8   Count,

-  IN  UINT64  MaskValue,

-  IN  UINT64  TestValue

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT64      Value;

-

-  //

-  // Access PCI MMIO space to see if the value is the tested one.

-  //

-  Value  = 0;

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Address, TRUE, Count, &Value);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Value &= MaskValue;

-

-  if (Value == TestValue) {

-    return EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  return EFI_NOT_READY;

-}

-

-/**

-  Wait for the value of the specified MMIO register set to the test value.

-

-  @param[in]  Address       The address of the mmio register to wait.

-  @param[in]  Count         The width of the mmio register in bytes.

-                            Must be 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes.

-  @param[in]  MaskValue     The mask value of memory.

-  @param[in]  TestValue     The test value of memory.

-  @param[in]  Timeout       The time out value for wait memory set, uses 1

-                            microsecond as a unit.

-

-  @retval EFI_TIMEOUT       The MMIO register hasn't expected value in timeout

-                            range.

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The MMIO register has expected value.

-  @retval Others            The MMIO operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcPeimHcWaitMmioSet (

-  IN  UINTN   Address,

-  IN  UINT8   Count,

-  IN  UINT64  MaskValue,

-  IN  UINT64  TestValue,

-  IN  UINT64  Timeout

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  BOOLEAN     InfiniteWait;

-

-  if (Timeout == 0) {

-    InfiniteWait = TRUE;

-  } else {

-    InfiniteWait = FALSE;

-  }

-

-  while (InfiniteWait || (Timeout > 0)) {

-    Status = EmmcPeimHcCheckMmioSet (

-               Address,

-               Count,

-               MaskValue,

-               TestValue

-               );

-    if (Status != EFI_NOT_READY) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    //

-    // Stall for 1 microsecond.

-    //

-    MicroSecondDelay (1);

-

-    Timeout--;

-  }

-

-  return EFI_TIMEOUT;

-}

-

-/**

-  Software reset the specified EMMC host controller and enable all interrupts.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The software reset executes successfully.

-  @retval Others            The software reset fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimHcReset (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT8       SwReset;

-

-  SwReset = 0xFF;

-  Status  = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_SW_RST, FALSE, sizeof (SwReset), &SwReset);

-

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimHcReset: write full 1 fails: %r\n", Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcWaitMmioSet (

-             Bar + EMMC_HC_SW_RST,

-             sizeof (SwReset),

-             0xFF,

-             0x00,

-             EMMC_TIMEOUT

-             );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "EmmcPeimHcReset: reset done with %r\n", Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Enable all interrupt after reset all.

-  //

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcEnableInterrupt (Bar);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Set all interrupt status bits in Normal and Error Interrupt Status Enable

-  register.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation executes successfully.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimHcEnableInterrupt (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT16      IntStatus;

-

-  //

-  // Enable all bits in Error Interrupt Status Enable Register

-  //

-  IntStatus = 0xFFFF;

-  Status    = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_ERR_INT_STS_EN, FALSE, sizeof (IntStatus), &IntStatus);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Enable all bits in Normal Interrupt Status Enable Register

-  //

-  IntStatus = 0xFFFF;

-  Status    = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_NOR_INT_STS_EN, FALSE, sizeof (IntStatus), &IntStatus);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Get the capability data from the specified slot.

-

-  @param[in]  Bar             The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[out] Capability      The buffer to store the capability data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS         The operation executes successfully.

-  @retval Others              The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimHcGetCapability (

-  IN     UINTN          Bar,

-  OUT EMMC_HC_SLOT_CAP  *Capability

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT64      Cap;

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_CAP, TRUE, sizeof (Cap), &Cap);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  CopyMem (Capability, &Cap, sizeof (Cap));

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Detect whether there is a EMMC card attached at the specified EMMC host controller

-  slot.

-

-  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.1 for details.

-

-  @param[in]  Bar           The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       There is a EMMC card attached.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is not a EMMC card attached.

-  @retval Others            The detection fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimHcCardDetect (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT16      Data;

-  UINT32      PresentState;

-

-  //

-  // Check Normal Interrupt Status Register

-  //

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_NOR_INT_STS, TRUE, sizeof (Data), &Data);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  if ((Data & (BIT6 | BIT7)) != 0) {

-    //

-    // Clear BIT6 and BIT7 by writing 1 to these two bits if set.

-    //

-    Data  &= BIT6 | BIT7;

-    Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_NOR_INT_STS, FALSE, sizeof (Data), &Data);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check Present State Register to see if there is a card presented.

-  //

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_PRESENT_STATE, TRUE, sizeof (PresentState), &PresentState);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  if ((PresentState & BIT16) != 0) {

-    return EFI_SUCCESS;

-  } else {

-    return EFI_NO_MEDIA;

-  }

-}

-

-/**

-  Stop EMMC card clock.

-

-  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.2.2 for details.

-

-  @param[in]  Bar           The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       Succeed to stop EMMC clock.

-  @retval Others            Fail to stop EMMC clock.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimHcStopClock (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT32      PresentState;

-  UINT16      ClockCtrl;

-

-  //

-  // Ensure no SD transactions are occurring on the SD Bus by

-  // waiting for Command Inhibit (DAT) and Command Inhibit (CMD)

-  // in the Present State register to be 0.

-  //

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcWaitMmioSet (

-             Bar + EMMC_HC_PRESENT_STATE,

-             sizeof (PresentState),

-             BIT0 | BIT1,

-             0,

-             EMMC_TIMEOUT

-             );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Set SD Clock Enable in the Clock Control register to 0

-  //

-  ClockCtrl = (UINT16) ~BIT2;

-  Status    = EmmcPeimHcAndMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_CLOCK_CTRL, sizeof (ClockCtrl), &ClockCtrl);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  EMMC card clock supply.

-

-  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.2.1 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[in] ClockFreq      The max clock frequency to be set. The unit is KHz.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The clock is supplied successfully.

-  @retval Others            The clock isn't supplied successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimHcClockSupply (

-  IN UINTN   Bar,

-  IN UINT64  ClockFreq

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS        Status;

-  EMMC_HC_SLOT_CAP  Capability;

-  UINT32            BaseClkFreq;

-  UINT32            SettingFreq;

-  UINT32            Divisor;

-  UINT32            Remainder;

-  UINT16            ControllerVer;

-  UINT16            ClockCtrl;

-

-  //

-  // Calculate a divisor for SD clock frequency

-  //

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcGetCapability (Bar, &Capability);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  ASSERT (Capability.BaseClkFreq != 0);

-

-  BaseClkFreq = Capability.BaseClkFreq;

-

-  if (ClockFreq == 0) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if (ClockFreq > (BaseClkFreq * 1000)) {

-    ClockFreq = BaseClkFreq * 1000;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Calculate the divisor of base frequency.

-  //

-  Divisor     = 0;

-  SettingFreq = BaseClkFreq * 1000;

-  while (ClockFreq < SettingFreq) {

-    Divisor++;

-

-    SettingFreq = (BaseClkFreq * 1000) / (2 * Divisor);

-    Remainder   = (BaseClkFreq * 1000) % (2 * Divisor);

-    if ((ClockFreq == SettingFreq) && (Remainder == 0)) {

-      break;

-    }

-

-    if ((ClockFreq == SettingFreq) && (Remainder != 0)) {

-      SettingFreq++;

-    }

-  }

-

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "BaseClkFreq %dMHz Divisor %d ClockFreq %dKhz\n", BaseClkFreq, Divisor, ClockFreq));

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_CTRL_VER, TRUE, sizeof (ControllerVer), &ControllerVer);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Set SDCLK Frequency Select and Internal Clock Enable fields in Clock Control register.

-  //

-  if ((ControllerVer & 0xFF) == 2) {

-    ASSERT (Divisor <= 0x3FF);

-    ClockCtrl = ((Divisor & 0xFF) << 8) | ((Divisor & 0x300) >> 2);

-  } else if (((ControllerVer & 0xFF) == 0) || ((ControllerVer & 0xFF) == 1)) {

-    //

-    // Only the most significant bit can be used as divisor.

-    //

-    if (((Divisor - 1) & Divisor) != 0) {

-      Divisor = 1 << (HighBitSet32 (Divisor) + 1);

-    }

-

-    ASSERT (Divisor <= 0x80);

-    ClockCtrl = (Divisor & 0xFF) << 8;

-  } else {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "Unknown SD Host Controller Spec version [0x%x]!!!\n", ControllerVer));

-    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Stop bus clock at first

-  //

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcStopClock (Bar);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Supply clock frequency with specified divisor

-  //

-  ClockCtrl |= BIT0;

-  Status     = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_CLOCK_CTRL, FALSE, sizeof (ClockCtrl), &ClockCtrl);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "Set SDCLK Frequency Select and Internal Clock Enable fields fails\n"));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Wait Internal Clock Stable in the Clock Control register to be 1

-  //

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcWaitMmioSet (

-             Bar + EMMC_HC_CLOCK_CTRL,

-             sizeof (ClockCtrl),

-             BIT1,

-             BIT1,

-             EMMC_TIMEOUT

-             );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Set SD Clock Enable in the Clock Control register to 1

-  //

-  ClockCtrl = BIT2;

-  Status    = EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_CLOCK_CTRL, sizeof (ClockCtrl), &ClockCtrl);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  EMMC bus power control.

-

-  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.3 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[in] PowerCtrl      The value setting to the power control register.

-

-  @retval TRUE              There is a EMMC card attached.

-  @retval FALSE             There is no a EMMC card attached.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimHcPowerControl (

-  IN UINTN  Bar,

-  IN UINT8  PowerCtrl

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-

-  //

-  // Clr SD Bus Power

-  //

-  PowerCtrl &= (UINT8) ~BIT0;

-  Status     = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_POWER_CTRL, FALSE, sizeof (PowerCtrl), &PowerCtrl);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Set SD Bus Voltage Select and SD Bus Power fields in Power Control Register

-  //

-  PowerCtrl |= BIT0;

-  Status     = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_POWER_CTRL, FALSE, sizeof (PowerCtrl), &PowerCtrl);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Set the EMMC bus width.

-

-  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.4 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[in] BusWidth       The bus width used by the EMMC device, it must be 1, 4 or 8.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The bus width is set successfully.

-  @retval Others            The bus width isn't set successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimHcSetBusWidth (

-  IN UINTN   Bar,

-  IN UINT16  BusWidth

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT8       HostCtrl1;

-

-  if (BusWidth == 1) {

-    HostCtrl1 = (UINT8) ~(BIT5 | BIT1);

-    Status    = EmmcPeimHcAndMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL1, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);

-  } else if (BusWidth == 4) {

-    Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL1, TRUE, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    HostCtrl1 |= BIT1;

-    HostCtrl1 &= (UINT8) ~BIT5;

-    Status     = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL1, FALSE, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);

-  } else if (BusWidth == 8) {

-    Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL1, TRUE, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    HostCtrl1 &= (UINT8) ~BIT1;

-    HostCtrl1 |= BIT5;

-    Status     = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL1, FALSE, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);

-  } else {

-    ASSERT (FALSE);

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Supply EMMC card with lowest clock frequency at initialization.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The clock is supplied successfully.

-  @retval Others            The clock isn't supplied successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimHcInitClockFreq (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS        Status;

-  EMMC_HC_SLOT_CAP  Capability;

-  UINT32            InitFreq;

-

-  //

-  // Calculate a divisor for SD clock frequency

-  //

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcGetCapability (Bar, &Capability);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  if (Capability.BaseClkFreq == 0) {

-    //

-    // Don't support get Base Clock Frequency information via another method

-    //

-    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Supply 400KHz clock frequency at initialization phase.

-  //

-  InitFreq = 400;

-  Status   = EmmcPeimHcClockSupply (Bar, InitFreq);

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Supply EMMC card with maximum voltage at initialization.

-

-  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.3 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The voltage is supplied successfully.

-  @retval Others            The voltage isn't supplied successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimHcInitPowerVoltage (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS        Status;

-  EMMC_HC_SLOT_CAP  Capability;

-  UINT8             MaxVoltage;

-  UINT8             HostCtrl2;

-

-  //

-  // Get the support voltage of the Host Controller

-  //

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcGetCapability (Bar, &Capability);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Calculate supported maximum voltage according to SD Bus Voltage Select

-  //

-  if (Capability.Voltage33 != 0) {

-    //

-    // Support 3.3V

-    //

-    MaxVoltage = 0x0E;

-  } else if (Capability.Voltage30 != 0) {

-    //

-    // Support 3.0V

-    //

-    MaxVoltage = 0x0C;

-  } else if (Capability.Voltage18 != 0) {

-    //

-    // Support 1.8V

-    //

-    MaxVoltage = 0x0A;

-    HostCtrl2  = BIT3;

-    Status     = EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    MicroSecondDelay (5000);

-  } else {

-    ASSERT (FALSE);

-    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Set SD Bus Voltage Select and SD Bus Power fields in Power Control Register

-  //

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcPowerControl (Bar, MaxVoltage);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Initialize the Timeout Control register with most conservative value at initialization.

-

-  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 2.2.15 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The timeout control register is configured successfully.

-  @retval Others            The timeout control register isn't configured successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimHcInitTimeoutCtrl (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT8       Timeout;

-

-  Timeout = 0x0E;

-  Status  = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_TIMEOUT_CTRL, FALSE, sizeof (Timeout), &Timeout);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Initial EMMC host controller with lowest clock frequency, max power and max timeout value

-  at initialization.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The host controller is initialized successfully.

-  @retval Others            The host controller isn't initialized successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimHcInitHost (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcInitClockFreq (Bar);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcInitPowerVoltage (Bar);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcInitTimeoutCtrl (Bar);

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Turn on/off LED.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[in] On             The boolean to turn on/off LED.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The LED is turned on/off successfully.

-  @retval Others            The LED isn't turned on/off successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimHcLedOnOff (

-  IN UINTN    Bar,

-  IN BOOLEAN  On

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT8       HostCtrl1;

-

-  if (On) {

-    HostCtrl1 = BIT0;

-    Status    = EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL1, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);

-  } else {

-    HostCtrl1 = (UINT8) ~BIT0;

-    Status    = EmmcPeimHcAndMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL1, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Build ADMA descriptor table for transfer.

-

-  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 1.13 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the EMMC_TRB instance.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The ADMA descriptor table is created successfully.

-  @retval Others            The ADMA descriptor table isn't created successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-BuildAdmaDescTable (

-  IN EMMC_TRB  *Trb

-  )

-{

-  EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  Data;

-  UINT64                DataLen;

-  UINT64                Entries;

-  UINT32                Index;

-  UINT64                Remaining;

-  UINT32                Address;

-

-  Data    = Trb->DataPhy;

-  DataLen = Trb->DataLen;

-  //

-  // Only support 32bit ADMA Descriptor Table

-  //

-  if ((Data >= 0x100000000ul) || ((Data + DataLen) > 0x100000000ul)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Address field shall be set on 32-bit boundary (Lower 2-bit is always set to 0)

-  // for 32-bit address descriptor table.

-  //

-  if ((Data & (BIT0 | BIT1)) != 0) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "The buffer [0x%x] to construct ADMA desc is not aligned to 4 bytes boundary!\n", Data));

-  }

-

-  Entries = DivU64x32 ((DataLen + ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE - 1), ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE);

-

-  Trb->AdmaDescSize = (UINTN)MultU64x32 (Entries, sizeof (EMMC_HC_ADMA_DESC_LINE));

-  Trb->AdmaDesc     = EmmcPeimAllocateMem (Trb->Slot->Private->Pool, Trb->AdmaDescSize);

-  if (Trb->AdmaDesc == NULL) {

-    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-  }

-

-  Remaining = DataLen;

-  Address   = (UINT32)Data;

-  for (Index = 0; Index < Entries; Index++) {

-    if (Remaining <= ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE) {

-      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Valid   = 1;

-      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Act     = 2;

-      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Length  = (UINT16)Remaining;

-      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Address = Address;

-      break;

-    } else {

-      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Valid   = 1;

-      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Act     = 2;

-      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Length  = 0;

-      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Address = Address;

-    }

-

-    Remaining -= ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE;

-    Address   += ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Set the last descriptor line as end of descriptor table

-  //

-  Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].End = 1;

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Create a new TRB for the EMMC cmd request.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the EMMC card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Packet         A pointer to the SD command data structure.

-

-  @return Created Trb or NULL.

-

-**/

-EMMC_TRB *

-EmmcPeimCreateTrb (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT    *Slot,

-  IN EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_TRB               *Trb;

-  EFI_STATUS             Status;

-  EMMC_HC_SLOT_CAP       Capability;

-  EDKII_IOMMU_OPERATION  MapOp;

-  UINTN                  MapLength;

-

-  //

-  // Calculate a divisor for SD clock frequency

-  //

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcGetCapability (Slot->EmmcHcBase, &Capability);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  Trb = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EMMC_TRB));

-  if (Trb == NULL) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  Trb->Slot      = Slot;

-  Trb->BlockSize = 0x200;

-  Trb->Packet    = Packet;

-  Trb->Timeout   = Packet->Timeout;

-

-  if ((Packet->InTransferLength != 0) && (Packet->InDataBuffer != NULL)) {

-    Trb->Data    = Packet->InDataBuffer;

-    Trb->DataLen = Packet->InTransferLength;

-    Trb->Read    = TRUE;

-  } else if ((Packet->OutTransferLength != 0) && (Packet->OutDataBuffer != NULL)) {

-    Trb->Data    = Packet->OutDataBuffer;

-    Trb->DataLen = Packet->OutTransferLength;

-    Trb->Read    = FALSE;

-  } else if ((Packet->InTransferLength == 0) && (Packet->OutTransferLength == 0)) {

-    Trb->Data    = NULL;

-    Trb->DataLen = 0;

-  } else {

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  if ((Trb->DataLen != 0) && (Trb->DataLen < Trb->BlockSize)) {

-    Trb->BlockSize = (UINT16)Trb->DataLen;

-  }

-

-  if (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->CommandIndex == EMMC_SEND_TUNING_BLOCK) {

-    Trb->Mode = EmmcPioMode;

-  } else {

-    if (Trb->Read) {

-      MapOp = EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterWrite;

-    } else {

-      MapOp = EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterRead;

-    }

-

-    if (Trb->DataLen != 0) {

-      MapLength = Trb->DataLen;

-      Status    = IoMmuMap (MapOp, Trb->Data, &MapLength, &Trb->DataPhy, &Trb->DataMap);

-

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || (MapLength != Trb->DataLen)) {

-        DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimCreateTrb: Fail to map data buffer.\n"));

-        goto Error;

-      }

-    }

-

-    if (Trb->DataLen == 0) {

-      Trb->Mode = EmmcNoData;

-    } else if (Capability.Adma2 != 0) {

-      Trb->Mode = EmmcAdmaMode;

-      Status    = BuildAdmaDescTable (Trb);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Error;

-      }

-    } else if (Capability.Sdma != 0) {

-      Trb->Mode = EmmcSdmaMode;

-    } else {

-      Trb->Mode = EmmcPioMode;

-    }

-  }

-

-  return Trb;

-

-Error:

-  EmmcPeimFreeTrb (Trb);

-  return NULL;

-}

-

-/**

-  Free the resource used by the TRB.

-

-  @param[in] Trb        The pointer to the EMMC_TRB instance.

-

-**/

-VOID

-EmmcPeimFreeTrb (

-  IN EMMC_TRB  *Trb

-  )

-{

-  if ((Trb != NULL) && (Trb->DataMap != NULL)) {

-    IoMmuUnmap (Trb->DataMap);

-  }

-

-  if ((Trb != NULL) && (Trb->AdmaDesc != NULL)) {

-    EmmcPeimFreeMem (Trb->Slot->Private->Pool, Trb->AdmaDesc, Trb->AdmaDescSize);

-  }

-

-  if (Trb != NULL) {

-    FreePool (Trb);

-  }

-

-  return;

-}

-

-/**

-  Check if the env is ready for execute specified TRB.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the EMMC_TRB instance.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The env is ready for TRB execution.

-  @retval EFI_NOT_READY     The env is not ready for TRB execution.

-  @retval Others            Some erros happen.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimCheckTrbEnv (

-  IN UINTN     Bar,

-  IN EMMC_TRB  *Trb

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS           Status;

-  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet;

-  UINT32               PresentState;

-

-  Packet = Trb->Packet;

-

-  if ((Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->CommandType == EmmcCommandTypeAdtc) ||

-      (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->ResponseType == EmmcResponceTypeR1b) ||

-      (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->ResponseType == EmmcResponceTypeR5b))

-  {

-    //

-    // Wait Command Inhibit (CMD) and Command Inhibit (DAT) in

-    // the Present State register to be 0

-    //

-    PresentState = BIT0 | BIT1;

-  } else {

-    //

-    // Wait Command Inhibit (CMD) in the Present State register

-    // to be 0

-    //

-    PresentState = BIT0;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcCheckMmioSet (

-             Bar + EMMC_HC_PRESENT_STATE,

-             sizeof (PresentState),

-             PresentState,

-             0

-             );

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Wait for the env to be ready for execute specified TRB.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the EMMC_TRB instance.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The env is ready for TRB execution.

-  @retval EFI_TIMEOUT       The env is not ready for TRB execution in time.

-  @retval Others            Some erros happen.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimWaitTrbEnv (

-  IN UINTN     Bar,

-  IN EMMC_TRB  *Trb

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS           Status;

-  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet;

-  UINT64               Timeout;

-  BOOLEAN              InfiniteWait;

-

-  //

-  // Wait Command Complete Interrupt Status bit in Normal Interrupt Status Register

-  //

-  Packet  = Trb->Packet;

-  Timeout = Packet->Timeout;

-  if (Timeout == 0) {

-    InfiniteWait = TRUE;

-  } else {

-    InfiniteWait = FALSE;

-  }

-

-  while (InfiniteWait || (Timeout > 0)) {

-    //

-    // Check Trb execution result by reading Normal Interrupt Status register.

-    //

-    Status = EmmcPeimCheckTrbEnv (Bar, Trb);

-    if (Status != EFI_NOT_READY) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    //

-    // Stall for 1 microsecond.

-    //

-    MicroSecondDelay (1);

-

-    Timeout--;

-  }

-

-  return EFI_TIMEOUT;

-}

-

-/**

-  Execute the specified TRB.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the EMMC_TRB instance.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The TRB is sent to host controller successfully.

-  @retval Others            Some erros happen when sending this request to the host controller.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimExecTrb (

-  IN UINTN     Bar,

-  IN EMMC_TRB  *Trb

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS           Status;

-  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet;

-  UINT16               Cmd;

-  UINT16               IntStatus;

-  UINT32               Argument;

-  UINT16               BlkCount;

-  UINT16               BlkSize;

-  UINT16               TransMode;

-  UINT8                HostCtrl1;

-  UINT32               SdmaAddr;

-  UINT64               AdmaAddr;

-

-  Packet = Trb->Packet;

-  //

-  // Clear all bits in Error Interrupt Status Register

-  //

-  IntStatus = 0xFFFF;

-  Status    = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_ERR_INT_STS, FALSE, sizeof (IntStatus), &IntStatus);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Clear all bits in Normal Interrupt Status Register

-  //

-  IntStatus = 0xFFFF;

-  Status    = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_NOR_INT_STS, FALSE, sizeof (IntStatus), &IntStatus);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Set Host Control 1 register DMA Select field

-  //

-  if (Trb->Mode == EmmcAdmaMode) {

-    HostCtrl1 = BIT4;

-    Status    = EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL1, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-  }

-

-  EmmcPeimHcLedOnOff (Bar, TRUE);

-

-  if (Trb->Mode == EmmcSdmaMode) {

-    if ((UINT64)(UINTN)Trb->DataPhy >= 0x100000000ul) {

-      return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-    }

-

-    SdmaAddr = (UINT32)(UINTN)Trb->DataPhy;

-    Status   = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_SDMA_ADDR, FALSE, sizeof (SdmaAddr), &SdmaAddr);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-  } else if (Trb->Mode == EmmcAdmaMode) {

-    AdmaAddr = (UINT64)(UINTN)Trb->AdmaDesc;

-    Status   = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_ADMA_SYS_ADDR, FALSE, sizeof (AdmaAddr), &AdmaAddr);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-  }

-

-  BlkSize = Trb->BlockSize;

-  if (Trb->Mode == EmmcSdmaMode) {

-    //

-    // Set SDMA boundary to be 512K bytes.

-    //

-    BlkSize |= 0x7000;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_BLK_SIZE, FALSE, sizeof (BlkSize), &BlkSize);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  BlkCount = 0;

-  if (Trb->Mode != EmmcNoData) {

-    //

-    // Calculate Block Count.

-    //

-    BlkCount = (UINT16)(Trb->DataLen / Trb->BlockSize);

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_BLK_COUNT, FALSE, sizeof (BlkCount), &BlkCount);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Argument = Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->CommandArgument;

-  Status   = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_ARG1, FALSE, sizeof (Argument), &Argument);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  TransMode = 0;

-  if (Trb->Mode != EmmcNoData) {

-    if (Trb->Mode != EmmcPioMode) {

-      TransMode |= BIT0;

-    }

-

-    if (Trb->Read) {

-      TransMode |= BIT4;

-    }

-

-    if (BlkCount > 1) {

-      TransMode |= BIT5 | BIT1;

-    }

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_TRANS_MOD, FALSE, sizeof (TransMode), &TransMode);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Cmd = (UINT16)LShiftU64 (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->CommandIndex, 8);

-  if (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->CommandType == EmmcCommandTypeAdtc) {

-    Cmd |= BIT5;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Convert ResponseType to value

-  //

-  if (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->CommandType != EmmcCommandTypeBc) {

-    switch (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->ResponseType) {

-      case EmmcResponceTypeR1:

-      case EmmcResponceTypeR5:

-      case EmmcResponceTypeR6:

-      case EmmcResponceTypeR7:

-        Cmd |= (BIT1 | BIT3 | BIT4);

-        break;

-      case EmmcResponceTypeR2:

-        Cmd |= (BIT0 | BIT3);

-        break;

-      case EmmcResponceTypeR3:

-      case EmmcResponceTypeR4:

-        Cmd |= BIT1;

-        break;

-      case EmmcResponceTypeR1b:

-      case EmmcResponceTypeR5b:

-        Cmd |= (BIT0 | BIT1 | BIT3 | BIT4);

-        break;

-      default:

-        ASSERT (FALSE);

-        break;

-    }

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Execute cmd

-  //

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_COMMAND, FALSE, sizeof (Cmd), &Cmd);

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Check the TRB execution result.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the EMMC_TRB instance.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The TRB is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_NOT_READY     The TRB is not completed for execution.

-  @retval Others            Some erros happen when executing this request.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimCheckTrbResult (

-  IN UINTN     Bar,

-  IN EMMC_TRB  *Trb

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS           Status;

-  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet;

-  UINT16               IntStatus;

-  UINT32               Response[4];

-  UINT32               SdmaAddr;

-  UINT8                Index;

-  UINT8                SwReset;

-  UINT32               PioLength;

-

-  SwReset = 0;

-  Packet  = Trb->Packet;

-  //

-  // Check Trb execution result by reading Normal Interrupt Status register.

-  //

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (

-             Bar + EMMC_HC_NOR_INT_STS,

-             TRUE,

-             sizeof (IntStatus),

-             &IntStatus

-             );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    goto Done;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check Transfer Complete bit is set or not.

-  //

-  if ((IntStatus & BIT1) == BIT1) {

-    if ((IntStatus & BIT15) == BIT15) {

-      //

-      // Read Error Interrupt Status register to check if the error is

-      // Data Timeout Error.

-      // If yes, treat it as success as Transfer Complete has higher

-      // priority than Data Timeout Error.

-      //

-      Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (

-                 Bar + EMMC_HC_ERR_INT_STS,

-                 TRUE,

-                 sizeof (IntStatus),

-                 &IntStatus

-                 );

-      if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        if ((IntStatus & BIT4) == BIT4) {

-          Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-        } else {

-          Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-        }

-      }

-    }

-

-    goto Done;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check if there is a error happened during cmd execution.

-  // If yes, then do error recovery procedure to follow SD Host Controller

-  // Simplified Spec 3.0 section 3.10.1.

-  //

-  if ((IntStatus & BIT15) == BIT15) {

-    Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (

-               Bar + EMMC_HC_ERR_INT_STS,

-               TRUE,

-               sizeof (IntStatus),

-               &IntStatus

-               );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    if ((IntStatus & 0x0F) != 0) {

-      SwReset |= BIT1;

-    }

-

-    if ((IntStatus & 0xF0) != 0) {

-      SwReset |= BIT2;

-    }

-

-    Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (

-               Bar + EMMC_HC_SW_RST,

-               FALSE,

-               sizeof (SwReset),

-               &SwReset

-               );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    Status = EmmcPeimHcWaitMmioSet (

-               Bar + EMMC_HC_SW_RST,

-               sizeof (SwReset),

-               0xFF,

-               0,

-               EMMC_TIMEOUT

-               );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check if DMA interrupt is signalled for the SDMA transfer.

-  //

-  if ((Trb->Mode == EmmcSdmaMode) && ((IntStatus & BIT3) == BIT3)) {

-    //

-    // Clear DMA interrupt bit.

-    //

-    IntStatus = BIT3;

-    Status    = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (

-                  Bar + EMMC_HC_NOR_INT_STS,

-                  FALSE,

-                  sizeof (IntStatus),

-                  &IntStatus

-                  );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    //

-    // Update SDMA Address register.

-    //

-    SdmaAddr = EMMC_SDMA_ROUND_UP ((UINT32)(UINTN)Trb->DataPhy, EMMC_SDMA_BOUNDARY);

-    Status   = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (

-                 Bar + EMMC_HC_SDMA_ADDR,

-                 FALSE,

-                 sizeof (UINT32),

-                 &SdmaAddr

-                 );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    Trb->DataPhy = (UINT32)(UINTN)SdmaAddr;

-  }

-

-  if ((Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->CommandType != EmmcCommandTypeAdtc) &&

-      (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->ResponseType != EmmcResponceTypeR1b) &&

-      (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->ResponseType != EmmcResponceTypeR5b))

-  {

-    if ((IntStatus & BIT0) == BIT0) {

-      Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->CommandIndex == EMMC_SEND_TUNING_BLOCK) {

-    //

-    // When performing tuning procedure (Execute Tuning is set to 1) through PIO mode,

-    // wait Buffer Read Ready bit of Normal Interrupt Status Register to be 1.

-    // Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified Specification 3.0 figure 2-29 for details.

-    //

-    if ((IntStatus & BIT5) == BIT5) {

-      //

-      // Clear Buffer Read Ready interrupt at first.

-      //

-      IntStatus = BIT5;

-      EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_NOR_INT_STS, FALSE, sizeof (IntStatus), &IntStatus);

-      //

-      // Read data out from Buffer Port register

-      //

-      for (PioLength = 0; PioLength < Trb->DataLen; PioLength += 4) {

-        EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_BUF_DAT_PORT, TRUE, 4, (UINT8 *)Trb->Data + PioLength);

-      }

-

-      Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-  }

-

-  Status = EFI_NOT_READY;

-Done:

-  //

-  // Get response data when the cmd is executed successfully.

-  //

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    if (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->CommandType != EmmcCommandTypeBc) {

-      for (Index = 0; Index < 4; Index++) {

-        Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (

-                   Bar + EMMC_HC_RESPONSE + Index * 4,

-                   TRUE,

-                   sizeof (UINT32),

-                   &Response[Index]

-                   );

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          EmmcPeimHcLedOnOff (Bar, FALSE);

-          return Status;

-        }

-      }

-

-      CopyMem (Packet->EmmcStatusBlk, Response, sizeof (Response));

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (Status != EFI_NOT_READY) {

-    EmmcPeimHcLedOnOff (Bar, FALSE);

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Wait for the TRB execution result.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the EMMC_TRB instance.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The TRB is executed successfully.

-  @retval Others            Some erros happen when executing this request.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimWaitTrbResult (

-  IN UINTN     Bar,

-  IN EMMC_TRB  *Trb

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS           Status;

-  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet;

-  UINT64               Timeout;

-  BOOLEAN              InfiniteWait;

-

-  Packet = Trb->Packet;

-  //

-  // Wait Command Complete Interrupt Status bit in Normal Interrupt Status Register

-  //

-  Timeout = Packet->Timeout;

-  if (Timeout == 0) {

-    InfiniteWait = TRUE;

-  } else {

-    InfiniteWait = FALSE;

-  }

-

-  while (InfiniteWait || (Timeout > 0)) {

-    //

-    // Check Trb execution result by reading Normal Interrupt Status register.

-    //

-    Status = EmmcPeimCheckTrbResult (Bar, Trb);

-    if (Status != EFI_NOT_READY) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    //

-    // Stall for 1 microsecond.

-    //

-    MicroSecondDelay (1);

-

-    Timeout--;

-  }

-

-  return EFI_TIMEOUT;

-}

-

-/**

-  Sends EMMC command to an EMMC card that is attached to the EMMC controller.

-

-  If Packet is successfully sent to the EMMC card, then EFI_SUCCESS is returned.

-

-  If a device error occurs while sending the Packet, then EFI_DEVICE_ERROR is returned.

-

-  If Slot is not in a valid range for the EMMC controller, then EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER

-  is returned.

-

-  If Packet defines a data command but both InDataBuffer and OutDataBuffer are NULL,

-  EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.

-

-  @param[in]     Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[in,out] Packet         A pointer to the EMMC command data structure.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The EMMC Command Packet was sent by the host.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      A device error occurred while attempting to send the SD

-                                command Packet.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Packet, Slot, or the contents of the Packet is invalid.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Packet defines a data command but both InDataBuffer and

-                                OutDataBuffer are NULL.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          SD Device not present in the Slot.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The command described by the EMMC Command Packet is not

-                                supported by the host controller.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The InTransferLength or OutTransferLength exceeds the

-                                limit supported by EMMC card ( i.e. if the number of bytes

-                                exceed the Last LBA).

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcPeimExecCmd (

-  IN     EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT    *Slot,

-  IN OUT EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  EMMC_TRB    *Trb;

-

-  if (Packet == NULL) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if ((Packet->EmmcCmdBlk == NULL) || (Packet->EmmcStatusBlk == NULL)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if ((Packet->OutDataBuffer == NULL) && (Packet->OutTransferLength != 0)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if ((Packet->InDataBuffer == NULL) && (Packet->InTransferLength != 0)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  Trb = EmmcPeimCreateTrb (Slot, Packet);

-  if (Trb == NULL) {

-    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimWaitTrbEnv (Slot->EmmcHcBase, Trb);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    goto Done;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimExecTrb (Slot->EmmcHcBase, Trb);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    goto Done;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimWaitTrbResult (Slot->EmmcHcBase, Trb);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    goto Done;

-  }

-

-Done:

-  EmmcPeimFreeTrb (Trb);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command GO_IDLE_STATE (CMD0 with argument of 0x00000000) to the device to

-  make it go to Idle State.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.4 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The EMMC device is reset correctly.

-  @retval Others            The device reset fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimReset (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;

-  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;

-  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS           Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_GO_IDLE_STATE;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeBc;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = 0;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = 0;

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_OP_COND to the EMMC device to get the data of the OCR register.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.4 for details.

-

-  @param[in]      Slot      The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[in, out] Argument  On input, the argument of SEND_OP_COND is to send to the device.

-                            On output, the argument is the value of OCR register.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimGetOcr (

-  IN     EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN OUT UINT32             *Argument

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;

-  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;

-  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS           Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SEND_OP_COND;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeBcr;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = EmmcResponceTypeR3;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = *Argument;

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    //

-    // For details, refer to SD Host Controller Simplified Spec 3.0 Table 2-12.

-    //

-    *Argument = EmmcStatusBlk.Resp0;

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Broadcast command ALL_SEND_CID to the bus to ask all the EMMC devices to send the

-  data of their CID registers.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.4 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimGetAllCid (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;

-  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;

-  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS           Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_ALL_SEND_CID;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeBcr;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = EmmcResponceTypeR2;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = 0;

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SET_RELATIVE_ADDR to the EMMC device to assign a Relative device

-  Address (RCA).

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.4 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address to be assigned.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimSetRca (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN UINT32             Rca

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;

-  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;

-  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS           Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SET_RELATIVE_ADDR;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeAc;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = EmmcResponceTypeR1;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = Rca << 16;

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_CSD to the EMMC device to get the data of the CSD register.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.

-

-  @param[in]  Slot          The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[in]  Rca           The relative device address of selected device.

-  @param[out] Csd           The buffer to store the content of the CSD register.

-                            Note the caller should ignore the lowest byte of this

-                            buffer as the content of this byte is meaningless even

-                            if the operation succeeds.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimGetCsd (

-  IN     EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN     UINT32             Rca,

-  OUT EMMC_CSD              *Csd

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;

-  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;

-  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS           Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SEND_CSD;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeAc;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = EmmcResponceTypeR2;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = Rca << 16;

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    //

-    // For details, refer to SD Host Controller Simplified Spec 3.0 Table 2-12.

-    //

-    CopyMem (((UINT8 *)Csd) + 1, &EmmcStatusBlk.Resp0, sizeof (EMMC_CSD) - 1);

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SELECT_DESELECT_CARD to the EMMC device to select/deselect it.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address of selected device.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimSelect (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN UINT32             Rca

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;

-  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;

-  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS           Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SELECT_DESELECT_CARD;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeAc;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = EmmcResponceTypeR1;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = Rca << 16;

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_EXT_CSD to the EMMC device to get the data of the EXT_CSD register.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.

-

-  @param[in]  Slot          The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[out] ExtCsd        The buffer to store the content of the EXT_CSD register.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimGetExtCsd (

-  IN     EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  OUT EMMC_EXT_CSD          *ExtCsd

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;

-  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;

-  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS           Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SEND_EXT_CSD;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeAdtc;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = EmmcResponceTypeR1;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = 0x00000000;

-

-  Packet.InDataBuffer     = ExtCsd;

-  Packet.InTransferLength = sizeof (EMMC_EXT_CSD);

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SWITCH to the EMMC device to switch the mode of operation of the

-  selected Device or modifies the EXT_CSD registers.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Access         The access mode of SWITCH command.

-  @param[in] Index          The offset of the field to be access.

-  @param[in] Value          The value to be set to the specified field of EXT_CSD register.

-  @param[in] CmdSet         The value of CmdSet field of EXT_CSD register.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimSwitch (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN UINT8              Access,

-  IN UINT8              Index,

-  IN UINT8              Value,

-  IN UINT8              CmdSet

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;

-  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;

-  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS           Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SWITCH;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeAc;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = EmmcResponceTypeR1b;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (Access << 24) | (Index << 16) | (Value << 8) | CmdSet;

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_STATUS to the addressed EMMC device to get its status register.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.

-

-  @param[in]  Slot          The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[in]  Rca           The relative device address of addressed device.

-  @param[out] DevStatus     The returned device status.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimSendStatus (

-  IN     EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN     UINT32             Rca,

-  OUT UINT32                *DevStatus

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;

-  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;

-  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS           Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SEND_STATUS;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeAc;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = EmmcResponceTypeR1;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = Rca << 16;

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    *DevStatus = EmmcStatusBlk.Resp0;

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SET_BLOCK_COUNT to the addressed EMMC device to set the number of

-  blocks for the following block read/write cmd.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] BlockCount     The number of the logical block to access.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimSetBlkCount (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN UINT16             BlockCount

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;

-  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;

-  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS           Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SET_BLOCK_COUNT;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeAc;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = EmmcResponceTypeR1;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = BlockCount;

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK/WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK to the addressed EMMC device

-  to read/write the specified number of blocks.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Lba            The logical block address of starting access.

-  @param[in] BlockSize      The block size of specified EMMC device partition.

-  @param[in] Buffer         The pointer to the transfer buffer.

-  @param[in] BufferSize     The size of transfer buffer.

-  @param[in] IsRead         Boolean to show the operation direction.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimRwMultiBlocks (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN EFI_LBA            Lba,

-  IN UINT32             BlockSize,

-  IN VOID               *Buffer,

-  IN UINTN              BufferSize,

-  IN BOOLEAN            IsRead

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;

-  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;

-  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS           Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;

-  //

-  // Calculate timeout value through the below formula.

-  // Timeout = (transfer size) / (2MB/s).

-  // Taking 2MB/s as divisor is because it's nearest to the eMMC lowest

-  // transfer speed (2.4MB/s).

-  // Refer to eMMC 5.0 spec section 6.9.1 for details.

-  //

-  Packet.Timeout = (BufferSize / (2 * 1024 * 1024) + 1) * 1000 * 1000;

-

-  if (IsRead) {

-    Packet.InDataBuffer     = Buffer;

-    Packet.InTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;

-

-    EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = EMMC_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK;

-    EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = EmmcCommandTypeAdtc;

-    EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = EmmcResponceTypeR1;

-  } else {

-    Packet.OutDataBuffer     = Buffer;

-    Packet.OutTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;

-

-    EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = EMMC_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK;

-    EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = EmmcCommandTypeAdtc;

-    EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = EmmcResponceTypeR1;

-  }

-

-  if (Slot->SectorAddressing) {

-    EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Lba;

-  } else {

-    EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)MultU64x32 (Lba, BlockSize);

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_TUNING_BLOCK to the EMMC device for HS200 optimal sampling point

-  detection.

-

-  It may be sent up to 40 times until the host finishes the tuning procedure.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.6.8 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] BusWidth       The bus width to work.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimSendTuningBlk (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN UINT8              BusWidth

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;

-  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;

-  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS           Status;

-  UINT8                TuningBlock[128];

-

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SEND_TUNING_BLOCK;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeAdtc;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = EmmcResponceTypeR1;

-  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = 0;

-

-  Packet.InDataBuffer = TuningBlock;

-  if (BusWidth == 8) {

-    Packet.InTransferLength = sizeof (TuningBlock);

-  } else {

-    Packet.InTransferLength = 64;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Tuning the clock to get HS200 optimal sampling point.

-

-  Command SEND_TUNING_BLOCK may be sent up to 40 times until the host finishes the

-  tuning procedure.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.6.8 and SD Host Controller

-  Simplified Spec 3.0 section Figure 2-29 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] BusWidth       The bus width to work.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimTuningClkForHs200 (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN UINT8              BusWidth

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT8       HostCtrl2;

-  UINT8       Retry;

-

-  //

-  // Notify the host that the sampling clock tuning procedure starts.

-  //

-  HostCtrl2 = BIT6;

-  Status    = EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Ask the device to send a sequence of tuning blocks till the tuning procedure is done.

-  //

-  Retry = 0;

-  do {

-    Status = EmmcPeimSendTuningBlk (Slot, BusWidth);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2, TRUE, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    if ((HostCtrl2 & (BIT6 | BIT7)) == 0) {

-      break;

-    }

-

-    if ((HostCtrl2 & (BIT6 | BIT7)) == BIT7) {

-      return EFI_SUCCESS;

-    }

-  } while (++Retry < 40);

-

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimTuningClkForHs200: Send tuning block fails at %d times with HostCtrl2 %02x\n", Retry, HostCtrl2));

-  //

-  // Abort the tuning procedure and reset the tuning circuit.

-  //

-  HostCtrl2 = (UINT8) ~(BIT6 | BIT7);

-  Status    = EmmcPeimHcAndMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-}

-

-/**

-  Switch the bus width to specified width.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.6.9 and SD Host Controller

-  Simplified Spec 3.0 section Figure 3-7 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address to be assigned.

-  @param[in] IsDdr          If TRUE, use dual data rate data simpling method. Otherwise

-                            use single data rate data simpling method.

-  @param[in] BusWidth       The bus width to be set, it could be 4 or 8.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimSwitchBusWidth (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN UINT32             Rca,

-  IN BOOLEAN            IsDdr,

-  IN UINT8              BusWidth

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT8       Access;

-  UINT8       Index;

-  UINT8       Value;

-  UINT8       CmdSet;

-  UINT32      DevStatus;

-

-  //

-  // Write Byte, the Value field is written into the byte pointed by Index.

-  //

-  Access = 0x03;

-  Index  = OFFSET_OF (EMMC_EXT_CSD, BusWidth);

-  if (BusWidth == 4) {

-    Value = 1;

-  } else if (BusWidth == 8) {

-    Value = 2;

-  } else {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if (IsDdr) {

-    Value += 4;

-  }

-

-  CmdSet = 0;

-  Status = EmmcPeimSwitch (Slot, Access, Index, Value, CmdSet);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimSendStatus (Slot, Rca, &DevStatus);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check the switch operation is really successful or not.

-  //

-  if ((DevStatus & BIT7) != 0) {

-    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcSetBusWidth (Slot->EmmcHcBase, BusWidth);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Switch the clock frequency to the specified value.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.6 and SD Host Controller

-  Simplified Spec 3.0 section Figure 3-3 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address to be assigned.

-  @param[in] HsTiming       The value to be written to HS_TIMING field of EXT_CSD register.

-  @param[in] ClockFreq      The max clock frequency to be set, the unit is MHz.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimSwitchClockFreq (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN UINT32             Rca,

-  IN UINT8              HsTiming,

-  IN UINT32             ClockFreq

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT8       Access;

-  UINT8       Index;

-  UINT8       Value;

-  UINT8       CmdSet;

-  UINT32      DevStatus;

-

-  //

-  // Write Byte, the Value field is written into the byte pointed by Index.

-  //

-  Access = 0x03;

-  Index  = OFFSET_OF (EMMC_EXT_CSD, HsTiming);

-  Value  = HsTiming;

-  CmdSet = 0;

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimSwitch (Slot, Access, Index, Value, CmdSet);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimSendStatus (Slot, Rca, &DevStatus);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check the switch operation is really successful or not.

-  //

-  if ((DevStatus & BIT7) != 0) {

-    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Convert the clock freq unit from MHz to KHz.

-  //

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcClockSupply (Slot->EmmcHcBase, ClockFreq * 1000);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Switch to the High Speed timing according to request.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.6.8 and SD Host Controller

-  Simplified Spec 3.0 section Figure 2-29 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address to be assigned.

-  @param[in] ClockFreq      The max clock frequency to be set.

-  @param[in] IsDdr          If TRUE, use dual data rate data simpling method. Otherwise

-                            use single data rate data simpling method.

-  @param[in] BusWidth       The bus width to be set, it could be 4 or 8.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimSwitchToHighSpeed (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN UINT32             Rca,

-  IN UINT32             ClockFreq,

-  IN BOOLEAN            IsDdr,

-  IN UINT8              BusWidth

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT8       HsTiming;

-  UINT8       HostCtrl1;

-  UINT8       HostCtrl2;

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimSwitchBusWidth (Slot, Rca, IsDdr, BusWidth);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Set to High Speed timing

-  //

-  HostCtrl1 = BIT2;

-  Status    = EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL1, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  HostCtrl2 = (UINT8) ~0x7;

-  Status    = EmmcPeimHcAndMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  if (IsDdr) {

-    HostCtrl2 = BIT2;

-  } else if (ClockFreq == 52) {

-    HostCtrl2 = BIT0;

-  } else {

-    HostCtrl2 = 0;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  HsTiming = 1;

-  Status   = EmmcPeimSwitchClockFreq (Slot, Rca, HsTiming, ClockFreq);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Switch to the HS200 timing according to request.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.6.8 and SD Host Controller

-  Simplified Spec 3.0 section Figure 2-29 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address to be assigned.

-  @param[in] ClockFreq      The max clock frequency to be set.

-  @param[in] BusWidth       The bus width to be set, it could be 4 or 8.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimSwitchToHS200 (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN UINT32             Rca,

-  IN UINT32             ClockFreq,

-  IN UINT8              BusWidth

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT8       HsTiming;

-  UINT8       HostCtrl2;

-  UINT16      ClockCtrl;

-

-  if ((BusWidth != 4) && (BusWidth != 8)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimSwitchBusWidth (Slot, Rca, FALSE, BusWidth);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Set to HS200/SDR104 timing

-  //

-  //

-  // Stop bus clock at first

-  //

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcStopClock (Slot->EmmcHcBase);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  HostCtrl2 = (UINT8) ~0x7;

-  Status    = EmmcPeimHcAndMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  HostCtrl2 = BIT0 | BIT1;

-  Status    = EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Wait Internal Clock Stable in the Clock Control register to be 1 before set SD Clock Enable bit

-  //

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcWaitMmioSet (

-             Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_CLOCK_CTRL,

-             sizeof (ClockCtrl),

-             BIT1,

-             BIT1,

-             EMMC_TIMEOUT

-             );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Set SD Clock Enable in the Clock Control register to 1

-  //

-  ClockCtrl = BIT2;

-  Status    = EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_CLOCK_CTRL, sizeof (ClockCtrl), &ClockCtrl);

-

-  HsTiming = 2;

-  Status   = EmmcPeimSwitchClockFreq (Slot, Rca, HsTiming, ClockFreq);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimTuningClkForHs200 (Slot, BusWidth);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Switch to the HS400 timing according to request.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.6.8 and SD Host Controller

-  Simplified Spec 3.0 section Figure 2-29 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address to be assigned.

-  @param[in] ClockFreq      The max clock frequency to be set.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimSwitchToHS400 (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN UINT32             Rca,

-  IN UINT32             ClockFreq

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT8       HsTiming;

-  UINT8       HostCtrl2;

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimSwitchToHS200 (Slot, Rca, ClockFreq, 8);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Set to High Speed timing and set the clock frequency to a value less than 52MHz.

-  //

-  HsTiming = 1;

-  Status   = EmmcPeimSwitchClockFreq (Slot, Rca, HsTiming, 52);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // HS400 mode must use 8 data lines.

-  //

-  Status = EmmcPeimSwitchBusWidth (Slot, Rca, TRUE, 8);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Set to HS400 timing

-  //

-  HostCtrl2 = (UINT8) ~0x7;

-  Status    = EmmcPeimHcAndMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  HostCtrl2 = BIT0 | BIT2;

-  Status    = EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  HsTiming = 3;

-  Status   = EmmcPeimSwitchClockFreq (Slot, Rca, HsTiming, ClockFreq);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Switch the high speed timing according to request.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.6.8 and SD Host Controller

-  Simplified Spec 3.0 section Figure 2-29 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address to be assigned.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimSetBusMode (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN UINT32             Rca

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS        Status;

-  EMMC_HC_SLOT_CAP  Capability;

-  UINT8             HsTiming;

-  BOOLEAN           IsDdr;

-  UINT32            ClockFreq;

-  UINT8             BusWidth;

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimGetCsd (Slot, Rca, &Slot->Csd);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimSetBusMode: EmmcPeimGetCsd fails with %r\n", Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  if ((Slot->Csd.CSizeLow | Slot->Csd.CSizeHigh << 2) == 0xFFF) {

-    Slot->SectorAddressing = TRUE;

-  } else {

-    Slot->SectorAddressing = FALSE;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimSelect (Slot, Rca);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimSetBusMode: EmmcPeimSelect fails with %r\n", Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimHcGetCapability (Slot->EmmcHcBase, &Capability);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimSetBusMode: EmmcPeimHcGetCapability fails with %r\n", Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  ASSERT (Capability.BaseClkFreq != 0);

-  //

-  // Check if the Host Controller support 8bits bus width.

-  //

-  if (Capability.BusWidth8 != 0) {

-    BusWidth = 8;

-  } else {

-    BusWidth = 4;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Get Device_Type from EXT_CSD register.

-  //

-  Status = EmmcPeimGetExtCsd (Slot, &Slot->ExtCsd);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimSetBusMode: EmmcPeimGetExtCsd fails with %r\n", Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Calculate supported bus speed/bus width/clock frequency.

-  //

-  HsTiming  = 0;

-  IsDdr     = FALSE;

-  ClockFreq = 0;

-  if (((Slot->ExtCsd.DeviceType & (BIT4 | BIT5))  != 0) && (Capability.Sdr104 != 0)) {

-    HsTiming  = 2;

-    IsDdr     = FALSE;

-    ClockFreq = 200;

-  } else if (((Slot->ExtCsd.DeviceType & (BIT2 | BIT3))  != 0) && (Capability.Ddr50 != 0)) {

-    HsTiming  = 1;

-    IsDdr     = TRUE;

-    ClockFreq = 52;

-  } else if (((Slot->ExtCsd.DeviceType & BIT1)  != 0) && (Capability.HighSpeed != 0)) {

-    HsTiming  = 1;

-    IsDdr     = FALSE;

-    ClockFreq = 52;

-  } else if (((Slot->ExtCsd.DeviceType & BIT0)  != 0) && (Capability.HighSpeed != 0)) {

-    HsTiming  = 1;

-    IsDdr     = FALSE;

-    ClockFreq = 26;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check if both of the device and the host controller support HS400 DDR mode.

-  //

-  if (((Slot->ExtCsd.DeviceType & (BIT6 | BIT7))  != 0) && (Capability.Hs400 != 0)) {

-    //

-    // The host controller supports 8bits bus.

-    //

-    ASSERT (BusWidth == 8);

-    HsTiming  = 3;

-    IsDdr     = TRUE;

-    ClockFreq = 200;

-  }

-

-  if ((ClockFreq == 0) || (HsTiming == 0)) {

-    //

-    // Continue using default setting.

-    //

-    return EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "HsTiming %d ClockFreq %d BusWidth %d Ddr %a\n", HsTiming, ClockFreq, BusWidth, IsDdr ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"));

-

-  if (HsTiming == 3) {

-    //

-    // Execute HS400 timing switch procedure

-    //

-    Status = EmmcPeimSwitchToHS400 (Slot, Rca, ClockFreq);

-  } else if (HsTiming == 2) {

-    //

-    // Execute HS200 timing switch procedure

-    //

-    Status = EmmcPeimSwitchToHS200 (Slot, Rca, ClockFreq, BusWidth);

-  } else {

-    //

-    // Execute High Speed timing switch procedure

-    //

-    Status = EmmcPeimSwitchToHighSpeed (Slot, Rca, ClockFreq, IsDdr, BusWidth);

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Execute EMMC device identification procedure.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.4 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       There is a EMMC card.

-  @retval Others            There is not a EMMC card.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimIdentification (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT32      Ocr;

-  UINT32      Rca;

-  UINTN       Retry;

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimReset (Slot);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimIdentification: EmmcPeimReset fails with %r\n", Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Ocr   = 0;

-  Retry = 0;

-  do {

-    Status = EmmcPeimGetOcr (Slot, &Ocr);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimIdentification: EmmcPeimGetOcr fails with %r\n", Status));

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    if (Retry++ == 100) {

-      DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimIdentification: EmmcPeimGetOcr fails too many times\n"));

-      return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-    }

-

-    MicroSecondDelay (10 * 1000);

-  } while ((Ocr & BIT31) == 0);

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimGetAllCid (Slot);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimIdentification: EmmcPeimGetAllCid fails with %r\n", Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Don't support multiple devices on the slot, that is

-  // shared bus slot feature.

-  //

-  Rca    = 1;

-  Status = EmmcPeimSetRca (Slot, Rca);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimIdentification: EmmcPeimSetRca fails with %r\n", Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Enter Data Tranfer Mode.

-  //

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "Found a EMMC device at slot [%d], RCA [%d]\n", Slot, Rca));

-

-  Status = EmmcPeimSetBusMode (Slot, Rca);

-

-  return Status;

-}

+/** @file
+
+  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#include "EmmcBlockIoPei.h"
+
+/**
+  Read/Write specified EMMC host controller mmio register.
+
+  @param[in]      Address      The address of the mmio register to be read/written.
+  @param[in]      Read         A boolean to indicate it's read or write operation.
+  @param[in]      Count        The width of the mmio register in bytes.
+                               Must be 1, 2 , 4 or 8 bytes.
+  @param[in, out] Data         For read operations, the destination buffer to store
+                               the results. For write operations, the source buffer
+                               to write data from. The caller is responsible for
+                               having ownership of the data buffer and ensuring its
+                               size not less than Count bytes.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The Address or the Data or the Count is not valid.
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The read/write operation succeeds.
+  @retval Others                The read/write operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (
+  IN     UINTN    Address,
+  IN     BOOLEAN  Read,
+  IN     UINT8    Count,
+  IN OUT VOID     *Data
+  )
+{
+  if ((Address == 0) || (Data == NULL)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  if ((Count != 1) && (Count != 2) && (Count != 4) && (Count != 8)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  switch (Count) {
+    case 1:
+      if (Read) {
+        *(UINT8 *)Data = MmioRead8 (Address);
+      } else {
+        MmioWrite8 (Address, *(UINT8 *)Data);
+      }
+
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      if (Read) {
+        *(UINT16 *)Data = MmioRead16 (Address);
+      } else {
+        MmioWrite16 (Address, *(UINT16 *)Data);
+      }
+
+      break;
+    case 4:
+      if (Read) {
+        *(UINT32 *)Data = MmioRead32 (Address);
+      } else {
+        MmioWrite32 (Address, *(UINT32 *)Data);
+      }
+
+      break;
+    case 8:
+      if (Read) {
+        *(UINT64 *)Data = MmioRead64 (Address);
+      } else {
+        MmioWrite64 (Address, *(UINT64 *)Data);
+      }
+
+      break;
+    default:
+      ASSERT (FALSE);
+      return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Do OR operation with the value of the specified EMMC host controller mmio register.
+
+  @param[in] Address           The address of the mmio register to be read/written.
+  @param[in] Count             The width of the mmio register in bytes.
+                               Must be 1, 2 , 4 or 8 bytes.
+  @param[in] OrData            The pointer to the data used to do OR operation.
+                               The caller is responsible for having ownership of
+                               the data buffer and ensuring its size not less than
+                               Count bytes.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The Address or the OrData or the Count is not valid.
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The OR operation succeeds.
+  @retval Others                The OR operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (
+  IN  UINTN  Address,
+  IN  UINT8  Count,
+  IN  VOID   *OrData
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT64      Data;
+  UINT64      Or;
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Address, TRUE, Count, &Data);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  if (Count == 1) {
+    Or = *(UINT8 *)OrData;
+  } else if (Count == 2) {
+    Or = *(UINT16 *)OrData;
+  } else if (Count == 4) {
+    Or = *(UINT32 *)OrData;
+  } else if (Count == 8) {
+    Or = *(UINT64 *)OrData;
+  } else {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  Data  |= Or;
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Address, FALSE, Count, &Data);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Do AND operation with the value of the specified EMMC host controller mmio register.
+
+  @param[in] Address           The address of the mmio register to be read/written.
+  @param[in] Count             The width of the mmio register in bytes.
+                               Must be 1, 2 , 4 or 8 bytes.
+  @param[in] AndData           The pointer to the data used to do AND operation.
+                               The caller is responsible for having ownership of
+                               the data buffer and ensuring its size not less than
+                               Count bytes.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The Address or the AndData or the Count is not valid.
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The AND operation succeeds.
+  @retval Others                The AND operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcPeimHcAndMmio (
+  IN  UINTN  Address,
+  IN  UINT8  Count,
+  IN  VOID   *AndData
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT64      Data;
+  UINT64      And;
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Address, TRUE, Count, &Data);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  if (Count == 1) {
+    And = *(UINT8 *)AndData;
+  } else if (Count == 2) {
+    And = *(UINT16 *)AndData;
+  } else if (Count == 4) {
+    And = *(UINT32 *)AndData;
+  } else if (Count == 8) {
+    And = *(UINT64 *)AndData;
+  } else {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  Data  &= And;
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Address, FALSE, Count, &Data);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Wait for the value of the specified MMIO register set to the test value.
+
+  @param[in]  Address       The address of the mmio register to be checked.
+  @param[in]  Count         The width of the mmio register in bytes.
+                            Must be 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes.
+  @param[in]  MaskValue     The mask value of memory.
+  @param[in]  TestValue     The test value of memory.
+
+  @retval EFI_NOT_READY     The MMIO register hasn't set to the expected value.
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The MMIO register has expected value.
+  @retval Others            The MMIO operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcPeimHcCheckMmioSet (
+  IN  UINTN   Address,
+  IN  UINT8   Count,
+  IN  UINT64  MaskValue,
+  IN  UINT64  TestValue
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT64      Value;
+
+  //
+  // Access PCI MMIO space to see if the value is the tested one.
+  //
+  Value  = 0;
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Address, TRUE, Count, &Value);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Value &= MaskValue;
+
+  if (Value == TestValue) {
+    return EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  return EFI_NOT_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+  Wait for the value of the specified MMIO register set to the test value.
+
+  @param[in]  Address       The address of the mmio register to wait.
+  @param[in]  Count         The width of the mmio register in bytes.
+                            Must be 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes.
+  @param[in]  MaskValue     The mask value of memory.
+  @param[in]  TestValue     The test value of memory.
+  @param[in]  Timeout       The time out value for wait memory set, uses 1
+                            microsecond as a unit.
+
+  @retval EFI_TIMEOUT       The MMIO register hasn't expected value in timeout
+                            range.
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The MMIO register has expected value.
+  @retval Others            The MMIO operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcPeimHcWaitMmioSet (
+  IN  UINTN   Address,
+  IN  UINT8   Count,
+  IN  UINT64  MaskValue,
+  IN  UINT64  TestValue,
+  IN  UINT64  Timeout
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  BOOLEAN     InfiniteWait;
+
+  if (Timeout == 0) {
+    InfiniteWait = TRUE;
+  } else {
+    InfiniteWait = FALSE;
+  }
+
+  while (InfiniteWait || (Timeout > 0)) {
+    Status = EmmcPeimHcCheckMmioSet (
+               Address,
+               Count,
+               MaskValue,
+               TestValue
+               );
+    if (Status != EFI_NOT_READY) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Stall for 1 microsecond.
+    //
+    MicroSecondDelay (1);
+
+    Timeout--;
+  }
+
+  return EFI_TIMEOUT;
+}
+
+/**
+  Software reset the specified EMMC host controller and enable all interrupts.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The software reset executes successfully.
+  @retval Others            The software reset fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimHcReset (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT8       SwReset;
+
+  SwReset = 0xFF;
+  Status  = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_SW_RST, FALSE, sizeof (SwReset), &SwReset);
+
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimHcReset: write full 1 fails: %r\n", Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcWaitMmioSet (
+             Bar + EMMC_HC_SW_RST,
+             sizeof (SwReset),
+             0xFF,
+             0x00,
+             EMMC_TIMEOUT
+             );
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "EmmcPeimHcReset: reset done with %r\n", Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Enable all interrupt after reset all.
+  //
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcEnableInterrupt (Bar);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Set all interrupt status bits in Normal and Error Interrupt Status Enable
+  register.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation executes successfully.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimHcEnableInterrupt (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT16      IntStatus;
+
+  //
+  // Enable all bits in Error Interrupt Status Enable Register
+  //
+  IntStatus = 0xFFFF;
+  Status    = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_ERR_INT_STS_EN, FALSE, sizeof (IntStatus), &IntStatus);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Enable all bits in Normal Interrupt Status Enable Register
+  //
+  IntStatus = 0xFFFF;
+  Status    = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_NOR_INT_STS_EN, FALSE, sizeof (IntStatus), &IntStatus);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Get the capability data from the specified slot.
+
+  @param[in]  Bar             The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[out] Capability      The buffer to store the capability data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS         The operation executes successfully.
+  @retval Others              The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimHcGetCapability (
+  IN     UINTN          Bar,
+  OUT EMMC_HC_SLOT_CAP  *Capability
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT64      Cap;
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_CAP, TRUE, sizeof (Cap), &Cap);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  CopyMem (Capability, &Cap, sizeof (Cap));
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Detect whether there is a EMMC card attached at the specified EMMC host controller
+  slot.
+
+  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.1 for details.
+
+  @param[in]  Bar           The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       There is a EMMC card attached.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is not a EMMC card attached.
+  @retval Others            The detection fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimHcCardDetect (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT16      Data;
+  UINT32      PresentState;
+
+  //
+  // Check Normal Interrupt Status Register
+  //
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_NOR_INT_STS, TRUE, sizeof (Data), &Data);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  if ((Data & (BIT6 | BIT7)) != 0) {
+    //
+    // Clear BIT6 and BIT7 by writing 1 to these two bits if set.
+    //
+    Data  &= BIT6 | BIT7;
+    Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_NOR_INT_STS, FALSE, sizeof (Data), &Data);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Check Present State Register to see if there is a card presented.
+  //
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_PRESENT_STATE, TRUE, sizeof (PresentState), &PresentState);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  if ((PresentState & BIT16) != 0) {
+    return EFI_SUCCESS;
+  } else {
+    return EFI_NO_MEDIA;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  Stop EMMC card clock.
+
+  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.2.2 for details.
+
+  @param[in]  Bar           The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       Succeed to stop EMMC clock.
+  @retval Others            Fail to stop EMMC clock.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimHcStopClock (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT32      PresentState;
+  UINT16      ClockCtrl;
+
+  //
+  // Ensure no SD transactions are occurring on the SD Bus by
+  // waiting for Command Inhibit (DAT) and Command Inhibit (CMD)
+  // in the Present State register to be 0.
+  //
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcWaitMmioSet (
+             Bar + EMMC_HC_PRESENT_STATE,
+             sizeof (PresentState),
+             BIT0 | BIT1,
+             0,
+             EMMC_TIMEOUT
+             );
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set SD Clock Enable in the Clock Control register to 0
+  //
+  ClockCtrl = (UINT16) ~BIT2;
+  Status    = EmmcPeimHcAndMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_CLOCK_CTRL, sizeof (ClockCtrl), &ClockCtrl);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  EMMC card clock supply.
+
+  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.2.1 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[in] ClockFreq      The max clock frequency to be set. The unit is KHz.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The clock is supplied successfully.
+  @retval Others            The clock isn't supplied successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimHcClockSupply (
+  IN UINTN   Bar,
+  IN UINT64  ClockFreq
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS        Status;
+  EMMC_HC_SLOT_CAP  Capability;
+  UINT32            BaseClkFreq;
+  UINT32            SettingFreq;
+  UINT32            Divisor;
+  UINT32            Remainder;
+  UINT16            ControllerVer;
+  UINT16            ClockCtrl;
+
+  //
+  // Calculate a divisor for SD clock frequency
+  //
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcGetCapability (Bar, &Capability);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  ASSERT (Capability.BaseClkFreq != 0);
+
+  BaseClkFreq = Capability.BaseClkFreq;
+
+  if (ClockFreq == 0) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  if (ClockFreq > (BaseClkFreq * 1000)) {
+    ClockFreq = BaseClkFreq * 1000;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Calculate the divisor of base frequency.
+  //
+  Divisor     = 0;
+  SettingFreq = BaseClkFreq * 1000;
+  while (ClockFreq < SettingFreq) {
+    Divisor++;
+
+    SettingFreq = (BaseClkFreq * 1000) / (2 * Divisor);
+    Remainder   = (BaseClkFreq * 1000) % (2 * Divisor);
+    if ((ClockFreq == SettingFreq) && (Remainder == 0)) {
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if ((ClockFreq == SettingFreq) && (Remainder != 0)) {
+      SettingFreq++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "BaseClkFreq %dMHz Divisor %d ClockFreq %dKhz\n", BaseClkFreq, Divisor, ClockFreq));
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_CTRL_VER, TRUE, sizeof (ControllerVer), &ControllerVer);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set SDCLK Frequency Select and Internal Clock Enable fields in Clock Control register.
+  //
+  if ((ControllerVer & 0xFF) == 2) {
+    ASSERT (Divisor <= 0x3FF);
+    ClockCtrl = ((Divisor & 0xFF) << 8) | ((Divisor & 0x300) >> 2);
+  } else if (((ControllerVer & 0xFF) == 0) || ((ControllerVer & 0xFF) == 1)) {
+    //
+    // Only the most significant bit can be used as divisor.
+    //
+    if (((Divisor - 1) & Divisor) != 0) {
+      Divisor = 1 << (HighBitSet32 (Divisor) + 1);
+    }
+
+    ASSERT (Divisor <= 0x80);
+    ClockCtrl = (Divisor & 0xFF) << 8;
+  } else {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "Unknown SD Host Controller Spec version [0x%x]!!!\n", ControllerVer));
+    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Stop bus clock at first
+  //
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcStopClock (Bar);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Supply clock frequency with specified divisor
+  //
+  ClockCtrl |= BIT0;
+  Status     = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_CLOCK_CTRL, FALSE, sizeof (ClockCtrl), &ClockCtrl);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "Set SDCLK Frequency Select and Internal Clock Enable fields fails\n"));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Wait Internal Clock Stable in the Clock Control register to be 1
+  //
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcWaitMmioSet (
+             Bar + EMMC_HC_CLOCK_CTRL,
+             sizeof (ClockCtrl),
+             BIT1,
+             BIT1,
+             EMMC_TIMEOUT
+             );
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set SD Clock Enable in the Clock Control register to 1
+  //
+  ClockCtrl = BIT2;
+  Status    = EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_CLOCK_CTRL, sizeof (ClockCtrl), &ClockCtrl);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  EMMC bus power control.
+
+  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.3 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[in] PowerCtrl      The value setting to the power control register.
+
+  @retval TRUE              There is a EMMC card attached.
+  @retval FALSE             There is no a EMMC card attached.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimHcPowerControl (
+  IN UINTN  Bar,
+  IN UINT8  PowerCtrl
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+
+  //
+  // Clr SD Bus Power
+  //
+  PowerCtrl &= (UINT8) ~BIT0;
+  Status     = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_POWER_CTRL, FALSE, sizeof (PowerCtrl), &PowerCtrl);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set SD Bus Voltage Select and SD Bus Power fields in Power Control Register
+  //
+  PowerCtrl |= BIT0;
+  Status     = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_POWER_CTRL, FALSE, sizeof (PowerCtrl), &PowerCtrl);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Set the EMMC bus width.
+
+  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.4 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[in] BusWidth       The bus width used by the EMMC device, it must be 1, 4 or 8.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The bus width is set successfully.
+  @retval Others            The bus width isn't set successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimHcSetBusWidth (
+  IN UINTN   Bar,
+  IN UINT16  BusWidth
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT8       HostCtrl1;
+
+  if (BusWidth == 1) {
+    HostCtrl1 = (UINT8) ~(BIT5 | BIT1);
+    Status    = EmmcPeimHcAndMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL1, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);
+  } else if (BusWidth == 4) {
+    Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL1, TRUE, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    HostCtrl1 |= BIT1;
+    HostCtrl1 &= (UINT8) ~BIT5;
+    Status     = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL1, FALSE, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);
+  } else if (BusWidth == 8) {
+    Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL1, TRUE, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    HostCtrl1 &= (UINT8) ~BIT1;
+    HostCtrl1 |= BIT5;
+    Status     = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL1, FALSE, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);
+  } else {
+    ASSERT (FALSE);
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Supply EMMC card with lowest clock frequency at initialization.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The clock is supplied successfully.
+  @retval Others            The clock isn't supplied successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimHcInitClockFreq (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS        Status;
+  EMMC_HC_SLOT_CAP  Capability;
+  UINT32            InitFreq;
+
+  //
+  // Calculate a divisor for SD clock frequency
+  //
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcGetCapability (Bar, &Capability);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  if (Capability.BaseClkFreq == 0) {
+    //
+    // Don't support get Base Clock Frequency information via another method
+    //
+    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Supply 400KHz clock frequency at initialization phase.
+  //
+  InitFreq = 400;
+  Status   = EmmcPeimHcClockSupply (Bar, InitFreq);
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Supply EMMC card with maximum voltage at initialization.
+
+  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.3 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The voltage is supplied successfully.
+  @retval Others            The voltage isn't supplied successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimHcInitPowerVoltage (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS        Status;
+  EMMC_HC_SLOT_CAP  Capability;
+  UINT8             MaxVoltage;
+  UINT8             HostCtrl2;
+
+  //
+  // Get the support voltage of the Host Controller
+  //
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcGetCapability (Bar, &Capability);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Calculate supported maximum voltage according to SD Bus Voltage Select
+  //
+  if (Capability.Voltage33 != 0) {
+    //
+    // Support 3.3V
+    //
+    MaxVoltage = 0x0E;
+  } else if (Capability.Voltage30 != 0) {
+    //
+    // Support 3.0V
+    //
+    MaxVoltage = 0x0C;
+  } else if (Capability.Voltage18 != 0) {
+    //
+    // Support 1.8V
+    //
+    MaxVoltage = 0x0A;
+    HostCtrl2  = BIT3;
+    Status     = EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    MicroSecondDelay (5000);
+  } else {
+    ASSERT (FALSE);
+    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set SD Bus Voltage Select and SD Bus Power fields in Power Control Register
+  //
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcPowerControl (Bar, MaxVoltage);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Initialize the Timeout Control register with most conservative value at initialization.
+
+  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 2.2.15 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The timeout control register is configured successfully.
+  @retval Others            The timeout control register isn't configured successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimHcInitTimeoutCtrl (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT8       Timeout;
+
+  Timeout = 0x0E;
+  Status  = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_TIMEOUT_CTRL, FALSE, sizeof (Timeout), &Timeout);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Initial EMMC host controller with lowest clock frequency, max power and max timeout value
+  at initialization.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The host controller is initialized successfully.
+  @retval Others            The host controller isn't initialized successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimHcInitHost (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcInitClockFreq (Bar);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcInitPowerVoltage (Bar);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcInitTimeoutCtrl (Bar);
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Turn on/off LED.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[in] On             The boolean to turn on/off LED.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The LED is turned on/off successfully.
+  @retval Others            The LED isn't turned on/off successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimHcLedOnOff (
+  IN UINTN    Bar,
+  IN BOOLEAN  On
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT8       HostCtrl1;
+
+  if (On) {
+    HostCtrl1 = BIT0;
+    Status    = EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL1, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);
+  } else {
+    HostCtrl1 = (UINT8) ~BIT0;
+    Status    = EmmcPeimHcAndMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL1, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Build ADMA descriptor table for transfer.
+
+  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 1.13 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the EMMC_TRB instance.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The ADMA descriptor table is created successfully.
+  @retval Others            The ADMA descriptor table isn't created successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+BuildAdmaDescTable (
+  IN EMMC_TRB  *Trb
+  )
+{
+  EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  Data;
+  UINT64                DataLen;
+  UINT64                Entries;
+  UINT32                Index;
+  UINT64                Remaining;
+  UINT32                Address;
+
+  Data    = Trb->DataPhy;
+  DataLen = Trb->DataLen;
+  //
+  // Only support 32bit ADMA Descriptor Table
+  //
+  if ((Data >= 0x100000000ul) || ((Data + DataLen) > 0x100000000ul)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Address field shall be set on 32-bit boundary (Lower 2-bit is always set to 0)
+  // for 32-bit address descriptor table.
+  //
+  if ((Data & (BIT0 | BIT1)) != 0) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "The buffer [0x%x] to construct ADMA desc is not aligned to 4 bytes boundary!\n", Data));
+  }
+
+  Entries = DivU64x32 ((DataLen + ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE - 1), ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE);
+
+  Trb->AdmaDescSize = (UINTN)MultU64x32 (Entries, sizeof (EMMC_HC_ADMA_DESC_LINE));
+  Trb->AdmaDesc     = EmmcPeimAllocateMem (Trb->Slot->Private->Pool, Trb->AdmaDescSize);
+  if (Trb->AdmaDesc == NULL) {
+    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+  }
+
+  Remaining = DataLen;
+  Address   = (UINT32)Data;
+  for (Index = 0; Index < Entries; Index++) {
+    if (Remaining <= ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE) {
+      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Valid   = 1;
+      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Act     = 2;
+      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Length  = (UINT16)Remaining;
+      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Address = Address;
+      break;
+    } else {
+      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Valid   = 1;
+      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Act     = 2;
+      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Length  = 0;
+      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Address = Address;
+    }
+
+    Remaining -= ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE;
+    Address   += ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set the last descriptor line as end of descriptor table
+  //
+  Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].End = 1;
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Create a new TRB for the EMMC cmd request.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the EMMC card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Packet         A pointer to the SD command data structure.
+
+  @return Created Trb or NULL.
+
+**/
+EMMC_TRB *
+EmmcPeimCreateTrb (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT    *Slot,
+  IN EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_TRB               *Trb;
+  EFI_STATUS             Status;
+  EMMC_HC_SLOT_CAP       Capability;
+  EDKII_IOMMU_OPERATION  MapOp;
+  UINTN                  MapLength;
+
+  //
+  // Calculate a divisor for SD clock frequency
+  //
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcGetCapability (Slot->EmmcHcBase, &Capability);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  Trb = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EMMC_TRB));
+  if (Trb == NULL) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  Trb->Slot      = Slot;
+  Trb->BlockSize = 0x200;
+  Trb->Packet    = Packet;
+  Trb->Timeout   = Packet->Timeout;
+
+  if ((Packet->InTransferLength != 0) && (Packet->InDataBuffer != NULL)) {
+    Trb->Data    = Packet->InDataBuffer;
+    Trb->DataLen = Packet->InTransferLength;
+    Trb->Read    = TRUE;
+  } else if ((Packet->OutTransferLength != 0) && (Packet->OutDataBuffer != NULL)) {
+    Trb->Data    = Packet->OutDataBuffer;
+    Trb->DataLen = Packet->OutTransferLength;
+    Trb->Read    = FALSE;
+  } else if ((Packet->InTransferLength == 0) && (Packet->OutTransferLength == 0)) {
+    Trb->Data    = NULL;
+    Trb->DataLen = 0;
+  } else {
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  if ((Trb->DataLen != 0) && (Trb->DataLen < Trb->BlockSize)) {
+    Trb->BlockSize = (UINT16)Trb->DataLen;
+  }
+
+  if (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->CommandIndex == EMMC_SEND_TUNING_BLOCK) {
+    Trb->Mode = EmmcPioMode;
+  } else {
+    if (Trb->Read) {
+      MapOp = EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterWrite;
+    } else {
+      MapOp = EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterRead;
+    }
+
+    if (Trb->DataLen != 0) {
+      MapLength = Trb->DataLen;
+      Status    = IoMmuMap (MapOp, Trb->Data, &MapLength, &Trb->DataPhy, &Trb->DataMap);
+
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || (MapLength != Trb->DataLen)) {
+        DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimCreateTrb: Fail to map data buffer.\n"));
+        goto Error;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (Trb->DataLen == 0) {
+      Trb->Mode = EmmcNoData;
+    } else if (Capability.Adma2 != 0) {
+      Trb->Mode = EmmcAdmaMode;
+      Status    = BuildAdmaDescTable (Trb);
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        goto Error;
+      }
+    } else if (Capability.Sdma != 0) {
+      Trb->Mode = EmmcSdmaMode;
+    } else {
+      Trb->Mode = EmmcPioMode;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Trb;
+
+Error:
+  EmmcPeimFreeTrb (Trb);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+  Free the resource used by the TRB.
+
+  @param[in] Trb        The pointer to the EMMC_TRB instance.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EmmcPeimFreeTrb (
+  IN EMMC_TRB  *Trb
+  )
+{
+  if ((Trb != NULL) && (Trb->DataMap != NULL)) {
+    IoMmuUnmap (Trb->DataMap);
+  }
+
+  if ((Trb != NULL) && (Trb->AdmaDesc != NULL)) {
+    EmmcPeimFreeMem (Trb->Slot->Private->Pool, Trb->AdmaDesc, Trb->AdmaDescSize);
+  }
+
+  if (Trb != NULL) {
+    FreePool (Trb);
+  }
+
+  return;
+}
+
+/**
+  Check if the env is ready for execute specified TRB.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the EMMC_TRB instance.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The env is ready for TRB execution.
+  @retval EFI_NOT_READY     The env is not ready for TRB execution.
+  @retval Others            Some erros happen.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimCheckTrbEnv (
+  IN UINTN     Bar,
+  IN EMMC_TRB  *Trb
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS           Status;
+  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet;
+  UINT32               PresentState;
+
+  Packet = Trb->Packet;
+
+  if ((Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->CommandType == EmmcCommandTypeAdtc) ||
+      (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->ResponseType == EmmcResponceTypeR1b) ||
+      (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->ResponseType == EmmcResponceTypeR5b))
+  {
+    //
+    // Wait Command Inhibit (CMD) and Command Inhibit (DAT) in
+    // the Present State register to be 0
+    //
+    PresentState = BIT0 | BIT1;
+  } else {
+    //
+    // Wait Command Inhibit (CMD) in the Present State register
+    // to be 0
+    //
+    PresentState = BIT0;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcCheckMmioSet (
+             Bar + EMMC_HC_PRESENT_STATE,
+             sizeof (PresentState),
+             PresentState,
+             0
+             );
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Wait for the env to be ready for execute specified TRB.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the EMMC_TRB instance.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The env is ready for TRB execution.
+  @retval EFI_TIMEOUT       The env is not ready for TRB execution in time.
+  @retval Others            Some erros happen.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimWaitTrbEnv (
+  IN UINTN     Bar,
+  IN EMMC_TRB  *Trb
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS           Status;
+  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet;
+  UINT64               Timeout;
+  BOOLEAN              InfiniteWait;
+
+  //
+  // Wait Command Complete Interrupt Status bit in Normal Interrupt Status Register
+  //
+  Packet  = Trb->Packet;
+  Timeout = Packet->Timeout;
+  if (Timeout == 0) {
+    InfiniteWait = TRUE;
+  } else {
+    InfiniteWait = FALSE;
+  }
+
+  while (InfiniteWait || (Timeout > 0)) {
+    //
+    // Check Trb execution result by reading Normal Interrupt Status register.
+    //
+    Status = EmmcPeimCheckTrbEnv (Bar, Trb);
+    if (Status != EFI_NOT_READY) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Stall for 1 microsecond.
+    //
+    MicroSecondDelay (1);
+
+    Timeout--;
+  }
+
+  return EFI_TIMEOUT;
+}
+
+/**
+  Execute the specified TRB.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the EMMC_TRB instance.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The TRB is sent to host controller successfully.
+  @retval Others            Some erros happen when sending this request to the host controller.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimExecTrb (
+  IN UINTN     Bar,
+  IN EMMC_TRB  *Trb
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS           Status;
+  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet;
+  UINT16               Cmd;
+  UINT16               IntStatus;
+  UINT32               Argument;
+  UINT16               BlkCount;
+  UINT16               BlkSize;
+  UINT16               TransMode;
+  UINT8                HostCtrl1;
+  UINT32               SdmaAddr;
+  UINT64               AdmaAddr;
+
+  Packet = Trb->Packet;
+  //
+  // Clear all bits in Error Interrupt Status Register
+  //
+  IntStatus = 0xFFFF;
+  Status    = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_ERR_INT_STS, FALSE, sizeof (IntStatus), &IntStatus);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Clear all bits in Normal Interrupt Status Register
+  //
+  IntStatus = 0xFFFF;
+  Status    = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_NOR_INT_STS, FALSE, sizeof (IntStatus), &IntStatus);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set Host Control 1 register DMA Select field
+  //
+  if (Trb->Mode == EmmcAdmaMode) {
+    HostCtrl1 = BIT4;
+    Status    = EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL1, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  EmmcPeimHcLedOnOff (Bar, TRUE);
+
+  if (Trb->Mode == EmmcSdmaMode) {
+    if ((UINT64)(UINTN)Trb->DataPhy >= 0x100000000ul) {
+      return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+    }
+
+    SdmaAddr = (UINT32)(UINTN)Trb->DataPhy;
+    Status   = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_SDMA_ADDR, FALSE, sizeof (SdmaAddr), &SdmaAddr);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+  } else if (Trb->Mode == EmmcAdmaMode) {
+    AdmaAddr = (UINT64)(UINTN)Trb->AdmaDesc;
+    Status   = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_ADMA_SYS_ADDR, FALSE, sizeof (AdmaAddr), &AdmaAddr);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  BlkSize = Trb->BlockSize;
+  if (Trb->Mode == EmmcSdmaMode) {
+    //
+    // Set SDMA boundary to be 512K bytes.
+    //
+    BlkSize |= 0x7000;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_BLK_SIZE, FALSE, sizeof (BlkSize), &BlkSize);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  BlkCount = 0;
+  if (Trb->Mode != EmmcNoData) {
+    //
+    // Calculate Block Count.
+    //
+    BlkCount = (UINT16)(Trb->DataLen / Trb->BlockSize);
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_BLK_COUNT, FALSE, sizeof (BlkCount), &BlkCount);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Argument = Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->CommandArgument;
+  Status   = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_ARG1, FALSE, sizeof (Argument), &Argument);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  TransMode = 0;
+  if (Trb->Mode != EmmcNoData) {
+    if (Trb->Mode != EmmcPioMode) {
+      TransMode |= BIT0;
+    }
+
+    if (Trb->Read) {
+      TransMode |= BIT4;
+    }
+
+    if (BlkCount > 1) {
+      TransMode |= BIT5 | BIT1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_TRANS_MOD, FALSE, sizeof (TransMode), &TransMode);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Cmd = (UINT16)LShiftU64 (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->CommandIndex, 8);
+  if (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->CommandType == EmmcCommandTypeAdtc) {
+    Cmd |= BIT5;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Convert ResponseType to value
+  //
+  if (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->CommandType != EmmcCommandTypeBc) {
+    switch (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->ResponseType) {
+      case EmmcResponceTypeR1:
+      case EmmcResponceTypeR5:
+      case EmmcResponceTypeR6:
+      case EmmcResponceTypeR7:
+        Cmd |= (BIT1 | BIT3 | BIT4);
+        break;
+      case EmmcResponceTypeR2:
+        Cmd |= (BIT0 | BIT3);
+        break;
+      case EmmcResponceTypeR3:
+      case EmmcResponceTypeR4:
+        Cmd |= BIT1;
+        break;
+      case EmmcResponceTypeR1b:
+      case EmmcResponceTypeR5b:
+        Cmd |= (BIT0 | BIT1 | BIT3 | BIT4);
+        break;
+      default:
+        ASSERT (FALSE);
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Execute cmd
+  //
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_COMMAND, FALSE, sizeof (Cmd), &Cmd);
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Check the TRB execution result.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the EMMC_TRB instance.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The TRB is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_NOT_READY     The TRB is not completed for execution.
+  @retval Others            Some erros happen when executing this request.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimCheckTrbResult (
+  IN UINTN     Bar,
+  IN EMMC_TRB  *Trb
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS           Status;
+  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet;
+  UINT16               IntStatus;
+  UINT32               Response[4];
+  UINT32               SdmaAddr;
+  UINT8                Index;
+  UINT8                SwReset;
+  UINT32               PioLength;
+
+  SwReset = 0;
+  Packet  = Trb->Packet;
+  //
+  // Check Trb execution result by reading Normal Interrupt Status register.
+  //
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (
+             Bar + EMMC_HC_NOR_INT_STS,
+             TRUE,
+             sizeof (IntStatus),
+             &IntStatus
+             );
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    goto Done;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Check Transfer Complete bit is set or not.
+  //
+  if ((IntStatus & BIT1) == BIT1) {
+    if ((IntStatus & BIT15) == BIT15) {
+      //
+      // Read Error Interrupt Status register to check if the error is
+      // Data Timeout Error.
+      // If yes, treat it as success as Transfer Complete has higher
+      // priority than Data Timeout Error.
+      //
+      Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (
+                 Bar + EMMC_HC_ERR_INT_STS,
+                 TRUE,
+                 sizeof (IntStatus),
+                 &IntStatus
+                 );
+      if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        if ((IntStatus & BIT4) == BIT4) {
+          Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+        } else {
+          Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    goto Done;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Check if there is a error happened during cmd execution.
+  // If yes, then do error recovery procedure to follow SD Host Controller
+  // Simplified Spec 3.0 section 3.10.1.
+  //
+  if ((IntStatus & BIT15) == BIT15) {
+    Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (
+               Bar + EMMC_HC_ERR_INT_STS,
+               TRUE,
+               sizeof (IntStatus),
+               &IntStatus
+               );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Done;
+    }
+
+    if ((IntStatus & 0x0F) != 0) {
+      SwReset |= BIT1;
+    }
+
+    if ((IntStatus & 0xF0) != 0) {
+      SwReset |= BIT2;
+    }
+
+    Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (
+               Bar + EMMC_HC_SW_RST,
+               FALSE,
+               sizeof (SwReset),
+               &SwReset
+               );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Done;
+    }
+
+    Status = EmmcPeimHcWaitMmioSet (
+               Bar + EMMC_HC_SW_RST,
+               sizeof (SwReset),
+               0xFF,
+               0,
+               EMMC_TIMEOUT
+               );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Done;
+    }
+
+    Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+    goto Done;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Check if DMA interrupt is signalled for the SDMA transfer.
+  //
+  if ((Trb->Mode == EmmcSdmaMode) && ((IntStatus & BIT3) == BIT3)) {
+    //
+    // Clear DMA interrupt bit.
+    //
+    IntStatus = BIT3;
+    Status    = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (
+                  Bar + EMMC_HC_NOR_INT_STS,
+                  FALSE,
+                  sizeof (IntStatus),
+                  &IntStatus
+                  );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Done;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Update SDMA Address register.
+    //
+    SdmaAddr = EMMC_SDMA_ROUND_UP ((UINT32)(UINTN)Trb->DataPhy, EMMC_SDMA_BOUNDARY);
+    Status   = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (
+                 Bar + EMMC_HC_SDMA_ADDR,
+                 FALSE,
+                 sizeof (UINT32),
+                 &SdmaAddr
+                 );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Done;
+    }
+
+    Trb->DataPhy = (UINT32)(UINTN)SdmaAddr;
+  }
+
+  if ((Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->CommandType != EmmcCommandTypeAdtc) &&
+      (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->ResponseType != EmmcResponceTypeR1b) &&
+      (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->ResponseType != EmmcResponceTypeR5b))
+  {
+    if ((IntStatus & BIT0) == BIT0) {
+      Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+      goto Done;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->CommandIndex == EMMC_SEND_TUNING_BLOCK) {
+    //
+    // When performing tuning procedure (Execute Tuning is set to 1) through PIO mode,
+    // wait Buffer Read Ready bit of Normal Interrupt Status Register to be 1.
+    // Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified Specification 3.0 figure 2-29 for details.
+    //
+    if ((IntStatus & BIT5) == BIT5) {
+      //
+      // Clear Buffer Read Ready interrupt at first.
+      //
+      IntStatus = BIT5;
+      EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_NOR_INT_STS, FALSE, sizeof (IntStatus), &IntStatus);
+      //
+      // Read data out from Buffer Port register
+      //
+      for (PioLength = 0; PioLength < Trb->DataLen; PioLength += 4) {
+        EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + EMMC_HC_BUF_DAT_PORT, TRUE, 4, (UINT8 *)Trb->Data + PioLength);
+      }
+
+      Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+      goto Done;
+    }
+  }
+
+  Status = EFI_NOT_READY;
+Done:
+  //
+  // Get response data when the cmd is executed successfully.
+  //
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    if (Packet->EmmcCmdBlk->CommandType != EmmcCommandTypeBc) {
+      for (Index = 0; Index < 4; Index++) {
+        Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (
+                   Bar + EMMC_HC_RESPONSE + Index * 4,
+                   TRUE,
+                   sizeof (UINT32),
+                   &Response[Index]
+                   );
+        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+          EmmcPeimHcLedOnOff (Bar, FALSE);
+          return Status;
+        }
+      }
+
+      CopyMem (Packet->EmmcStatusBlk, Response, sizeof (Response));
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (Status != EFI_NOT_READY) {
+    EmmcPeimHcLedOnOff (Bar, FALSE);
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Wait for the TRB execution result.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the EMMC_TRB instance.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The TRB is executed successfully.
+  @retval Others            Some erros happen when executing this request.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimWaitTrbResult (
+  IN UINTN     Bar,
+  IN EMMC_TRB  *Trb
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS           Status;
+  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet;
+  UINT64               Timeout;
+  BOOLEAN              InfiniteWait;
+
+  Packet = Trb->Packet;
+  //
+  // Wait Command Complete Interrupt Status bit in Normal Interrupt Status Register
+  //
+  Timeout = Packet->Timeout;
+  if (Timeout == 0) {
+    InfiniteWait = TRUE;
+  } else {
+    InfiniteWait = FALSE;
+  }
+
+  while (InfiniteWait || (Timeout > 0)) {
+    //
+    // Check Trb execution result by reading Normal Interrupt Status register.
+    //
+    Status = EmmcPeimCheckTrbResult (Bar, Trb);
+    if (Status != EFI_NOT_READY) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Stall for 1 microsecond.
+    //
+    MicroSecondDelay (1);
+
+    Timeout--;
+  }
+
+  return EFI_TIMEOUT;
+}
+
+/**
+  Sends EMMC command to an EMMC card that is attached to the EMMC controller.
+
+  If Packet is successfully sent to the EMMC card, then EFI_SUCCESS is returned.
+
+  If a device error occurs while sending the Packet, then EFI_DEVICE_ERROR is returned.
+
+  If Slot is not in a valid range for the EMMC controller, then EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER
+  is returned.
+
+  If Packet defines a data command but both InDataBuffer and OutDataBuffer are NULL,
+  EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
+
+  @param[in]     Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[in,out] Packet         A pointer to the EMMC command data structure.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The EMMC Command Packet was sent by the host.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      A device error occurred while attempting to send the SD
+                                command Packet.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Packet, Slot, or the contents of the Packet is invalid.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Packet defines a data command but both InDataBuffer and
+                                OutDataBuffer are NULL.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          SD Device not present in the Slot.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The command described by the EMMC Command Packet is not
+                                supported by the host controller.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The InTransferLength or OutTransferLength exceeds the
+                                limit supported by EMMC card ( i.e. if the number of bytes
+                                exceed the Last LBA).
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcPeimExecCmd (
+  IN     EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT    *Slot,
+  IN OUT EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  EMMC_TRB    *Trb;
+
+  if (Packet == NULL) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  if ((Packet->EmmcCmdBlk == NULL) || (Packet->EmmcStatusBlk == NULL)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  if ((Packet->OutDataBuffer == NULL) && (Packet->OutTransferLength != 0)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  if ((Packet->InDataBuffer == NULL) && (Packet->InTransferLength != 0)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  Trb = EmmcPeimCreateTrb (Slot, Packet);
+  if (Trb == NULL) {
+    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimWaitTrbEnv (Slot->EmmcHcBase, Trb);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    goto Done;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimExecTrb (Slot->EmmcHcBase, Trb);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    goto Done;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimWaitTrbResult (Slot->EmmcHcBase, Trb);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    goto Done;
+  }
+
+Done:
+  EmmcPeimFreeTrb (Trb);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command GO_IDLE_STATE (CMD0 with argument of 0x00000000) to the device to
+  make it go to Idle State.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.4 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The EMMC device is reset correctly.
+  @retval Others            The device reset fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimReset (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;
+  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;
+  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS           Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_GO_IDLE_STATE;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeBc;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = 0;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = 0;
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_OP_COND to the EMMC device to get the data of the OCR register.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.4 for details.
+
+  @param[in]      Slot      The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[in, out] Argument  On input, the argument of SEND_OP_COND is to send to the device.
+                            On output, the argument is the value of OCR register.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimGetOcr (
+  IN     EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN OUT UINT32             *Argument
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;
+  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;
+  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS           Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SEND_OP_COND;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeBcr;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = EmmcResponceTypeR3;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = *Argument;
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    //
+    // For details, refer to SD Host Controller Simplified Spec 3.0 Table 2-12.
+    //
+    *Argument = EmmcStatusBlk.Resp0;
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Broadcast command ALL_SEND_CID to the bus to ask all the EMMC devices to send the
+  data of their CID registers.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.4 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimGetAllCid (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;
+  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;
+  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS           Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_ALL_SEND_CID;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeBcr;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = EmmcResponceTypeR2;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = 0;
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SET_RELATIVE_ADDR to the EMMC device to assign a Relative device
+  Address (RCA).
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.4 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address to be assigned.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimSetRca (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN UINT32             Rca
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;
+  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;
+  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS           Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SET_RELATIVE_ADDR;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeAc;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = EmmcResponceTypeR1;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = Rca << 16;
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_CSD to the EMMC device to get the data of the CSD register.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.
+
+  @param[in]  Slot          The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[in]  Rca           The relative device address of selected device.
+  @param[out] Csd           The buffer to store the content of the CSD register.
+                            Note the caller should ignore the lowest byte of this
+                            buffer as the content of this byte is meaningless even
+                            if the operation succeeds.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimGetCsd (
+  IN     EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN     UINT32             Rca,
+  OUT EMMC_CSD              *Csd
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;
+  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;
+  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS           Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SEND_CSD;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeAc;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = EmmcResponceTypeR2;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = Rca << 16;
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    //
+    // For details, refer to SD Host Controller Simplified Spec 3.0 Table 2-12.
+    //
+    CopyMem (((UINT8 *)Csd) + 1, &EmmcStatusBlk.Resp0, sizeof (EMMC_CSD) - 1);
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SELECT_DESELECT_CARD to the EMMC device to select/deselect it.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address of selected device.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimSelect (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN UINT32             Rca
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;
+  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;
+  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS           Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SELECT_DESELECT_CARD;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeAc;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = EmmcResponceTypeR1;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = Rca << 16;
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_EXT_CSD to the EMMC device to get the data of the EXT_CSD register.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.
+
+  @param[in]  Slot          The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[out] ExtCsd        The buffer to store the content of the EXT_CSD register.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimGetExtCsd (
+  IN     EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  OUT EMMC_EXT_CSD          *ExtCsd
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;
+  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;
+  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS           Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SEND_EXT_CSD;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeAdtc;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = EmmcResponceTypeR1;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = 0x00000000;
+
+  Packet.InDataBuffer     = ExtCsd;
+  Packet.InTransferLength = sizeof (EMMC_EXT_CSD);
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SWITCH to the EMMC device to switch the mode of operation of the
+  selected Device or modifies the EXT_CSD registers.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Access         The access mode of SWITCH command.
+  @param[in] Index          The offset of the field to be access.
+  @param[in] Value          The value to be set to the specified field of EXT_CSD register.
+  @param[in] CmdSet         The value of CmdSet field of EXT_CSD register.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimSwitch (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN UINT8              Access,
+  IN UINT8              Index,
+  IN UINT8              Value,
+  IN UINT8              CmdSet
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;
+  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;
+  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS           Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SWITCH;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeAc;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = EmmcResponceTypeR1b;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (Access << 24) | (Index << 16) | (Value << 8) | CmdSet;
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_STATUS to the addressed EMMC device to get its status register.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.
+
+  @param[in]  Slot          The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[in]  Rca           The relative device address of addressed device.
+  @param[out] DevStatus     The returned device status.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimSendStatus (
+  IN     EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN     UINT32             Rca,
+  OUT UINT32                *DevStatus
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;
+  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;
+  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS           Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SEND_STATUS;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeAc;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = EmmcResponceTypeR1;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = Rca << 16;
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    *DevStatus = EmmcStatusBlk.Resp0;
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SET_BLOCK_COUNT to the addressed EMMC device to set the number of
+  blocks for the following block read/write cmd.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] BlockCount     The number of the logical block to access.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimSetBlkCount (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN UINT16             BlockCount
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;
+  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;
+  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS           Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SET_BLOCK_COUNT;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeAc;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = EmmcResponceTypeR1;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = BlockCount;
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK/WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK to the addressed EMMC device
+  to read/write the specified number of blocks.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Lba            The logical block address of starting access.
+  @param[in] BlockSize      The block size of specified EMMC device partition.
+  @param[in] Buffer         The pointer to the transfer buffer.
+  @param[in] BufferSize     The size of transfer buffer.
+  @param[in] IsRead         Boolean to show the operation direction.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimRwMultiBlocks (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN EFI_LBA            Lba,
+  IN UINT32             BlockSize,
+  IN VOID               *Buffer,
+  IN UINTN              BufferSize,
+  IN BOOLEAN            IsRead
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;
+  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;
+  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS           Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;
+  //
+  // Calculate timeout value through the below formula.
+  // Timeout = (transfer size) / (2MB/s).
+  // Taking 2MB/s as divisor is because it's nearest to the eMMC lowest
+  // transfer speed (2.4MB/s).
+  // Refer to eMMC 5.0 spec section 6.9.1 for details.
+  //
+  Packet.Timeout = (BufferSize / (2 * 1024 * 1024) + 1) * 1000 * 1000;
+
+  if (IsRead) {
+    Packet.InDataBuffer     = Buffer;
+    Packet.InTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;
+
+    EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = EMMC_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK;
+    EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = EmmcCommandTypeAdtc;
+    EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = EmmcResponceTypeR1;
+  } else {
+    Packet.OutDataBuffer     = Buffer;
+    Packet.OutTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;
+
+    EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = EMMC_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK;
+    EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = EmmcCommandTypeAdtc;
+    EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = EmmcResponceTypeR1;
+  }
+
+  if (Slot->SectorAddressing) {
+    EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Lba;
+  } else {
+    EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)MultU64x32 (Lba, BlockSize);
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_TUNING_BLOCK to the EMMC device for HS200 optimal sampling point
+  detection.
+
+  It may be sent up to 40 times until the host finishes the tuning procedure.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.6.8 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] BusWidth       The bus width to work.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimSendTuningBlk (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN UINT8              BusWidth
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK   EmmcCmdBlk;
+  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK    EmmcStatusBlk;
+  EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS           Status;
+  UINT8                TuningBlock[128];
+
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcCmdBlk, sizeof (EmmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&EmmcStatusBlk, sizeof (EmmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.EmmcCmdBlk    = &EmmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.EmmcStatusBlk = &EmmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout       = EMMC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SEND_TUNING_BLOCK;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = EmmcCommandTypeAdtc;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = EmmcResponceTypeR1;
+  EmmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = 0;
+
+  Packet.InDataBuffer = TuningBlock;
+  if (BusWidth == 8) {
+    Packet.InTransferLength = sizeof (TuningBlock);
+  } else {
+    Packet.InTransferLength = 64;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Tuning the clock to get HS200 optimal sampling point.
+
+  Command SEND_TUNING_BLOCK may be sent up to 40 times until the host finishes the
+  tuning procedure.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.6.8 and SD Host Controller
+  Simplified Spec 3.0 section Figure 2-29 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] BusWidth       The bus width to work.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimTuningClkForHs200 (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN UINT8              BusWidth
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT8       HostCtrl2;
+  UINT8       Retry;
+
+  //
+  // Notify the host that the sampling clock tuning procedure starts.
+  //
+  HostCtrl2 = BIT6;
+  Status    = EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Ask the device to send a sequence of tuning blocks till the tuning procedure is done.
+  //
+  Retry = 0;
+  do {
+    Status = EmmcPeimSendTuningBlk (Slot, BusWidth);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    Status = EmmcPeimHcRwMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2, TRUE, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    if ((HostCtrl2 & (BIT6 | BIT7)) == 0) {
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if ((HostCtrl2 & (BIT6 | BIT7)) == BIT7) {
+      return EFI_SUCCESS;
+    }
+  } while (++Retry < 40);
+
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimTuningClkForHs200: Send tuning block fails at %d times with HostCtrl2 %02x\n", Retry, HostCtrl2));
+  //
+  // Abort the tuning procedure and reset the tuning circuit.
+  //
+  HostCtrl2 = (UINT8) ~(BIT6 | BIT7);
+  Status    = EmmcPeimHcAndMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+  Switch the bus width to specified width.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.6.9 and SD Host Controller
+  Simplified Spec 3.0 section Figure 3-7 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address to be assigned.
+  @param[in] IsDdr          If TRUE, use dual data rate data simpling method. Otherwise
+                            use single data rate data simpling method.
+  @param[in] BusWidth       The bus width to be set, it could be 4 or 8.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimSwitchBusWidth (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN UINT32             Rca,
+  IN BOOLEAN            IsDdr,
+  IN UINT8              BusWidth
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT8       Access;
+  UINT8       Index;
+  UINT8       Value;
+  UINT8       CmdSet;
+  UINT32      DevStatus;
+
+  //
+  // Write Byte, the Value field is written into the byte pointed by Index.
+  //
+  Access = 0x03;
+  Index  = OFFSET_OF (EMMC_EXT_CSD, BusWidth);
+  if (BusWidth == 4) {
+    Value = 1;
+  } else if (BusWidth == 8) {
+    Value = 2;
+  } else {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  if (IsDdr) {
+    Value += 4;
+  }
+
+  CmdSet = 0;
+  Status = EmmcPeimSwitch (Slot, Access, Index, Value, CmdSet);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimSendStatus (Slot, Rca, &DevStatus);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Check the switch operation is really successful or not.
+  //
+  if ((DevStatus & BIT7) != 0) {
+    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcSetBusWidth (Slot->EmmcHcBase, BusWidth);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Switch the clock frequency to the specified value.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.6 and SD Host Controller
+  Simplified Spec 3.0 section Figure 3-3 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address to be assigned.
+  @param[in] HsTiming       The value to be written to HS_TIMING field of EXT_CSD register.
+  @param[in] ClockFreq      The max clock frequency to be set, the unit is MHz.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimSwitchClockFreq (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN UINT32             Rca,
+  IN UINT8              HsTiming,
+  IN UINT32             ClockFreq
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT8       Access;
+  UINT8       Index;
+  UINT8       Value;
+  UINT8       CmdSet;
+  UINT32      DevStatus;
+
+  //
+  // Write Byte, the Value field is written into the byte pointed by Index.
+  //
+  Access = 0x03;
+  Index  = OFFSET_OF (EMMC_EXT_CSD, HsTiming);
+  Value  = HsTiming;
+  CmdSet = 0;
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimSwitch (Slot, Access, Index, Value, CmdSet);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimSendStatus (Slot, Rca, &DevStatus);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Check the switch operation is really successful or not.
+  //
+  if ((DevStatus & BIT7) != 0) {
+    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Convert the clock freq unit from MHz to KHz.
+  //
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcClockSupply (Slot->EmmcHcBase, ClockFreq * 1000);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Switch to the High Speed timing according to request.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.6.8 and SD Host Controller
+  Simplified Spec 3.0 section Figure 2-29 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address to be assigned.
+  @param[in] ClockFreq      The max clock frequency to be set.
+  @param[in] IsDdr          If TRUE, use dual data rate data simpling method. Otherwise
+                            use single data rate data simpling method.
+  @param[in] BusWidth       The bus width to be set, it could be 4 or 8.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimSwitchToHighSpeed (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN UINT32             Rca,
+  IN UINT32             ClockFreq,
+  IN BOOLEAN            IsDdr,
+  IN UINT8              BusWidth
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT8       HsTiming;
+  UINT8       HostCtrl1;
+  UINT8       HostCtrl2;
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimSwitchBusWidth (Slot, Rca, IsDdr, BusWidth);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set to High Speed timing
+  //
+  HostCtrl1 = BIT2;
+  Status    = EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL1, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  HostCtrl2 = (UINT8) ~0x7;
+  Status    = EmmcPeimHcAndMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  if (IsDdr) {
+    HostCtrl2 = BIT2;
+  } else if (ClockFreq == 52) {
+    HostCtrl2 = BIT0;
+  } else {
+    HostCtrl2 = 0;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  HsTiming = 1;
+  Status   = EmmcPeimSwitchClockFreq (Slot, Rca, HsTiming, ClockFreq);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Switch to the HS200 timing according to request.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.6.8 and SD Host Controller
+  Simplified Spec 3.0 section Figure 2-29 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address to be assigned.
+  @param[in] ClockFreq      The max clock frequency to be set.
+  @param[in] BusWidth       The bus width to be set, it could be 4 or 8.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimSwitchToHS200 (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN UINT32             Rca,
+  IN UINT32             ClockFreq,
+  IN UINT8              BusWidth
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT8       HsTiming;
+  UINT8       HostCtrl2;
+  UINT16      ClockCtrl;
+
+  if ((BusWidth != 4) && (BusWidth != 8)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimSwitchBusWidth (Slot, Rca, FALSE, BusWidth);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set to HS200/SDR104 timing
+  //
+  //
+  // Stop bus clock at first
+  //
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcStopClock (Slot->EmmcHcBase);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  HostCtrl2 = (UINT8) ~0x7;
+  Status    = EmmcPeimHcAndMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  HostCtrl2 = BIT0 | BIT1;
+  Status    = EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Wait Internal Clock Stable in the Clock Control register to be 1 before set SD Clock Enable bit
+  //
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcWaitMmioSet (
+             Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_CLOCK_CTRL,
+             sizeof (ClockCtrl),
+             BIT1,
+             BIT1,
+             EMMC_TIMEOUT
+             );
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set SD Clock Enable in the Clock Control register to 1
+  //
+  ClockCtrl = BIT2;
+  Status    = EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_CLOCK_CTRL, sizeof (ClockCtrl), &ClockCtrl);
+
+  HsTiming = 2;
+  Status   = EmmcPeimSwitchClockFreq (Slot, Rca, HsTiming, ClockFreq);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimTuningClkForHs200 (Slot, BusWidth);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Switch to the HS400 timing according to request.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.6.8 and SD Host Controller
+  Simplified Spec 3.0 section Figure 2-29 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address to be assigned.
+  @param[in] ClockFreq      The max clock frequency to be set.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimSwitchToHS400 (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN UINT32             Rca,
+  IN UINT32             ClockFreq
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT8       HsTiming;
+  UINT8       HostCtrl2;
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimSwitchToHS200 (Slot, Rca, ClockFreq, 8);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set to High Speed timing and set the clock frequency to a value less than 52MHz.
+  //
+  HsTiming = 1;
+  Status   = EmmcPeimSwitchClockFreq (Slot, Rca, HsTiming, 52);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // HS400 mode must use 8 data lines.
+  //
+  Status = EmmcPeimSwitchBusWidth (Slot, Rca, TRUE, 8);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set to HS400 timing
+  //
+  HostCtrl2 = (UINT8) ~0x7;
+  Status    = EmmcPeimHcAndMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  HostCtrl2 = BIT0 | BIT2;
+  Status    = EmmcPeimHcOrMmio (Slot->EmmcHcBase + EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  HsTiming = 3;
+  Status   = EmmcPeimSwitchClockFreq (Slot, Rca, HsTiming, ClockFreq);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Switch the high speed timing according to request.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.6.8 and SD Host Controller
+  Simplified Spec 3.0 section Figure 2-29 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address to be assigned.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimSetBusMode (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN UINT32             Rca
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS        Status;
+  EMMC_HC_SLOT_CAP  Capability;
+  UINT8             HsTiming;
+  BOOLEAN           IsDdr;
+  UINT32            ClockFreq;
+  UINT8             BusWidth;
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimGetCsd (Slot, Rca, &Slot->Csd);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimSetBusMode: EmmcPeimGetCsd fails with %r\n", Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  if ((Slot->Csd.CSizeLow | Slot->Csd.CSizeHigh << 2) == 0xFFF) {
+    Slot->SectorAddressing = TRUE;
+  } else {
+    Slot->SectorAddressing = FALSE;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimSelect (Slot, Rca);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimSetBusMode: EmmcPeimSelect fails with %r\n", Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimHcGetCapability (Slot->EmmcHcBase, &Capability);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimSetBusMode: EmmcPeimHcGetCapability fails with %r\n", Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  ASSERT (Capability.BaseClkFreq != 0);
+  //
+  // Check if the Host Controller support 8bits bus width.
+  //
+  if (Capability.BusWidth8 != 0) {
+    BusWidth = 8;
+  } else {
+    BusWidth = 4;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Get Device_Type from EXT_CSD register.
+  //
+  Status = EmmcPeimGetExtCsd (Slot, &Slot->ExtCsd);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimSetBusMode: EmmcPeimGetExtCsd fails with %r\n", Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Calculate supported bus speed/bus width/clock frequency.
+  //
+  HsTiming  = 0;
+  IsDdr     = FALSE;
+  ClockFreq = 0;
+  if (((Slot->ExtCsd.DeviceType & (BIT4 | BIT5))  != 0) && (Capability.Sdr104 != 0)) {
+    HsTiming  = 2;
+    IsDdr     = FALSE;
+    ClockFreq = 200;
+  } else if (((Slot->ExtCsd.DeviceType & (BIT2 | BIT3))  != 0) && (Capability.Ddr50 != 0)) {
+    HsTiming  = 1;
+    IsDdr     = TRUE;
+    ClockFreq = 52;
+  } else if (((Slot->ExtCsd.DeviceType & BIT1)  != 0) && (Capability.HighSpeed != 0)) {
+    HsTiming  = 1;
+    IsDdr     = FALSE;
+    ClockFreq = 52;
+  } else if (((Slot->ExtCsd.DeviceType & BIT0)  != 0) && (Capability.HighSpeed != 0)) {
+    HsTiming  = 1;
+    IsDdr     = FALSE;
+    ClockFreq = 26;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Check if both of the device and the host controller support HS400 DDR mode.
+  //
+  if (((Slot->ExtCsd.DeviceType & (BIT6 | BIT7))  != 0) && (Capability.Hs400 != 0)) {
+    //
+    // The host controller supports 8bits bus.
+    //
+    ASSERT (BusWidth == 8);
+    HsTiming  = 3;
+    IsDdr     = TRUE;
+    ClockFreq = 200;
+  }
+
+  if ((ClockFreq == 0) || (HsTiming == 0)) {
+    //
+    // Continue using default setting.
+    //
+    return EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "HsTiming %d ClockFreq %d BusWidth %d Ddr %a\n", HsTiming, ClockFreq, BusWidth, IsDdr ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"));
+
+  if (HsTiming == 3) {
+    //
+    // Execute HS400 timing switch procedure
+    //
+    Status = EmmcPeimSwitchToHS400 (Slot, Rca, ClockFreq);
+  } else if (HsTiming == 2) {
+    //
+    // Execute HS200 timing switch procedure
+    //
+    Status = EmmcPeimSwitchToHS200 (Slot, Rca, ClockFreq, BusWidth);
+  } else {
+    //
+    // Execute High Speed timing switch procedure
+    //
+    Status = EmmcPeimSwitchToHighSpeed (Slot, Rca, ClockFreq, IsDdr, BusWidth);
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Execute EMMC device identification procedure.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.4 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       There is a EMMC card.
+  @retval Others            There is not a EMMC card.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimIdentification (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT32      Ocr;
+  UINT32      Rca;
+  UINTN       Retry;
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimReset (Slot);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimIdentification: EmmcPeimReset fails with %r\n", Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Ocr   = 0;
+  Retry = 0;
+  do {
+    Status = EmmcPeimGetOcr (Slot, &Ocr);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimIdentification: EmmcPeimGetOcr fails with %r\n", Status));
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    if (Retry++ == 100) {
+      DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimIdentification: EmmcPeimGetOcr fails too many times\n"));
+      return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    MicroSecondDelay (10 * 1000);
+  } while ((Ocr & BIT31) == 0);
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimGetAllCid (Slot);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimIdentification: EmmcPeimGetAllCid fails with %r\n", Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Don't support multiple devices on the slot, that is
+  // shared bus slot feature.
+  //
+  Rca    = 1;
+  Status = EmmcPeimSetRca (Slot, Rca);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "EmmcPeimIdentification: EmmcPeimSetRca fails with %r\n", Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Enter Data Tranfer Mode.
+  //
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "Found a EMMC device at slot [%d], RCA [%d]\n", Slot, Rca));
+
+  Status = EmmcPeimSetBusMode (Slot, Rca);
+
+  return Status;
+}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcHci.h b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcHci.h
index 6c6108b028..82585c9530 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcHci.h
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcBlockIoPei/EmmcHci.h
@@ -1,338 +1,338 @@
-/** @file

-

-  Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#ifndef _EMMC_HCI_H_

-#define _EMMC_HCI_H_

-

-//

-// EMMC Host Controller MMIO Register Offset

-//

-#define EMMC_HC_SDMA_ADDR           0x00

-#define EMMC_HC_ARG2                0x00

-#define EMMC_HC_BLK_SIZE            0x04

-#define EMMC_HC_BLK_COUNT           0x06

-#define EMMC_HC_ARG1                0x08

-#define EMMC_HC_TRANS_MOD           0x0C

-#define EMMC_HC_COMMAND             0x0E

-#define EMMC_HC_RESPONSE            0x10

-#define EMMC_HC_BUF_DAT_PORT        0x20

-#define EMMC_HC_PRESENT_STATE       0x24

-#define EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL1          0x28

-#define EMMC_HC_POWER_CTRL          0x29

-#define EMMC_HC_BLK_GAP_CTRL        0x2A

-#define EMMC_HC_WAKEUP_CTRL         0x2B

-#define EMMC_HC_CLOCK_CTRL          0x2C

-#define EMMC_HC_TIMEOUT_CTRL        0x2E

-#define EMMC_HC_SW_RST              0x2F

-#define EMMC_HC_NOR_INT_STS         0x30

-#define EMMC_HC_ERR_INT_STS         0x32

-#define EMMC_HC_NOR_INT_STS_EN      0x34

-#define EMMC_HC_ERR_INT_STS_EN      0x36

-#define EMMC_HC_NOR_INT_SIG_EN      0x38

-#define EMMC_HC_ERR_INT_SIG_EN      0x3A

-#define EMMC_HC_AUTO_CMD_ERR_STS    0x3C

-#define EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2          0x3E

-#define EMMC_HC_CAP                 0x40

-#define EMMC_HC_MAX_CURRENT_CAP     0x48

-#define EMMC_HC_FORCE_EVT_AUTO_CMD  0x50

-#define EMMC_HC_FORCE_EVT_ERR_INT   0x52

-#define EMMC_HC_ADMA_ERR_STS        0x54

-#define EMMC_HC_ADMA_SYS_ADDR       0x58

-#define EMMC_HC_PRESET_VAL          0x60

-#define EMMC_HC_SHARED_BUS_CTRL     0xE0

-#define EMMC_HC_SLOT_INT_STS        0xFC

-#define EMMC_HC_CTRL_VER            0xFE

-

-//

-// The transfer modes supported by SD Host Controller

-// Simplified Spec 3.0 Table 1-2

-//

-typedef enum {

-  EmmcNoData,

-  EmmcPioMode,

-  EmmcSdmaMode,

-  EmmcAdmaMode

-} EMMC_HC_TRANSFER_MODE;

-

-//

-// The maximum data length of each descriptor line

-//

-#define ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE  0x10000

-#define EMMC_SDMA_BOUNDARY      512 * 1024

-#define EMMC_SDMA_ROUND_UP(x, n)  (((x) + n) & ~(n - 1))

-

-typedef enum {

-  EmmcCommandTypeBc,  // Broadcast commands, no response

-  EmmcCommandTypeBcr, // Broadcast commands with response

-  EmmcCommandTypeAc,  // Addressed(point-to-point) commands

-  EmmcCommandTypeAdtc // Addressed(point-to-point) data transfer commands

-} EMMC_COMMAND_TYPE;

-

-typedef enum {

-  EmmcResponceTypeR1,

-  EmmcResponceTypeR1b,

-  EmmcResponceTypeR2,

-  EmmcResponceTypeR3,

-  EmmcResponceTypeR4,

-  EmmcResponceTypeR5,

-  EmmcResponceTypeR5b,

-  EmmcResponceTypeR6,

-  EmmcResponceTypeR7

-} EMMC_RESPONSE_TYPE;

-

-typedef struct _EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK {

-  UINT16    CommandIndex;

-  UINT32    CommandArgument;

-  UINT32    CommandType;                              // One of the EMMC_COMMAND_TYPE values

-  UINT32    ResponseType;                             // One of the EMMC_RESPONSE_TYPE values

-} EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK;

-

-typedef struct _EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK {

-  UINT32    Resp0;

-  UINT32    Resp1;

-  UINT32    Resp2;

-  UINT32    Resp3;

-} EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK;

-

-typedef struct _EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET {

-  UINT64                Timeout;

-  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK    *EmmcCmdBlk;

-  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK     *EmmcStatusBlk;

-  VOID                  *InDataBuffer;

-  VOID                  *OutDataBuffer;

-  UINT32                InTransferLength;

-  UINT32                OutTransferLength;

-} EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET;

-

-#pragma pack(1)

-

-typedef struct {

-  UINT32    Valid     : 1;

-  UINT32    End       : 1;

-  UINT32    Int       : 1;

-  UINT32    Reserved  : 1;

-  UINT32    Act       : 2;

-  UINT32    Reserved1 : 10;

-  UINT32    Length    : 16;

-  UINT32    Address;

-} EMMC_HC_ADMA_DESC_LINE;

-

-typedef struct {

-  UINT32    TimeoutFreq   : 6; // bit 0:5

-  UINT32    Reserved      : 1; // bit 6

-  UINT32    TimeoutUnit   : 1; // bit 7

-  UINT32    BaseClkFreq   : 8; // bit 8:15

-  UINT32    MaxBlkLen     : 2; // bit 16:17

-  UINT32    BusWidth8     : 1; // bit 18

-  UINT32    Adma2         : 1; // bit 19

-  UINT32    Reserved2     : 1; // bit 20

-  UINT32    HighSpeed     : 1; // bit 21

-  UINT32    Sdma          : 1; // bit 22

-  UINT32    SuspRes       : 1; // bit 23

-  UINT32    Voltage33     : 1; // bit 24

-  UINT32    Voltage30     : 1; // bit 25

-  UINT32    Voltage18     : 1; // bit 26

-  UINT32    Reserved3     : 1; // bit 27

-  UINT32    SysBus64      : 1; // bit 28

-  UINT32    AsyncInt      : 1; // bit 29

-  UINT32    SlotType      : 2; // bit 30:31

-  UINT32    Sdr50         : 1; // bit 32

-  UINT32    Sdr104        : 1; // bit 33

-  UINT32    Ddr50         : 1; // bit 34

-  UINT32    Reserved4     : 1; // bit 35

-  UINT32    DriverTypeA   : 1; // bit 36

-  UINT32    DriverTypeC   : 1; // bit 37

-  UINT32    DriverTypeD   : 1; // bit 38

-  UINT32    DriverType4   : 1; // bit 39

-  UINT32    TimerCount    : 4; // bit 40:43

-  UINT32    Reserved5     : 1; // bit 44

-  UINT32    TuningSDR50   : 1; // bit 45

-  UINT32    RetuningMod   : 2; // bit 46:47

-  UINT32    ClkMultiplier : 8; // bit 48:55

-  UINT32    Reserved6     : 7; // bit 56:62

-  UINT32    Hs400         : 1; // bit 63

-} EMMC_HC_SLOT_CAP;

-

-#pragma pack()

-

-/**

-  Software reset the specified EMMC host controller and enable all interrupts.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The software reset executes successfully.

-  @retval Others            The software reset fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimHcReset (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  );

-

-/**

-  Set all interrupt status bits in Normal and Error Interrupt Status Enable

-  register.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation executes successfully.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimHcEnableInterrupt (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  );

-

-/**

-  Get the capability data from the specified slot.

-

-  @param[in]  Bar             The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[out] Capability      The buffer to store the capability data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS         The operation executes successfully.

-  @retval Others              The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimHcGetCapability (

-  IN     UINTN          Bar,

-  OUT EMMC_HC_SLOT_CAP  *Capability

-  );

-

-/**

-  Detect whether there is a EMMC card attached at the specified EMMC host controller

-  slot.

-

-  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.1 for details.

-

-  @param[in]  Bar           The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       There is a EMMC card attached.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is not a EMMC card attached.

-  @retval Others            The detection fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimHcCardDetect (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  );

-

-/**

-  Initial EMMC host controller with lowest clock frequency, max power and max timeout value

-  at initialization.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The host controller is initialized successfully.

-  @retval Others            The host controller isn't initialized successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimHcInitHost (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  );

-

-/**

-  Send command SWITCH to the EMMC device to switch the mode of operation of the

-  selected Device or modifies the EXT_CSD registers.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Access         The access mode of SWITCH command.

-  @param[in] Index          The offset of the field to be access.

-  @param[in] Value          The value to be set to the specified field of EXT_CSD register.

-  @param[in] CmdSet         The value of CmdSet field of EXT_CSD register.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimSwitch (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN UINT8              Access,

-  IN UINT8              Index,

-  IN UINT8              Value,

-  IN UINT8              CmdSet

-  );

-

-/**

-  Send command SET_BLOCK_COUNT to the addressed EMMC device to set the number of

-  blocks for the following block read/write cmd.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] BlockCount     The number of the logical block to access.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimSetBlkCount (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN UINT16             BlockCount

-  );

-

-/**

-  Send command READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK/WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK to the addressed EMMC device

-  to read/write the specified number of blocks.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Lba            The logical block address of starting access.

-  @param[in] BlockSize      The block size of specified EMMC device partition.

-  @param[in] Buffer         The pointer to the transfer buffer.

-  @param[in] BufferSize     The size of transfer buffer.

-  @param[in] IsRead         Boolean to show the operation direction.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimRwMultiBlocks (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN EFI_LBA            Lba,

-  IN UINT32             BlockSize,

-  IN VOID               *Buffer,

-  IN UINTN              BufferSize,

-  IN BOOLEAN            IsRead

-  );

-

-/**

-  Execute EMMC device identification procedure.

-

-  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.4 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       There is a EMMC card.

-  @retval Others            There is not a EMMC card.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcPeimIdentification (

-  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot

-  );

-

-/**

-  Free the resource used by the TRB.

-

-  @param[in] Trb        The pointer to the EMMC_TRB instance.

-

-**/

-VOID

-EmmcPeimFreeTrb (

-  IN EMMC_TRB  *Trb

-  );

-

-#endif

+/** @file
+
+  Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef _EMMC_HCI_H_
+#define _EMMC_HCI_H_
+
+//
+// EMMC Host Controller MMIO Register Offset
+//
+#define EMMC_HC_SDMA_ADDR           0x00
+#define EMMC_HC_ARG2                0x00
+#define EMMC_HC_BLK_SIZE            0x04
+#define EMMC_HC_BLK_COUNT           0x06
+#define EMMC_HC_ARG1                0x08
+#define EMMC_HC_TRANS_MOD           0x0C
+#define EMMC_HC_COMMAND             0x0E
+#define EMMC_HC_RESPONSE            0x10
+#define EMMC_HC_BUF_DAT_PORT        0x20
+#define EMMC_HC_PRESENT_STATE       0x24
+#define EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL1          0x28
+#define EMMC_HC_POWER_CTRL          0x29
+#define EMMC_HC_BLK_GAP_CTRL        0x2A
+#define EMMC_HC_WAKEUP_CTRL         0x2B
+#define EMMC_HC_CLOCK_CTRL          0x2C
+#define EMMC_HC_TIMEOUT_CTRL        0x2E
+#define EMMC_HC_SW_RST              0x2F
+#define EMMC_HC_NOR_INT_STS         0x30
+#define EMMC_HC_ERR_INT_STS         0x32
+#define EMMC_HC_NOR_INT_STS_EN      0x34
+#define EMMC_HC_ERR_INT_STS_EN      0x36
+#define EMMC_HC_NOR_INT_SIG_EN      0x38
+#define EMMC_HC_ERR_INT_SIG_EN      0x3A
+#define EMMC_HC_AUTO_CMD_ERR_STS    0x3C
+#define EMMC_HC_HOST_CTRL2          0x3E
+#define EMMC_HC_CAP                 0x40
+#define EMMC_HC_MAX_CURRENT_CAP     0x48
+#define EMMC_HC_FORCE_EVT_AUTO_CMD  0x50
+#define EMMC_HC_FORCE_EVT_ERR_INT   0x52
+#define EMMC_HC_ADMA_ERR_STS        0x54
+#define EMMC_HC_ADMA_SYS_ADDR       0x58
+#define EMMC_HC_PRESET_VAL          0x60
+#define EMMC_HC_SHARED_BUS_CTRL     0xE0
+#define EMMC_HC_SLOT_INT_STS        0xFC
+#define EMMC_HC_CTRL_VER            0xFE
+
+//
+// The transfer modes supported by SD Host Controller
+// Simplified Spec 3.0 Table 1-2
+//
+typedef enum {
+  EmmcNoData,
+  EmmcPioMode,
+  EmmcSdmaMode,
+  EmmcAdmaMode
+} EMMC_HC_TRANSFER_MODE;
+
+//
+// The maximum data length of each descriptor line
+//
+#define ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE  0x10000
+#define EMMC_SDMA_BOUNDARY      512 * 1024
+#define EMMC_SDMA_ROUND_UP(x, n)  (((x) + n) & ~(n - 1))
+
+typedef enum {
+  EmmcCommandTypeBc,  // Broadcast commands, no response
+  EmmcCommandTypeBcr, // Broadcast commands with response
+  EmmcCommandTypeAc,  // Addressed(point-to-point) commands
+  EmmcCommandTypeAdtc // Addressed(point-to-point) data transfer commands
+} EMMC_COMMAND_TYPE;
+
+typedef enum {
+  EmmcResponceTypeR1,
+  EmmcResponceTypeR1b,
+  EmmcResponceTypeR2,
+  EmmcResponceTypeR3,
+  EmmcResponceTypeR4,
+  EmmcResponceTypeR5,
+  EmmcResponceTypeR5b,
+  EmmcResponceTypeR6,
+  EmmcResponceTypeR7
+} EMMC_RESPONSE_TYPE;
+
+typedef struct _EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK {
+  UINT16    CommandIndex;
+  UINT32    CommandArgument;
+  UINT32    CommandType;                              // One of the EMMC_COMMAND_TYPE values
+  UINT32    ResponseType;                             // One of the EMMC_RESPONSE_TYPE values
+} EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK;
+
+typedef struct _EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK {
+  UINT32    Resp0;
+  UINT32    Resp1;
+  UINT32    Resp2;
+  UINT32    Resp3;
+} EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK;
+
+typedef struct _EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET {
+  UINT64                Timeout;
+  EMMC_COMMAND_BLOCK    *EmmcCmdBlk;
+  EMMC_STATUS_BLOCK     *EmmcStatusBlk;
+  VOID                  *InDataBuffer;
+  VOID                  *OutDataBuffer;
+  UINT32                InTransferLength;
+  UINT32                OutTransferLength;
+} EMMC_COMMAND_PACKET;
+
+#pragma pack(1)
+
+typedef struct {
+  UINT32    Valid     : 1;
+  UINT32    End       : 1;
+  UINT32    Int       : 1;
+  UINT32    Reserved  : 1;
+  UINT32    Act       : 2;
+  UINT32    Reserved1 : 10;
+  UINT32    Length    : 16;
+  UINT32    Address;
+} EMMC_HC_ADMA_DESC_LINE;
+
+typedef struct {
+  UINT32    TimeoutFreq   : 6; // bit 0:5
+  UINT32    Reserved      : 1; // bit 6
+  UINT32    TimeoutUnit   : 1; // bit 7
+  UINT32    BaseClkFreq   : 8; // bit 8:15
+  UINT32    MaxBlkLen     : 2; // bit 16:17
+  UINT32    BusWidth8     : 1; // bit 18
+  UINT32    Adma2         : 1; // bit 19
+  UINT32    Reserved2     : 1; // bit 20
+  UINT32    HighSpeed     : 1; // bit 21
+  UINT32    Sdma          : 1; // bit 22
+  UINT32    SuspRes       : 1; // bit 23
+  UINT32    Voltage33     : 1; // bit 24
+  UINT32    Voltage30     : 1; // bit 25
+  UINT32    Voltage18     : 1; // bit 26
+  UINT32    Reserved3     : 1; // bit 27
+  UINT32    SysBus64      : 1; // bit 28
+  UINT32    AsyncInt      : 1; // bit 29
+  UINT32    SlotType      : 2; // bit 30:31
+  UINT32    Sdr50         : 1; // bit 32
+  UINT32    Sdr104        : 1; // bit 33
+  UINT32    Ddr50         : 1; // bit 34
+  UINT32    Reserved4     : 1; // bit 35
+  UINT32    DriverTypeA   : 1; // bit 36
+  UINT32    DriverTypeC   : 1; // bit 37
+  UINT32    DriverTypeD   : 1; // bit 38
+  UINT32    DriverType4   : 1; // bit 39
+  UINT32    TimerCount    : 4; // bit 40:43
+  UINT32    Reserved5     : 1; // bit 44
+  UINT32    TuningSDR50   : 1; // bit 45
+  UINT32    RetuningMod   : 2; // bit 46:47
+  UINT32    ClkMultiplier : 8; // bit 48:55
+  UINT32    Reserved6     : 7; // bit 56:62
+  UINT32    Hs400         : 1; // bit 63
+} EMMC_HC_SLOT_CAP;
+
+#pragma pack()
+
+/**
+  Software reset the specified EMMC host controller and enable all interrupts.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The software reset executes successfully.
+  @retval Others            The software reset fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimHcReset (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  );
+
+/**
+  Set all interrupt status bits in Normal and Error Interrupt Status Enable
+  register.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation executes successfully.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimHcEnableInterrupt (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  );
+
+/**
+  Get the capability data from the specified slot.
+
+  @param[in]  Bar             The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[out] Capability      The buffer to store the capability data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS         The operation executes successfully.
+  @retval Others              The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimHcGetCapability (
+  IN     UINTN          Bar,
+  OUT EMMC_HC_SLOT_CAP  *Capability
+  );
+
+/**
+  Detect whether there is a EMMC card attached at the specified EMMC host controller
+  slot.
+
+  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.1 for details.
+
+  @param[in]  Bar           The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       There is a EMMC card attached.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is not a EMMC card attached.
+  @retval Others            The detection fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimHcCardDetect (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  );
+
+/**
+  Initial EMMC host controller with lowest clock frequency, max power and max timeout value
+  at initialization.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The host controller is initialized successfully.
+  @retval Others            The host controller isn't initialized successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimHcInitHost (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  );
+
+/**
+  Send command SWITCH to the EMMC device to switch the mode of operation of the
+  selected Device or modifies the EXT_CSD registers.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Access         The access mode of SWITCH command.
+  @param[in] Index          The offset of the field to be access.
+  @param[in] Value          The value to be set to the specified field of EXT_CSD register.
+  @param[in] CmdSet         The value of CmdSet field of EXT_CSD register.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimSwitch (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN UINT8              Access,
+  IN UINT8              Index,
+  IN UINT8              Value,
+  IN UINT8              CmdSet
+  );
+
+/**
+  Send command SET_BLOCK_COUNT to the addressed EMMC device to set the number of
+  blocks for the following block read/write cmd.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] BlockCount     The number of the logical block to access.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimSetBlkCount (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN UINT16             BlockCount
+  );
+
+/**
+  Send command READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK/WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK to the addressed EMMC device
+  to read/write the specified number of blocks.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Lba            The logical block address of starting access.
+  @param[in] BlockSize      The block size of specified EMMC device partition.
+  @param[in] Buffer         The pointer to the transfer buffer.
+  @param[in] BufferSize     The size of transfer buffer.
+  @param[in] IsRead         Boolean to show the operation direction.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimRwMultiBlocks (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN EFI_LBA            Lba,
+  IN UINT32             BlockSize,
+  IN VOID               *Buffer,
+  IN UINTN              BufferSize,
+  IN BOOLEAN            IsRead
+  );
+
+/**
+  Execute EMMC device identification procedure.
+
+  Refer to EMMC Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.4 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Emmc card to send the command to.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       There is a EMMC card.
+  @retval Others            There is not a EMMC card.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcPeimIdentification (
+  IN EMMC_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot
+  );
+
+/**
+  Free the resource used by the TRB.
+
+  @param[in] Trb        The pointer to the EMMC_TRB instance.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EmmcPeimFreeTrb (
+  IN EMMC_TRB  *Trb
+  );
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/ComponentName.c b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/ComponentName.c
index b66bbff824..65c737f20c 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/ComponentName.c
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/ComponentName.c
@@ -1,235 +1,235 @@
-/** @file

-  UEFI Component Name(2) protocol implementation for EmmcDxe driver.

-

-  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "EmmcDxe.h"

-

-//

-// Driver name table

-//

-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_UNICODE_STRING_TABLE  mEmmcDxeDriverNameTable[] = {

-  { "eng;en", L"Edkii Emmc Device Driver" },

-  { NULL,     NULL                        }

-};

-

-//

-// Controller name table

-//

-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_UNICODE_STRING_TABLE  mEmmcDxeControllerNameTable[] = {

-  { "eng;en", L"Edkii Emmc Host Controller" },

-  { NULL,     NULL                          }

-};

-

-//

-// EFI Component Name Protocol

-//

-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL  gEmmcDxeComponentName = {

-  EmmcDxeComponentNameGetDriverName,

-  EmmcDxeComponentNameGetControllerName,

-  "eng"

-};

-

-//

-// EFI Component Name 2 Protocol

-//

-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL  gEmmcDxeComponentName2 = {

-  (EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_GET_DRIVER_NAME)EmmcDxeComponentNameGetDriverName,

-  (EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_GET_CONTROLLER_NAME)EmmcDxeComponentNameGetControllerName,

-  "en"

-};

-

-/**

-  Retrieves a Unicode string that is the user readable name of the driver.

-

-  This function retrieves the user readable name of a driver in the form of a

-  Unicode string. If the driver specified by This has a user readable name in

-  the language specified by Language, then a pointer to the driver name is

-  returned in DriverName, and EFI_SUCCESS is returned. If the driver specified

-  by This does not support the language specified by Language,

-  then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.

-

-  @param  This[in]              A pointer to the EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL or

-                                EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL instance.

-

-  @param  Language[in]          A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string

-                                array indicating the language. This is the

-                                language of the driver name that the caller is

-                                requesting, and it must match one of the

-                                languages specified in SupportedLanguages. The

-                                number of languages supported by a driver is up

-                                to the driver writer. Language is specified

-                                in RFC 4646 or ISO 639-2 language code format.

-

-  @param  DriverName[out]       A pointer to the Unicode string to return.

-                                This Unicode string is the name of the

-                                driver specified by This in the language

-                                specified by Language.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The Unicode string for the Driver specified by

-                                This and the language specified by Language was

-                                returned in DriverName.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DriverName is NULL.

-

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This does not support

-                                the language specified by Language.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcDxeComponentNameGetDriverName (

-  IN  EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  CHAR8                        *Language,

-  OUT CHAR16                       **DriverName

-  )

-{

-  return LookupUnicodeString2 (

-           Language,

-           This->SupportedLanguages,

-           mEmmcDxeDriverNameTable,

-           DriverName,

-           (BOOLEAN)(This == &gEmmcDxeComponentName)

-           );

-}

-

-/**

-  Retrieves a Unicode string that is the user readable name of the controller

-  that is being managed by a driver.

-

-  This function retrieves the user readable name of the controller specified by

-  ControllerHandle and ChildHandle in the form of a Unicode string. If the

-  driver specified by This has a user readable name in the language specified by

-  Language, then a pointer to the controller name is returned in ControllerName,

-  and EFI_SUCCESS is returned.  If the driver specified by This is not currently

-  managing the controller specified by ControllerHandle and ChildHandle,

-  then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.  If the driver specified by This does not

-  support the language specified by Language, then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.

-

-  @param  This[in]              A pointer to the EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL or

-                                EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL instance.

-

-  @param  ControllerHandle[in]  The handle of a controller that the driver

-                                specified by This is managing.  This handle

-                                specifies the controller whose name is to be

-                                returned.

-

-  @param  ChildHandle[in]       The handle of the child controller to retrieve

-                                the name of.  This is an optional parameter that

-                                may be NULL.  It will be NULL for device

-                                drivers.  It will also be NULL for a bus drivers

-                                that wish to retrieve the name of the bus

-                                controller.  It will not be NULL for a bus

-                                driver that wishes to retrieve the name of a

-                                child controller.

-

-  @param  Language[in]          A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string

-                                array indicating the language.  This is the

-                                language of the driver name that the caller is

-                                requesting, and it must match one of the

-                                languages specified in SupportedLanguages. The

-                                number of languages supported by a driver is up

-                                to the driver writer. Language is specified in

-                                RFC 4646 or ISO 639-2 language code format.

-

-  @param  ControllerName[out]   A pointer to the Unicode string to return.

-                                This Unicode string is the name of the

-                                controller specified by ControllerHandle and

-                                ChildHandle in the language specified by

-                                Language from the point of view of the driver

-                                specified by This.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The Unicode string for the user readable name in

-                                the language specified by Language for the

-                                driver specified by This was returned in

-                                DriverName.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerHandle is NULL.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ChildHandle is not NULL and it is not a valid

-                                EFI_HANDLE.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerName is NULL.

-

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This is not currently

-                                managing the controller specified by

-                                ControllerHandle and ChildHandle.

-

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This does not support

-                                the language specified by Language.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcDxeComponentNameGetControllerName (

-  IN  EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   ControllerHandle,

-  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   ChildHandle        OPTIONAL,

-  IN  CHAR8                        *Language,

-  OUT CHAR16                       **ControllerName

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                Status;

-  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL     *BlockIo;

-  EMMC_DEVICE               *Device;

-  EMMC_PARTITION            *Partition;

-  EFI_UNICODE_STRING_TABLE  *ControllerNameTable;

-

-  //

-  // Make sure this driver is currently managing ControllHandle

-  //

-  Status = EfiTestManagedDevice (

-             ControllerHandle,

-             gEmmcDxeDriverBinding.DriverBindingHandle,

-             &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid

-             );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  ControllerNameTable = mEmmcDxeControllerNameTable;

-  if (ChildHandle != NULL) {

-    Status = EfiTestChildHandle (

-               ControllerHandle,

-               ChildHandle,

-               &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid

-               );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    //

-    // Get the child context

-    //

-    Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (

-                    ChildHandle,

-                    &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,

-                    (VOID **)&BlockIo,

-                    gEmmcDxeDriverBinding.DriverBindingHandle,

-                    ChildHandle,

-                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-    }

-

-    Partition           = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO (BlockIo);

-    Device              = Partition->Device;

-    ControllerNameTable = Device->ControllerNameTable;

-  }

-

-  return LookupUnicodeString2 (

-           Language,

-           This->SupportedLanguages,

-           ControllerNameTable,

-           ControllerName,

-           (BOOLEAN)(This == &gEmmcDxeComponentName)

-           );

-}

+/** @file
+  UEFI Component Name(2) protocol implementation for EmmcDxe driver.
+
+  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#include "EmmcDxe.h"
+
+//
+// Driver name table
+//
+GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_UNICODE_STRING_TABLE  mEmmcDxeDriverNameTable[] = {
+  { "eng;en", L"Edkii Emmc Device Driver" },
+  { NULL,     NULL                        }
+};
+
+//
+// Controller name table
+//
+GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_UNICODE_STRING_TABLE  mEmmcDxeControllerNameTable[] = {
+  { "eng;en", L"Edkii Emmc Host Controller" },
+  { NULL,     NULL                          }
+};
+
+//
+// EFI Component Name Protocol
+//
+GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL  gEmmcDxeComponentName = {
+  EmmcDxeComponentNameGetDriverName,
+  EmmcDxeComponentNameGetControllerName,
+  "eng"
+};
+
+//
+// EFI Component Name 2 Protocol
+//
+GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL  gEmmcDxeComponentName2 = {
+  (EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_GET_DRIVER_NAME)EmmcDxeComponentNameGetDriverName,
+  (EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_GET_CONTROLLER_NAME)EmmcDxeComponentNameGetControllerName,
+  "en"
+};
+
+/**
+  Retrieves a Unicode string that is the user readable name of the driver.
+
+  This function retrieves the user readable name of a driver in the form of a
+  Unicode string. If the driver specified by This has a user readable name in
+  the language specified by Language, then a pointer to the driver name is
+  returned in DriverName, and EFI_SUCCESS is returned. If the driver specified
+  by This does not support the language specified by Language,
+  then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+
+  @param  This[in]              A pointer to the EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL or
+                                EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL instance.
+
+  @param  Language[in]          A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string
+                                array indicating the language. This is the
+                                language of the driver name that the caller is
+                                requesting, and it must match one of the
+                                languages specified in SupportedLanguages. The
+                                number of languages supported by a driver is up
+                                to the driver writer. Language is specified
+                                in RFC 4646 or ISO 639-2 language code format.
+
+  @param  DriverName[out]       A pointer to the Unicode string to return.
+                                This Unicode string is the name of the
+                                driver specified by This in the language
+                                specified by Language.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The Unicode string for the Driver specified by
+                                This and the language specified by Language was
+                                returned in DriverName.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DriverName is NULL.
+
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This does not support
+                                the language specified by Language.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcDxeComponentNameGetDriverName (
+  IN  EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  CHAR8                        *Language,
+  OUT CHAR16                       **DriverName
+  )
+{
+  return LookupUnicodeString2 (
+           Language,
+           This->SupportedLanguages,
+           mEmmcDxeDriverNameTable,
+           DriverName,
+           (BOOLEAN)(This == &gEmmcDxeComponentName)
+           );
+}
+
+/**
+  Retrieves a Unicode string that is the user readable name of the controller
+  that is being managed by a driver.
+
+  This function retrieves the user readable name of the controller specified by
+  ControllerHandle and ChildHandle in the form of a Unicode string. If the
+  driver specified by This has a user readable name in the language specified by
+  Language, then a pointer to the controller name is returned in ControllerName,
+  and EFI_SUCCESS is returned.  If the driver specified by This is not currently
+  managing the controller specified by ControllerHandle and ChildHandle,
+  then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.  If the driver specified by This does not
+  support the language specified by Language, then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+
+  @param  This[in]              A pointer to the EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL or
+                                EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL instance.
+
+  @param  ControllerHandle[in]  The handle of a controller that the driver
+                                specified by This is managing.  This handle
+                                specifies the controller whose name is to be
+                                returned.
+
+  @param  ChildHandle[in]       The handle of the child controller to retrieve
+                                the name of.  This is an optional parameter that
+                                may be NULL.  It will be NULL for device
+                                drivers.  It will also be NULL for a bus drivers
+                                that wish to retrieve the name of the bus
+                                controller.  It will not be NULL for a bus
+                                driver that wishes to retrieve the name of a
+                                child controller.
+
+  @param  Language[in]          A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string
+                                array indicating the language.  This is the
+                                language of the driver name that the caller is
+                                requesting, and it must match one of the
+                                languages specified in SupportedLanguages. The
+                                number of languages supported by a driver is up
+                                to the driver writer. Language is specified in
+                                RFC 4646 or ISO 639-2 language code format.
+
+  @param  ControllerName[out]   A pointer to the Unicode string to return.
+                                This Unicode string is the name of the
+                                controller specified by ControllerHandle and
+                                ChildHandle in the language specified by
+                                Language from the point of view of the driver
+                                specified by This.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The Unicode string for the user readable name in
+                                the language specified by Language for the
+                                driver specified by This was returned in
+                                DriverName.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerHandle is NULL.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ChildHandle is not NULL and it is not a valid
+                                EFI_HANDLE.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerName is NULL.
+
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This is not currently
+                                managing the controller specified by
+                                ControllerHandle and ChildHandle.
+
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This does not support
+                                the language specified by Language.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcDxeComponentNameGetControllerName (
+  IN  EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   ControllerHandle,
+  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   ChildHandle        OPTIONAL,
+  IN  CHAR8                        *Language,
+  OUT CHAR16                       **ControllerName
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                Status;
+  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL     *BlockIo;
+  EMMC_DEVICE               *Device;
+  EMMC_PARTITION            *Partition;
+  EFI_UNICODE_STRING_TABLE  *ControllerNameTable;
+
+  //
+  // Make sure this driver is currently managing ControllHandle
+  //
+  Status = EfiTestManagedDevice (
+             ControllerHandle,
+             gEmmcDxeDriverBinding.DriverBindingHandle,
+             &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid
+             );
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  ControllerNameTable = mEmmcDxeControllerNameTable;
+  if (ChildHandle != NULL) {
+    Status = EfiTestChildHandle (
+               ControllerHandle,
+               ChildHandle,
+               &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid
+               );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Get the child context
+    //
+    Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+                    ChildHandle,
+                    &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,
+                    (VOID **)&BlockIo,
+                    gEmmcDxeDriverBinding.DriverBindingHandle,
+                    ChildHandle,
+                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+    }
+
+    Partition           = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO (BlockIo);
+    Device              = Partition->Device;
+    ControllerNameTable = Device->ControllerNameTable;
+  }
+
+  return LookupUnicodeString2 (
+           Language,
+           This->SupportedLanguages,
+           ControllerNameTable,
+           ControllerName,
+           (BOOLEAN)(This == &gEmmcDxeComponentName)
+           );
+}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcBlockIo.c b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcBlockIo.c
index 61fa740be5..8f099b5aa1 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcBlockIo.c
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcBlockIo.c
@@ -1,2197 +1,2197 @@
-/** @file

-  The helper functions for BlockIo and BlockIo2 protocol.

-

-  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "EmmcDxe.h"

-

-/**

-  Nonblocking I/O callback function when the event is signaled.

-

-  @param[in]  Event     The Event this notify function registered to.

-  @param[in]  Context   Pointer to the context data registered to the

-                        Event.

-

-**/

-VOID

-EFIAPI

-AsyncIoCallback (

-  IN EFI_EVENT  Event,

-  IN VOID       *Context

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_REQUEST  *Request;

-  EFI_STATUS    Status;

-

-  Status = gBS->CloseEvent (Event);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return;

-  }

-

-  Request = (EMMC_REQUEST *)Context;

-

-  DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN ();

-  DEBUG ((

-    DEBUG_INFO,

-    "Emmc Async Request: CmdIndex[%d] Arg[%08x] %r\n",

-    Request->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex,

-    Request->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument,

-    Request->Packet.TransactionStatus

-    ));

-  DEBUG_CODE_END ();

-

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Request->Packet.TransactionStatus)) {

-    Request->Token->TransactionStatus = Request->Packet.TransactionStatus;

-  }

-

-  RemoveEntryList (&Request->Link);

-

-  if (Request->IsEnd) {

-    gBS->SignalEvent (Request->Token->Event);

-  }

-

-  FreePool (Request);

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SELECT to the device to select/deselect the device.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcSelect (

-  IN     EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,

-  IN     UINT16       Rca

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                           Status;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL        *PassThru;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK             SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK              SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-

-  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdMmcCmdBlk, sizeof (SdMmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdMmcStatusBlk, sizeof (SdMmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-  Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout        = EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SELECT_DESELECT_CARD;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &Packet, NULL);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_STATUS to the device to get device status.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.

-  @param[out] DevStatus         The buffer to store the device status.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcSendStatus (

-  IN     EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,

-  IN     UINT16       Rca,

-  OUT UINT32          *DevStatus

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                           Status;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL        *PassThru;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK             SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK              SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-

-  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdMmcCmdBlk, sizeof (SdMmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdMmcStatusBlk, sizeof (SdMmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-  Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout        = EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SEND_STATUS;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &Packet, NULL);

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    CopyMem (DevStatus, &SdMmcStatusBlk.Resp0, sizeof (UINT32));

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_CSD to the device to get the CSD register data.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.

-  @param[out] Csd               The buffer to store the EMMC_CSD register data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcGetCsd (

-  IN     EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,

-  IN     UINT16       Rca,

-  OUT EMMC_CSD        *Csd

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                           Status;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL        *PassThru;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK             SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK              SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-

-  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdMmcCmdBlk, sizeof (SdMmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdMmcStatusBlk, sizeof (SdMmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-  ZeroMem (Csd, sizeof (EMMC_CSD));

-

-  Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout        = EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SEND_CSD;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdMmcResponseTypeR2;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &Packet, NULL);

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    //

-    // For details, refer to SD Host Controller Simplified Spec 3.0 Table 2-12.

-    //

-    CopyMem (((UINT8 *)Csd) + 1, &SdMmcStatusBlk.Resp0, sizeof (EMMC_CSD) - 1);

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_CID to the device to get the CID register data.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.

-  @param[out] Cid               The buffer to store the EMMC_CID register data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcGetCid (

-  IN     EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,

-  IN     UINT16       Rca,

-  OUT EMMC_CID        *Cid

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                           Status;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL        *PassThru;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK             SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK              SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-

-  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdMmcCmdBlk, sizeof (SdMmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdMmcStatusBlk, sizeof (SdMmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-  ZeroMem (Cid, sizeof (EMMC_CID));

-

-  Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout        = EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SEND_CID;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdMmcResponseTypeR2;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &Packet, NULL);

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    //

-    // For details, refer to SD Host Controller Simplified Spec 3.0 Table 2-12.

-    //

-    CopyMem (((UINT8 *)Cid) + 1, &SdMmcStatusBlk.Resp0, sizeof (EMMC_CID) - 1);

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_EXT_CSD to the device to get the EXT_CSD register data.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[out] ExtCsd            The buffer to store the EXT_CSD register data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcGetExtCsd (

-  IN     EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,

-  OUT EMMC_EXT_CSD    *ExtCsd

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                           Status;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL        *PassThru;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK             SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK              SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-

-  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdMmcCmdBlk, sizeof (SdMmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdMmcStatusBlk, sizeof (SdMmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-  ZeroMem (ExtCsd, sizeof (EMMC_EXT_CSD));

-  Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout        = EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SEND_EXT_CSD;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdMmcCommandTypeAdtc;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = 0x00000000;

-  Packet.InDataBuffer         = ExtCsd;

-  Packet.InTransferLength     = sizeof (EMMC_EXT_CSD);

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &Packet, NULL);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Set the specified EXT_CSD register field through sync or async I/O request.

-

-  @param[in]  Partition         A pointer to the EMMC_PARTITION instance.

-  @param[in]  Offset            The offset of the specified field in EXT_CSD register.

-  @param[in]  Value             The byte value written to the field specified by Offset.

-  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.

-                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcSetExtCsd (

-  IN  EMMC_PARTITION       *Partition,

-  IN  UINT8                Offset,

-  IN  UINT8                Value,

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,

-  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  EMMC_DEVICE                    *Device;

-  EMMC_REQUEST                   *SetExtCsdReq;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-  UINT32                         CommandArgument;

-  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;

-

-  SetExtCsdReq = NULL;

-

-  Device   = Partition->Device;

-  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  SetExtCsdReq = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EMMC_REQUEST));

-  if (SetExtCsdReq == NULL) {

-    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  SetExtCsdReq->Signature = EMMC_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;

-  OldTpl                  = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-  InsertTailList (&Partition->Queue, &SetExtCsdReq->Link);

-  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-  SetExtCsdReq->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SetExtCsdReq->SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  SetExtCsdReq->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SetExtCsdReq->SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  SetExtCsdReq->Packet.Timeout        = EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SetExtCsdReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = EMMC_SWITCH;

-  SetExtCsdReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;

-  SetExtCsdReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1b;

-  //

-  // Write the Value to the field specified by Offset.

-  //

-  CommandArgument                           = (Value << 8) | (Offset << 16) | BIT24 | BIT25;

-  SetExtCsdReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = CommandArgument;

-

-  SetExtCsdReq->IsEnd = IsEnd;

-  SetExtCsdReq->Token = Token;

-

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (

-                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,

-                    TPL_NOTIFY,

-                    AsyncIoCallback,

-                    SetExtCsdReq,

-                    &SetExtCsdReq->Event

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Error;

-    }

-  } else {

-    SetExtCsdReq->Event = NULL;

-  }

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &SetExtCsdReq->Packet, SetExtCsdReq->Event);

-

-Error:

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    //

-    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.

-    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.

-    //

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (SetExtCsdReq != NULL)) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&SetExtCsdReq->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      if (SetExtCsdReq->Event != NULL) {

-        gBS->CloseEvent (SetExtCsdReq->Event);

-      }

-

-      FreePool (SetExtCsdReq);

-    }

-  } else {

-    //

-    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.

-    //

-    if (SetExtCsdReq != NULL) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&SetExtCsdReq->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      FreePool (SetExtCsdReq);

-    }

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Set the number of blocks for a block read/write cmd through sync or async I/O request.

-

-  @param[in]  Partition         A pointer to the EMMC_PARTITION instance.

-  @param[in]  BlockNum          The number of blocks for transfer.

-  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.

-                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcSetBlkCount (

-  IN  EMMC_PARTITION       *Partition,

-  IN  UINT16               BlockNum,

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,

-  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  EMMC_DEVICE                    *Device;

-  EMMC_REQUEST                   *SetBlkCntReq;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;

-

-  SetBlkCntReq = NULL;

-

-  Device   = Partition->Device;

-  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  SetBlkCntReq = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EMMC_REQUEST));

-  if (SetBlkCntReq == NULL) {

-    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  SetBlkCntReq->Signature = EMMC_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;

-  OldTpl                  = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-  InsertTailList (&Partition->Queue, &SetBlkCntReq->Link);

-  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-  SetBlkCntReq->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SetBlkCntReq->SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  SetBlkCntReq->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SetBlkCntReq->SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  SetBlkCntReq->Packet.Timeout        = EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SetBlkCntReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SET_BLOCK_COUNT;

-  SetBlkCntReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;

-  SetBlkCntReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;

-  SetBlkCntReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = BlockNum;

-

-  SetBlkCntReq->IsEnd = IsEnd;

-  SetBlkCntReq->Token = Token;

-

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (

-                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,

-                    TPL_NOTIFY,

-                    AsyncIoCallback,

-                    SetBlkCntReq,

-                    &SetBlkCntReq->Event

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Error;

-    }

-  } else {

-    SetBlkCntReq->Event = NULL;

-  }

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &SetBlkCntReq->Packet, SetBlkCntReq->Event);

-

-Error:

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    //

-    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.

-    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.

-    //

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (SetBlkCntReq != NULL)) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&SetBlkCntReq->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      if (SetBlkCntReq->Event != NULL) {

-        gBS->CloseEvent (SetBlkCntReq->Event);

-      }

-

-      FreePool (SetBlkCntReq);

-    }

-  } else {

-    //

-    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.

-    //

-    if (SetBlkCntReq != NULL) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&SetBlkCntReq->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      FreePool (SetBlkCntReq);

-    }

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Read blocks through security protocol cmds with the way of sync or async I/O request.

-

-  @param[in]  Partition                    A pointer to the EMMC_PARTITION instance.

-  @param[in]  SecurityProtocolId           The value of the "Security Protocol" parameter of

-                                           the security protocol command to be sent.

-  @param[in]  SecurityProtocolSpecificData The value of the "Security Protocol Specific" parameter

-                                           of the security protocol command to be sent.

-  @param[in]  PayloadBufferSize            Size in bytes of the payload data buffer.

-  @param[out] PayloadBuffer                A pointer to a destination buffer to store the security

-                                           protocol command specific payload data for the security

-                                           protocol command. The caller is responsible for having

-                                           either implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.

-  @param[in]  IsRead                       Indicates it is a read or write operation.

-  @param[in]  Timeout                      The timeout value, in 100ns units.

-  @param[in]  Token                        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-  @param[in]  IsEnd                        A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.

-                                           This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS                      The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES             The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                           The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcProtocolInOut (

-  IN     EMMC_PARTITION       *Partition,

-  IN     UINT8                SecurityProtocol,

-  IN     UINT16               SecurityProtocolSpecificData,

-  IN     UINTN                PayloadBufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                    *PayloadBuffer,

-  IN     BOOLEAN              IsRead,

-  IN     UINT64               Timeout,

-  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,

-  IN     BOOLEAN              IsEnd

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  EMMC_DEVICE                    *Device;

-  EMMC_REQUEST                   *ProtocolReq;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;

-

-  ProtocolReq = NULL;

-

-  Device   = Partition->Device;

-  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  ProtocolReq = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EMMC_REQUEST));

-  if (ProtocolReq == NULL) {

-    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  ProtocolReq->Signature = EMMC_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;

-  OldTpl                 = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-  InsertTailList (&Partition->Queue, &ProtocolReq->Link);

-  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-  ProtocolReq->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &ProtocolReq->SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  ProtocolReq->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &ProtocolReq->SdMmcStatusBlk;

-

-  if (IsRead) {

-    ProtocolReq->Packet.InDataBuffer     = PayloadBuffer;

-    ProtocolReq->Packet.InTransferLength = (UINT32)PayloadBufferSize;

-

-    ProtocolReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = EMMC_PROTOCOL_RD;

-    ProtocolReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAdtc;

-    ProtocolReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;

-  } else {

-    ProtocolReq->Packet.OutDataBuffer     = PayloadBuffer;

-    ProtocolReq->Packet.OutTransferLength = (UINT32)PayloadBufferSize;

-

-    ProtocolReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = EMMC_PROTOCOL_WR;

-    ProtocolReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAdtc;

-    ProtocolReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;

-  }

-

-  ProtocolReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (SecurityProtocol << 8) | (SecurityProtocolSpecificData << 16);

-  //

-  // Convert to 1 microsecond unit.

-  //

-  ProtocolReq->Packet.Timeout = DivU64x32 (Timeout, 10) + 1;

-

-  ProtocolReq->IsEnd = IsEnd;

-  ProtocolReq->Token = Token;

-

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (

-                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,

-                    TPL_NOTIFY,

-                    AsyncIoCallback,

-                    ProtocolReq,

-                    &ProtocolReq->Event

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Error;

-    }

-  } else {

-    ProtocolReq->Event = NULL;

-  }

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &ProtocolReq->Packet, ProtocolReq->Event);

-

-Error:

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    //

-    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.

-    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.

-    //

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (ProtocolReq != NULL)) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&ProtocolReq->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      if (ProtocolReq->Event != NULL) {

-        gBS->CloseEvent (ProtocolReq->Event);

-      }

-

-      FreePool (ProtocolReq);

-    }

-  } else {

-    //

-    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.

-    //

-    if (ProtocolReq != NULL) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&ProtocolReq->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      FreePool (ProtocolReq);

-    }

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Read/write multiple blocks through sync or async I/O request.

-

-  @param[in]  Partition         A pointer to the EMMC_PARTITION instance.

-  @param[in]  Lba               The starting logical block address to be read/written.

-                                The caller is responsible for reading/writing to only

-                                legitimate locations.

-  @param[in]  Buffer            A pointer to the destination/source buffer for the data.

-  @param[in]  BufferSize        Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param[in]  IsRead            Indicates it is a read or write operation.

-  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.

-                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcRwMultiBlocks (

-  IN  EMMC_PARTITION       *Partition,

-  IN  EFI_LBA              Lba,

-  IN  VOID                 *Buffer,

-  IN  UINTN                BufferSize,

-  IN  BOOLEAN              IsRead,

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,

-  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  EMMC_DEVICE                    *Device;

-  EMMC_REQUEST                   *RwMultiBlkReq;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;

-

-  RwMultiBlkReq = NULL;

-

-  Device   = Partition->Device;

-  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  RwMultiBlkReq = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EMMC_REQUEST));

-  if (RwMultiBlkReq == NULL) {

-    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  RwMultiBlkReq->Signature = EMMC_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;

-  OldTpl                   = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-  InsertTailList (&Partition->Queue, &RwMultiBlkReq->Link);

-  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-  RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  //

-  // Calculate timeout value through the below formula.

-  // Timeout = (transfer size) / (2MB/s).

-  // Taking 2MB/s as divisor is because it's nearest to the eMMC lowest

-  // transfer speed (2.4MB/s).

-  // Refer to eMMC 5.0 spec section 6.9.1 for details.

-  //

-  RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.Timeout = (BufferSize / (2 * 1024 * 1024) + 1) * 1000 * 1000;

-

-  if (IsRead) {

-    RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.InDataBuffer     = Buffer;

-    RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.InTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;

-

-    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = EMMC_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK;

-    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAdtc;

-    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;

-  } else {

-    RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.OutDataBuffer     = Buffer;

-    RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.OutTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;

-

-    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = EMMC_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK;

-    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAdtc;

-    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;

-  }

-

-  if (Partition->Device->SectorAddressing) {

-    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Lba;

-  } else {

-    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)MultU64x32 (Lba, Partition->BlockMedia.BlockSize);

-  }

-

-  RwMultiBlkReq->IsEnd = IsEnd;

-  RwMultiBlkReq->Token = Token;

-

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (

-                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,

-                    TPL_NOTIFY,

-                    AsyncIoCallback,

-                    RwMultiBlkReq,

-                    &RwMultiBlkReq->Event

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Error;

-    }

-  } else {

-    RwMultiBlkReq->Event = NULL;

-  }

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &RwMultiBlkReq->Packet, RwMultiBlkReq->Event);

-

-Error:

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    //

-    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.

-    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.

-    //

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (RwMultiBlkReq != NULL)) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&RwMultiBlkReq->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      if (RwMultiBlkReq->Event != NULL) {

-        gBS->CloseEvent (RwMultiBlkReq->Event);

-      }

-

-      FreePool (RwMultiBlkReq);

-    }

-  } else {

-    //

-    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.

-    //

-    if (RwMultiBlkReq != NULL) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&RwMultiBlkReq->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      FreePool (RwMultiBlkReq);

-    }

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  This function transfers data from/to EMMC device.

-

-  @param[in]       Partition    A pointer to the EMMC_PARTITION instance.

-  @param[in]       MediaId      The media ID that the read/write request is for.

-  @param[in]       Lba          The starting logical block address to be read/written.

-                                The caller is responsible for reading/writing to only

-                                legitimate locations.

-  @param[in, out]  Buffer       A pointer to the destination/source buffer for the data.

-  @param[in]       BufferSize   Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param[in]       IsRead       Indicates it is a read or write operation.

-  @param[in, out]  Token        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was read/written correctly to the device.

-  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED   The device can not be read/written to.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the read/write.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The read/write request contains LBAs that are not valid,

-                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcReadWrite (

-  IN     EMMC_PARTITION       *Partition,

-  IN     UINT32               MediaId,

-  IN     EFI_LBA              Lba,

-  IN OUT VOID                 *Buffer,

-  IN     UINTN                BufferSize,

-  IN     BOOLEAN              IsRead,

-  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS          Status;

-  EMMC_DEVICE         *Device;

-  EFI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA  *Media;

-  UINTN               BlockSize;

-  UINTN               BlockNum;

-  UINTN               IoAlign;

-  UINT8               PartitionConfig;

-  UINTN               Remaining;

-  UINT32              MaxBlock;

-  BOOLEAN             LastRw;

-

-  Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  Device = Partition->Device;

-  Media  = &Partition->BlockMedia;

-  LastRw = FALSE;

-

-  if (MediaId != Media->MediaId) {

-    return EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED;

-  }

-

-  if (!IsRead && Media->ReadOnly) {

-    return EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check parameters.

-  //

-  if (Buffer == NULL) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if (BufferSize == 0) {

-    if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-      Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;

-      gBS->SignalEvent (Token->Event);

-    }

-

-    return EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  BlockSize = Media->BlockSize;

-  if ((BufferSize % BlockSize) != 0) {

-    return EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE;

-  }

-

-  BlockNum = BufferSize / BlockSize;

-  if ((Lba + BlockNum - 1) > Media->LastBlock) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  IoAlign = Media->IoAlign;

-  if ((IoAlign > 0) && (((UINTN)Buffer & (IoAlign - 1)) != 0)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check if needs to switch partition access.

-  //

-  PartitionConfig = Device->ExtCsd.PartitionConfig;

-  if ((PartitionConfig & 0x7) != Partition->PartitionType) {

-    PartitionConfig &= (UINT8) ~0x7;

-    PartitionConfig |= Partition->PartitionType;

-    Status           = EmmcSetExtCsd (Partition, OFFSET_OF (EMMC_EXT_CSD, PartitionConfig), PartitionConfig, Token, FALSE);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    Device->ExtCsd.PartitionConfig = PartitionConfig;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Start to execute data transfer. The max block number in single cmd is 65535 blocks.

-  //

-  Remaining = BlockNum;

-  MaxBlock  = 0xFFFF;

-

-  while (Remaining > 0) {

-    if (Remaining <= MaxBlock) {

-      BlockNum = Remaining;

-      LastRw   = TRUE;

-    } else {

-      BlockNum = MaxBlock;

-    }

-

-    Status = EmmcSetBlkCount (Partition, (UINT16)BlockNum, Token, FALSE);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    BufferSize = BlockNum * BlockSize;

-    Status     = EmmcRwMultiBlocks (Partition, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, IsRead, Token, LastRw);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    DEBUG ((

-      DEBUG_BLKIO,

-      "Emmc%a(): Part %d Lba 0x%x BlkNo 0x%x Event %p with %r\n",

-      IsRead ? "Read " : "Write",

-      Partition->PartitionType,

-      Lba,

-      BlockNum,

-      (Token != NULL) ? Token->Event : NULL,

-      Status

-      ));

-

-    Lba       += BlockNum;

-    Buffer     = (UINT8 *)Buffer + BufferSize;

-    Remaining -= BlockNum;

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Reset the Block Device.

-

-  @param  This                 Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param  ExtendedVerification Driver may perform diagnostics on reset.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS          The device was reset.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR     The device is not functioning properly and could

-                               not be reset.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcReset (

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  BOOLEAN                ExtendedVerification

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  EMMC_PARTITION                 *Partition;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-

-  Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO (This);

-

-  PassThru = Partition->Device->Private->PassThru;

-  Status   = PassThru->ResetDevice (PassThru, Partition->Device->Slot);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Read BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.

-

-  @param  This       Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param  MediaId    Id of the media, changes every time the media is replaced.

-  @param  Lba        The starting Logical Block Address to read from

-  @param  BufferSize Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param  Buffer     A pointer to the destination buffer for the data. The caller is

-                     responsible for either having implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was read correctly from the device.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the read.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The read request contains LBAs that are not valid,

-                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcReadBlocks (

-  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN     UINT32                 MediaId,

-  IN     EFI_LBA                Lba,

-  IN     UINTN                  BufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                      *Buffer

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS      Status;

-  EMMC_PARTITION  *Partition;

-

-  Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO (This);

-

-  Status = EmmcReadWrite (Partition, MediaId, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, TRUE, NULL);

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Write BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.

-

-  @param  This       Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param  MediaId    The media ID that the write request is for.

-  @param  Lba        The starting logical block address to be written. The caller is

-                     responsible for writing to only legitimate locations.

-  @param  BufferSize Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param  Buffer     A pointer to the source buffer for the data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was written correctly to the device.

-  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED   The device can not be written to.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the write.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The write request contains LBAs that are not valid,

-                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcWriteBlocks (

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  UINT32                 MediaId,

-  IN  EFI_LBA                Lba,

-  IN  UINTN                  BufferSize,

-  IN  VOID                   *Buffer

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS      Status;

-  EMMC_PARTITION  *Partition;

-

-  Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO (This);

-

-  Status = EmmcReadWrite (Partition, MediaId, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, FALSE, NULL);

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Flush the Block Device.

-

-  @param  This              Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       All outstanding data was written to the device

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR  The device reported an error while writing back the data

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is no media in the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcFlushBlocks (

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This

-  )

-{

-  //

-  // return directly

-  //

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Reset the Block Device.

-

-  @param[in]  This                 Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in]  ExtendedVerification Driver may perform diagnostics on reset.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device was reset.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR         The device is not functioning properly and could

-                                   not be reset.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcResetEx (

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  BOOLEAN                 ExtendedVerification

-  )

-{

-  EMMC_PARTITION  *Partition;

-  LIST_ENTRY      *Link;

-  LIST_ENTRY      *NextLink;

-  EMMC_REQUEST    *Request;

-  EFI_TPL         OldTpl;

-

-  Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO2 (This);

-

-  OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-  for (Link = GetFirstNode (&Partition->Queue);

-       !IsNull (&Partition->Queue, Link);

-       Link = NextLink)

-  {

-    NextLink = GetNextNode (&Partition->Queue, Link);

-    RemoveEntryList (Link);

-

-    Request = EMMC_REQUEST_FROM_LINK (Link);

-

-    gBS->CloseEvent (Request->Event);

-    Request->Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_ABORTED;

-

-    if (Request->IsEnd) {

-      gBS->SignalEvent (Request->Token->Event);

-    }

-

-    FreePool (Request);

-  }

-

-  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Read BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.

-

-  @param[in]       This         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in]       MediaId      Id of the media, changes every time the media is replaced.

-  @param[in]       Lba          The starting Logical Block Address to read from.

-  @param[in, out]  Token        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-  @param[in]       BufferSize   Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param[out]      Buffer       A pointer to the destination buffer for the data. The caller is

-                                responsible for either having implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The read request was queued if Event is not NULL.

-                                The data was read correctly from the device if

-                                the Event is NULL.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing

-                                the read.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId is not for the current media.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of the

-                                intrinsic block size of the device.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The read request contains LBAs that are not valid,

-                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be completed due to a lack

-                                of resources.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcReadBlocksEx (

-  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN     UINT32                  MediaId,

-  IN     EFI_LBA                 Lba,

-  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token,

-  IN     UINTN                   BufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                       *Buffer

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS      Status;

-  EMMC_PARTITION  *Partition;

-

-  Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO2 (This);

-

-  Status = EmmcReadWrite (Partition, MediaId, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, TRUE, Token);

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Write BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.

-

-  @param[in]       This         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in]       MediaId      The media ID that the write request is for.

-  @param[in]       Lba          The starting logical block address to be written. The

-                                caller is responsible for writing to only legitimate

-                                locations.

-  @param[in, out]  Token        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-  @param[in]       BufferSize   Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param[in]       Buffer       A pointer to the source buffer for the data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was written correctly to the device.

-  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED   The device can not be written to.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the write.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The write request contains LBAs that are not valid,

-                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcWriteBlocksEx (

-  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN     UINT32                  MediaId,

-  IN     EFI_LBA                 Lba,

-  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token,

-  IN     UINTN                   BufferSize,

-  IN     VOID                    *Buffer

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS      Status;

-  EMMC_PARTITION  *Partition;

-

-  Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO2 (This);

-

-  Status = EmmcReadWrite (Partition, MediaId, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, FALSE, Token);

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Flush the Block Device.

-

-  @param[in]       This     Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in, out]  Token    A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       All outstanding data was written to the device

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR  The device reported an error while writing back the data

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is no media in the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcFlushBlocksEx (

-  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token

-  )

-{

-  //

-  // Signal event and return directly.

-  //

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;

-    gBS->SignalEvent (Token->Event);

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send a security protocol command to a device that receives data and/or the result

-  of one or more commands sent by SendData.

-

-  The ReceiveData function sends a security protocol command to the given MediaId.

-  The security protocol command sent is defined by SecurityProtocolId and contains

-  the security protocol specific data SecurityProtocolSpecificData. The function

-  returns the data from the security protocol command in PayloadBuffer.

-

-  For devices supporting the SCSI command set, the security protocol command is sent

-  using the SECURITY PROTOCOL IN command defined in SPC-4.

-

-  For devices supporting the ATA command set, the security protocol command is sent

-  using one of the TRUSTED RECEIVE commands defined in ATA8-ACS if PayloadBufferSize

-  is non-zero.

-

-  If the PayloadBufferSize is zero, the security protocol command is sent using the

-  Trusted Non-Data command defined in ATA8-ACS.

-

-  If PayloadBufferSize is too small to store the available data from the security

-  protocol command, the function shall copy PayloadBufferSize bytes into the

-  PayloadBuffer and return EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.

-

-  If PayloadBuffer or PayloadTransferSize is NULL and PayloadBufferSize is non-zero,

-  the function shall return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.

-

-  If the given MediaId does not support security protocol commands, the function shall

-  return EFI_UNSUPPORTED. If there is no media in the device, the function returns

-  EFI_NO_MEDIA. If the MediaId is not the ID for the current media in the device,

-  the function returns EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED.

-

-  If the security protocol fails to complete within the Timeout period, the function

-  shall return EFI_TIMEOUT.

-

-  If the security protocol command completes without an error, the function shall

-  return EFI_SUCCESS. If the security protocol command completes with an error, the

-  function shall return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR.

-

-  @param[in]  This                         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in]  MediaId                      ID of the medium to receive data from. If there is no

-                                           block IO protocol supported by the physical device, the

-                                           value of MediaId is undefined.

-  @param[in]  Timeout                      The timeout, in 100ns units, to use for the execution

-                                           of the security protocol command. A Timeout value of 0

-                                           means that this function will wait indefinitely for the

-                                           security protocol command to execute. If Timeout is greater

-                                           than zero, then this function will return EFI_TIMEOUT

-                                           if the time required to execute the receive data command

-                                           is greater than Timeout.

-  @param[in]  SecurityProtocolId           The value of the "Security Protocol" parameter of

-                                           the security protocol command to be sent.

-  @param[in]  SecurityProtocolSpecificData The value of the "Security Protocol Specific" parameter

-                                           of the security protocol command to be sent.

-  @param[in]  PayloadBufferSize            Size in bytes of the payload data buffer.

-  @param[out] PayloadBuffer                A pointer to a destination buffer to store the security

-                                           protocol command specific payload data for the security

-                                           protocol command. The caller is responsible for having

-                                           either implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.

-  @param[out] PayloadTransferSize          A pointer to a buffer to store the size in bytes of the

-                                           data written to the payload data buffer.

-  @param[in]  IsRead                       Indicates it is a read or write operation.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS                  The security protocol command completed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL    The PayloadBufferSize was too small to store the available

-                                       data from the device. The PayloadBuffer contains the truncated data.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED              The given MediaId does not support security protocol commands.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR             The security protocol command completed with an error.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA                 There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED            The MediaId is not for the current media.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER        The PayloadBuffer or PayloadTransferSize is NULL and

-                                       PayloadBufferSize is non-zero.

-  @retval EFI_TIMEOUT                  A timeout occurred while waiting for the security

-                                       protocol command to execute.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcSecurityProtocolInOut (

-  IN     EFI_STORAGE_SECURITY_COMMAND_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN     UINT32                                 MediaId,

-  IN     UINT64                                 Timeout,

-  IN     UINT8                                  SecurityProtocolId,

-  IN     UINT16                                 SecurityProtocolSpecificData,

-  IN     UINTN                                  PayloadBufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                                      *PayloadBuffer,

-  OUT UINTN                                     *PayloadTransferSize,

-  IN     BOOLEAN                                IsRead

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS          Status;

-  EMMC_PARTITION      *Partition;

-  EMMC_DEVICE         *Device;

-  EFI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA  *Media;

-  UINTN               BlockSize;

-  UINTN               BlockNum;

-  UINTN               IoAlign;

-  UINTN               Remaining;

-  UINT32              MaxBlock;

-  UINT8               PartitionConfig;

-

-  Status    = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_SSP (This);

-  Device    = Partition->Device;

-  Media     = &Partition->BlockMedia;

-

-  if (PayloadTransferSize != NULL) {

-    *PayloadTransferSize = 0;

-  }

-

-  if ((PayloadBuffer == NULL) && (PayloadBufferSize != 0)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if (MediaId != Media->MediaId) {

-    return EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED;

-  }

-

-  if (PayloadBufferSize == 0) {

-    return EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  BlockSize = Media->BlockSize;

-  if ((PayloadBufferSize % BlockSize) != 0) {

-    return EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE;

-  }

-

-  BlockNum = PayloadBufferSize / BlockSize;

-

-  IoAlign = Media->IoAlign;

-  if ((IoAlign > 0) && (((UINTN)PayloadBuffer & (IoAlign - 1)) != 0)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Security protocol interface is synchronous transfer.

-  // Waiting for async I/O list to be empty before any operation.

-  //

-  while (!IsListEmpty (&Partition->Queue)) {

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check if needs to switch partition access.

-  //

-  PartitionConfig = Device->ExtCsd.PartitionConfig;

-  if ((PartitionConfig & 0x7) != Partition->PartitionType) {

-    PartitionConfig &= (UINT8) ~0x7;

-    PartitionConfig |= Partition->PartitionType;

-    Status           = EmmcSetExtCsd (Partition, OFFSET_OF (EMMC_EXT_CSD, PartitionConfig), PartitionConfig, NULL, FALSE);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    Device->ExtCsd.PartitionConfig = PartitionConfig;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Start to execute data transfer. The max block number in single cmd is 65535 blocks.

-  //

-  Remaining = BlockNum;

-  MaxBlock  = 0xFFFF;

-

-  while (Remaining > 0) {

-    if (Remaining <= MaxBlock) {

-      BlockNum = Remaining;

-    } else {

-      BlockNum = MaxBlock;

-    }

-

-    Status = EmmcSetBlkCount (Partition, (UINT16)BlockNum, NULL, FALSE);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    PayloadBufferSize = BlockNum * BlockSize;

-    Status            = EmmcProtocolInOut (Partition, SecurityProtocolId, SecurityProtocolSpecificData, PayloadBufferSize, PayloadBuffer, IsRead, Timeout, NULL, FALSE);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    PayloadBuffer = (UINT8 *)PayloadBuffer + PayloadBufferSize;

-    Remaining    -= BlockNum;

-    if (PayloadTransferSize != NULL) {

-      *PayloadTransferSize += PayloadBufferSize;

-    }

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send a security protocol command to a device that receives data and/or the result

-  of one or more commands sent by SendData.

-

-  The ReceiveData function sends a security protocol command to the given MediaId.

-  The security protocol command sent is defined by SecurityProtocolId and contains

-  the security protocol specific data SecurityProtocolSpecificData. The function

-  returns the data from the security protocol command in PayloadBuffer.

-

-  For devices supporting the SCSI command set, the security protocol command is sent

-  using the SECURITY PROTOCOL IN command defined in SPC-4.

-

-  For devices supporting the ATA command set, the security protocol command is sent

-  using one of the TRUSTED RECEIVE commands defined in ATA8-ACS if PayloadBufferSize

-  is non-zero.

-

-  If the PayloadBufferSize is zero, the security protocol command is sent using the

-  Trusted Non-Data command defined in ATA8-ACS.

-

-  If PayloadBufferSize is too small to store the available data from the security

-  protocol command, the function shall copy PayloadBufferSize bytes into the

-  PayloadBuffer and return EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.

-

-  If PayloadBuffer or PayloadTransferSize is NULL and PayloadBufferSize is non-zero,

-  the function shall return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.

-

-  If the given MediaId does not support security protocol commands, the function shall

-  return EFI_UNSUPPORTED. If there is no media in the device, the function returns

-  EFI_NO_MEDIA. If the MediaId is not the ID for the current media in the device,

-  the function returns EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED.

-

-  If the security protocol fails to complete within the Timeout period, the function

-  shall return EFI_TIMEOUT.

-

-  If the security protocol command completes without an error, the function shall

-  return EFI_SUCCESS. If the security protocol command completes with an error, the

-  function shall return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR.

-

-  @param  This                         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param  MediaId                      ID of the medium to receive data from. If there is no

-                                       block IO protocol supported by the physical device, the

-                                       value of MediaId is undefined.

-  @param  Timeout                      The timeout, in 100ns units, to use for the execution

-                                       of the security protocol command. A Timeout value of 0

-                                       means that this function will wait indefinitely for the

-                                       security protocol command to execute. If Timeout is greater

-                                       than zero, then this function will return EFI_TIMEOUT

-                                       if the time required to execute the receive data command

-                                       is greater than Timeout.

-  @param  SecurityProtocolId           The value of the "Security Protocol" parameter of

-                                       the security protocol command to be sent.

-  @param  SecurityProtocolSpecificData The value of the "Security Protocol Specific" parameter

-                                       of the security protocol command to be sent.

-  @param  PayloadBufferSize            Size in bytes of the payload data buffer.

-  @param  PayloadBuffer                A pointer to a destination buffer to store the security

-                                       protocol command specific payload data for the security

-                                       protocol command. The caller is responsible for having

-                                       either implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.

-  @param  PayloadTransferSize          A pointer to a buffer to store the size in bytes of the

-                                       data written to the payload data buffer.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS                  The security protocol command completed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL    The PayloadBufferSize was too small to store the available

-                                       data from the device. The PayloadBuffer contains the truncated data.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED              The given MediaId does not support security protocol commands.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR             The security protocol command completed with an error.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA                 There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED            The MediaId is not for the current media.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER        The PayloadBuffer or PayloadTransferSize is NULL and

-                                       PayloadBufferSize is non-zero.

-  @retval EFI_TIMEOUT                  A timeout occurred while waiting for the security

-                                       protocol command to execute.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcSecurityProtocolIn (

-  IN EFI_STORAGE_SECURITY_COMMAND_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN UINT32                                 MediaId,

-  IN UINT64                                 Timeout,

-  IN UINT8                                  SecurityProtocolId,

-  IN UINT16                                 SecurityProtocolSpecificData,

-  IN UINTN                                  PayloadBufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                                  *PayloadBuffer,

-  OUT UINTN                                 *PayloadTransferSize

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-

-  if ((PayloadTransferSize == NULL) && (PayloadBufferSize != 0)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcSecurityProtocolInOut (

-             This,

-             MediaId,

-             Timeout,

-             SecurityProtocolId,

-             SecurityProtocolSpecificData,

-             PayloadBufferSize,

-             PayloadBuffer,

-             PayloadTransferSize,

-             TRUE

-             );

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send a security protocol command to a device.

-

-  The SendData function sends a security protocol command containing the payload

-  PayloadBuffer to the given MediaId. The security protocol command sent is

-  defined by SecurityProtocolId and contains the security protocol specific data

-  SecurityProtocolSpecificData. If the underlying protocol command requires a

-  specific padding for the command payload, the SendData function shall add padding

-  bytes to the command payload to satisfy the padding requirements.

-

-  For devices supporting the SCSI command set, the security protocol command is sent

-  using the SECURITY PROTOCOL OUT command defined in SPC-4.

-

-  For devices supporting the ATA command set, the security protocol command is sent

-  using one of the TRUSTED SEND commands defined in ATA8-ACS if PayloadBufferSize

-  is non-zero. If the PayloadBufferSize is zero, the security protocol command is

-  sent using the Trusted Non-Data command defined in ATA8-ACS.

-

-  If PayloadBuffer is NULL and PayloadBufferSize is non-zero, the function shall

-  return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.

-

-  If the given MediaId does not support security protocol commands, the function

-  shall return EFI_UNSUPPORTED. If there is no media in the device, the function

-  returns EFI_NO_MEDIA. If the MediaId is not the ID for the current media in the

-  device, the function returns EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED.

-

-  If the security protocol fails to complete within the Timeout period, the function

-  shall return EFI_TIMEOUT.

-

-  If the security protocol command completes without an error, the function shall return

-  EFI_SUCCESS. If the security protocol command completes with an error, the function

-  shall return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR.

-

-  @param  This                         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param  MediaId                      ID of the medium to receive data from. If there is no

-                                       block IO protocol supported by the physical device, the

-                                       value of MediaId is undefined.

-  @param  Timeout                      The timeout, in 100ns units, to use for the execution

-                                       of the security protocol command. A Timeout value of 0

-                                       means that this function will wait indefinitely for the

-                                       security protocol command to execute. If Timeout is greater

-                                       than zero, then this function will return EFI_TIMEOUT

-                                       if the time required to execute the receive data command

-                                       is greater than Timeout.

-  @param  SecurityProtocolId           The value of the "Security Protocol" parameter of

-                                       the security protocol command to be sent.

-  @param  SecurityProtocolSpecificData The value of the "Security Protocol Specific" parameter

-                                       of the security protocol command to be sent.

-  @param  PayloadBufferSize            Size in bytes of the payload data buffer.

-  @param  PayloadBuffer                A pointer to a destination buffer to store the security

-                                       protocol command specific payload data for the security

-                                       protocol command.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS                  The security protocol command completed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED              The given MediaId does not support security protocol commands.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR             The security protocol command completed with an error.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA                 There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED            The MediaId is not for the current media.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER        The PayloadBuffer is NULL and PayloadBufferSize is non-zero.

-  @retval EFI_TIMEOUT                  A timeout occurred while waiting for the security

-                                       protocol command to execute.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcSecurityProtocolOut (

-  IN EFI_STORAGE_SECURITY_COMMAND_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN UINT32                                 MediaId,

-  IN UINT64                                 Timeout,

-  IN UINT8                                  SecurityProtocolId,

-  IN UINT16                                 SecurityProtocolSpecificData,

-  IN UINTN                                  PayloadBufferSize,

-  IN VOID                                   *PayloadBuffer

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-

-  Status = EmmcSecurityProtocolInOut (

-             This,

-             MediaId,

-             Timeout,

-             SecurityProtocolId,

-             SecurityProtocolSpecificData,

-             PayloadBufferSize,

-             PayloadBuffer,

-             NULL,

-             FALSE

-             );

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Set the erase start address through sync or async I/O request.

-

-  @param[in]  Partition         A pointer to the EMMC_PARTITION instance.

-  @param[in]  StartLba          The starting logical block address to be erased.

-  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.

-                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcEraseBlockStart (

-  IN  EMMC_PARTITION       *Partition,

-  IN  EFI_LBA              StartLba,

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,

-  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-  EMMC_DEVICE                    *Device;

-  EMMC_REQUEST                   *EraseBlockStart;

-  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;

-

-  EraseBlockStart = NULL;

-

-  Device   = Partition->Device;

-  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  EraseBlockStart = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EMMC_REQUEST));

-  if (EraseBlockStart == NULL) {

-    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  EraseBlockStart->Signature = EMMC_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;

-  OldTpl                     = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-  InsertTailList (&Partition->Queue, &EraseBlockStart->Link);

-  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-  EraseBlockStart->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  EraseBlockStart->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &EraseBlockStart->SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  EraseBlockStart->Packet.Timeout        = EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = EMMC_ERASE_GROUP_START;

-  EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;

-  EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;

-

-  if (Device->SectorAddressing) {

-    EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)StartLba;

-  } else {

-    EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)MultU64x32 (StartLba, Partition->BlockMedia.BlockSize);

-  }

-

-  EraseBlockStart->IsEnd = IsEnd;

-  EraseBlockStart->Token = Token;

-

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (

-                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,

-                    TPL_NOTIFY,

-                    AsyncIoCallback,

-                    EraseBlockStart,

-                    &EraseBlockStart->Event

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Error;

-    }

-  } else {

-    EraseBlockStart->Event = NULL;

-  }

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &EraseBlockStart->Packet, EraseBlockStart->Event);

-

-Error:

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    //

-    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.

-    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.

-    //

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (EraseBlockStart != NULL)) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlockStart->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      if (EraseBlockStart->Event != NULL) {

-        gBS->CloseEvent (EraseBlockStart->Event);

-      }

-

-      FreePool (EraseBlockStart);

-    }

-  } else {

-    //

-    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.

-    //

-    if (EraseBlockStart != NULL) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlockStart->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      FreePool (EraseBlockStart);

-    }

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Set the erase end address through sync or async I/O request.

-

-  @param[in]  Partition         A pointer to the EMMC_PARTITION instance.

-  @param[in]  EndLba            The ending logical block address to be erased.

-  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.

-                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcEraseBlockEnd (

-  IN  EMMC_PARTITION       *Partition,

-  IN  EFI_LBA              EndLba,

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,

-  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-  EMMC_DEVICE                    *Device;

-  EMMC_REQUEST                   *EraseBlockEnd;

-  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;

-

-  EraseBlockEnd = NULL;

-

-  Device   = Partition->Device;

-  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  EraseBlockEnd = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EMMC_REQUEST));

-  if (EraseBlockEnd == NULL) {

-    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  EraseBlockEnd->Signature = EMMC_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;

-  OldTpl                   = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-  InsertTailList (&Partition->Queue, &EraseBlockEnd->Link);

-  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-  EraseBlockEnd->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  EraseBlockEnd->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  EraseBlockEnd->Packet.Timeout        = EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = EMMC_ERASE_GROUP_END;

-  EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;

-  EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;

-

-  if (Device->SectorAddressing) {

-    EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)EndLba;

-  } else {

-    EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)MultU64x32 (EndLba, Partition->BlockMedia.BlockSize);

-  }

-

-  EraseBlockEnd->IsEnd = IsEnd;

-  EraseBlockEnd->Token = Token;

-

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (

-                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,

-                    TPL_NOTIFY,

-                    AsyncIoCallback,

-                    EraseBlockEnd,

-                    &EraseBlockEnd->Event

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Error;

-    }

-  } else {

-    EraseBlockEnd->Event = NULL;

-  }

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &EraseBlockEnd->Packet, EraseBlockEnd->Event);

-

-Error:

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    //

-    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.

-    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.

-    //

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (EraseBlockEnd != NULL)) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlockEnd->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      if (EraseBlockEnd->Event != NULL) {

-        gBS->CloseEvent (EraseBlockEnd->Event);

-      }

-

-      FreePool (EraseBlockEnd);

-    }

-  } else {

-    //

-    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.

-    //

-    if (EraseBlockEnd != NULL) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlockEnd->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      FreePool (EraseBlockEnd);

-    }

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Erase specified blocks through sync or async I/O request.

-

-  @param[in]  Partition         A pointer to the EMMC_PARTITION instance.

-  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.

-                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcEraseBlock (

-  IN  EMMC_PARTITION       *Partition,

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,

-  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-  EMMC_DEVICE                    *Device;

-  EMMC_REQUEST                   *EraseBlock;

-  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;

-

-  EraseBlock = NULL;

-

-  Device   = Partition->Device;

-  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  EraseBlock = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EMMC_REQUEST));

-  if (EraseBlock == NULL) {

-    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  EraseBlock->Signature = EMMC_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;

-  OldTpl                = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-  InsertTailList (&Partition->Queue, &EraseBlock->Link);

-  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-  EraseBlock->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &EraseBlock->SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  EraseBlock->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &EraseBlock->SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  EraseBlock->Packet.Timeout        = EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  EraseBlock->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = EMMC_ERASE;

-  EraseBlock->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;

-  EraseBlock->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1b;

-  if ((Device->ExtCsd.SecFeatureSupport & BIT4) != 0) {

-    //

-    // Perform a Trim operation which applies the erase operation to write blocks

-    // instead of erase groups. (Spec JESD84-B51, eMMC Electrical Standard 5.1,

-    // Section 6.6.10 and 6.10.4)

-    //

-    EraseBlock->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = 1;

-  }

-

-  EraseBlock->IsEnd = IsEnd;

-  EraseBlock->Token = Token;

-

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (

-                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,

-                    TPL_NOTIFY,

-                    AsyncIoCallback,

-                    EraseBlock,

-                    &EraseBlock->Event

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Error;

-    }

-  } else {

-    EraseBlock->Event = NULL;

-  }

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &EraseBlock->Packet, EraseBlock->Event);

-

-Error:

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    //

-    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.

-    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.

-    //

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (EraseBlock != NULL)) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlock->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      if (EraseBlock->Event != NULL) {

-        gBS->CloseEvent (EraseBlock->Event);

-      }

-

-      FreePool (EraseBlock);

-    }

-  } else {

-    //

-    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.

-    //

-    if (EraseBlock != NULL) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlock->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      FreePool (EraseBlock);

-    }

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Write zeros to specified blocks.

-

-  @param[in]  Partition         A pointer to the EMMC_PARTITION instance.

-  @param[in]  StartLba          The starting logical block address to write zeros.

-  @param[in]  Size              The size in bytes to fill with zeros. This must be a multiple of

-                                the physical block size of the device.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcWriteZeros (

-  IN  EMMC_PARTITION  *Partition,

-  IN  EFI_LBA         StartLba,

-  IN  UINTN           Size

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT8       *Buffer;

-  UINT32      MediaId;

-

-  Buffer = AllocateZeroPool (Size);

-  if (Buffer == NULL) {

-    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-  }

-

-  MediaId = Partition->BlockMedia.MediaId;

-

-  Status = EmmcReadWrite (Partition, MediaId, StartLba, Buffer, Size, FALSE, NULL);

-  FreePool (Buffer);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Erase a specified number of device blocks.

-

-  @param[in]       This           Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in]       MediaId        The media ID that the erase request is for.

-  @param[in]       Lba            The starting logical block address to be

-                                  erased. The caller is responsible for erasing

-                                  only legitimate locations.

-  @param[in, out]  Token          A pointer to the token associated with the

-                                  transaction.

-  @param[in]       Size           The size in bytes to be erased. This must be

-                                  a multiple of the physical block size of the

-                                  device.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The erase request was queued if Event is not

-                                  NULL. The data was erased correctly to the

-                                  device if the Event is NULL.to the device.

-  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED     The device cannot be erased due to write

-                                  protection.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting

-                                  to perform the erase operation.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The erase request contains LBAs that are not

-                                  valid.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED       The MediaId is not for the current media.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcEraseBlocks (

-  IN     EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN     UINT32                    MediaId,

-  IN     EFI_LBA                   Lba,

-  IN OUT EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_TOKEN     *Token,

-  IN     UINTN                     Size

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS          Status;

-  EFI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA  *Media;

-  UINTN               BlockSize;

-  UINTN               BlockNum;

-  EFI_LBA             FirstLba;

-  EFI_LBA             LastLba;

-  EFI_LBA             StartGroupLba;

-  EFI_LBA             EndGroupLba;

-  UINT32              EraseGroupSize;

-  UINT32              Remainder;

-  UINTN               WriteZeroSize;

-  UINT8               PartitionConfig;

-  EMMC_PARTITION      *Partition;

-  EMMC_DEVICE         *Device;

-

-  Status    = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_ERASEBLK (This);

-  Device    = Partition->Device;

-  Media     = &Partition->BlockMedia;

-

-  if (MediaId != Media->MediaId) {

-    return EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED;

-  }

-

-  if (Media->ReadOnly) {

-    return EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check parameters.

-  //

-  BlockSize = Media->BlockSize;

-  if ((Size % BlockSize) != 0) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  BlockNum = Size / BlockSize;

-  if ((Lba + BlockNum - 1) > Media->LastBlock) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  FirstLba = Lba;

-  LastLba  = Lba + BlockNum - 1;

-

-  //

-  // Check if needs to switch partition access.

-  //

-  PartitionConfig = Device->ExtCsd.PartitionConfig;

-  if ((PartitionConfig & 0x7) != Partition->PartitionType) {

-    PartitionConfig &= (UINT8) ~0x7;

-    PartitionConfig |= Partition->PartitionType;

-    Status           = EmmcSetExtCsd (Partition, OFFSET_OF (EMMC_EXT_CSD, PartitionConfig), PartitionConfig, (EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN *)Token, FALSE);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    Device->ExtCsd.PartitionConfig = PartitionConfig;

-  }

-

-  if ((Device->ExtCsd.SecFeatureSupport & BIT4) == 0) {

-    //

-    // If the Trim operation is not supported by the device, handle the erase

-    // of blocks that do not form a complete erase group separately.

-    //

-    EraseGroupSize = This->EraseLengthGranularity;

-

-    DivU64x32Remainder (FirstLba, EraseGroupSize, &Remainder);

-    StartGroupLba = (Remainder == 0) ? FirstLba : (FirstLba + EraseGroupSize - Remainder);

-

-    DivU64x32Remainder (LastLba + 1, EraseGroupSize, &Remainder);

-    EndGroupLba = LastLba + 1 - Remainder;

-

-    //

-    // If the size to erase is smaller than the erase group size, the whole

-    // erase operation is performed by writing zeros.

-    //

-    if (BlockNum < EraseGroupSize) {

-      Status = EmmcWriteZeros (Partition, FirstLba, Size);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        return Status;

-      }

-

-      DEBUG ((

-        DEBUG_INFO,

-        "EmmcEraseBlocks(): Lba 0x%x BlkNo 0x%x Event %p with %r\n",

-        Lba,

-        BlockNum,

-        (Token != NULL) ? Token->Event : NULL,

-        Status

-        ));

-

-      if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-        Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;

-        gBS->SignalEvent (Token->Event);

-      }

-

-      return EFI_SUCCESS;

-    }

-

-    //

-    // If the starting LBA to erase is not aligned with the start of an erase

-    // group, write zeros to erase the data from starting LBA to the end of the

-    // current erase group.

-    //

-    if (StartGroupLba > FirstLba) {

-      WriteZeroSize = (UINTN)(StartGroupLba - FirstLba) * BlockSize;

-      Status        = EmmcWriteZeros (Partition, FirstLba, WriteZeroSize);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        return Status;

-      }

-    }

-

-    //

-    // If the ending LBA to erase is not aligned with the end of an erase

-    // group, write zeros to erase the data from the start of the erase group

-    // to the ending LBA.

-    //

-    if (EndGroupLba <= LastLba) {

-      WriteZeroSize = (UINTN)(LastLba + 1 - EndGroupLba) * BlockSize;

-      Status        = EmmcWriteZeros (Partition, EndGroupLba, WriteZeroSize);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        return Status;

-      }

-    }

-

-    //

-    // Check whether there is erase group to erase.

-    //

-    if (EndGroupLba <= StartGroupLba) {

-      DEBUG ((

-        DEBUG_INFO,

-        "EmmcEraseBlocks(): Lba 0x%x BlkNo 0x%x Event %p with %r\n",

-        Lba,

-        BlockNum,

-        (Token != NULL) ? Token->Event : NULL,

-        Status

-        ));

-

-      if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-        Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;

-        gBS->SignalEvent (Token->Event);

-      }

-

-      return EFI_SUCCESS;

-    }

-

-    FirstLba = StartGroupLba;

-    LastLba  = EndGroupLba - 1;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcEraseBlockStart (Partition, FirstLba, (EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN *)Token, FALSE);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcEraseBlockEnd (Partition, LastLba, (EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN *)Token, FALSE);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcEraseBlock (Partition, (EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN *)Token, TRUE);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  DEBUG ((

-    DEBUG_INFO,

-    "EmmcEraseBlocks(): Lba 0x%x BlkNo 0x%x Event %p with %r\n",

-    Lba,

-    BlockNum,

-    (Token != NULL) ? Token->Event : NULL,

-    Status

-    ));

-

-  return Status;

-}

+/** @file
+  The helper functions for BlockIo and BlockIo2 protocol.
+
+  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#include "EmmcDxe.h"
+
+/**
+  Nonblocking I/O callback function when the event is signaled.
+
+  @param[in]  Event     The Event this notify function registered to.
+  @param[in]  Context   Pointer to the context data registered to the
+                        Event.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+AsyncIoCallback (
+  IN EFI_EVENT  Event,
+  IN VOID       *Context
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_REQUEST  *Request;
+  EFI_STATUS    Status;
+
+  Status = gBS->CloseEvent (Event);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return;
+  }
+
+  Request = (EMMC_REQUEST *)Context;
+
+  DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN ();
+  DEBUG ((
+    DEBUG_INFO,
+    "Emmc Async Request: CmdIndex[%d] Arg[%08x] %r\n",
+    Request->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex,
+    Request->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument,
+    Request->Packet.TransactionStatus
+    ));
+  DEBUG_CODE_END ();
+
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Request->Packet.TransactionStatus)) {
+    Request->Token->TransactionStatus = Request->Packet.TransactionStatus;
+  }
+
+  RemoveEntryList (&Request->Link);
+
+  if (Request->IsEnd) {
+    gBS->SignalEvent (Request->Token->Event);
+  }
+
+  FreePool (Request);
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SELECT to the device to select/deselect the device.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcSelect (
+  IN     EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,
+  IN     UINT16       Rca
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                           Status;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL        *PassThru;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK             SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK              SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+
+  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdMmcCmdBlk, sizeof (SdMmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdMmcStatusBlk, sizeof (SdMmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+  Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout        = EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SELECT_DESELECT_CARD;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &Packet, NULL);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_STATUS to the device to get device status.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.
+  @param[out] DevStatus         The buffer to store the device status.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcSendStatus (
+  IN     EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,
+  IN     UINT16       Rca,
+  OUT UINT32          *DevStatus
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                           Status;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL        *PassThru;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK             SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK              SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+
+  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdMmcCmdBlk, sizeof (SdMmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdMmcStatusBlk, sizeof (SdMmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+  Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout        = EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SEND_STATUS;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &Packet, NULL);
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    CopyMem (DevStatus, &SdMmcStatusBlk.Resp0, sizeof (UINT32));
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_CSD to the device to get the CSD register data.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.
+  @param[out] Csd               The buffer to store the EMMC_CSD register data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcGetCsd (
+  IN     EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,
+  IN     UINT16       Rca,
+  OUT EMMC_CSD        *Csd
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                           Status;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL        *PassThru;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK             SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK              SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+
+  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdMmcCmdBlk, sizeof (SdMmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdMmcStatusBlk, sizeof (SdMmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+  ZeroMem (Csd, sizeof (EMMC_CSD));
+
+  Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout        = EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SEND_CSD;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdMmcResponseTypeR2;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &Packet, NULL);
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    //
+    // For details, refer to SD Host Controller Simplified Spec 3.0 Table 2-12.
+    //
+    CopyMem (((UINT8 *)Csd) + 1, &SdMmcStatusBlk.Resp0, sizeof (EMMC_CSD) - 1);
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_CID to the device to get the CID register data.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.
+  @param[out] Cid               The buffer to store the EMMC_CID register data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcGetCid (
+  IN     EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,
+  IN     UINT16       Rca,
+  OUT EMMC_CID        *Cid
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                           Status;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL        *PassThru;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK             SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK              SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+
+  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdMmcCmdBlk, sizeof (SdMmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdMmcStatusBlk, sizeof (SdMmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+  ZeroMem (Cid, sizeof (EMMC_CID));
+
+  Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout        = EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SEND_CID;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdMmcResponseTypeR2;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &Packet, NULL);
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    //
+    // For details, refer to SD Host Controller Simplified Spec 3.0 Table 2-12.
+    //
+    CopyMem (((UINT8 *)Cid) + 1, &SdMmcStatusBlk.Resp0, sizeof (EMMC_CID) - 1);
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_EXT_CSD to the device to get the EXT_CSD register data.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[out] ExtCsd            The buffer to store the EXT_CSD register data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcGetExtCsd (
+  IN     EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,
+  OUT EMMC_EXT_CSD    *ExtCsd
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                           Status;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL        *PassThru;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK             SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK              SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+
+  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdMmcCmdBlk, sizeof (SdMmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdMmcStatusBlk, sizeof (SdMmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+  ZeroMem (ExtCsd, sizeof (EMMC_EXT_CSD));
+  Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout        = EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SEND_EXT_CSD;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdMmcCommandTypeAdtc;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = 0x00000000;
+  Packet.InDataBuffer         = ExtCsd;
+  Packet.InTransferLength     = sizeof (EMMC_EXT_CSD);
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &Packet, NULL);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Set the specified EXT_CSD register field through sync or async I/O request.
+
+  @param[in]  Partition         A pointer to the EMMC_PARTITION instance.
+  @param[in]  Offset            The offset of the specified field in EXT_CSD register.
+  @param[in]  Value             The byte value written to the field specified by Offset.
+  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.
+                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcSetExtCsd (
+  IN  EMMC_PARTITION       *Partition,
+  IN  UINT8                Offset,
+  IN  UINT8                Value,
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,
+  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  EMMC_DEVICE                    *Device;
+  EMMC_REQUEST                   *SetExtCsdReq;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+  UINT32                         CommandArgument;
+  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;
+
+  SetExtCsdReq = NULL;
+
+  Device   = Partition->Device;
+  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  SetExtCsdReq = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EMMC_REQUEST));
+  if (SetExtCsdReq == NULL) {
+    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  SetExtCsdReq->Signature = EMMC_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;
+  OldTpl                  = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+  InsertTailList (&Partition->Queue, &SetExtCsdReq->Link);
+  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+  SetExtCsdReq->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SetExtCsdReq->SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  SetExtCsdReq->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SetExtCsdReq->SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  SetExtCsdReq->Packet.Timeout        = EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SetExtCsdReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = EMMC_SWITCH;
+  SetExtCsdReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;
+  SetExtCsdReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1b;
+  //
+  // Write the Value to the field specified by Offset.
+  //
+  CommandArgument                           = (Value << 8) | (Offset << 16) | BIT24 | BIT25;
+  SetExtCsdReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = CommandArgument;
+
+  SetExtCsdReq->IsEnd = IsEnd;
+  SetExtCsdReq->Token = Token;
+
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (
+                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
+                    TPL_NOTIFY,
+                    AsyncIoCallback,
+                    SetExtCsdReq,
+                    &SetExtCsdReq->Event
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Error;
+    }
+  } else {
+    SetExtCsdReq->Event = NULL;
+  }
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &SetExtCsdReq->Packet, SetExtCsdReq->Event);
+
+Error:
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    //
+    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.
+    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.
+    //
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (SetExtCsdReq != NULL)) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&SetExtCsdReq->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      if (SetExtCsdReq->Event != NULL) {
+        gBS->CloseEvent (SetExtCsdReq->Event);
+      }
+
+      FreePool (SetExtCsdReq);
+    }
+  } else {
+    //
+    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.
+    //
+    if (SetExtCsdReq != NULL) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&SetExtCsdReq->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      FreePool (SetExtCsdReq);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Set the number of blocks for a block read/write cmd through sync or async I/O request.
+
+  @param[in]  Partition         A pointer to the EMMC_PARTITION instance.
+  @param[in]  BlockNum          The number of blocks for transfer.
+  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.
+                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcSetBlkCount (
+  IN  EMMC_PARTITION       *Partition,
+  IN  UINT16               BlockNum,
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,
+  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  EMMC_DEVICE                    *Device;
+  EMMC_REQUEST                   *SetBlkCntReq;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;
+
+  SetBlkCntReq = NULL;
+
+  Device   = Partition->Device;
+  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  SetBlkCntReq = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EMMC_REQUEST));
+  if (SetBlkCntReq == NULL) {
+    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  SetBlkCntReq->Signature = EMMC_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;
+  OldTpl                  = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+  InsertTailList (&Partition->Queue, &SetBlkCntReq->Link);
+  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+  SetBlkCntReq->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SetBlkCntReq->SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  SetBlkCntReq->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SetBlkCntReq->SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  SetBlkCntReq->Packet.Timeout        = EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SetBlkCntReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = EMMC_SET_BLOCK_COUNT;
+  SetBlkCntReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;
+  SetBlkCntReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;
+  SetBlkCntReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = BlockNum;
+
+  SetBlkCntReq->IsEnd = IsEnd;
+  SetBlkCntReq->Token = Token;
+
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (
+                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
+                    TPL_NOTIFY,
+                    AsyncIoCallback,
+                    SetBlkCntReq,
+                    &SetBlkCntReq->Event
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Error;
+    }
+  } else {
+    SetBlkCntReq->Event = NULL;
+  }
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &SetBlkCntReq->Packet, SetBlkCntReq->Event);
+
+Error:
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    //
+    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.
+    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.
+    //
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (SetBlkCntReq != NULL)) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&SetBlkCntReq->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      if (SetBlkCntReq->Event != NULL) {
+        gBS->CloseEvent (SetBlkCntReq->Event);
+      }
+
+      FreePool (SetBlkCntReq);
+    }
+  } else {
+    //
+    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.
+    //
+    if (SetBlkCntReq != NULL) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&SetBlkCntReq->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      FreePool (SetBlkCntReq);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Read blocks through security protocol cmds with the way of sync or async I/O request.
+
+  @param[in]  Partition                    A pointer to the EMMC_PARTITION instance.
+  @param[in]  SecurityProtocolId           The value of the "Security Protocol" parameter of
+                                           the security protocol command to be sent.
+  @param[in]  SecurityProtocolSpecificData The value of the "Security Protocol Specific" parameter
+                                           of the security protocol command to be sent.
+  @param[in]  PayloadBufferSize            Size in bytes of the payload data buffer.
+  @param[out] PayloadBuffer                A pointer to a destination buffer to store the security
+                                           protocol command specific payload data for the security
+                                           protocol command. The caller is responsible for having
+                                           either implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.
+  @param[in]  IsRead                       Indicates it is a read or write operation.
+  @param[in]  Timeout                      The timeout value, in 100ns units.
+  @param[in]  Token                        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+  @param[in]  IsEnd                        A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.
+                                           This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS                      The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES             The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                           The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcProtocolInOut (
+  IN     EMMC_PARTITION       *Partition,
+  IN     UINT8                SecurityProtocol,
+  IN     UINT16               SecurityProtocolSpecificData,
+  IN     UINTN                PayloadBufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                    *PayloadBuffer,
+  IN     BOOLEAN              IsRead,
+  IN     UINT64               Timeout,
+  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,
+  IN     BOOLEAN              IsEnd
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  EMMC_DEVICE                    *Device;
+  EMMC_REQUEST                   *ProtocolReq;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;
+
+  ProtocolReq = NULL;
+
+  Device   = Partition->Device;
+  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  ProtocolReq = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EMMC_REQUEST));
+  if (ProtocolReq == NULL) {
+    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  ProtocolReq->Signature = EMMC_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;
+  OldTpl                 = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+  InsertTailList (&Partition->Queue, &ProtocolReq->Link);
+  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+  ProtocolReq->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &ProtocolReq->SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  ProtocolReq->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &ProtocolReq->SdMmcStatusBlk;
+
+  if (IsRead) {
+    ProtocolReq->Packet.InDataBuffer     = PayloadBuffer;
+    ProtocolReq->Packet.InTransferLength = (UINT32)PayloadBufferSize;
+
+    ProtocolReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = EMMC_PROTOCOL_RD;
+    ProtocolReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAdtc;
+    ProtocolReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;
+  } else {
+    ProtocolReq->Packet.OutDataBuffer     = PayloadBuffer;
+    ProtocolReq->Packet.OutTransferLength = (UINT32)PayloadBufferSize;
+
+    ProtocolReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = EMMC_PROTOCOL_WR;
+    ProtocolReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAdtc;
+    ProtocolReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;
+  }
+
+  ProtocolReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (SecurityProtocol << 8) | (SecurityProtocolSpecificData << 16);
+  //
+  // Convert to 1 microsecond unit.
+  //
+  ProtocolReq->Packet.Timeout = DivU64x32 (Timeout, 10) + 1;
+
+  ProtocolReq->IsEnd = IsEnd;
+  ProtocolReq->Token = Token;
+
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (
+                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
+                    TPL_NOTIFY,
+                    AsyncIoCallback,
+                    ProtocolReq,
+                    &ProtocolReq->Event
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Error;
+    }
+  } else {
+    ProtocolReq->Event = NULL;
+  }
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &ProtocolReq->Packet, ProtocolReq->Event);
+
+Error:
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    //
+    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.
+    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.
+    //
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (ProtocolReq != NULL)) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&ProtocolReq->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      if (ProtocolReq->Event != NULL) {
+        gBS->CloseEvent (ProtocolReq->Event);
+      }
+
+      FreePool (ProtocolReq);
+    }
+  } else {
+    //
+    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.
+    //
+    if (ProtocolReq != NULL) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&ProtocolReq->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      FreePool (ProtocolReq);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Read/write multiple blocks through sync or async I/O request.
+
+  @param[in]  Partition         A pointer to the EMMC_PARTITION instance.
+  @param[in]  Lba               The starting logical block address to be read/written.
+                                The caller is responsible for reading/writing to only
+                                legitimate locations.
+  @param[in]  Buffer            A pointer to the destination/source buffer for the data.
+  @param[in]  BufferSize        Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param[in]  IsRead            Indicates it is a read or write operation.
+  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.
+                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcRwMultiBlocks (
+  IN  EMMC_PARTITION       *Partition,
+  IN  EFI_LBA              Lba,
+  IN  VOID                 *Buffer,
+  IN  UINTN                BufferSize,
+  IN  BOOLEAN              IsRead,
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,
+  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  EMMC_DEVICE                    *Device;
+  EMMC_REQUEST                   *RwMultiBlkReq;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;
+
+  RwMultiBlkReq = NULL;
+
+  Device   = Partition->Device;
+  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  RwMultiBlkReq = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EMMC_REQUEST));
+  if (RwMultiBlkReq == NULL) {
+    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  RwMultiBlkReq->Signature = EMMC_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;
+  OldTpl                   = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+  InsertTailList (&Partition->Queue, &RwMultiBlkReq->Link);
+  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+  RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  //
+  // Calculate timeout value through the below formula.
+  // Timeout = (transfer size) / (2MB/s).
+  // Taking 2MB/s as divisor is because it's nearest to the eMMC lowest
+  // transfer speed (2.4MB/s).
+  // Refer to eMMC 5.0 spec section 6.9.1 for details.
+  //
+  RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.Timeout = (BufferSize / (2 * 1024 * 1024) + 1) * 1000 * 1000;
+
+  if (IsRead) {
+    RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.InDataBuffer     = Buffer;
+    RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.InTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;
+
+    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = EMMC_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK;
+    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAdtc;
+    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;
+  } else {
+    RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.OutDataBuffer     = Buffer;
+    RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.OutTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;
+
+    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = EMMC_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK;
+    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAdtc;
+    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;
+  }
+
+  if (Partition->Device->SectorAddressing) {
+    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Lba;
+  } else {
+    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)MultU64x32 (Lba, Partition->BlockMedia.BlockSize);
+  }
+
+  RwMultiBlkReq->IsEnd = IsEnd;
+  RwMultiBlkReq->Token = Token;
+
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (
+                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
+                    TPL_NOTIFY,
+                    AsyncIoCallback,
+                    RwMultiBlkReq,
+                    &RwMultiBlkReq->Event
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Error;
+    }
+  } else {
+    RwMultiBlkReq->Event = NULL;
+  }
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &RwMultiBlkReq->Packet, RwMultiBlkReq->Event);
+
+Error:
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    //
+    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.
+    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.
+    //
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (RwMultiBlkReq != NULL)) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&RwMultiBlkReq->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      if (RwMultiBlkReq->Event != NULL) {
+        gBS->CloseEvent (RwMultiBlkReq->Event);
+      }
+
+      FreePool (RwMultiBlkReq);
+    }
+  } else {
+    //
+    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.
+    //
+    if (RwMultiBlkReq != NULL) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&RwMultiBlkReq->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      FreePool (RwMultiBlkReq);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  This function transfers data from/to EMMC device.
+
+  @param[in]       Partition    A pointer to the EMMC_PARTITION instance.
+  @param[in]       MediaId      The media ID that the read/write request is for.
+  @param[in]       Lba          The starting logical block address to be read/written.
+                                The caller is responsible for reading/writing to only
+                                legitimate locations.
+  @param[in, out]  Buffer       A pointer to the destination/source buffer for the data.
+  @param[in]       BufferSize   Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param[in]       IsRead       Indicates it is a read or write operation.
+  @param[in, out]  Token        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was read/written correctly to the device.
+  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED   The device can not be read/written to.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the read/write.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The read/write request contains LBAs that are not valid,
+                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcReadWrite (
+  IN     EMMC_PARTITION       *Partition,
+  IN     UINT32               MediaId,
+  IN     EFI_LBA              Lba,
+  IN OUT VOID                 *Buffer,
+  IN     UINTN                BufferSize,
+  IN     BOOLEAN              IsRead,
+  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS          Status;
+  EMMC_DEVICE         *Device;
+  EFI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA  *Media;
+  UINTN               BlockSize;
+  UINTN               BlockNum;
+  UINTN               IoAlign;
+  UINT8               PartitionConfig;
+  UINTN               Remaining;
+  UINT32              MaxBlock;
+  BOOLEAN             LastRw;
+
+  Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+  Device = Partition->Device;
+  Media  = &Partition->BlockMedia;
+  LastRw = FALSE;
+
+  if (MediaId != Media->MediaId) {
+    return EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED;
+  }
+
+  if (!IsRead && Media->ReadOnly) {
+    return EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Check parameters.
+  //
+  if (Buffer == NULL) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  if (BufferSize == 0) {
+    if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+      Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;
+      gBS->SignalEvent (Token->Event);
+    }
+
+    return EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  BlockSize = Media->BlockSize;
+  if ((BufferSize % BlockSize) != 0) {
+    return EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE;
+  }
+
+  BlockNum = BufferSize / BlockSize;
+  if ((Lba + BlockNum - 1) > Media->LastBlock) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  IoAlign = Media->IoAlign;
+  if ((IoAlign > 0) && (((UINTN)Buffer & (IoAlign - 1)) != 0)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Check if needs to switch partition access.
+  //
+  PartitionConfig = Device->ExtCsd.PartitionConfig;
+  if ((PartitionConfig & 0x7) != Partition->PartitionType) {
+    PartitionConfig &= (UINT8) ~0x7;
+    PartitionConfig |= Partition->PartitionType;
+    Status           = EmmcSetExtCsd (Partition, OFFSET_OF (EMMC_EXT_CSD, PartitionConfig), PartitionConfig, Token, FALSE);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    Device->ExtCsd.PartitionConfig = PartitionConfig;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Start to execute data transfer. The max block number in single cmd is 65535 blocks.
+  //
+  Remaining = BlockNum;
+  MaxBlock  = 0xFFFF;
+
+  while (Remaining > 0) {
+    if (Remaining <= MaxBlock) {
+      BlockNum = Remaining;
+      LastRw   = TRUE;
+    } else {
+      BlockNum = MaxBlock;
+    }
+
+    Status = EmmcSetBlkCount (Partition, (UINT16)BlockNum, Token, FALSE);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    BufferSize = BlockNum * BlockSize;
+    Status     = EmmcRwMultiBlocks (Partition, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, IsRead, Token, LastRw);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    DEBUG ((
+      DEBUG_BLKIO,
+      "Emmc%a(): Part %d Lba 0x%x BlkNo 0x%x Event %p with %r\n",
+      IsRead ? "Read " : "Write",
+      Partition->PartitionType,
+      Lba,
+      BlockNum,
+      (Token != NULL) ? Token->Event : NULL,
+      Status
+      ));
+
+    Lba       += BlockNum;
+    Buffer     = (UINT8 *)Buffer + BufferSize;
+    Remaining -= BlockNum;
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Reset the Block Device.
+
+  @param  This                 Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param  ExtendedVerification Driver may perform diagnostics on reset.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS          The device was reset.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR     The device is not functioning properly and could
+                               not be reset.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcReset (
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  BOOLEAN                ExtendedVerification
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  EMMC_PARTITION                 *Partition;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+
+  Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO (This);
+
+  PassThru = Partition->Device->Private->PassThru;
+  Status   = PassThru->ResetDevice (PassThru, Partition->Device->Slot);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Read BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.
+
+  @param  This       Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param  MediaId    Id of the media, changes every time the media is replaced.
+  @param  Lba        The starting Logical Block Address to read from
+  @param  BufferSize Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param  Buffer     A pointer to the destination buffer for the data. The caller is
+                     responsible for either having implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was read correctly from the device.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the read.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The read request contains LBAs that are not valid,
+                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcReadBlocks (
+  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN     UINT32                 MediaId,
+  IN     EFI_LBA                Lba,
+  IN     UINTN                  BufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                      *Buffer
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS      Status;
+  EMMC_PARTITION  *Partition;
+
+  Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO (This);
+
+  Status = EmmcReadWrite (Partition, MediaId, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, TRUE, NULL);
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Write BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.
+
+  @param  This       Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param  MediaId    The media ID that the write request is for.
+  @param  Lba        The starting logical block address to be written. The caller is
+                     responsible for writing to only legitimate locations.
+  @param  BufferSize Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param  Buffer     A pointer to the source buffer for the data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was written correctly to the device.
+  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED   The device can not be written to.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the write.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The write request contains LBAs that are not valid,
+                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcWriteBlocks (
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  UINT32                 MediaId,
+  IN  EFI_LBA                Lba,
+  IN  UINTN                  BufferSize,
+  IN  VOID                   *Buffer
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS      Status;
+  EMMC_PARTITION  *Partition;
+
+  Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO (This);
+
+  Status = EmmcReadWrite (Partition, MediaId, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, FALSE, NULL);
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Flush the Block Device.
+
+  @param  This              Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       All outstanding data was written to the device
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR  The device reported an error while writing back the data
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is no media in the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcFlushBlocks (
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This
+  )
+{
+  //
+  // return directly
+  //
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Reset the Block Device.
+
+  @param[in]  This                 Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in]  ExtendedVerification Driver may perform diagnostics on reset.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device was reset.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR         The device is not functioning properly and could
+                                   not be reset.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcResetEx (
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  BOOLEAN                 ExtendedVerification
+  )
+{
+  EMMC_PARTITION  *Partition;
+  LIST_ENTRY      *Link;
+  LIST_ENTRY      *NextLink;
+  EMMC_REQUEST    *Request;
+  EFI_TPL         OldTpl;
+
+  Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO2 (This);
+
+  OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+  for (Link = GetFirstNode (&Partition->Queue);
+       !IsNull (&Partition->Queue, Link);
+       Link = NextLink)
+  {
+    NextLink = GetNextNode (&Partition->Queue, Link);
+    RemoveEntryList (Link);
+
+    Request = EMMC_REQUEST_FROM_LINK (Link);
+
+    gBS->CloseEvent (Request->Event);
+    Request->Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_ABORTED;
+
+    if (Request->IsEnd) {
+      gBS->SignalEvent (Request->Token->Event);
+    }
+
+    FreePool (Request);
+  }
+
+  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Read BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.
+
+  @param[in]       This         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in]       MediaId      Id of the media, changes every time the media is replaced.
+  @param[in]       Lba          The starting Logical Block Address to read from.
+  @param[in, out]  Token        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+  @param[in]       BufferSize   Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param[out]      Buffer       A pointer to the destination buffer for the data. The caller is
+                                responsible for either having implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The read request was queued if Event is not NULL.
+                                The data was read correctly from the device if
+                                the Event is NULL.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing
+                                the read.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId is not for the current media.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of the
+                                intrinsic block size of the device.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The read request contains LBAs that are not valid,
+                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be completed due to a lack
+                                of resources.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcReadBlocksEx (
+  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN     UINT32                  MediaId,
+  IN     EFI_LBA                 Lba,
+  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token,
+  IN     UINTN                   BufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                       *Buffer
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS      Status;
+  EMMC_PARTITION  *Partition;
+
+  Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO2 (This);
+
+  Status = EmmcReadWrite (Partition, MediaId, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, TRUE, Token);
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Write BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.
+
+  @param[in]       This         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in]       MediaId      The media ID that the write request is for.
+  @param[in]       Lba          The starting logical block address to be written. The
+                                caller is responsible for writing to only legitimate
+                                locations.
+  @param[in, out]  Token        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+  @param[in]       BufferSize   Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param[in]       Buffer       A pointer to the source buffer for the data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was written correctly to the device.
+  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED   The device can not be written to.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the write.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The write request contains LBAs that are not valid,
+                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcWriteBlocksEx (
+  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN     UINT32                  MediaId,
+  IN     EFI_LBA                 Lba,
+  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token,
+  IN     UINTN                   BufferSize,
+  IN     VOID                    *Buffer
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS      Status;
+  EMMC_PARTITION  *Partition;
+
+  Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO2 (This);
+
+  Status = EmmcReadWrite (Partition, MediaId, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, FALSE, Token);
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Flush the Block Device.
+
+  @param[in]       This     Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in, out]  Token    A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       All outstanding data was written to the device
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR  The device reported an error while writing back the data
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is no media in the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcFlushBlocksEx (
+  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token
+  )
+{
+  //
+  // Signal event and return directly.
+  //
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;
+    gBS->SignalEvent (Token->Event);
+  }
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send a security protocol command to a device that receives data and/or the result
+  of one or more commands sent by SendData.
+
+  The ReceiveData function sends a security protocol command to the given MediaId.
+  The security protocol command sent is defined by SecurityProtocolId and contains
+  the security protocol specific data SecurityProtocolSpecificData. The function
+  returns the data from the security protocol command in PayloadBuffer.
+
+  For devices supporting the SCSI command set, the security protocol command is sent
+  using the SECURITY PROTOCOL IN command defined in SPC-4.
+
+  For devices supporting the ATA command set, the security protocol command is sent
+  using one of the TRUSTED RECEIVE commands defined in ATA8-ACS if PayloadBufferSize
+  is non-zero.
+
+  If the PayloadBufferSize is zero, the security protocol command is sent using the
+  Trusted Non-Data command defined in ATA8-ACS.
+
+  If PayloadBufferSize is too small to store the available data from the security
+  protocol command, the function shall copy PayloadBufferSize bytes into the
+  PayloadBuffer and return EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.
+
+  If PayloadBuffer or PayloadTransferSize is NULL and PayloadBufferSize is non-zero,
+  the function shall return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.
+
+  If the given MediaId does not support security protocol commands, the function shall
+  return EFI_UNSUPPORTED. If there is no media in the device, the function returns
+  EFI_NO_MEDIA. If the MediaId is not the ID for the current media in the device,
+  the function returns EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED.
+
+  If the security protocol fails to complete within the Timeout period, the function
+  shall return EFI_TIMEOUT.
+
+  If the security protocol command completes without an error, the function shall
+  return EFI_SUCCESS. If the security protocol command completes with an error, the
+  function shall return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR.
+
+  @param[in]  This                         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in]  MediaId                      ID of the medium to receive data from. If there is no
+                                           block IO protocol supported by the physical device, the
+                                           value of MediaId is undefined.
+  @param[in]  Timeout                      The timeout, in 100ns units, to use for the execution
+                                           of the security protocol command. A Timeout value of 0
+                                           means that this function will wait indefinitely for the
+                                           security protocol command to execute. If Timeout is greater
+                                           than zero, then this function will return EFI_TIMEOUT
+                                           if the time required to execute the receive data command
+                                           is greater than Timeout.
+  @param[in]  SecurityProtocolId           The value of the "Security Protocol" parameter of
+                                           the security protocol command to be sent.
+  @param[in]  SecurityProtocolSpecificData The value of the "Security Protocol Specific" parameter
+                                           of the security protocol command to be sent.
+  @param[in]  PayloadBufferSize            Size in bytes of the payload data buffer.
+  @param[out] PayloadBuffer                A pointer to a destination buffer to store the security
+                                           protocol command specific payload data for the security
+                                           protocol command. The caller is responsible for having
+                                           either implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.
+  @param[out] PayloadTransferSize          A pointer to a buffer to store the size in bytes of the
+                                           data written to the payload data buffer.
+  @param[in]  IsRead                       Indicates it is a read or write operation.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS                  The security protocol command completed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL    The PayloadBufferSize was too small to store the available
+                                       data from the device. The PayloadBuffer contains the truncated data.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED              The given MediaId does not support security protocol commands.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR             The security protocol command completed with an error.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA                 There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED            The MediaId is not for the current media.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER        The PayloadBuffer or PayloadTransferSize is NULL and
+                                       PayloadBufferSize is non-zero.
+  @retval EFI_TIMEOUT                  A timeout occurred while waiting for the security
+                                       protocol command to execute.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcSecurityProtocolInOut (
+  IN     EFI_STORAGE_SECURITY_COMMAND_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN     UINT32                                 MediaId,
+  IN     UINT64                                 Timeout,
+  IN     UINT8                                  SecurityProtocolId,
+  IN     UINT16                                 SecurityProtocolSpecificData,
+  IN     UINTN                                  PayloadBufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                                      *PayloadBuffer,
+  OUT UINTN                                     *PayloadTransferSize,
+  IN     BOOLEAN                                IsRead
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS          Status;
+  EMMC_PARTITION      *Partition;
+  EMMC_DEVICE         *Device;
+  EFI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA  *Media;
+  UINTN               BlockSize;
+  UINTN               BlockNum;
+  UINTN               IoAlign;
+  UINTN               Remaining;
+  UINT32              MaxBlock;
+  UINT8               PartitionConfig;
+
+  Status    = EFI_SUCCESS;
+  Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_SSP (This);
+  Device    = Partition->Device;
+  Media     = &Partition->BlockMedia;
+
+  if (PayloadTransferSize != NULL) {
+    *PayloadTransferSize = 0;
+  }
+
+  if ((PayloadBuffer == NULL) && (PayloadBufferSize != 0)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  if (MediaId != Media->MediaId) {
+    return EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED;
+  }
+
+  if (PayloadBufferSize == 0) {
+    return EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  BlockSize = Media->BlockSize;
+  if ((PayloadBufferSize % BlockSize) != 0) {
+    return EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE;
+  }
+
+  BlockNum = PayloadBufferSize / BlockSize;
+
+  IoAlign = Media->IoAlign;
+  if ((IoAlign > 0) && (((UINTN)PayloadBuffer & (IoAlign - 1)) != 0)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Security protocol interface is synchronous transfer.
+  // Waiting for async I/O list to be empty before any operation.
+  //
+  while (!IsListEmpty (&Partition->Queue)) {
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Check if needs to switch partition access.
+  //
+  PartitionConfig = Device->ExtCsd.PartitionConfig;
+  if ((PartitionConfig & 0x7) != Partition->PartitionType) {
+    PartitionConfig &= (UINT8) ~0x7;
+    PartitionConfig |= Partition->PartitionType;
+    Status           = EmmcSetExtCsd (Partition, OFFSET_OF (EMMC_EXT_CSD, PartitionConfig), PartitionConfig, NULL, FALSE);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    Device->ExtCsd.PartitionConfig = PartitionConfig;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Start to execute data transfer. The max block number in single cmd is 65535 blocks.
+  //
+  Remaining = BlockNum;
+  MaxBlock  = 0xFFFF;
+
+  while (Remaining > 0) {
+    if (Remaining <= MaxBlock) {
+      BlockNum = Remaining;
+    } else {
+      BlockNum = MaxBlock;
+    }
+
+    Status = EmmcSetBlkCount (Partition, (UINT16)BlockNum, NULL, FALSE);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    PayloadBufferSize = BlockNum * BlockSize;
+    Status            = EmmcProtocolInOut (Partition, SecurityProtocolId, SecurityProtocolSpecificData, PayloadBufferSize, PayloadBuffer, IsRead, Timeout, NULL, FALSE);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    PayloadBuffer = (UINT8 *)PayloadBuffer + PayloadBufferSize;
+    Remaining    -= BlockNum;
+    if (PayloadTransferSize != NULL) {
+      *PayloadTransferSize += PayloadBufferSize;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send a security protocol command to a device that receives data and/or the result
+  of one or more commands sent by SendData.
+
+  The ReceiveData function sends a security protocol command to the given MediaId.
+  The security protocol command sent is defined by SecurityProtocolId and contains
+  the security protocol specific data SecurityProtocolSpecificData. The function
+  returns the data from the security protocol command in PayloadBuffer.
+
+  For devices supporting the SCSI command set, the security protocol command is sent
+  using the SECURITY PROTOCOL IN command defined in SPC-4.
+
+  For devices supporting the ATA command set, the security protocol command is sent
+  using one of the TRUSTED RECEIVE commands defined in ATA8-ACS if PayloadBufferSize
+  is non-zero.
+
+  If the PayloadBufferSize is zero, the security protocol command is sent using the
+  Trusted Non-Data command defined in ATA8-ACS.
+
+  If PayloadBufferSize is too small to store the available data from the security
+  protocol command, the function shall copy PayloadBufferSize bytes into the
+  PayloadBuffer and return EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.
+
+  If PayloadBuffer or PayloadTransferSize is NULL and PayloadBufferSize is non-zero,
+  the function shall return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.
+
+  If the given MediaId does not support security protocol commands, the function shall
+  return EFI_UNSUPPORTED. If there is no media in the device, the function returns
+  EFI_NO_MEDIA. If the MediaId is not the ID for the current media in the device,
+  the function returns EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED.
+
+  If the security protocol fails to complete within the Timeout period, the function
+  shall return EFI_TIMEOUT.
+
+  If the security protocol command completes without an error, the function shall
+  return EFI_SUCCESS. If the security protocol command completes with an error, the
+  function shall return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR.
+
+  @param  This                         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param  MediaId                      ID of the medium to receive data from. If there is no
+                                       block IO protocol supported by the physical device, the
+                                       value of MediaId is undefined.
+  @param  Timeout                      The timeout, in 100ns units, to use for the execution
+                                       of the security protocol command. A Timeout value of 0
+                                       means that this function will wait indefinitely for the
+                                       security protocol command to execute. If Timeout is greater
+                                       than zero, then this function will return EFI_TIMEOUT
+                                       if the time required to execute the receive data command
+                                       is greater than Timeout.
+  @param  SecurityProtocolId           The value of the "Security Protocol" parameter of
+                                       the security protocol command to be sent.
+  @param  SecurityProtocolSpecificData The value of the "Security Protocol Specific" parameter
+                                       of the security protocol command to be sent.
+  @param  PayloadBufferSize            Size in bytes of the payload data buffer.
+  @param  PayloadBuffer                A pointer to a destination buffer to store the security
+                                       protocol command specific payload data for the security
+                                       protocol command. The caller is responsible for having
+                                       either implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.
+  @param  PayloadTransferSize          A pointer to a buffer to store the size in bytes of the
+                                       data written to the payload data buffer.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS                  The security protocol command completed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL    The PayloadBufferSize was too small to store the available
+                                       data from the device. The PayloadBuffer contains the truncated data.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED              The given MediaId does not support security protocol commands.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR             The security protocol command completed with an error.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA                 There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED            The MediaId is not for the current media.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER        The PayloadBuffer or PayloadTransferSize is NULL and
+                                       PayloadBufferSize is non-zero.
+  @retval EFI_TIMEOUT                  A timeout occurred while waiting for the security
+                                       protocol command to execute.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcSecurityProtocolIn (
+  IN EFI_STORAGE_SECURITY_COMMAND_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN UINT32                                 MediaId,
+  IN UINT64                                 Timeout,
+  IN UINT8                                  SecurityProtocolId,
+  IN UINT16                                 SecurityProtocolSpecificData,
+  IN UINTN                                  PayloadBufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                                  *PayloadBuffer,
+  OUT UINTN                                 *PayloadTransferSize
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+
+  if ((PayloadTransferSize == NULL) && (PayloadBufferSize != 0)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcSecurityProtocolInOut (
+             This,
+             MediaId,
+             Timeout,
+             SecurityProtocolId,
+             SecurityProtocolSpecificData,
+             PayloadBufferSize,
+             PayloadBuffer,
+             PayloadTransferSize,
+             TRUE
+             );
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send a security protocol command to a device.
+
+  The SendData function sends a security protocol command containing the payload
+  PayloadBuffer to the given MediaId. The security protocol command sent is
+  defined by SecurityProtocolId and contains the security protocol specific data
+  SecurityProtocolSpecificData. If the underlying protocol command requires a
+  specific padding for the command payload, the SendData function shall add padding
+  bytes to the command payload to satisfy the padding requirements.
+
+  For devices supporting the SCSI command set, the security protocol command is sent
+  using the SECURITY PROTOCOL OUT command defined in SPC-4.
+
+  For devices supporting the ATA command set, the security protocol command is sent
+  using one of the TRUSTED SEND commands defined in ATA8-ACS if PayloadBufferSize
+  is non-zero. If the PayloadBufferSize is zero, the security protocol command is
+  sent using the Trusted Non-Data command defined in ATA8-ACS.
+
+  If PayloadBuffer is NULL and PayloadBufferSize is non-zero, the function shall
+  return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.
+
+  If the given MediaId does not support security protocol commands, the function
+  shall return EFI_UNSUPPORTED. If there is no media in the device, the function
+  returns EFI_NO_MEDIA. If the MediaId is not the ID for the current media in the
+  device, the function returns EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED.
+
+  If the security protocol fails to complete within the Timeout period, the function
+  shall return EFI_TIMEOUT.
+
+  If the security protocol command completes without an error, the function shall return
+  EFI_SUCCESS. If the security protocol command completes with an error, the function
+  shall return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR.
+
+  @param  This                         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param  MediaId                      ID of the medium to receive data from. If there is no
+                                       block IO protocol supported by the physical device, the
+                                       value of MediaId is undefined.
+  @param  Timeout                      The timeout, in 100ns units, to use for the execution
+                                       of the security protocol command. A Timeout value of 0
+                                       means that this function will wait indefinitely for the
+                                       security protocol command to execute. If Timeout is greater
+                                       than zero, then this function will return EFI_TIMEOUT
+                                       if the time required to execute the receive data command
+                                       is greater than Timeout.
+  @param  SecurityProtocolId           The value of the "Security Protocol" parameter of
+                                       the security protocol command to be sent.
+  @param  SecurityProtocolSpecificData The value of the "Security Protocol Specific" parameter
+                                       of the security protocol command to be sent.
+  @param  PayloadBufferSize            Size in bytes of the payload data buffer.
+  @param  PayloadBuffer                A pointer to a destination buffer to store the security
+                                       protocol command specific payload data for the security
+                                       protocol command.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS                  The security protocol command completed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED              The given MediaId does not support security protocol commands.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR             The security protocol command completed with an error.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA                 There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED            The MediaId is not for the current media.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER        The PayloadBuffer is NULL and PayloadBufferSize is non-zero.
+  @retval EFI_TIMEOUT                  A timeout occurred while waiting for the security
+                                       protocol command to execute.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcSecurityProtocolOut (
+  IN EFI_STORAGE_SECURITY_COMMAND_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN UINT32                                 MediaId,
+  IN UINT64                                 Timeout,
+  IN UINT8                                  SecurityProtocolId,
+  IN UINT16                                 SecurityProtocolSpecificData,
+  IN UINTN                                  PayloadBufferSize,
+  IN VOID                                   *PayloadBuffer
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+
+  Status = EmmcSecurityProtocolInOut (
+             This,
+             MediaId,
+             Timeout,
+             SecurityProtocolId,
+             SecurityProtocolSpecificData,
+             PayloadBufferSize,
+             PayloadBuffer,
+             NULL,
+             FALSE
+             );
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Set the erase start address through sync or async I/O request.
+
+  @param[in]  Partition         A pointer to the EMMC_PARTITION instance.
+  @param[in]  StartLba          The starting logical block address to be erased.
+  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.
+                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcEraseBlockStart (
+  IN  EMMC_PARTITION       *Partition,
+  IN  EFI_LBA              StartLba,
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,
+  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+  EMMC_DEVICE                    *Device;
+  EMMC_REQUEST                   *EraseBlockStart;
+  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;
+
+  EraseBlockStart = NULL;
+
+  Device   = Partition->Device;
+  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  EraseBlockStart = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EMMC_REQUEST));
+  if (EraseBlockStart == NULL) {
+    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  EraseBlockStart->Signature = EMMC_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;
+  OldTpl                     = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+  InsertTailList (&Partition->Queue, &EraseBlockStart->Link);
+  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+  EraseBlockStart->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  EraseBlockStart->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &EraseBlockStart->SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  EraseBlockStart->Packet.Timeout        = EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = EMMC_ERASE_GROUP_START;
+  EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;
+  EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;
+
+  if (Device->SectorAddressing) {
+    EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)StartLba;
+  } else {
+    EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)MultU64x32 (StartLba, Partition->BlockMedia.BlockSize);
+  }
+
+  EraseBlockStart->IsEnd = IsEnd;
+  EraseBlockStart->Token = Token;
+
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (
+                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
+                    TPL_NOTIFY,
+                    AsyncIoCallback,
+                    EraseBlockStart,
+                    &EraseBlockStart->Event
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Error;
+    }
+  } else {
+    EraseBlockStart->Event = NULL;
+  }
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &EraseBlockStart->Packet, EraseBlockStart->Event);
+
+Error:
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    //
+    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.
+    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.
+    //
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (EraseBlockStart != NULL)) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlockStart->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      if (EraseBlockStart->Event != NULL) {
+        gBS->CloseEvent (EraseBlockStart->Event);
+      }
+
+      FreePool (EraseBlockStart);
+    }
+  } else {
+    //
+    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.
+    //
+    if (EraseBlockStart != NULL) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlockStart->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      FreePool (EraseBlockStart);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Set the erase end address through sync or async I/O request.
+
+  @param[in]  Partition         A pointer to the EMMC_PARTITION instance.
+  @param[in]  EndLba            The ending logical block address to be erased.
+  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.
+                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcEraseBlockEnd (
+  IN  EMMC_PARTITION       *Partition,
+  IN  EFI_LBA              EndLba,
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,
+  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+  EMMC_DEVICE                    *Device;
+  EMMC_REQUEST                   *EraseBlockEnd;
+  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;
+
+  EraseBlockEnd = NULL;
+
+  Device   = Partition->Device;
+  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  EraseBlockEnd = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EMMC_REQUEST));
+  if (EraseBlockEnd == NULL) {
+    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  EraseBlockEnd->Signature = EMMC_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;
+  OldTpl                   = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+  InsertTailList (&Partition->Queue, &EraseBlockEnd->Link);
+  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+  EraseBlockEnd->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  EraseBlockEnd->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  EraseBlockEnd->Packet.Timeout        = EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = EMMC_ERASE_GROUP_END;
+  EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;
+  EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;
+
+  if (Device->SectorAddressing) {
+    EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)EndLba;
+  } else {
+    EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)MultU64x32 (EndLba, Partition->BlockMedia.BlockSize);
+  }
+
+  EraseBlockEnd->IsEnd = IsEnd;
+  EraseBlockEnd->Token = Token;
+
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (
+                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
+                    TPL_NOTIFY,
+                    AsyncIoCallback,
+                    EraseBlockEnd,
+                    &EraseBlockEnd->Event
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Error;
+    }
+  } else {
+    EraseBlockEnd->Event = NULL;
+  }
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &EraseBlockEnd->Packet, EraseBlockEnd->Event);
+
+Error:
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    //
+    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.
+    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.
+    //
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (EraseBlockEnd != NULL)) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlockEnd->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      if (EraseBlockEnd->Event != NULL) {
+        gBS->CloseEvent (EraseBlockEnd->Event);
+      }
+
+      FreePool (EraseBlockEnd);
+    }
+  } else {
+    //
+    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.
+    //
+    if (EraseBlockEnd != NULL) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlockEnd->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      FreePool (EraseBlockEnd);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Erase specified blocks through sync or async I/O request.
+
+  @param[in]  Partition         A pointer to the EMMC_PARTITION instance.
+  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.
+                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcEraseBlock (
+  IN  EMMC_PARTITION       *Partition,
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,
+  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+  EMMC_DEVICE                    *Device;
+  EMMC_REQUEST                   *EraseBlock;
+  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;
+
+  EraseBlock = NULL;
+
+  Device   = Partition->Device;
+  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  EraseBlock = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EMMC_REQUEST));
+  if (EraseBlock == NULL) {
+    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  EraseBlock->Signature = EMMC_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;
+  OldTpl                = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+  InsertTailList (&Partition->Queue, &EraseBlock->Link);
+  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+  EraseBlock->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &EraseBlock->SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  EraseBlock->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &EraseBlock->SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  EraseBlock->Packet.Timeout        = EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  EraseBlock->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = EMMC_ERASE;
+  EraseBlock->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;
+  EraseBlock->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1b;
+  if ((Device->ExtCsd.SecFeatureSupport & BIT4) != 0) {
+    //
+    // Perform a Trim operation which applies the erase operation to write blocks
+    // instead of erase groups. (Spec JESD84-B51, eMMC Electrical Standard 5.1,
+    // Section 6.6.10 and 6.10.4)
+    //
+    EraseBlock->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = 1;
+  }
+
+  EraseBlock->IsEnd = IsEnd;
+  EraseBlock->Token = Token;
+
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (
+                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
+                    TPL_NOTIFY,
+                    AsyncIoCallback,
+                    EraseBlock,
+                    &EraseBlock->Event
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Error;
+    }
+  } else {
+    EraseBlock->Event = NULL;
+  }
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &EraseBlock->Packet, EraseBlock->Event);
+
+Error:
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    //
+    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.
+    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.
+    //
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (EraseBlock != NULL)) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlock->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      if (EraseBlock->Event != NULL) {
+        gBS->CloseEvent (EraseBlock->Event);
+      }
+
+      FreePool (EraseBlock);
+    }
+  } else {
+    //
+    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.
+    //
+    if (EraseBlock != NULL) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlock->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      FreePool (EraseBlock);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Write zeros to specified blocks.
+
+  @param[in]  Partition         A pointer to the EMMC_PARTITION instance.
+  @param[in]  StartLba          The starting logical block address to write zeros.
+  @param[in]  Size              The size in bytes to fill with zeros. This must be a multiple of
+                                the physical block size of the device.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcWriteZeros (
+  IN  EMMC_PARTITION  *Partition,
+  IN  EFI_LBA         StartLba,
+  IN  UINTN           Size
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT8       *Buffer;
+  UINT32      MediaId;
+
+  Buffer = AllocateZeroPool (Size);
+  if (Buffer == NULL) {
+    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+  }
+
+  MediaId = Partition->BlockMedia.MediaId;
+
+  Status = EmmcReadWrite (Partition, MediaId, StartLba, Buffer, Size, FALSE, NULL);
+  FreePool (Buffer);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Erase a specified number of device blocks.
+
+  @param[in]       This           Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in]       MediaId        The media ID that the erase request is for.
+  @param[in]       Lba            The starting logical block address to be
+                                  erased. The caller is responsible for erasing
+                                  only legitimate locations.
+  @param[in, out]  Token          A pointer to the token associated with the
+                                  transaction.
+  @param[in]       Size           The size in bytes to be erased. This must be
+                                  a multiple of the physical block size of the
+                                  device.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The erase request was queued if Event is not
+                                  NULL. The data was erased correctly to the
+                                  device if the Event is NULL.to the device.
+  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED     The device cannot be erased due to write
+                                  protection.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting
+                                  to perform the erase operation.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The erase request contains LBAs that are not
+                                  valid.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED       The MediaId is not for the current media.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcEraseBlocks (
+  IN     EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN     UINT32                    MediaId,
+  IN     EFI_LBA                   Lba,
+  IN OUT EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_TOKEN     *Token,
+  IN     UINTN                     Size
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS          Status;
+  EFI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA  *Media;
+  UINTN               BlockSize;
+  UINTN               BlockNum;
+  EFI_LBA             FirstLba;
+  EFI_LBA             LastLba;
+  EFI_LBA             StartGroupLba;
+  EFI_LBA             EndGroupLba;
+  UINT32              EraseGroupSize;
+  UINT32              Remainder;
+  UINTN               WriteZeroSize;
+  UINT8               PartitionConfig;
+  EMMC_PARTITION      *Partition;
+  EMMC_DEVICE         *Device;
+
+  Status    = EFI_SUCCESS;
+  Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_ERASEBLK (This);
+  Device    = Partition->Device;
+  Media     = &Partition->BlockMedia;
+
+  if (MediaId != Media->MediaId) {
+    return EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED;
+  }
+
+  if (Media->ReadOnly) {
+    return EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Check parameters.
+  //
+  BlockSize = Media->BlockSize;
+  if ((Size % BlockSize) != 0) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  BlockNum = Size / BlockSize;
+  if ((Lba + BlockNum - 1) > Media->LastBlock) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  FirstLba = Lba;
+  LastLba  = Lba + BlockNum - 1;
+
+  //
+  // Check if needs to switch partition access.
+  //
+  PartitionConfig = Device->ExtCsd.PartitionConfig;
+  if ((PartitionConfig & 0x7) != Partition->PartitionType) {
+    PartitionConfig &= (UINT8) ~0x7;
+    PartitionConfig |= Partition->PartitionType;
+    Status           = EmmcSetExtCsd (Partition, OFFSET_OF (EMMC_EXT_CSD, PartitionConfig), PartitionConfig, (EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN *)Token, FALSE);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    Device->ExtCsd.PartitionConfig = PartitionConfig;
+  }
+
+  if ((Device->ExtCsd.SecFeatureSupport & BIT4) == 0) {
+    //
+    // If the Trim operation is not supported by the device, handle the erase
+    // of blocks that do not form a complete erase group separately.
+    //
+    EraseGroupSize = This->EraseLengthGranularity;
+
+    DivU64x32Remainder (FirstLba, EraseGroupSize, &Remainder);
+    StartGroupLba = (Remainder == 0) ? FirstLba : (FirstLba + EraseGroupSize - Remainder);
+
+    DivU64x32Remainder (LastLba + 1, EraseGroupSize, &Remainder);
+    EndGroupLba = LastLba + 1 - Remainder;
+
+    //
+    // If the size to erase is smaller than the erase group size, the whole
+    // erase operation is performed by writing zeros.
+    //
+    if (BlockNum < EraseGroupSize) {
+      Status = EmmcWriteZeros (Partition, FirstLba, Size);
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        return Status;
+      }
+
+      DEBUG ((
+        DEBUG_INFO,
+        "EmmcEraseBlocks(): Lba 0x%x BlkNo 0x%x Event %p with %r\n",
+        Lba,
+        BlockNum,
+        (Token != NULL) ? Token->Event : NULL,
+        Status
+        ));
+
+      if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+        Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;
+        gBS->SignalEvent (Token->Event);
+      }
+
+      return EFI_SUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // If the starting LBA to erase is not aligned with the start of an erase
+    // group, write zeros to erase the data from starting LBA to the end of the
+    // current erase group.
+    //
+    if (StartGroupLba > FirstLba) {
+      WriteZeroSize = (UINTN)(StartGroupLba - FirstLba) * BlockSize;
+      Status        = EmmcWriteZeros (Partition, FirstLba, WriteZeroSize);
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        return Status;
+      }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // If the ending LBA to erase is not aligned with the end of an erase
+    // group, write zeros to erase the data from the start of the erase group
+    // to the ending LBA.
+    //
+    if (EndGroupLba <= LastLba) {
+      WriteZeroSize = (UINTN)(LastLba + 1 - EndGroupLba) * BlockSize;
+      Status        = EmmcWriteZeros (Partition, EndGroupLba, WriteZeroSize);
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        return Status;
+      }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check whether there is erase group to erase.
+    //
+    if (EndGroupLba <= StartGroupLba) {
+      DEBUG ((
+        DEBUG_INFO,
+        "EmmcEraseBlocks(): Lba 0x%x BlkNo 0x%x Event %p with %r\n",
+        Lba,
+        BlockNum,
+        (Token != NULL) ? Token->Event : NULL,
+        Status
+        ));
+
+      if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+        Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;
+        gBS->SignalEvent (Token->Event);
+      }
+
+      return EFI_SUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    FirstLba = StartGroupLba;
+    LastLba  = EndGroupLba - 1;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcEraseBlockStart (Partition, FirstLba, (EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN *)Token, FALSE);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcEraseBlockEnd (Partition, LastLba, (EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN *)Token, FALSE);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcEraseBlock (Partition, (EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN *)Token, TRUE);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  DEBUG ((
+    DEBUG_INFO,
+    "EmmcEraseBlocks(): Lba 0x%x BlkNo 0x%x Event %p with %r\n",
+    Lba,
+    BlockNum,
+    (Token != NULL) ? Token->Event : NULL,
+    Status
+    ));
+
+  return Status;
+}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcBlockIo.h b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcBlockIo.h
index 8c7e5d2675..e1a8ff525a 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcBlockIo.h
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcBlockIo.h
@@ -1,502 +1,502 @@
-/** @file

-  Header file for EmmcDxe Driver.

-

-  This file defines common data structures, macro definitions and some module

-  internal function header files.

-

-  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#ifndef _EMMC_BLOCK_IO_H_

-#define _EMMC_BLOCK_IO_H_

-

-/**

-  Reset the Block Device.

-

-  @param  This                 Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param  ExtendedVerification Driver may perform diagnostics on reset.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS          The device was reset.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR     The device is not functioning properly and could

-                               not be reset.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcReset (

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  BOOLEAN                ExtendedVerification

-  );

-

-/**

-  Read BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.

-

-  @param  This       Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param  MediaId    Id of the media, changes every time the media is replaced.

-  @param  Lba        The starting Logical Block Address to read from

-  @param  BufferSize Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param  Buffer     A pointer to the destination buffer for the data. The caller is

-                     responsible for either having implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was read correctly from the device.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the read.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The read request contains LBAs that are not valid,

-                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcReadBlocks (

-  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN     UINT32                 MediaId,

-  IN     EFI_LBA                Lba,

-  IN     UINTN                  BufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                      *Buffer

-  );

-

-/**

-  Write BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.

-

-  @param  This       Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param  MediaId    The media ID that the write request is for.

-  @param  Lba        The starting logical block address to be written. The caller is

-                     responsible for writing to only legitimate locations.

-  @param  BufferSize Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param  Buffer     A pointer to the source buffer for the data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was written correctly to the device.

-  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED   The device can not be written to.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the write.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The write request contains LBAs that are not valid,

-                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcWriteBlocks (

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  UINT32                 MediaId,

-  IN  EFI_LBA                Lba,

-  IN  UINTN                  BufferSize,

-  IN  VOID                   *Buffer

-  );

-

-/**

-  Flush the Block Device.

-

-  @param  This              Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       All outstanding data was written to the device

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR  The device reported an error while writing back the data

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is no media in the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcFlushBlocks (

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This

-  );

-

-/**

-  Reset the Block Device.

-

-  @param[in]  This                 Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in]  ExtendedVerification Driver may perform diagnostics on reset.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device was reset.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR         The device is not functioning properly and could

-                                   not be reset.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcResetEx (

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  BOOLEAN                 ExtendedVerification

-  );

-

-/**

-  Read BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.

-

-  @param[in]       This         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in]       MediaId      Id of the media, changes every time the media is replaced.

-  @param[in]       Lba          The starting Logical Block Address to read from.

-  @param[in, out]  Token        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-  @param[in]       BufferSize   Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param[out]      Buffer       A pointer to the destination buffer for the data. The caller is

-                                responsible for either having implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The read request was queued if Event is not NULL.

-                                The data was read correctly from the device if

-                                the Event is NULL.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing

-                                the read.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId is not for the current media.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of the

-                                intrinsic block size of the device.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The read request contains LBAs that are not valid,

-                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be completed due to a lack

-                                of resources.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcReadBlocksEx (

-  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN     UINT32                  MediaId,

-  IN     EFI_LBA                 Lba,

-  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token,

-  IN     UINTN                   BufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                       *Buffer

-  );

-

-/**

-  Write BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.

-

-  @param[in]       This         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in]       MediaId      The media ID that the write request is for.

-  @param[in]       Lba          The starting logical block address to be written. The

-                                caller is responsible for writing to only legitimate

-                                locations.

-  @param[in, out]  Token        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-  @param[in]       BufferSize   Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param[in]       Buffer       A pointer to the source buffer for the data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was written correctly to the device.

-  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED   The device can not be written to.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the write.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The write request contains LBAs that are not valid,

-                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcWriteBlocksEx (

-  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN     UINT32                  MediaId,

-  IN     EFI_LBA                 Lba,

-  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token,

-  IN     UINTN                   BufferSize,

-  IN     VOID                    *Buffer

-  );

-

-/**

-  Flush the Block Device.

-

-  @param[in]       This     Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in, out]  Token    A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       All outstanding data was written to the device

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR  The device reported an error while writing back the data

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is no media in the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcFlushBlocksEx (

-  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token

-  );

-

-/**

-  Send a security protocol command to a device that receives data and/or the result

-  of one or more commands sent by SendData.

-

-  The ReceiveData function sends a security protocol command to the given MediaId.

-  The security protocol command sent is defined by SecurityProtocolId and contains

-  the security protocol specific data SecurityProtocolSpecificData. The function

-  returns the data from the security protocol command in PayloadBuffer.

-

-  For devices supporting the SCSI command set, the security protocol command is sent

-  using the SECURITY PROTOCOL IN command defined in SPC-4.

-

-  For devices supporting the ATA command set, the security protocol command is sent

-  using one of the TRUSTED RECEIVE commands defined in ATA8-ACS if PayloadBufferSize

-  is non-zero.

-

-  If the PayloadBufferSize is zero, the security protocol command is sent using the

-  Trusted Non-Data command defined in ATA8-ACS.

-

-  If PayloadBufferSize is too small to store the available data from the security

-  protocol command, the function shall copy PayloadBufferSize bytes into the

-  PayloadBuffer and return EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.

-

-  If PayloadBuffer or PayloadTransferSize is NULL and PayloadBufferSize is non-zero,

-  the function shall return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.

-

-  If the given MediaId does not support security protocol commands, the function shall

-  return EFI_UNSUPPORTED. If there is no media in the device, the function returns

-  EFI_NO_MEDIA. If the MediaId is not the ID for the current media in the device,

-  the function returns EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED.

-

-  If the security protocol fails to complete within the Timeout period, the function

-  shall return EFI_TIMEOUT.

-

-  If the security protocol command completes without an error, the function shall

-  return EFI_SUCCESS. If the security protocol command completes with an error, the

-  function shall return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR.

-

-  @param[in]  This                         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in]  MediaId                      ID of the medium to receive data from. If there is no

-                                           block IO protocol supported by the physical device, the

-                                           value of MediaId is undefined.

-  @param[in]  Timeout                      The timeout, in 100ns units, to use for the execution

-                                           of the security protocol command. A Timeout value of 0

-                                           means that this function will wait indefinitely for the

-                                           security protocol command to execute. If Timeout is greater

-                                           than zero, then this function will return EFI_TIMEOUT

-                                           if the time required to execute the receive data command

-                                           is greater than Timeout.

-  @param[in]  SecurityProtocolId           The value of the "Security Protocol" parameter of

-                                           the security protocol command to be sent.

-  @param[in]  SecurityProtocolSpecificData The value of the "Security Protocol Specific" parameter

-                                           of the security protocol command to be sent.

-  @param[in]  PayloadBufferSize            Size in bytes of the payload data buffer.

-  @param[out] PayloadBuffer                A pointer to a destination buffer to store the security

-                                           protocol command specific payload data for the security

-                                           protocol command. The caller is responsible for having

-                                           either implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.

-  @param[out] PayloadTransferSize          A pointer to a buffer to store the size in bytes of the

-                                           data written to the payload data buffer.

-  @param[in]  IsRead                       Indicates it is a read or write operation.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS                  The security protocol command completed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL    The PayloadBufferSize was too small to store the available

-                                       data from the device. The PayloadBuffer contains the truncated data.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED              The given MediaId does not support security protocol commands.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR             The security protocol command completed with an error.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA                 There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED            The MediaId is not for the current media.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER        The PayloadBuffer or PayloadTransferSize is NULL and

-                                       PayloadBufferSize is non-zero.

-  @retval EFI_TIMEOUT                  A timeout occurred while waiting for the security

-                                       protocol command to execute.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcSecurityProtocolInOut (

-  IN     EFI_STORAGE_SECURITY_COMMAND_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN     UINT32                                 MediaId,

-  IN     UINT64                                 Timeout,

-  IN     UINT8                                  SecurityProtocolId,

-  IN     UINT16                                 SecurityProtocolSpecificData,

-  IN     UINTN                                  PayloadBufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                                      *PayloadBuffer,

-  OUT UINTN                                     *PayloadTransferSize,

-  IN     BOOLEAN                                IsRead

-  );

-

-/**

-  Send a security protocol command to a device that receives data and/or the result

-  of one or more commands sent by SendData.

-

-  The ReceiveData function sends a security protocol command to the given MediaId.

-  The security protocol command sent is defined by SecurityProtocolId and contains

-  the security protocol specific data SecurityProtocolSpecificData. The function

-  returns the data from the security protocol command in PayloadBuffer.

-

-  For devices supporting the SCSI command set, the security protocol command is sent

-  using the SECURITY PROTOCOL IN command defined in SPC-4.

-

-  For devices supporting the ATA command set, the security protocol command is sent

-  using one of the TRUSTED RECEIVE commands defined in ATA8-ACS if PayloadBufferSize

-  is non-zero.

-

-  If the PayloadBufferSize is zero, the security protocol command is sent using the

-  Trusted Non-Data command defined in ATA8-ACS.

-

-  If PayloadBufferSize is too small to store the available data from the security

-  protocol command, the function shall copy PayloadBufferSize bytes into the

-  PayloadBuffer and return EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.

-

-  If PayloadBuffer or PayloadTransferSize is NULL and PayloadBufferSize is non-zero,

-  the function shall return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.

-

-  If the given MediaId does not support security protocol commands, the function shall

-  return EFI_UNSUPPORTED. If there is no media in the device, the function returns

-  EFI_NO_MEDIA. If the MediaId is not the ID for the current media in the device,

-  the function returns EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED.

-

-  If the security protocol fails to complete within the Timeout period, the function

-  shall return EFI_TIMEOUT.

-

-  If the security protocol command completes without an error, the function shall

-  return EFI_SUCCESS. If the security protocol command completes with an error, the

-  function shall return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR.

-

-  @param  This                         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param  MediaId                      ID of the medium to receive data from. If there is no

-                                       block IO protocol supported by the physical device, the

-                                       value of MediaId is undefined.

-  @param  Timeout                      The timeout, in 100ns units, to use for the execution

-                                       of the security protocol command. A Timeout value of 0

-                                       means that this function will wait indefinitely for the

-                                       security protocol command to execute. If Timeout is greater

-                                       than zero, then this function will return EFI_TIMEOUT

-                                       if the time required to execute the receive data command

-                                       is greater than Timeout.

-  @param  SecurityProtocolId           The value of the "Security Protocol" parameter of

-                                       the security protocol command to be sent.

-  @param  SecurityProtocolSpecificData The value of the "Security Protocol Specific" parameter

-                                       of the security protocol command to be sent.

-  @param  PayloadBufferSize            Size in bytes of the payload data buffer.

-  @param  PayloadBuffer                A pointer to a destination buffer to store the security

-                                       protocol command specific payload data for the security

-                                       protocol command. The caller is responsible for having

-                                       either implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.

-  @param  PayloadTransferSize          A pointer to a buffer to store the size in bytes of the

-                                       data written to the payload data buffer.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS                  The security protocol command completed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL    The PayloadBufferSize was too small to store the available

-                                       data from the device. The PayloadBuffer contains the truncated data.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED              The given MediaId does not support security protocol commands.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR             The security protocol command completed with an error.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA                 There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED            The MediaId is not for the current media.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER        The PayloadBuffer or PayloadTransferSize is NULL and

-                                       PayloadBufferSize is non-zero.

-  @retval EFI_TIMEOUT                  A timeout occurred while waiting for the security

-                                       protocol command to execute.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcSecurityProtocolIn (

-  IN EFI_STORAGE_SECURITY_COMMAND_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN UINT32                                 MediaId,

-  IN UINT64                                 Timeout,

-  IN UINT8                                  SecurityProtocolId,

-  IN UINT16                                 SecurityProtocolSpecificData,

-  IN UINTN                                  PayloadBufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                                  *PayloadBuffer,

-  OUT UINTN                                 *PayloadTransferSize

-  );

-

-/**

-  Send a security protocol command to a device.

-

-  The SendData function sends a security protocol command containing the payload

-  PayloadBuffer to the given MediaId. The security protocol command sent is

-  defined by SecurityProtocolId and contains the security protocol specific data

-  SecurityProtocolSpecificData. If the underlying protocol command requires a

-  specific padding for the command payload, the SendData function shall add padding

-  bytes to the command payload to satisfy the padding requirements.

-

-  For devices supporting the SCSI command set, the security protocol command is sent

-  using the SECURITY PROTOCOL OUT command defined in SPC-4.

-

-  For devices supporting the ATA command set, the security protocol command is sent

-  using one of the TRUSTED SEND commands defined in ATA8-ACS if PayloadBufferSize

-  is non-zero. If the PayloadBufferSize is zero, the security protocol command is

-  sent using the Trusted Non-Data command defined in ATA8-ACS.

-

-  If PayloadBuffer is NULL and PayloadBufferSize is non-zero, the function shall

-  return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.

-

-  If the given MediaId does not support security protocol commands, the function

-  shall return EFI_UNSUPPORTED. If there is no media in the device, the function

-  returns EFI_NO_MEDIA. If the MediaId is not the ID for the current media in the

-  device, the function returns EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED.

-

-  If the security protocol fails to complete within the Timeout period, the function

-  shall return EFI_TIMEOUT.

-

-  If the security protocol command completes without an error, the function shall return

-  EFI_SUCCESS. If the security protocol command completes with an error, the function

-  shall return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR.

-

-  @param  This                         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param  MediaId                      ID of the medium to receive data from. If there is no

-                                       block IO protocol supported by the physical device, the

-                                       value of MediaId is undefined.

-  @param  Timeout                      The timeout, in 100ns units, to use for the execution

-                                       of the security protocol command. A Timeout value of 0

-                                       means that this function will wait indefinitely for the

-                                       security protocol command to execute. If Timeout is greater

-                                       than zero, then this function will return EFI_TIMEOUT

-                                       if the time required to execute the receive data command

-                                       is greater than Timeout.

-  @param  SecurityProtocolId           The value of the "Security Protocol" parameter of

-                                       the security protocol command to be sent.

-  @param  SecurityProtocolSpecificData The value of the "Security Protocol Specific" parameter

-                                       of the security protocol command to be sent.

-  @param  PayloadBufferSize            Size in bytes of the payload data buffer.

-  @param  PayloadBuffer                A pointer to a destination buffer to store the security

-                                       protocol command specific payload data for the security

-                                       protocol command.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS                  The security protocol command completed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED              The given MediaId does not support security protocol commands.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR             The security protocol command completed with an error.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA                 There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED            The MediaId is not for the current media.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER        The PayloadBuffer is NULL and PayloadBufferSize is non-zero.

-  @retval EFI_TIMEOUT                  A timeout occurred while waiting for the security

-                                       protocol command to execute.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcSecurityProtocolOut (

-  IN EFI_STORAGE_SECURITY_COMMAND_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN UINT32                                 MediaId,

-  IN UINT64                                 Timeout,

-  IN UINT8                                  SecurityProtocolId,

-  IN UINT16                                 SecurityProtocolSpecificData,

-  IN UINTN                                  PayloadBufferSize,

-  IN VOID                                   *PayloadBuffer

-  );

-

-/**

-  Erase a specified number of device blocks.

-

-  @param[in]       This           Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in]       MediaId        The media ID that the erase request is for.

-  @param[in]       Lba            The starting logical block address to be

-                                  erased. The caller is responsible for erasing

-                                  only legitimate locations.

-  @param[in, out]  Token          A pointer to the token associated with the

-                                  transaction.

-  @param[in]       Size           The size in bytes to be erased. This must be

-                                  a multiple of the physical block size of the

-                                  device.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The erase request was queued if Event is not

-                                  NULL. The data was erased correctly to the

-                                  device if the Event is NULL.to the device.

-  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED     The device cannot be erased due to write

-                                  protection.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting

-                                  to perform the erase operation.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The erase request contains LBAs that are not

-                                  valid.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED       The MediaId is not for the current media.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcEraseBlocks (

-  IN     EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN     UINT32                    MediaId,

-  IN     EFI_LBA                   Lba,

-  IN OUT EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_TOKEN     *Token,

-  IN     UINTN                     Size

-  );

-

-#endif

+/** @file
+  Header file for EmmcDxe Driver.
+
+  This file defines common data structures, macro definitions and some module
+  internal function header files.
+
+  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef _EMMC_BLOCK_IO_H_
+#define _EMMC_BLOCK_IO_H_
+
+/**
+  Reset the Block Device.
+
+  @param  This                 Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param  ExtendedVerification Driver may perform diagnostics on reset.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS          The device was reset.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR     The device is not functioning properly and could
+                               not be reset.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcReset (
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  BOOLEAN                ExtendedVerification
+  );
+
+/**
+  Read BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.
+
+  @param  This       Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param  MediaId    Id of the media, changes every time the media is replaced.
+  @param  Lba        The starting Logical Block Address to read from
+  @param  BufferSize Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param  Buffer     A pointer to the destination buffer for the data. The caller is
+                     responsible for either having implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was read correctly from the device.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the read.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The read request contains LBAs that are not valid,
+                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcReadBlocks (
+  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN     UINT32                 MediaId,
+  IN     EFI_LBA                Lba,
+  IN     UINTN                  BufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                      *Buffer
+  );
+
+/**
+  Write BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.
+
+  @param  This       Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param  MediaId    The media ID that the write request is for.
+  @param  Lba        The starting logical block address to be written. The caller is
+                     responsible for writing to only legitimate locations.
+  @param  BufferSize Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param  Buffer     A pointer to the source buffer for the data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was written correctly to the device.
+  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED   The device can not be written to.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the write.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The write request contains LBAs that are not valid,
+                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcWriteBlocks (
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  UINT32                 MediaId,
+  IN  EFI_LBA                Lba,
+  IN  UINTN                  BufferSize,
+  IN  VOID                   *Buffer
+  );
+
+/**
+  Flush the Block Device.
+
+  @param  This              Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       All outstanding data was written to the device
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR  The device reported an error while writing back the data
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is no media in the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcFlushBlocks (
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This
+  );
+
+/**
+  Reset the Block Device.
+
+  @param[in]  This                 Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in]  ExtendedVerification Driver may perform diagnostics on reset.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device was reset.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR         The device is not functioning properly and could
+                                   not be reset.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcResetEx (
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  BOOLEAN                 ExtendedVerification
+  );
+
+/**
+  Read BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.
+
+  @param[in]       This         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in]       MediaId      Id of the media, changes every time the media is replaced.
+  @param[in]       Lba          The starting Logical Block Address to read from.
+  @param[in, out]  Token        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+  @param[in]       BufferSize   Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param[out]      Buffer       A pointer to the destination buffer for the data. The caller is
+                                responsible for either having implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The read request was queued if Event is not NULL.
+                                The data was read correctly from the device if
+                                the Event is NULL.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing
+                                the read.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId is not for the current media.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of the
+                                intrinsic block size of the device.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The read request contains LBAs that are not valid,
+                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be completed due to a lack
+                                of resources.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcReadBlocksEx (
+  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN     UINT32                  MediaId,
+  IN     EFI_LBA                 Lba,
+  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token,
+  IN     UINTN                   BufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                       *Buffer
+  );
+
+/**
+  Write BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.
+
+  @param[in]       This         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in]       MediaId      The media ID that the write request is for.
+  @param[in]       Lba          The starting logical block address to be written. The
+                                caller is responsible for writing to only legitimate
+                                locations.
+  @param[in, out]  Token        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+  @param[in]       BufferSize   Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param[in]       Buffer       A pointer to the source buffer for the data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was written correctly to the device.
+  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED   The device can not be written to.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the write.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The write request contains LBAs that are not valid,
+                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcWriteBlocksEx (
+  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN     UINT32                  MediaId,
+  IN     EFI_LBA                 Lba,
+  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token,
+  IN     UINTN                   BufferSize,
+  IN     VOID                    *Buffer
+  );
+
+/**
+  Flush the Block Device.
+
+  @param[in]       This     Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in, out]  Token    A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       All outstanding data was written to the device
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR  The device reported an error while writing back the data
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is no media in the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcFlushBlocksEx (
+  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token
+  );
+
+/**
+  Send a security protocol command to a device that receives data and/or the result
+  of one or more commands sent by SendData.
+
+  The ReceiveData function sends a security protocol command to the given MediaId.
+  The security protocol command sent is defined by SecurityProtocolId and contains
+  the security protocol specific data SecurityProtocolSpecificData. The function
+  returns the data from the security protocol command in PayloadBuffer.
+
+  For devices supporting the SCSI command set, the security protocol command is sent
+  using the SECURITY PROTOCOL IN command defined in SPC-4.
+
+  For devices supporting the ATA command set, the security protocol command is sent
+  using one of the TRUSTED RECEIVE commands defined in ATA8-ACS if PayloadBufferSize
+  is non-zero.
+
+  If the PayloadBufferSize is zero, the security protocol command is sent using the
+  Trusted Non-Data command defined in ATA8-ACS.
+
+  If PayloadBufferSize is too small to store the available data from the security
+  protocol command, the function shall copy PayloadBufferSize bytes into the
+  PayloadBuffer and return EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.
+
+  If PayloadBuffer or PayloadTransferSize is NULL and PayloadBufferSize is non-zero,
+  the function shall return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.
+
+  If the given MediaId does not support security protocol commands, the function shall
+  return EFI_UNSUPPORTED. If there is no media in the device, the function returns
+  EFI_NO_MEDIA. If the MediaId is not the ID for the current media in the device,
+  the function returns EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED.
+
+  If the security protocol fails to complete within the Timeout period, the function
+  shall return EFI_TIMEOUT.
+
+  If the security protocol command completes without an error, the function shall
+  return EFI_SUCCESS. If the security protocol command completes with an error, the
+  function shall return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR.
+
+  @param[in]  This                         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in]  MediaId                      ID of the medium to receive data from. If there is no
+                                           block IO protocol supported by the physical device, the
+                                           value of MediaId is undefined.
+  @param[in]  Timeout                      The timeout, in 100ns units, to use for the execution
+                                           of the security protocol command. A Timeout value of 0
+                                           means that this function will wait indefinitely for the
+                                           security protocol command to execute. If Timeout is greater
+                                           than zero, then this function will return EFI_TIMEOUT
+                                           if the time required to execute the receive data command
+                                           is greater than Timeout.
+  @param[in]  SecurityProtocolId           The value of the "Security Protocol" parameter of
+                                           the security protocol command to be sent.
+  @param[in]  SecurityProtocolSpecificData The value of the "Security Protocol Specific" parameter
+                                           of the security protocol command to be sent.
+  @param[in]  PayloadBufferSize            Size in bytes of the payload data buffer.
+  @param[out] PayloadBuffer                A pointer to a destination buffer to store the security
+                                           protocol command specific payload data for the security
+                                           protocol command. The caller is responsible for having
+                                           either implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.
+  @param[out] PayloadTransferSize          A pointer to a buffer to store the size in bytes of the
+                                           data written to the payload data buffer.
+  @param[in]  IsRead                       Indicates it is a read or write operation.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS                  The security protocol command completed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL    The PayloadBufferSize was too small to store the available
+                                       data from the device. The PayloadBuffer contains the truncated data.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED              The given MediaId does not support security protocol commands.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR             The security protocol command completed with an error.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA                 There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED            The MediaId is not for the current media.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER        The PayloadBuffer or PayloadTransferSize is NULL and
+                                       PayloadBufferSize is non-zero.
+  @retval EFI_TIMEOUT                  A timeout occurred while waiting for the security
+                                       protocol command to execute.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcSecurityProtocolInOut (
+  IN     EFI_STORAGE_SECURITY_COMMAND_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN     UINT32                                 MediaId,
+  IN     UINT64                                 Timeout,
+  IN     UINT8                                  SecurityProtocolId,
+  IN     UINT16                                 SecurityProtocolSpecificData,
+  IN     UINTN                                  PayloadBufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                                      *PayloadBuffer,
+  OUT UINTN                                     *PayloadTransferSize,
+  IN     BOOLEAN                                IsRead
+  );
+
+/**
+  Send a security protocol command to a device that receives data and/or the result
+  of one or more commands sent by SendData.
+
+  The ReceiveData function sends a security protocol command to the given MediaId.
+  The security protocol command sent is defined by SecurityProtocolId and contains
+  the security protocol specific data SecurityProtocolSpecificData. The function
+  returns the data from the security protocol command in PayloadBuffer.
+
+  For devices supporting the SCSI command set, the security protocol command is sent
+  using the SECURITY PROTOCOL IN command defined in SPC-4.
+
+  For devices supporting the ATA command set, the security protocol command is sent
+  using one of the TRUSTED RECEIVE commands defined in ATA8-ACS if PayloadBufferSize
+  is non-zero.
+
+  If the PayloadBufferSize is zero, the security protocol command is sent using the
+  Trusted Non-Data command defined in ATA8-ACS.
+
+  If PayloadBufferSize is too small to store the available data from the security
+  protocol command, the function shall copy PayloadBufferSize bytes into the
+  PayloadBuffer and return EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.
+
+  If PayloadBuffer or PayloadTransferSize is NULL and PayloadBufferSize is non-zero,
+  the function shall return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.
+
+  If the given MediaId does not support security protocol commands, the function shall
+  return EFI_UNSUPPORTED. If there is no media in the device, the function returns
+  EFI_NO_MEDIA. If the MediaId is not the ID for the current media in the device,
+  the function returns EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED.
+
+  If the security protocol fails to complete within the Timeout period, the function
+  shall return EFI_TIMEOUT.
+
+  If the security protocol command completes without an error, the function shall
+  return EFI_SUCCESS. If the security protocol command completes with an error, the
+  function shall return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR.
+
+  @param  This                         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param  MediaId                      ID of the medium to receive data from. If there is no
+                                       block IO protocol supported by the physical device, the
+                                       value of MediaId is undefined.
+  @param  Timeout                      The timeout, in 100ns units, to use for the execution
+                                       of the security protocol command. A Timeout value of 0
+                                       means that this function will wait indefinitely for the
+                                       security protocol command to execute. If Timeout is greater
+                                       than zero, then this function will return EFI_TIMEOUT
+                                       if the time required to execute the receive data command
+                                       is greater than Timeout.
+  @param  SecurityProtocolId           The value of the "Security Protocol" parameter of
+                                       the security protocol command to be sent.
+  @param  SecurityProtocolSpecificData The value of the "Security Protocol Specific" parameter
+                                       of the security protocol command to be sent.
+  @param  PayloadBufferSize            Size in bytes of the payload data buffer.
+  @param  PayloadBuffer                A pointer to a destination buffer to store the security
+                                       protocol command specific payload data for the security
+                                       protocol command. The caller is responsible for having
+                                       either implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.
+  @param  PayloadTransferSize          A pointer to a buffer to store the size in bytes of the
+                                       data written to the payload data buffer.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS                  The security protocol command completed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL    The PayloadBufferSize was too small to store the available
+                                       data from the device. The PayloadBuffer contains the truncated data.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED              The given MediaId does not support security protocol commands.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR             The security protocol command completed with an error.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA                 There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED            The MediaId is not for the current media.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER        The PayloadBuffer or PayloadTransferSize is NULL and
+                                       PayloadBufferSize is non-zero.
+  @retval EFI_TIMEOUT                  A timeout occurred while waiting for the security
+                                       protocol command to execute.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcSecurityProtocolIn (
+  IN EFI_STORAGE_SECURITY_COMMAND_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN UINT32                                 MediaId,
+  IN UINT64                                 Timeout,
+  IN UINT8                                  SecurityProtocolId,
+  IN UINT16                                 SecurityProtocolSpecificData,
+  IN UINTN                                  PayloadBufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                                  *PayloadBuffer,
+  OUT UINTN                                 *PayloadTransferSize
+  );
+
+/**
+  Send a security protocol command to a device.
+
+  The SendData function sends a security protocol command containing the payload
+  PayloadBuffer to the given MediaId. The security protocol command sent is
+  defined by SecurityProtocolId and contains the security protocol specific data
+  SecurityProtocolSpecificData. If the underlying protocol command requires a
+  specific padding for the command payload, the SendData function shall add padding
+  bytes to the command payload to satisfy the padding requirements.
+
+  For devices supporting the SCSI command set, the security protocol command is sent
+  using the SECURITY PROTOCOL OUT command defined in SPC-4.
+
+  For devices supporting the ATA command set, the security protocol command is sent
+  using one of the TRUSTED SEND commands defined in ATA8-ACS if PayloadBufferSize
+  is non-zero. If the PayloadBufferSize is zero, the security protocol command is
+  sent using the Trusted Non-Data command defined in ATA8-ACS.
+
+  If PayloadBuffer is NULL and PayloadBufferSize is non-zero, the function shall
+  return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.
+
+  If the given MediaId does not support security protocol commands, the function
+  shall return EFI_UNSUPPORTED. If there is no media in the device, the function
+  returns EFI_NO_MEDIA. If the MediaId is not the ID for the current media in the
+  device, the function returns EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED.
+
+  If the security protocol fails to complete within the Timeout period, the function
+  shall return EFI_TIMEOUT.
+
+  If the security protocol command completes without an error, the function shall return
+  EFI_SUCCESS. If the security protocol command completes with an error, the function
+  shall return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR.
+
+  @param  This                         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param  MediaId                      ID of the medium to receive data from. If there is no
+                                       block IO protocol supported by the physical device, the
+                                       value of MediaId is undefined.
+  @param  Timeout                      The timeout, in 100ns units, to use for the execution
+                                       of the security protocol command. A Timeout value of 0
+                                       means that this function will wait indefinitely for the
+                                       security protocol command to execute. If Timeout is greater
+                                       than zero, then this function will return EFI_TIMEOUT
+                                       if the time required to execute the receive data command
+                                       is greater than Timeout.
+  @param  SecurityProtocolId           The value of the "Security Protocol" parameter of
+                                       the security protocol command to be sent.
+  @param  SecurityProtocolSpecificData The value of the "Security Protocol Specific" parameter
+                                       of the security protocol command to be sent.
+  @param  PayloadBufferSize            Size in bytes of the payload data buffer.
+  @param  PayloadBuffer                A pointer to a destination buffer to store the security
+                                       protocol command specific payload data for the security
+                                       protocol command.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS                  The security protocol command completed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED              The given MediaId does not support security protocol commands.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR             The security protocol command completed with an error.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA                 There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED            The MediaId is not for the current media.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER        The PayloadBuffer is NULL and PayloadBufferSize is non-zero.
+  @retval EFI_TIMEOUT                  A timeout occurred while waiting for the security
+                                       protocol command to execute.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcSecurityProtocolOut (
+  IN EFI_STORAGE_SECURITY_COMMAND_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN UINT32                                 MediaId,
+  IN UINT64                                 Timeout,
+  IN UINT8                                  SecurityProtocolId,
+  IN UINT16                                 SecurityProtocolSpecificData,
+  IN UINTN                                  PayloadBufferSize,
+  IN VOID                                   *PayloadBuffer
+  );
+
+/**
+  Erase a specified number of device blocks.
+
+  @param[in]       This           Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in]       MediaId        The media ID that the erase request is for.
+  @param[in]       Lba            The starting logical block address to be
+                                  erased. The caller is responsible for erasing
+                                  only legitimate locations.
+  @param[in, out]  Token          A pointer to the token associated with the
+                                  transaction.
+  @param[in]       Size           The size in bytes to be erased. This must be
+                                  a multiple of the physical block size of the
+                                  device.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The erase request was queued if Event is not
+                                  NULL. The data was erased correctly to the
+                                  device if the Event is NULL.to the device.
+  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED     The device cannot be erased due to write
+                                  protection.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting
+                                  to perform the erase operation.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The erase request contains LBAs that are not
+                                  valid.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED       The MediaId is not for the current media.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcEraseBlocks (
+  IN     EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN     UINT32                    MediaId,
+  IN     EFI_LBA                   Lba,
+  IN OUT EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_TOKEN     *Token,
+  IN     UINTN                     Size
+  );
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDiskInfo.c b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDiskInfo.c
index 1f3ab05db9..c3f0c534e9 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDiskInfo.c
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDiskInfo.c
@@ -1,134 +1,134 @@
-/** @file

-  Implement the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL interface on EMMC devices.

-

-  Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "EmmcDxe.h"

-

-/**

-  Provides inquiry information for the controller type.

-

-  This function is used by the driver entity to get inquiry data. Data format of

-  Identify data is defined by the Interface GUID.

-

-  @param[in]     This              Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[in,out] InquiryData       Pointer to a buffer for the inquiry data.

-  @param[in,out] InquiryDataSize   Pointer to the value for the inquiry data size.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.

-  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading InquiryData from device.

-  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   InquiryDataSize not big enough.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcDiskInfoInquiry (

-  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN OUT VOID                    *InquiryData,

-  IN OUT UINT32                  *InquiryDataSize

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS      Status;

-  EMMC_PARTITION  *Partition;

-  EMMC_DEVICE     *Device;

-

-  Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_DISKINFO (This);

-  Device    = Partition->Device;

-

-  if (*InquiryDataSize >= sizeof (Device->Cid)) {

-    Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-    CopyMem (InquiryData, &Device->Cid, sizeof (Device->Cid));

-  } else {

-    Status = EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;

-  }

-

-  *InquiryDataSize = sizeof (Device->Cid);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Provides identify information for the controller type.

-

-  This function is used by the driver entity to get identify data. Data format

-  of Identify data is defined by the Interface GUID.

-

-  @param[in]     This               Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL

-                                    instance.

-  @param[in,out] IdentifyData       Pointer to a buffer for the identify data.

-  @param[in,out] IdentifyDataSize   Pointer to the value for the identify data

-                                    size.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.

-  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading IdentifyData from device.

-  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   IdentifyDataSize not big enough.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcDiskInfoIdentify (

-  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN OUT VOID                    *IdentifyData,

-  IN OUT UINT32                  *IdentifyDataSize

-  )

-{

-  return EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-}

-

-/**

-  Provides sense data information for the controller type.

-

-  This function is used by the driver entity to get sense data. Data format of

-  Sense data is defined by the Interface GUID.

-

-  @param[in]     This              Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[in,out] SenseData         Pointer to the SenseData.

-  @param[in,out] SenseDataSize     Size of SenseData in bytes.

-  @param[out]    SenseDataNumber   Pointer to the value for the sense data size.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.

-  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading SenseData from device.

-  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   SenseDataSize not big enough.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcDiskInfoSenseData (

-  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN OUT VOID                    *SenseData,

-  IN OUT UINT32                  *SenseDataSize,

-  OUT    UINT8                   *SenseDataNumber

-  )

-{

-  return EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-}

-

-/**

-  Provides IDE channel and device information for the interface.

-

-  This function is used by the driver entity to get controller information.

-

-  @param[in]  This         Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[out] IdeChannel   Pointer to the Ide Channel number.  Primary or secondary.

-  @param[out] IdeDevice    Pointer to the Ide Device number.  Master or slave.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       IdeChannel and IdeDevice are valid.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED   This is not an IDE device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcDiskInfoWhichIde (

-  IN  EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  OUT UINT32                  *IdeChannel,

-  OUT UINT32                  *IdeDevice

-  )

-{

-  return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-}

+/** @file
+  Implement the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL interface on EMMC devices.
+
+  Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#include "EmmcDxe.h"
+
+/**
+  Provides inquiry information for the controller type.
+
+  This function is used by the driver entity to get inquiry data. Data format of
+  Identify data is defined by the Interface GUID.
+
+  @param[in]     This              Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[in,out] InquiryData       Pointer to a buffer for the inquiry data.
+  @param[in,out] InquiryDataSize   Pointer to the value for the inquiry data size.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.
+  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading InquiryData from device.
+  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   InquiryDataSize not big enough.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcDiskInfoInquiry (
+  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN OUT VOID                    *InquiryData,
+  IN OUT UINT32                  *InquiryDataSize
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS      Status;
+  EMMC_PARTITION  *Partition;
+  EMMC_DEVICE     *Device;
+
+  Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_DISKINFO (This);
+  Device    = Partition->Device;
+
+  if (*InquiryDataSize >= sizeof (Device->Cid)) {
+    Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+    CopyMem (InquiryData, &Device->Cid, sizeof (Device->Cid));
+  } else {
+    Status = EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
+  }
+
+  *InquiryDataSize = sizeof (Device->Cid);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Provides identify information for the controller type.
+
+  This function is used by the driver entity to get identify data. Data format
+  of Identify data is defined by the Interface GUID.
+
+  @param[in]     This               Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL
+                                    instance.
+  @param[in,out] IdentifyData       Pointer to a buffer for the identify data.
+  @param[in,out] IdentifyDataSize   Pointer to the value for the identify data
+                                    size.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.
+  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading IdentifyData from device.
+  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   IdentifyDataSize not big enough.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcDiskInfoIdentify (
+  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN OUT VOID                    *IdentifyData,
+  IN OUT UINT32                  *IdentifyDataSize
+  )
+{
+  return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+}
+
+/**
+  Provides sense data information for the controller type.
+
+  This function is used by the driver entity to get sense data. Data format of
+  Sense data is defined by the Interface GUID.
+
+  @param[in]     This              Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[in,out] SenseData         Pointer to the SenseData.
+  @param[in,out] SenseDataSize     Size of SenseData in bytes.
+  @param[out]    SenseDataNumber   Pointer to the value for the sense data size.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.
+  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading SenseData from device.
+  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   SenseDataSize not big enough.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcDiskInfoSenseData (
+  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN OUT VOID                    *SenseData,
+  IN OUT UINT32                  *SenseDataSize,
+  OUT    UINT8                   *SenseDataNumber
+  )
+{
+  return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+}
+
+/**
+  Provides IDE channel and device information for the interface.
+
+  This function is used by the driver entity to get controller information.
+
+  @param[in]  This         Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[out] IdeChannel   Pointer to the Ide Channel number.  Primary or secondary.
+  @param[out] IdeDevice    Pointer to the Ide Device number.  Master or slave.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       IdeChannel and IdeDevice are valid.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED   This is not an IDE device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcDiskInfoWhichIde (
+  IN  EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  OUT UINT32                  *IdeChannel,
+  OUT UINT32                  *IdeDevice
+  )
+{
+  return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDiskInfo.h b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDiskInfo.h
index 44e691ac30..20dce358c9 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDiskInfo.h
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDiskInfo.h
@@ -1,109 +1,109 @@
-/** @file

-  Header file for EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL interface on EMMC devices.

-

-  Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#ifndef _EMMC_DISKINFO_H_

-#define _EMMC_DISKINFO_H_

-

-/**

-  Provides inquiry information for the controller type.

-

-  This function is used by the driver entity to get inquiry data. Data format of

-  Identify data is defined by the Interface GUID.

-

-  @param[in]     This              Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[in,out] InquiryData       Pointer to a buffer for the inquiry data.

-  @param[in,out] InquiryDataSize   Pointer to the value for the inquiry data size.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.

-  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading InquiryData from device.

-  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   InquiryDataSize not big enough.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcDiskInfoInquiry (

-  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN OUT VOID                    *InquiryData,

-  IN OUT UINT32                  *InquiryDataSize

-  );

-

-/**

-  Provides identify information for the controller type.

-

-  This function is used by the driver entity to get identify data. Data format

-  of Identify data is defined by the Interface GUID.

-

-  @param[in]     This               Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL

-                                    instance.

-  @param[in,out] IdentifyData       Pointer to a buffer for the identify data.

-  @param[in,out] IdentifyDataSize   Pointer to the value for the identify data

-                                    size.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.

-  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading IdentifyData from device.

-  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   IdentifyDataSize not big enough.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcDiskInfoIdentify (

-  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN OUT VOID                    *IdentifyData,

-  IN OUT UINT32                  *IdentifyDataSize

-  );

-

-/**

-  Provides sense data information for the controller type.

-

-  This function is used by the driver entity to get sense data. Data format of

-  Sense data is defined by the Interface GUID.

-

-  @param[in]     This              Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[in,out] SenseData         Pointer to the SenseData.

-  @param[in,out] SenseDataSize     Size of SenseData in bytes.

-  @param[out]    SenseDataNumber   Pointer to the value for the sense data size.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.

-  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading SenseData from device.

-  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   SenseDataSize not big enough.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcDiskInfoSenseData (

-  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN OUT VOID                    *SenseData,

-  IN OUT UINT32                  *SenseDataSize,

-  OUT    UINT8                   *SenseDataNumber

-  );

-

-/**

-  Provides IDE channel and device information for the interface.

-

-  This function is used by the driver entity to get controller information.

-

-  @param[in]  This         Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[out] IdeChannel   Pointer to the Ide Channel number.  Primary or secondary.

-  @param[out] IdeDevice    Pointer to the Ide Device number.  Master or slave.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       IdeChannel and IdeDevice are valid.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED   This is not an IDE device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcDiskInfoWhichIde (

-  IN  EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  OUT UINT32                  *IdeChannel,

-  OUT UINT32                  *IdeDevice

-  );

-

-#endif

+/** @file
+  Header file for EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL interface on EMMC devices.
+
+  Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef _EMMC_DISKINFO_H_
+#define _EMMC_DISKINFO_H_
+
+/**
+  Provides inquiry information for the controller type.
+
+  This function is used by the driver entity to get inquiry data. Data format of
+  Identify data is defined by the Interface GUID.
+
+  @param[in]     This              Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[in,out] InquiryData       Pointer to a buffer for the inquiry data.
+  @param[in,out] InquiryDataSize   Pointer to the value for the inquiry data size.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.
+  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading InquiryData from device.
+  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   InquiryDataSize not big enough.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcDiskInfoInquiry (
+  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN OUT VOID                    *InquiryData,
+  IN OUT UINT32                  *InquiryDataSize
+  );
+
+/**
+  Provides identify information for the controller type.
+
+  This function is used by the driver entity to get identify data. Data format
+  of Identify data is defined by the Interface GUID.
+
+  @param[in]     This               Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL
+                                    instance.
+  @param[in,out] IdentifyData       Pointer to a buffer for the identify data.
+  @param[in,out] IdentifyDataSize   Pointer to the value for the identify data
+                                    size.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.
+  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading IdentifyData from device.
+  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   IdentifyDataSize not big enough.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcDiskInfoIdentify (
+  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN OUT VOID                    *IdentifyData,
+  IN OUT UINT32                  *IdentifyDataSize
+  );
+
+/**
+  Provides sense data information for the controller type.
+
+  This function is used by the driver entity to get sense data. Data format of
+  Sense data is defined by the Interface GUID.
+
+  @param[in]     This              Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[in,out] SenseData         Pointer to the SenseData.
+  @param[in,out] SenseDataSize     Size of SenseData in bytes.
+  @param[out]    SenseDataNumber   Pointer to the value for the sense data size.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.
+  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading SenseData from device.
+  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   SenseDataSize not big enough.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcDiskInfoSenseData (
+  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN OUT VOID                    *SenseData,
+  IN OUT UINT32                  *SenseDataSize,
+  OUT    UINT8                   *SenseDataNumber
+  );
+
+/**
+  Provides IDE channel and device information for the interface.
+
+  This function is used by the driver entity to get controller information.
+
+  @param[in]  This         Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[out] IdeChannel   Pointer to the Ide Channel number.  Primary or secondary.
+  @param[out] IdeDevice    Pointer to the Ide Device number.  Master or slave.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       IdeChannel and IdeDevice are valid.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED   This is not an IDE device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcDiskInfoWhichIde (
+  IN  EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  OUT UINT32                  *IdeChannel,
+  OUT UINT32                  *IdeDevice
+  );
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDxe.c b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDxe.c
index c780c396e1..a496f272ae 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDxe.c
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDxe.c
@@ -1,1241 +1,1241 @@
-/** @file

-  The EmmcDxe driver is used to manage the EMMC device.

-

-  It produces BlockIo, BlockIo2 and StorageSecurity protocols to allow upper layer

-  access the EMMC device.

-

-  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "EmmcDxe.h"

-

-//

-// EmmcDxe Driver Binding Protocol Instance

-//

-EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  gEmmcDxeDriverBinding = {

-  EmmcDxeDriverBindingSupported,

-  EmmcDxeDriverBindingStart,

-  EmmcDxeDriverBindingStop,

-  0x10,

-  NULL,

-  NULL

-};

-

-//

-// Template for Emmc Partitions.

-//

-EMMC_PARTITION  mEmmcPartitionTemplate = {

-  EMMC_PARTITION_SIGNATURE,    // Signature

-  FALSE,                       // Enable

-  EmmcPartitionUnknown,        // PartitionType

-  NULL,                        // Handle

-  NULL,                        // DevicePath

-  {                            // BlockIo

-    EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL_REVISION,

-    NULL,

-    EmmcReset,

-    EmmcReadBlocks,

-    EmmcWriteBlocks,

-    EmmcFlushBlocks

-  },

-  {                            // BlockIo2

-    NULL,

-    EmmcResetEx,

-    EmmcReadBlocksEx,

-    EmmcWriteBlocksEx,

-    EmmcFlushBlocksEx

-  },

-  {                            // BlockMedia

-    0,                         // MediaId

-    FALSE,                     // RemovableMedia

-    TRUE,                      // MediaPresent

-    FALSE,                     // LogicPartition

-    FALSE,                     // ReadOnly

-    FALSE,                     // WritingCache

-    0x200,                     // BlockSize

-    0,                         // IoAlign

-    0                          // LastBlock

-  },

-  {                            // StorageSecurity

-    EmmcSecurityProtocolIn,

-    EmmcSecurityProtocolOut

-  },

-  {                            // EraseBlock

-    EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_PROTOCOL_REVISION,

-    1,

-    EmmcEraseBlocks

-  },

-  {                            // DiskInfo

-    EFI_DISK_INFO_SD_MMC_INTERFACE_GUID,

-    EmmcDiskInfoInquiry,

-    EmmcDiskInfoIdentify,

-    EmmcDiskInfoSenseData,

-    EmmcDiskInfoWhichIde

-  },

-  {

-    NULL,

-    NULL

-  },

-  NULL                         // Device

-};

-

-/**

-  Decode and print EMMC CSD Register content.

-

-  @param[in] Csd           Pointer to EMMC_CSD data structure.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS      The function completed successfully

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-DumpCsd (

-  IN EMMC_CSD  *Csd

-  )

-{

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "== Dump Emmc Csd Register==\n"));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  CSD structure                    0x%x\n", Csd->CsdStructure));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  System specification version     0x%x\n", Csd->SpecVers));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Data read access-time 1          0x%x\n", Csd->Taac));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Data read access-time 2          0x%x\n", Csd->Nsac));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. bus clock frequency         0x%x\n", Csd->TranSpeed));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Device command classes           0x%x\n", Csd->Ccc));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. read data block length      0x%x\n", Csd->ReadBlLen));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Partial blocks for read allowed  0x%x\n", Csd->ReadBlPartial));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Write block misalignment         0x%x\n", Csd->WriteBlkMisalign));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Read block misalignment          0x%x\n", Csd->ReadBlkMisalign));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  DSR implemented                  0x%x\n", Csd->DsrImp));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Device size                      0x%x\n", Csd->CSizeLow | (Csd->CSizeHigh << 2)));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. read current @ VDD min      0x%x\n", Csd->VddRCurrMin));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. read current @ VDD max      0x%x\n", Csd->VddRCurrMax));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. write current @ VDD min     0x%x\n", Csd->VddWCurrMin));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. write current @ VDD max     0x%x\n", Csd->VddWCurrMax));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Device size multiplier           0x%x\n", Csd->CSizeMult));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Erase group size                 0x%x\n", Csd->EraseGrpSize));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Erase group size multiplier      0x%x\n", Csd->EraseGrpMult));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Write protect group size         0x%x\n", Csd->WpGrpSize));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Write protect group enable       0x%x\n", Csd->WpGrpEnable));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Manufacturer default ECC         0x%x\n", Csd->DefaultEcc));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Write speed factor               0x%x\n", Csd->R2WFactor));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. write data block length     0x%x\n", Csd->WriteBlLen));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Partial blocks for write allowed 0x%x\n", Csd->WriteBlPartial));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Content protection application   0x%x\n", Csd->ContentProtApp));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  File format group                0x%x\n", Csd->FileFormatGrp));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Copy flag (OTP)                  0x%x\n", Csd->Copy));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Permanent write protection       0x%x\n", Csd->PermWriteProtect));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Temporary write protection       0x%x\n", Csd->TmpWriteProtect));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  File format                      0x%x\n", Csd->FileFormat));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  ECC code                         0x%x\n", Csd->Ecc));

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Decode and print EMMC EXT_CSD Register content.

-

-  @param[in] ExtCsd           Pointer to the EMMC_EXT_CSD data structure.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS         The function completed successfully

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-DumpExtCsd (

-  IN EMMC_EXT_CSD  *ExtCsd

-  )

-{

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "==Dump Emmc ExtCsd Register==\n"));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Supported Command Sets                 0x%x\n", ExtCsd->CmdSet));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  HPI features                           0x%x\n", ExtCsd->HpiFeatures));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Background operations support          0x%x\n", ExtCsd->BkOpsSupport));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Background operations status           0x%x\n", ExtCsd->BkopsStatus));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Number of correctly programmed sectors 0x%x\n", *((UINT32 *)&ExtCsd->CorrectlyPrgSectorsNum[0])));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Initialization time after partitioning 0x%x\n", ExtCsd->IniTimeoutAp));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  TRIM Multiplier                        0x%x\n", ExtCsd->TrimMult));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Secure Feature support                 0x%x\n", ExtCsd->SecFeatureSupport));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Secure Erase Multiplier                0x%x\n", ExtCsd->SecEraseMult));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Secure TRIM Multiplier                 0x%x\n", ExtCsd->SecTrimMult));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Boot information                       0x%x\n", ExtCsd->BootInfo));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Boot partition size                    0x%x\n", ExtCsd->BootSizeMult));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Access size                            0x%x\n", ExtCsd->AccSize));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  High-capacity erase unit size          0x%x\n", ExtCsd->HcEraseGrpSize));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  High-capacity erase timeout            0x%x\n", ExtCsd->EraseTimeoutMult));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Reliable write sector count            0x%x\n", ExtCsd->RelWrSecC));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  High-capacity write protect group size 0x%x\n", ExtCsd->HcWpGrpSize));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Sleep/awake timeout                    0x%x\n", ExtCsd->SATimeout));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Sector Count                           0x%x\n", *((UINT32 *)&ExtCsd->SecCount[0])));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Partition switching timing             0x%x\n", ExtCsd->PartitionSwitchTime));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Out-of-interrupt busy timing           0x%x\n", ExtCsd->OutOfInterruptTime));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  I/O Driver Strength                    0x%x\n", ExtCsd->DriverStrength));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Device type                            0x%x\n", ExtCsd->DeviceType));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  CSD STRUCTURE                          0x%x\n", ExtCsd->CsdStructure));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Extended CSD revision                  0x%x\n", ExtCsd->ExtCsdRev));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Command set                            0x%x\n", ExtCsd->CmdSet));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Command set revision                   0x%x\n", ExtCsd->CmdSetRev));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Power class                            0x%x\n", ExtCsd->PowerClass));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  High-speed interface timing            0x%x\n", ExtCsd->HsTiming));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Bus width mode                         0x%x\n", ExtCsd->BusWidth));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Erased memory content                  0x%x\n", ExtCsd->ErasedMemCont));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Partition configuration                0x%x\n", ExtCsd->PartitionConfig));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Boot config protection                 0x%x\n", ExtCsd->BootConfigProt));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Boot bus Conditions                    0x%x\n", ExtCsd->BootBusConditions));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  High-density erase group definition    0x%x\n", ExtCsd->EraseGroupDef));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Boot write protection status register  0x%x\n", ExtCsd->BootWpStatus));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Boot area write protection register    0x%x\n", ExtCsd->BootWp));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  User area write protection register    0x%x\n", ExtCsd->UserWp));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  FW configuration                       0x%x\n", ExtCsd->FwConfig));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  RPMB Size                              0x%x\n", ExtCsd->RpmbSizeMult));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  H/W reset function                     0x%x\n", ExtCsd->RstFunction));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Partitioning Support                   0x%x\n", ExtCsd->PartitioningSupport));

-  DEBUG ((

-    DEBUG_INFO,

-    "  Max Enhanced Area Size                 0x%02x%02x%02x\n", \

-    ExtCsd->MaxEnhSizeMult[2],

-    ExtCsd->MaxEnhSizeMult[1],

-    ExtCsd->MaxEnhSizeMult[0]

-    ));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Partitions attribute                   0x%x\n", ExtCsd->PartitionsAttribute));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Partitioning Setting                   0x%x\n", ExtCsd->PartitionSettingCompleted));

-  DEBUG ((

-    DEBUG_INFO,

-    "  General Purpose Partition 1 Size       0x%02x%02x%02x\n", \

-    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[2],

-    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[1],

-    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[0]

-    ));

-  DEBUG ((

-    DEBUG_INFO,

-    "  General Purpose Partition 2 Size       0x%02x%02x%02x\n", \

-    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[5],

-    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[4],

-    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[3]

-    ));

-  DEBUG ((

-    DEBUG_INFO,

-    "  General Purpose Partition 3 Size       0x%02x%02x%02x\n", \

-    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[8],

-    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[7],

-    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[6]

-    ));

-  DEBUG ((

-    DEBUG_INFO,

-    "  General Purpose Partition 4 Size       0x%02x%02x%02x\n", \

-    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[11],

-    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[10],

-    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[9]

-    ));

-  DEBUG ((

-    DEBUG_INFO,

-    "  Enhanced User Data Area Size           0x%02x%02x%02x\n", \

-    ExtCsd->EnhSizeMult[2],

-    ExtCsd->EnhSizeMult[1],

-    ExtCsd->EnhSizeMult[0]

-    ));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Enhanced User Data Start Address       0x%x\n", *((UINT32 *)&ExtCsd->EnhStartAddr[0])));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Bad Block Management mode              0x%x\n", ExtCsd->SecBadBlkMgmnt));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Native sector size                     0x%x\n", ExtCsd->NativeSectorSize));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Sector size emulation                  0x%x\n", ExtCsd->UseNativeSector));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Sector size                            0x%x\n", ExtCsd->DataSectorSize));

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Get EMMC device model name.

-

-  @param[in, out] Device   The pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE data structure.

-  @param[in]      Cid      Pointer to EMMC_CID data structure.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS      The function completed successfully

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-GetEmmcModelName (

-  IN OUT EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,

-  IN     EMMC_CID     *Cid

-  )

-{

-  CHAR8  String[EMMC_MODEL_NAME_MAX_LEN];

-

-  ZeroMem (String, sizeof (String));

-  CopyMem (String, &Cid->OemId, sizeof (Cid->OemId));

-  String[sizeof (Cid->OemId)] = ' ';

-  CopyMem (String + sizeof (Cid->OemId) + 1, Cid->ProductName, sizeof (Cid->ProductName));

-  String[sizeof (Cid->OemId) + sizeof (Cid->ProductName)] = ' ';

-  CopyMem (String + sizeof (Cid->OemId) + sizeof (Cid->ProductName) + 1, Cid->ProductSerialNumber, sizeof (Cid->ProductSerialNumber));

-

-  AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS (String, Device->ModelName, sizeof (Device->ModelName) / sizeof (Device->ModelName[0]));

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Discover all partitions in the EMMC device.

-

-  @param[in] Device          The pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE data structure.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        All the partitions in the device are successfully enumerated.

-  @return Others             Some error occurs when enumerating the partitions.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-DiscoverAllPartitions (

-  IN EMMC_DEVICE  *Device

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS      Status;

-  EMMC_PARTITION  *Partition;

-  EMMC_CSD        *Csd;

-  EMMC_CID        *Cid;

-  EMMC_EXT_CSD    *ExtCsd;

-  UINT8           Slot;

-  UINT64          Capacity;

-  UINT32          DevStatus;

-  UINT8           Index;

-  UINT32          SecCount;

-  UINT32          GpSizeMult;

-

-  Slot = Device->Slot;

-

-  Status = EmmcSendStatus (Device, Slot + 1, &DevStatus);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Deselect the device to force it enter stby mode before getting CSD

-  // register content.

-  // Note here we don't judge return status as some EMMC devices return

-  // error but the state has been stby.

-  //

-  EmmcSelect (Device, 0);

-

-  Status = EmmcSendStatus (Device, Slot + 1, &DevStatus);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Csd    = &Device->Csd;

-  Status = EmmcGetCsd (Device, Slot + 1, Csd);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  DumpCsd (Csd);

-

-  if ((Csd->CSizeLow | Csd->CSizeHigh << 2) == 0xFFF) {

-    Device->SectorAddressing = TRUE;

-  } else {

-    Device->SectorAddressing = FALSE;

-  }

-

-  Cid    = &Device->Cid;

-  Status = EmmcGetCid (Device, Slot + 1, Cid);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = EmmcSelect (Device, Slot + 1);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  ExtCsd = &Device->ExtCsd;

-  Status = EmmcGetExtCsd (Device, ExtCsd);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  DumpExtCsd (ExtCsd);

-

-  if (ExtCsd->ExtCsdRev < 5) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "The EMMC device version is too low, we don't support!!!\n"));

-    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-  }

-

-  if ((ExtCsd->PartitioningSupport & BIT0) != BIT0) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "The EMMC device doesn't support Partition Feature!!!\n"));

-    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-  }

-

-  for (Index = 0; Index < EMMC_MAX_PARTITIONS; Index++) {

-    Partition = &Device->Partition[Index];

-    CopyMem (Partition, &mEmmcPartitionTemplate, sizeof (EMMC_PARTITION));

-    Partition->Device = Device;

-    InitializeListHead (&Partition->Queue);

-    Partition->BlockIo.Media               = &Partition->BlockMedia;

-    Partition->BlockIo2.Media              = &Partition->BlockMedia;

-    Partition->PartitionType               = Index;

-    Partition->BlockMedia.IoAlign          = Device->Private->PassThru->IoAlign;

-    Partition->BlockMedia.BlockSize        = 0x200;

-    Partition->BlockMedia.LastBlock        = 0x00;

-    Partition->BlockMedia.RemovableMedia   = FALSE;

-    Partition->BlockMedia.MediaPresent     = TRUE;

-    Partition->BlockMedia.LogicalPartition = FALSE;

-

-    switch (Index) {

-      case EmmcPartitionUserData:

-        SecCount = *(UINT32 *)&ExtCsd->SecCount;

-        Capacity = MultU64x32 ((UINT64)SecCount, 0x200);

-        break;

-      case EmmcPartitionBoot1:

-      case EmmcPartitionBoot2:

-        Capacity = ExtCsd->BootSizeMult * SIZE_128KB;

-        break;

-      case EmmcPartitionRPMB:

-        Capacity = ExtCsd->RpmbSizeMult * SIZE_128KB;

-        break;

-      case EmmcPartitionGP1:

-        GpSizeMult = (UINT32)(ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[0] | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[1] << 8) | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[2] << 16));

-        Capacity   = MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 ((UINT64)GpSizeMult, ExtCsd->HcWpGrpSize), ExtCsd->HcEraseGrpSize), SIZE_512KB);

-        break;

-      case EmmcPartitionGP2:

-        GpSizeMult = (UINT32)(ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[3] | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[4] << 8) | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[5] << 16));

-        Capacity   = MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 ((UINT64)GpSizeMult, ExtCsd->HcWpGrpSize), ExtCsd->HcEraseGrpSize), SIZE_512KB);

-        break;

-      case EmmcPartitionGP3:

-        GpSizeMult = (UINT32)(ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[6] | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[7] << 8) | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[8] << 16));

-        Capacity   = MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 ((UINT64)GpSizeMult, ExtCsd->HcWpGrpSize), ExtCsd->HcEraseGrpSize), SIZE_512KB);

-        break;

-      case EmmcPartitionGP4:

-        GpSizeMult = (UINT32)(ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[9] | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[10] << 8) | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[11] << 16));

-        Capacity   = MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 ((UINT64)GpSizeMult, ExtCsd->HcWpGrpSize), ExtCsd->HcEraseGrpSize), SIZE_512KB);

-        break;

-      default:

-        ASSERT (FALSE);

-        return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-    }

-

-    if (Capacity != 0) {

-      Partition->Enable               = TRUE;

-      Partition->BlockMedia.LastBlock = DivU64x32 (Capacity, Partition->BlockMedia.BlockSize) - 1;

-    }

-

-    if ((ExtCsd->EraseGroupDef & BIT0) == 0) {

-      if (Csd->WriteBlLen < 9) {

-        Partition->EraseBlock.EraseLengthGranularity = 1;

-      } else {

-        Partition->EraseBlock.EraseLengthGranularity = (Csd->EraseGrpMult + 1) * (Csd->EraseGrpSize + 1) * (1 << (Csd->WriteBlLen - 9));

-      }

-    } else {

-      Partition->EraseBlock.EraseLengthGranularity = 1024 * ExtCsd->HcEraseGrpSize;

-    }

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Install BlkIo, BlkIo2 and Ssp protocols for the specified partition in the EMMC device.

-

-  @param[in] Device          The pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE data structure.

-  @param[in] Index           The index of the partition.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        The protocols are installed successfully.

-  @retval Others             Some error occurs when installing the protocols.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-InstallProtocolOnPartition (

-  IN EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,

-  IN UINT8        Index

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                Status;

-  EMMC_PARTITION            *Partition;

-  CONTROLLER_DEVICE_PATH    ControlNode;

-  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL  *ParentDevicePath;

-  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL  *DevicePath;

-  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL  *RemainingDevicePath;

-  EFI_HANDLE                DeviceHandle;

-

-  //

-  // Build device path

-  //

-  ParentDevicePath = Device->DevicePath;

-

-  ControlNode.Header.Type    = HARDWARE_DEVICE_PATH;

-  ControlNode.Header.SubType = HW_CONTROLLER_DP;

-  SetDevicePathNodeLength (&ControlNode.Header, sizeof (CONTROLLER_DEVICE_PATH));

-  ControlNode.ControllerNumber = Index;

-

-  DevicePath = AppendDevicePathNode (ParentDevicePath, (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)&ControlNode);

-  if (DevicePath == NULL) {

-    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  DeviceHandle        = NULL;

-  RemainingDevicePath = DevicePath;

-  Status              = gBS->LocateDevicePath (&gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, &RemainingDevicePath, &DeviceHandle);

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && (DeviceHandle != NULL) && IsDevicePathEnd (RemainingDevicePath)) {

-    Status = EFI_ALREADY_STARTED;

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  Partition             = &Device->Partition[Index];

-  Partition->DevicePath = DevicePath;

-  if (Partition->Enable) {

-    //

-    // Install BlkIo/BlkIo2/Ssp for the specified partition

-    //

-    if (Partition->PartitionType != EmmcPartitionRPMB) {

-      Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (

-                      &Partition->Handle,

-                      &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,

-                      Partition->DevicePath,

-                      &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,

-                      &Partition->BlockIo,

-                      &gEfiBlockIo2ProtocolGuid,

-                      &Partition->BlockIo2,

-                      &gEfiEraseBlockProtocolGuid,

-                      &Partition->EraseBlock,

-                      &gEfiDiskInfoProtocolGuid,

-                      &Partition->DiskInfo,

-                      NULL

-                      );

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Error;

-      }

-

-      if (((Partition->PartitionType == EmmcPartitionUserData) ||

-           (Partition->PartitionType == EmmcPartitionBoot1) ||

-           (Partition->PartitionType == EmmcPartitionBoot2)) &&

-          ((Device->Csd.Ccc & BIT10) != 0))

-      {

-        Status = gBS->InstallProtocolInterface (

-                        &Partition->Handle,

-                        &gEfiStorageSecurityCommandProtocolGuid,

-                        EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,

-                        &Partition->StorageSecurity

-                        );

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          gBS->UninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (

-                 Partition->Handle,

-                 &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,

-                 Partition->DevicePath,

-                 &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,

-                 &Partition->BlockIo,

-                 &gEfiBlockIo2ProtocolGuid,

-                 &Partition->BlockIo2,

-                 &gEfiEraseBlockProtocolGuid,

-                 &Partition->EraseBlock,

-                 &gEfiDiskInfoProtocolGuid,

-                 &Partition->DiskInfo,

-                 NULL

-                 );

-          goto Error;

-        }

-      }

-

-      gBS->OpenProtocol (

-             Device->Private->Controller,

-             &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,

-             (VOID **)&(Device->Private->PassThru),

-             Device->Private->DriverBindingHandle,

-             Partition->Handle,

-             EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER

-             );

-    }

-  } else {

-    Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-Error:

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (DevicePath != NULL)) {

-    FreePool (DevicePath);

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Scan EMMC Bus to discover the device.

-

-  @param[in]  Private             The EMMC driver private data structure.

-  @param[in]  Slot                The slot number to check device present.

-  @param[in]  RemainingDevicePath The pointer to the remaining device path.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             Successfully to discover the device and attach

-                                  SdMmcIoProtocol to it.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES    The request could not be completed due to a lack

-                                  of resources.

-  @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED     The device was discovered before.

-  @retval Others                  Fail to discover the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-DiscoverEmmcDevice (

-  IN  EMMC_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private,

-  IN  UINT8                     Slot,

-  IN  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL  *RemainingDevicePath

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  EMMC_DEVICE                    *Device;

-  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       *DevicePath;

-  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       *NewDevicePath;

-  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       *RemainingEmmcDevPath;

-  EFI_DEV_PATH                   *Node;

-  EFI_HANDLE                     DeviceHandle;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-  UINT8                          Index;

-

-  Device              = NULL;

-  DevicePath          = NULL;

-  NewDevicePath       = NULL;

-  RemainingDevicePath = NULL;

-  PassThru            = Private->PassThru;

-  Device              = &Private->Device[Slot];

-

-  //

-  // Build Device Path to check if the EMMC device present at the slot.

-  //

-  Status = PassThru->BuildDevicePath (

-                       PassThru,

-                       Slot,

-                       &DevicePath

-                       );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  if (DevicePath->SubType != MSG_EMMC_DP) {

-    Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  NewDevicePath = AppendDevicePathNode (

-                    Private->ParentDevicePath,

-                    DevicePath

-                    );

-  if (NewDevicePath == NULL) {

-    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  DeviceHandle         = NULL;

-  RemainingEmmcDevPath = NewDevicePath;

-  Status               = gBS->LocateDevicePath (&gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, &RemainingEmmcDevPath, &DeviceHandle);

-  //

-  // The device path to the EMMC device doesn't exist. It means the corresponding device private data hasn't been initialized.

-  //

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || (DeviceHandle == NULL) || !IsDevicePathEnd (RemainingEmmcDevPath)) {

-    Device->DevicePath = NewDevicePath;

-    Device->Slot       = Slot;

-    Device->Private    = Private;

-    //

-    // Expose user area in the Sd memory card to upper layer.

-    //

-    Status = DiscoverAllPartitions (Device);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      FreePool (NewDevicePath);

-      goto Error;

-    }

-

-    Status = gBS->InstallProtocolInterface (

-                    &Device->Handle,

-                    &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,

-                    EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,

-                    Device->DevicePath

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      FreePool (NewDevicePath);

-      goto Error;

-    }

-

-    Device->ControllerNameTable = NULL;

-    GetEmmcModelName (Device, &Device->Cid);

-    AddUnicodeString2 (

-      "eng",

-      gEmmcDxeComponentName.SupportedLanguages,

-      &Device->ControllerNameTable,

-      Device->ModelName,

-      TRUE

-      );

-    AddUnicodeString2 (

-      "en",

-      gEmmcDxeComponentName2.SupportedLanguages,

-      &Device->ControllerNameTable,

-      Device->ModelName,

-      FALSE

-      );

-  }

-

-  if (RemainingDevicePath == NULL) {

-    //

-    // Expose all partitions in the Emmc device to upper layer.

-    //

-    for (Index = 0; Index < EMMC_MAX_PARTITIONS; Index++) {

-      InstallProtocolOnPartition (Device, Index);

-    }

-  } else if (!IsDevicePathEnd (RemainingDevicePath)) {

-    //

-    // Enumerate the specified partition

-    //

-    Node = (EFI_DEV_PATH *)RemainingDevicePath;

-    if ((DevicePathType (&Node->DevPath) != HARDWARE_DEVICE_PATH) ||

-        (DevicePathSubType (&Node->DevPath) != HW_CONTROLLER_DP) ||

-        (DevicePathNodeLength (&Node->DevPath) != sizeof (CONTROLLER_DEVICE_PATH)))

-    {

-      Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-      goto Error;

-    }

-

-    Index = (UINT8)Node->Controller.ControllerNumber;

-    if (Index >= EMMC_MAX_PARTITIONS) {

-      Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-      goto Error;

-    }

-

-    Status = InstallProtocolOnPartition (Device, Index);

-  }

-

-Error:

-  FreePool (DevicePath);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Tests to see if this driver supports a given controller. If a child device is provided,

-  it further tests to see if this driver supports creating a handle for the specified child device.

-

-  This function checks to see if the driver specified by This supports the device specified by

-  ControllerHandle. Drivers will typically use the device path attached to

-  ControllerHandle and/or the services from the bus I/O abstraction attached to

-  ControllerHandle to determine if the driver supports ControllerHandle. This function

-  may be called many times during platform initialization. In order to reduce boot times, the tests

-  performed by this function must be very small, and take as little time as possible to execute. This

-  function must not change the state of any hardware devices, and this function must be aware that the

-  device specified by ControllerHandle may already be managed by the same driver or a

-  different driver. This function must match its calls to AllocatePages() with FreePages(),

-  AllocatePool() with FreePool(), and OpenProtocol() with CloseProtocol().

-  Since ControllerHandle may have been previously started by the same driver, if a protocol is

-  already in the opened state, then it must not be closed with CloseProtocol(). This is required

-  to guarantee the state of ControllerHandle is not modified by this function.

-

-  @param[in]  This                 A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[in]  ControllerHandle     The handle of the controller to test. This handle

-                                   must support a protocol interface that supplies

-                                   an I/O abstraction to the driver.

-  @param[in]  RemainingDevicePath  A pointer to the remaining portion of a device path.  This

-                                   parameter is ignored by device drivers, and is optional for bus

-                                   drivers. For bus drivers, if this parameter is not NULL, then

-                                   the bus driver must determine if the bus controller specified

-                                   by ControllerHandle and the child controller specified

-                                   by RemainingDevicePath are both supported by this

-                                   bus driver.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device specified by ControllerHandle and

-                                   RemainingDevicePath is supported by the driver specified by This.

-  @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED      The device specified by ControllerHandle and

-                                   RemainingDevicePath is already being managed by the driver

-                                   specified by This.

-  @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED        The device specified by ControllerHandle and

-                                   RemainingDevicePath is already being managed by a different

-                                   driver or an application that requires exclusive access.

-                                   Currently not implemented.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED          The device specified by ControllerHandle and

-                                   RemainingDevicePath is not supported by the driver specified by This.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcDxeDriverBindingSupported (

-  IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,

-  IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL     *RemainingDevicePath

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       *ParentDevicePath;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-  UINT8                          Slot;

-

-  //

-  // Test EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL on the controller handle.

-  //

-  Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (

-                  Controller,

-                  &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,

-                  (VOID **)&PassThru,

-                  This->DriverBindingHandle,

-                  Controller,

-                  EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER

-                  );

-

-  if (Status == EFI_ALREADY_STARTED) {

-    return EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Test RemainingDevicePath is valid or not.

-  //

-  if ((RemainingDevicePath != NULL) && !IsDevicePathEnd (RemainingDevicePath)) {

-    Status = PassThru->GetSlotNumber (PassThru, RemainingDevicePath, &Slot);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      //

-      // Close the I/O Abstraction(s) used to perform the supported test

-      //

-      gBS->CloseProtocol (

-             Controller,

-             &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,

-             This->DriverBindingHandle,

-             Controller

-             );

-      return Status;

-    }

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Close the I/O Abstraction(s) used to perform the supported test

-  //

-  gBS->CloseProtocol (

-         Controller,

-         &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,

-         This->DriverBindingHandle,

-         Controller

-         );

-

-  //

-  // Open the EFI Device Path protocol needed to perform the supported test

-  //

-  Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (

-                  Controller,

-                  &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,

-                  (VOID **)&ParentDevicePath,

-                  This->DriverBindingHandle,

-                  Controller,

-                  EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL

-                  );

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Starts a device controller or a bus controller.

-

-  The Start() function is designed to be invoked from the EFI boot service ConnectController().

-  As a result, much of the error checking on the parameters to Start() has been moved into this

-  common boot service. It is legal to call Start() from other locations,

-  but the following calling restrictions must be followed or the system behavior will not be deterministic.

-  1. ControllerHandle must be a valid EFI_HANDLE.

-  2. If RemainingDevicePath is not NULL, then it must be a pointer to a naturally aligned

-     EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL.

-  3. Prior to calling Start(), the Supported() function for the driver specified by This must

-     have been called with the same calling parameters, and Supported() must have returned EFI_SUCCESS.

-

-  @param[in]  This                 A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[in]  ControllerHandle     The handle of the controller to start. This handle

-                                   must support a protocol interface that supplies

-                                   an I/O abstraction to the driver.

-  @param[in]  RemainingDevicePath  A pointer to the remaining portion of a device path.  This

-                                   parameter is ignored by device drivers, and is optional for bus

-                                   drivers. For a bus driver, if this parameter is NULL, then handles

-                                   for all the children of Controller are created by this driver.

-                                   If this parameter is not NULL and the first Device Path Node is

-                                   not the End of Device Path Node, then only the handle for the

-                                   child device specified by the first Device Path Node of

-                                   RemainingDevicePath is created by this driver.

-                                   If the first Device Path Node of RemainingDevicePath is

-                                   the End of Device Path Node, no child handle is created by this

-                                   driver.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device was started.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR         The device could not be started due to a device error.Currently not implemented.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES     The request could not be completed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                   The driver failed to start the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcDxeDriverBindingStart (

-  IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,

-  IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL     *RemainingDevicePath

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       *ParentDevicePath;

-  EMMC_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA       *Private;

-  UINT8                          Slot;

-

-  Private  = NULL;

-  PassThru = NULL;

-  Status   = gBS->OpenProtocol (

-                    Controller,

-                    &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,

-                    (VOID **)&PassThru,

-                    This->DriverBindingHandle,

-                    Controller,

-                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER

-                    );

-  if ((EFI_ERROR (Status)) && (Status != EFI_ALREADY_STARTED)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check EFI_ALREADY_STARTED to reuse the original EMMC_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA.

-  //

-  if (Status != EFI_ALREADY_STARTED) {

-    Private = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EMMC_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA));

-    if (Private == NULL) {

-      Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-      goto Error;

-    }

-

-    Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (

-                    Controller,

-                    &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,

-                    (VOID **)&ParentDevicePath,

-                    This->DriverBindingHandle,

-                    Controller,

-                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL

-                    );

-    ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);

-    Private->PassThru            = PassThru;

-    Private->Controller          = Controller;

-    Private->ParentDevicePath    = ParentDevicePath;

-    Private->DriverBindingHandle = This->DriverBindingHandle;

-

-    Status = gBS->InstallProtocolInterface (

-                    &Controller,

-                    &gEfiCallerIdGuid,

-                    EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,

-                    Private

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Error;

-    }

-  } else {

-    Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (

-                    Controller,

-                    &gEfiCallerIdGuid,

-                    (VOID **)&Private,

-                    This->DriverBindingHandle,

-                    Controller,

-                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Error;

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (RemainingDevicePath == NULL) {

-    Slot = 0xFF;

-    while (TRUE) {

-      Status = PassThru->GetNextSlot (PassThru, &Slot);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        //

-        // Cannot find more legal slots.

-        //

-        Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-        break;

-      }

-

-      Status = DiscoverEmmcDevice (Private, Slot, NULL);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (Status != EFI_ALREADY_STARTED)) {

-        break;

-      }

-    }

-  } else if (!IsDevicePathEnd (RemainingDevicePath)) {

-    Status = PassThru->GetSlotNumber (PassThru, RemainingDevicePath, &Slot);

-    if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      Status = DiscoverEmmcDevice (Private, Slot, NextDevicePathNode (RemainingDevicePath));

-    }

-  }

-

-Error:

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (Status != EFI_ALREADY_STARTED)) {

-    gBS->CloseProtocol (

-           Controller,

-           &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,

-           This->DriverBindingHandle,

-           Controller

-           );

-

-    if (Private != NULL) {

-      gBS->UninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (

-             Controller,

-             &gEfiCallerIdGuid,

-             Private,

-             NULL

-             );

-      FreePool (Private);

-    }

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Stops a device controller or a bus controller.

-

-  The Stop() function is designed to be invoked from the EFI boot service DisconnectController().

-  As a result, much of the error checking on the parameters to Stop() has been moved

-  into this common boot service. It is legal to call Stop() from other locations,

-  but the following calling restrictions must be followed or the system behavior will not be deterministic.

-  1. ControllerHandle must be a valid EFI_HANDLE that was used on a previous call to this

-     same driver's Start() function.

-  2. The first NumberOfChildren handles of ChildHandleBuffer must all be a valid

-     EFI_HANDLE. In addition, all of these handles must have been created in this driver's

-     Start() function, and the Start() function must have called OpenProtocol() on

-     ControllerHandle with an Attribute of EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER.

-

-  @param[in]  This              A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[in]  ControllerHandle  A handle to the device being stopped. The handle must

-                                support a bus specific I/O protocol for the driver

-                                to use to stop the device.

-  @param[in]  NumberOfChildren  The number of child device handles in ChildHandleBuffer.

-  @param[in]  ChildHandleBuffer An array of child handles to be freed. May be NULL

-                                if NumberOfChildren is 0.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The device was stopped.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device could not be stopped due to a device error.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcDxeDriverBindingStop (

-  IN  EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,

-  IN  UINTN                        NumberOfChildren,

-  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   *ChildHandleBuffer

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                             Status;

-  BOOLEAN                                AllChildrenStopped;

-  UINTN                                  Index;

-  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL               *DevicePath;

-  EMMC_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA               *Private;

-  EMMC_DEVICE                            *Device;

-  EMMC_PARTITION                         *Partition;

-  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL                  *BlockIo;

-  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL                 *BlockIo2;

-  EFI_STORAGE_SECURITY_COMMAND_PROTOCOL  *StorageSecurity;

-  LIST_ENTRY                             *Link;

-  LIST_ENTRY                             *NextLink;

-  EMMC_REQUEST                           *Request;

-

-  BlockIo  = NULL;

-  BlockIo2 = NULL;

-  if (NumberOfChildren == 0) {

-    Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (

-                    Controller,

-                    &gEfiCallerIdGuid,

-                    (VOID **)&Private,

-                    This->DriverBindingHandle,

-                    Controller,

-                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-    }

-

-    for (Index = 0; Index < EMMC_MAX_DEVICES; Index++) {

-      Device = &Private->Device[Index];

-      Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (

-                      Device->Handle,

-                      &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,

-                      (VOID **)&DevicePath,

-                      This->DriverBindingHandle,

-                      Controller,

-                      EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL

-                      );

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        continue;

-      }

-

-      ASSERT (DevicePath == Device->DevicePath);

-      gBS->UninstallProtocolInterface (

-             Device->Handle,

-             &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,

-             DevicePath

-             );

-      FreePool (Device->DevicePath);

-    }

-

-    gBS->UninstallProtocolInterface (

-           Controller,

-           &gEfiCallerIdGuid,

-           Private

-           );

-    gBS->CloseProtocol (

-           Controller,

-           &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,

-           This->DriverBindingHandle,

-           Controller

-           );

-    FreePool (Private);

-

-    return EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  AllChildrenStopped = TRUE;

-

-  for (Index = 0; Index < NumberOfChildren; Index++) {

-    Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (

-                    ChildHandleBuffer[Index],

-                    &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,

-                    (VOID **)&BlockIo,

-                    This->DriverBindingHandle,

-                    Controller,

-                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (

-                      ChildHandleBuffer[Index],

-                      &gEfiBlockIo2ProtocolGuid,

-                      (VOID **)&BlockIo2,

-                      This->DriverBindingHandle,

-                      Controller,

-                      EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL

-                      );

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        AllChildrenStopped = FALSE;

-        continue;

-      }

-    }

-

-    if (BlockIo != NULL) {

-      Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO (BlockIo);

-    } else {

-      ASSERT (BlockIo2 != NULL);

-      Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO2 (BlockIo2);

-    }

-

-    for (Link = GetFirstNode (&Partition->Queue);

-         !IsNull (&Partition->Queue, Link);

-         Link = NextLink)

-    {

-      NextLink = GetNextNode (&Partition->Queue, Link);

-

-      RemoveEntryList (Link);

-      Request = EMMC_REQUEST_FROM_LINK (Link);

-

-      gBS->CloseEvent (Request->Event);

-      Request->Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_ABORTED;

-

-      if (Request->IsEnd) {

-        gBS->SignalEvent (Request->Token->Event);

-      }

-

-      FreePool (Request);

-    }

-

-    //

-    // Close the child handle

-    //

-    Status = gBS->CloseProtocol (

-                    Controller,

-                    &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,

-                    This->DriverBindingHandle,

-                    ChildHandleBuffer[Index]

-                    );

-

-    Status = gBS->UninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (

-                    ChildHandleBuffer[Index],

-                    &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,

-                    Partition->DevicePath,

-                    &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,

-                    &Partition->BlockIo,

-                    &gEfiBlockIo2ProtocolGuid,

-                    &Partition->BlockIo2,

-                    &gEfiEraseBlockProtocolGuid,

-                    &Partition->EraseBlock,

-                    &gEfiDiskInfoProtocolGuid,

-                    &Partition->DiskInfo,

-                    NULL

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      AllChildrenStopped = FALSE;

-      gBS->OpenProtocol (

-             Controller,

-             &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,

-             (VOID **)&Partition->Device->Private->PassThru,

-             This->DriverBindingHandle,

-             ChildHandleBuffer[Index],

-             EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER

-             );

-      continue;

-    }

-

-    //

-    // If Storage Security Command Protocol is installed, then uninstall this protocol.

-    //

-    Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (

-                    ChildHandleBuffer[Index],

-                    &gEfiStorageSecurityCommandProtocolGuid,

-                    (VOID **)&StorageSecurity,

-                    This->DriverBindingHandle,

-                    Controller,

-                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL

-                    );

-

-    if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      Status = gBS->UninstallProtocolInterface (

-                      ChildHandleBuffer[Index],

-                      &gEfiStorageSecurityCommandProtocolGuid,

-                      &Partition->StorageSecurity

-                      );

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        gBS->OpenProtocol (

-               Controller,

-               &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,

-               (VOID **)&Partition->Device->Private->PassThru,

-               This->DriverBindingHandle,

-               ChildHandleBuffer[Index],

-               EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER

-               );

-        AllChildrenStopped = FALSE;

-        continue;

-      }

-    }

-

-    FreePool (Partition->DevicePath);

-  }

-

-  if (!AllChildrenStopped) {

-    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  The user Entry Point for module EmmcDxe. The user code starts with this function.

-

-  @param[in] ImageHandle    The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.

-  @param[in] SystemTable    A pointer to the EFI System Table.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The entry point is executed successfully.

-  @retval other             Some errors occur when executing this entry point.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-InitializeEmmcDxe (

-  IN EFI_HANDLE        ImageHandle,

-  IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE  *SystemTable

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-

-  //

-  // Install driver model protocol(s).

-  //

-  Status = EfiLibInstallDriverBindingComponentName2 (

-             ImageHandle,

-             SystemTable,

-             &gEmmcDxeDriverBinding,

-             ImageHandle,

-             &gEmmcDxeComponentName,

-             &gEmmcDxeComponentName2

-             );

-  ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);

-

-  return Status;

-}

+/** @file
+  The EmmcDxe driver is used to manage the EMMC device.
+
+  It produces BlockIo, BlockIo2 and StorageSecurity protocols to allow upper layer
+  access the EMMC device.
+
+  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#include "EmmcDxe.h"
+
+//
+// EmmcDxe Driver Binding Protocol Instance
+//
+EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  gEmmcDxeDriverBinding = {
+  EmmcDxeDriverBindingSupported,
+  EmmcDxeDriverBindingStart,
+  EmmcDxeDriverBindingStop,
+  0x10,
+  NULL,
+  NULL
+};
+
+//
+// Template for Emmc Partitions.
+//
+EMMC_PARTITION  mEmmcPartitionTemplate = {
+  EMMC_PARTITION_SIGNATURE,    // Signature
+  FALSE,                       // Enable
+  EmmcPartitionUnknown,        // PartitionType
+  NULL,                        // Handle
+  NULL,                        // DevicePath
+  {                            // BlockIo
+    EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL_REVISION,
+    NULL,
+    EmmcReset,
+    EmmcReadBlocks,
+    EmmcWriteBlocks,
+    EmmcFlushBlocks
+  },
+  {                            // BlockIo2
+    NULL,
+    EmmcResetEx,
+    EmmcReadBlocksEx,
+    EmmcWriteBlocksEx,
+    EmmcFlushBlocksEx
+  },
+  {                            // BlockMedia
+    0,                         // MediaId
+    FALSE,                     // RemovableMedia
+    TRUE,                      // MediaPresent
+    FALSE,                     // LogicPartition
+    FALSE,                     // ReadOnly
+    FALSE,                     // WritingCache
+    0x200,                     // BlockSize
+    0,                         // IoAlign
+    0                          // LastBlock
+  },
+  {                            // StorageSecurity
+    EmmcSecurityProtocolIn,
+    EmmcSecurityProtocolOut
+  },
+  {                            // EraseBlock
+    EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_PROTOCOL_REVISION,
+    1,
+    EmmcEraseBlocks
+  },
+  {                            // DiskInfo
+    EFI_DISK_INFO_SD_MMC_INTERFACE_GUID,
+    EmmcDiskInfoInquiry,
+    EmmcDiskInfoIdentify,
+    EmmcDiskInfoSenseData,
+    EmmcDiskInfoWhichIde
+  },
+  {
+    NULL,
+    NULL
+  },
+  NULL                         // Device
+};
+
+/**
+  Decode and print EMMC CSD Register content.
+
+  @param[in] Csd           Pointer to EMMC_CSD data structure.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS      The function completed successfully
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+DumpCsd (
+  IN EMMC_CSD  *Csd
+  )
+{
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "== Dump Emmc Csd Register==\n"));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  CSD structure                    0x%x\n", Csd->CsdStructure));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  System specification version     0x%x\n", Csd->SpecVers));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Data read access-time 1          0x%x\n", Csd->Taac));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Data read access-time 2          0x%x\n", Csd->Nsac));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. bus clock frequency         0x%x\n", Csd->TranSpeed));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Device command classes           0x%x\n", Csd->Ccc));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. read data block length      0x%x\n", Csd->ReadBlLen));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Partial blocks for read allowed  0x%x\n", Csd->ReadBlPartial));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Write block misalignment         0x%x\n", Csd->WriteBlkMisalign));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Read block misalignment          0x%x\n", Csd->ReadBlkMisalign));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  DSR implemented                  0x%x\n", Csd->DsrImp));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Device size                      0x%x\n", Csd->CSizeLow | (Csd->CSizeHigh << 2)));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. read current @ VDD min      0x%x\n", Csd->VddRCurrMin));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. read current @ VDD max      0x%x\n", Csd->VddRCurrMax));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. write current @ VDD min     0x%x\n", Csd->VddWCurrMin));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. write current @ VDD max     0x%x\n", Csd->VddWCurrMax));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Device size multiplier           0x%x\n", Csd->CSizeMult));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Erase group size                 0x%x\n", Csd->EraseGrpSize));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Erase group size multiplier      0x%x\n", Csd->EraseGrpMult));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Write protect group size         0x%x\n", Csd->WpGrpSize));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Write protect group enable       0x%x\n", Csd->WpGrpEnable));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Manufacturer default ECC         0x%x\n", Csd->DefaultEcc));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Write speed factor               0x%x\n", Csd->R2WFactor));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. write data block length     0x%x\n", Csd->WriteBlLen));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Partial blocks for write allowed 0x%x\n", Csd->WriteBlPartial));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Content protection application   0x%x\n", Csd->ContentProtApp));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  File format group                0x%x\n", Csd->FileFormatGrp));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Copy flag (OTP)                  0x%x\n", Csd->Copy));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Permanent write protection       0x%x\n", Csd->PermWriteProtect));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Temporary write protection       0x%x\n", Csd->TmpWriteProtect));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  File format                      0x%x\n", Csd->FileFormat));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  ECC code                         0x%x\n", Csd->Ecc));
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Decode and print EMMC EXT_CSD Register content.
+
+  @param[in] ExtCsd           Pointer to the EMMC_EXT_CSD data structure.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS         The function completed successfully
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+DumpExtCsd (
+  IN EMMC_EXT_CSD  *ExtCsd
+  )
+{
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "==Dump Emmc ExtCsd Register==\n"));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Supported Command Sets                 0x%x\n", ExtCsd->CmdSet));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  HPI features                           0x%x\n", ExtCsd->HpiFeatures));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Background operations support          0x%x\n", ExtCsd->BkOpsSupport));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Background operations status           0x%x\n", ExtCsd->BkopsStatus));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Number of correctly programmed sectors 0x%x\n", *((UINT32 *)&ExtCsd->CorrectlyPrgSectorsNum[0])));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Initialization time after partitioning 0x%x\n", ExtCsd->IniTimeoutAp));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  TRIM Multiplier                        0x%x\n", ExtCsd->TrimMult));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Secure Feature support                 0x%x\n", ExtCsd->SecFeatureSupport));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Secure Erase Multiplier                0x%x\n", ExtCsd->SecEraseMult));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Secure TRIM Multiplier                 0x%x\n", ExtCsd->SecTrimMult));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Boot information                       0x%x\n", ExtCsd->BootInfo));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Boot partition size                    0x%x\n", ExtCsd->BootSizeMult));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Access size                            0x%x\n", ExtCsd->AccSize));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  High-capacity erase unit size          0x%x\n", ExtCsd->HcEraseGrpSize));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  High-capacity erase timeout            0x%x\n", ExtCsd->EraseTimeoutMult));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Reliable write sector count            0x%x\n", ExtCsd->RelWrSecC));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  High-capacity write protect group size 0x%x\n", ExtCsd->HcWpGrpSize));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Sleep/awake timeout                    0x%x\n", ExtCsd->SATimeout));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Sector Count                           0x%x\n", *((UINT32 *)&ExtCsd->SecCount[0])));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Partition switching timing             0x%x\n", ExtCsd->PartitionSwitchTime));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Out-of-interrupt busy timing           0x%x\n", ExtCsd->OutOfInterruptTime));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  I/O Driver Strength                    0x%x\n", ExtCsd->DriverStrength));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Device type                            0x%x\n", ExtCsd->DeviceType));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  CSD STRUCTURE                          0x%x\n", ExtCsd->CsdStructure));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Extended CSD revision                  0x%x\n", ExtCsd->ExtCsdRev));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Command set                            0x%x\n", ExtCsd->CmdSet));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Command set revision                   0x%x\n", ExtCsd->CmdSetRev));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Power class                            0x%x\n", ExtCsd->PowerClass));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  High-speed interface timing            0x%x\n", ExtCsd->HsTiming));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Bus width mode                         0x%x\n", ExtCsd->BusWidth));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Erased memory content                  0x%x\n", ExtCsd->ErasedMemCont));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Partition configuration                0x%x\n", ExtCsd->PartitionConfig));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Boot config protection                 0x%x\n", ExtCsd->BootConfigProt));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Boot bus Conditions                    0x%x\n", ExtCsd->BootBusConditions));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  High-density erase group definition    0x%x\n", ExtCsd->EraseGroupDef));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Boot write protection status register  0x%x\n", ExtCsd->BootWpStatus));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Boot area write protection register    0x%x\n", ExtCsd->BootWp));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  User area write protection register    0x%x\n", ExtCsd->UserWp));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  FW configuration                       0x%x\n", ExtCsd->FwConfig));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  RPMB Size                              0x%x\n", ExtCsd->RpmbSizeMult));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  H/W reset function                     0x%x\n", ExtCsd->RstFunction));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Partitioning Support                   0x%x\n", ExtCsd->PartitioningSupport));
+  DEBUG ((
+    DEBUG_INFO,
+    "  Max Enhanced Area Size                 0x%02x%02x%02x\n", \
+    ExtCsd->MaxEnhSizeMult[2],
+    ExtCsd->MaxEnhSizeMult[1],
+    ExtCsd->MaxEnhSizeMult[0]
+    ));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Partitions attribute                   0x%x\n", ExtCsd->PartitionsAttribute));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Partitioning Setting                   0x%x\n", ExtCsd->PartitionSettingCompleted));
+  DEBUG ((
+    DEBUG_INFO,
+    "  General Purpose Partition 1 Size       0x%02x%02x%02x\n", \
+    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[2],
+    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[1],
+    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[0]
+    ));
+  DEBUG ((
+    DEBUG_INFO,
+    "  General Purpose Partition 2 Size       0x%02x%02x%02x\n", \
+    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[5],
+    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[4],
+    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[3]
+    ));
+  DEBUG ((
+    DEBUG_INFO,
+    "  General Purpose Partition 3 Size       0x%02x%02x%02x\n", \
+    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[8],
+    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[7],
+    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[6]
+    ));
+  DEBUG ((
+    DEBUG_INFO,
+    "  General Purpose Partition 4 Size       0x%02x%02x%02x\n", \
+    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[11],
+    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[10],
+    ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[9]
+    ));
+  DEBUG ((
+    DEBUG_INFO,
+    "  Enhanced User Data Area Size           0x%02x%02x%02x\n", \
+    ExtCsd->EnhSizeMult[2],
+    ExtCsd->EnhSizeMult[1],
+    ExtCsd->EnhSizeMult[0]
+    ));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Enhanced User Data Start Address       0x%x\n", *((UINT32 *)&ExtCsd->EnhStartAddr[0])));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Bad Block Management mode              0x%x\n", ExtCsd->SecBadBlkMgmnt));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Native sector size                     0x%x\n", ExtCsd->NativeSectorSize));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Sector size emulation                  0x%x\n", ExtCsd->UseNativeSector));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Sector size                            0x%x\n", ExtCsd->DataSectorSize));
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Get EMMC device model name.
+
+  @param[in, out] Device   The pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE data structure.
+  @param[in]      Cid      Pointer to EMMC_CID data structure.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS      The function completed successfully
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+GetEmmcModelName (
+  IN OUT EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,
+  IN     EMMC_CID     *Cid
+  )
+{
+  CHAR8  String[EMMC_MODEL_NAME_MAX_LEN];
+
+  ZeroMem (String, sizeof (String));
+  CopyMem (String, &Cid->OemId, sizeof (Cid->OemId));
+  String[sizeof (Cid->OemId)] = ' ';
+  CopyMem (String + sizeof (Cid->OemId) + 1, Cid->ProductName, sizeof (Cid->ProductName));
+  String[sizeof (Cid->OemId) + sizeof (Cid->ProductName)] = ' ';
+  CopyMem (String + sizeof (Cid->OemId) + sizeof (Cid->ProductName) + 1, Cid->ProductSerialNumber, sizeof (Cid->ProductSerialNumber));
+
+  AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS (String, Device->ModelName, sizeof (Device->ModelName) / sizeof (Device->ModelName[0]));
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Discover all partitions in the EMMC device.
+
+  @param[in] Device          The pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE data structure.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        All the partitions in the device are successfully enumerated.
+  @return Others             Some error occurs when enumerating the partitions.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+DiscoverAllPartitions (
+  IN EMMC_DEVICE  *Device
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS      Status;
+  EMMC_PARTITION  *Partition;
+  EMMC_CSD        *Csd;
+  EMMC_CID        *Cid;
+  EMMC_EXT_CSD    *ExtCsd;
+  UINT8           Slot;
+  UINT64          Capacity;
+  UINT32          DevStatus;
+  UINT8           Index;
+  UINT32          SecCount;
+  UINT32          GpSizeMult;
+
+  Slot = Device->Slot;
+
+  Status = EmmcSendStatus (Device, Slot + 1, &DevStatus);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Deselect the device to force it enter stby mode before getting CSD
+  // register content.
+  // Note here we don't judge return status as some EMMC devices return
+  // error but the state has been stby.
+  //
+  EmmcSelect (Device, 0);
+
+  Status = EmmcSendStatus (Device, Slot + 1, &DevStatus);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Csd    = &Device->Csd;
+  Status = EmmcGetCsd (Device, Slot + 1, Csd);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  DumpCsd (Csd);
+
+  if ((Csd->CSizeLow | Csd->CSizeHigh << 2) == 0xFFF) {
+    Device->SectorAddressing = TRUE;
+  } else {
+    Device->SectorAddressing = FALSE;
+  }
+
+  Cid    = &Device->Cid;
+  Status = EmmcGetCid (Device, Slot + 1, Cid);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = EmmcSelect (Device, Slot + 1);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  ExtCsd = &Device->ExtCsd;
+  Status = EmmcGetExtCsd (Device, ExtCsd);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  DumpExtCsd (ExtCsd);
+
+  if (ExtCsd->ExtCsdRev < 5) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "The EMMC device version is too low, we don't support!!!\n"));
+    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+  }
+
+  if ((ExtCsd->PartitioningSupport & BIT0) != BIT0) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "The EMMC device doesn't support Partition Feature!!!\n"));
+    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+  }
+
+  for (Index = 0; Index < EMMC_MAX_PARTITIONS; Index++) {
+    Partition = &Device->Partition[Index];
+    CopyMem (Partition, &mEmmcPartitionTemplate, sizeof (EMMC_PARTITION));
+    Partition->Device = Device;
+    InitializeListHead (&Partition->Queue);
+    Partition->BlockIo.Media               = &Partition->BlockMedia;
+    Partition->BlockIo2.Media              = &Partition->BlockMedia;
+    Partition->PartitionType               = Index;
+    Partition->BlockMedia.IoAlign          = Device->Private->PassThru->IoAlign;
+    Partition->BlockMedia.BlockSize        = 0x200;
+    Partition->BlockMedia.LastBlock        = 0x00;
+    Partition->BlockMedia.RemovableMedia   = FALSE;
+    Partition->BlockMedia.MediaPresent     = TRUE;
+    Partition->BlockMedia.LogicalPartition = FALSE;
+
+    switch (Index) {
+      case EmmcPartitionUserData:
+        SecCount = *(UINT32 *)&ExtCsd->SecCount;
+        Capacity = MultU64x32 ((UINT64)SecCount, 0x200);
+        break;
+      case EmmcPartitionBoot1:
+      case EmmcPartitionBoot2:
+        Capacity = ExtCsd->BootSizeMult * SIZE_128KB;
+        break;
+      case EmmcPartitionRPMB:
+        Capacity = ExtCsd->RpmbSizeMult * SIZE_128KB;
+        break;
+      case EmmcPartitionGP1:
+        GpSizeMult = (UINT32)(ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[0] | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[1] << 8) | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[2] << 16));
+        Capacity   = MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 ((UINT64)GpSizeMult, ExtCsd->HcWpGrpSize), ExtCsd->HcEraseGrpSize), SIZE_512KB);
+        break;
+      case EmmcPartitionGP2:
+        GpSizeMult = (UINT32)(ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[3] | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[4] << 8) | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[5] << 16));
+        Capacity   = MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 ((UINT64)GpSizeMult, ExtCsd->HcWpGrpSize), ExtCsd->HcEraseGrpSize), SIZE_512KB);
+        break;
+      case EmmcPartitionGP3:
+        GpSizeMult = (UINT32)(ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[6] | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[7] << 8) | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[8] << 16));
+        Capacity   = MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 ((UINT64)GpSizeMult, ExtCsd->HcWpGrpSize), ExtCsd->HcEraseGrpSize), SIZE_512KB);
+        break;
+      case EmmcPartitionGP4:
+        GpSizeMult = (UINT32)(ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[9] | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[10] << 8) | (ExtCsd->GpSizeMult[11] << 16));
+        Capacity   = MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 ((UINT64)GpSizeMult, ExtCsd->HcWpGrpSize), ExtCsd->HcEraseGrpSize), SIZE_512KB);
+        break;
+      default:
+        ASSERT (FALSE);
+        return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+    }
+
+    if (Capacity != 0) {
+      Partition->Enable               = TRUE;
+      Partition->BlockMedia.LastBlock = DivU64x32 (Capacity, Partition->BlockMedia.BlockSize) - 1;
+    }
+
+    if ((ExtCsd->EraseGroupDef & BIT0) == 0) {
+      if (Csd->WriteBlLen < 9) {
+        Partition->EraseBlock.EraseLengthGranularity = 1;
+      } else {
+        Partition->EraseBlock.EraseLengthGranularity = (Csd->EraseGrpMult + 1) * (Csd->EraseGrpSize + 1) * (1 << (Csd->WriteBlLen - 9));
+      }
+    } else {
+      Partition->EraseBlock.EraseLengthGranularity = 1024 * ExtCsd->HcEraseGrpSize;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Install BlkIo, BlkIo2 and Ssp protocols for the specified partition in the EMMC device.
+
+  @param[in] Device          The pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE data structure.
+  @param[in] Index           The index of the partition.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        The protocols are installed successfully.
+  @retval Others             Some error occurs when installing the protocols.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+InstallProtocolOnPartition (
+  IN EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,
+  IN UINT8        Index
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                Status;
+  EMMC_PARTITION            *Partition;
+  CONTROLLER_DEVICE_PATH    ControlNode;
+  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL  *ParentDevicePath;
+  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL  *DevicePath;
+  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL  *RemainingDevicePath;
+  EFI_HANDLE                DeviceHandle;
+
+  //
+  // Build device path
+  //
+  ParentDevicePath = Device->DevicePath;
+
+  ControlNode.Header.Type    = HARDWARE_DEVICE_PATH;
+  ControlNode.Header.SubType = HW_CONTROLLER_DP;
+  SetDevicePathNodeLength (&ControlNode.Header, sizeof (CONTROLLER_DEVICE_PATH));
+  ControlNode.ControllerNumber = Index;
+
+  DevicePath = AppendDevicePathNode (ParentDevicePath, (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)&ControlNode);
+  if (DevicePath == NULL) {
+    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  DeviceHandle        = NULL;
+  RemainingDevicePath = DevicePath;
+  Status              = gBS->LocateDevicePath (&gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, &RemainingDevicePath, &DeviceHandle);
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && (DeviceHandle != NULL) && IsDevicePathEnd (RemainingDevicePath)) {
+    Status = EFI_ALREADY_STARTED;
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  Partition             = &Device->Partition[Index];
+  Partition->DevicePath = DevicePath;
+  if (Partition->Enable) {
+    //
+    // Install BlkIo/BlkIo2/Ssp for the specified partition
+    //
+    if (Partition->PartitionType != EmmcPartitionRPMB) {
+      Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
+                      &Partition->Handle,
+                      &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
+                      Partition->DevicePath,
+                      &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,
+                      &Partition->BlockIo,
+                      &gEfiBlockIo2ProtocolGuid,
+                      &Partition->BlockIo2,
+                      &gEfiEraseBlockProtocolGuid,
+                      &Partition->EraseBlock,
+                      &gEfiDiskInfoProtocolGuid,
+                      &Partition->DiskInfo,
+                      NULL
+                      );
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        goto Error;
+      }
+
+      if (((Partition->PartitionType == EmmcPartitionUserData) ||
+           (Partition->PartitionType == EmmcPartitionBoot1) ||
+           (Partition->PartitionType == EmmcPartitionBoot2)) &&
+          ((Device->Csd.Ccc & BIT10) != 0))
+      {
+        Status = gBS->InstallProtocolInterface (
+                        &Partition->Handle,
+                        &gEfiStorageSecurityCommandProtocolGuid,
+                        EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
+                        &Partition->StorageSecurity
+                        );
+        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+          gBS->UninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
+                 Partition->Handle,
+                 &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
+                 Partition->DevicePath,
+                 &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,
+                 &Partition->BlockIo,
+                 &gEfiBlockIo2ProtocolGuid,
+                 &Partition->BlockIo2,
+                 &gEfiEraseBlockProtocolGuid,
+                 &Partition->EraseBlock,
+                 &gEfiDiskInfoProtocolGuid,
+                 &Partition->DiskInfo,
+                 NULL
+                 );
+          goto Error;
+        }
+      }
+
+      gBS->OpenProtocol (
+             Device->Private->Controller,
+             &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,
+             (VOID **)&(Device->Private->PassThru),
+             Device->Private->DriverBindingHandle,
+             Partition->Handle,
+             EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER
+             );
+    }
+  } else {
+    Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+Error:
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (DevicePath != NULL)) {
+    FreePool (DevicePath);
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Scan EMMC Bus to discover the device.
+
+  @param[in]  Private             The EMMC driver private data structure.
+  @param[in]  Slot                The slot number to check device present.
+  @param[in]  RemainingDevicePath The pointer to the remaining device path.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             Successfully to discover the device and attach
+                                  SdMmcIoProtocol to it.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES    The request could not be completed due to a lack
+                                  of resources.
+  @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED     The device was discovered before.
+  @retval Others                  Fail to discover the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+DiscoverEmmcDevice (
+  IN  EMMC_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private,
+  IN  UINT8                     Slot,
+  IN  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL  *RemainingDevicePath
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  EMMC_DEVICE                    *Device;
+  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       *DevicePath;
+  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       *NewDevicePath;
+  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       *RemainingEmmcDevPath;
+  EFI_DEV_PATH                   *Node;
+  EFI_HANDLE                     DeviceHandle;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+  UINT8                          Index;
+
+  Device              = NULL;
+  DevicePath          = NULL;
+  NewDevicePath       = NULL;
+  RemainingDevicePath = NULL;
+  PassThru            = Private->PassThru;
+  Device              = &Private->Device[Slot];
+
+  //
+  // Build Device Path to check if the EMMC device present at the slot.
+  //
+  Status = PassThru->BuildDevicePath (
+                       PassThru,
+                       Slot,
+                       &DevicePath
+                       );
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  if (DevicePath->SubType != MSG_EMMC_DP) {
+    Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  NewDevicePath = AppendDevicePathNode (
+                    Private->ParentDevicePath,
+                    DevicePath
+                    );
+  if (NewDevicePath == NULL) {
+    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  DeviceHandle         = NULL;
+  RemainingEmmcDevPath = NewDevicePath;
+  Status               = gBS->LocateDevicePath (&gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, &RemainingEmmcDevPath, &DeviceHandle);
+  //
+  // The device path to the EMMC device doesn't exist. It means the corresponding device private data hasn't been initialized.
+  //
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || (DeviceHandle == NULL) || !IsDevicePathEnd (RemainingEmmcDevPath)) {
+    Device->DevicePath = NewDevicePath;
+    Device->Slot       = Slot;
+    Device->Private    = Private;
+    //
+    // Expose user area in the Sd memory card to upper layer.
+    //
+    Status = DiscoverAllPartitions (Device);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      FreePool (NewDevicePath);
+      goto Error;
+    }
+
+    Status = gBS->InstallProtocolInterface (
+                    &Device->Handle,
+                    &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
+                    EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
+                    Device->DevicePath
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      FreePool (NewDevicePath);
+      goto Error;
+    }
+
+    Device->ControllerNameTable = NULL;
+    GetEmmcModelName (Device, &Device->Cid);
+    AddUnicodeString2 (
+      "eng",
+      gEmmcDxeComponentName.SupportedLanguages,
+      &Device->ControllerNameTable,
+      Device->ModelName,
+      TRUE
+      );
+    AddUnicodeString2 (
+      "en",
+      gEmmcDxeComponentName2.SupportedLanguages,
+      &Device->ControllerNameTable,
+      Device->ModelName,
+      FALSE
+      );
+  }
+
+  if (RemainingDevicePath == NULL) {
+    //
+    // Expose all partitions in the Emmc device to upper layer.
+    //
+    for (Index = 0; Index < EMMC_MAX_PARTITIONS; Index++) {
+      InstallProtocolOnPartition (Device, Index);
+    }
+  } else if (!IsDevicePathEnd (RemainingDevicePath)) {
+    //
+    // Enumerate the specified partition
+    //
+    Node = (EFI_DEV_PATH *)RemainingDevicePath;
+    if ((DevicePathType (&Node->DevPath) != HARDWARE_DEVICE_PATH) ||
+        (DevicePathSubType (&Node->DevPath) != HW_CONTROLLER_DP) ||
+        (DevicePathNodeLength (&Node->DevPath) != sizeof (CONTROLLER_DEVICE_PATH)))
+    {
+      Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+      goto Error;
+    }
+
+    Index = (UINT8)Node->Controller.ControllerNumber;
+    if (Index >= EMMC_MAX_PARTITIONS) {
+      Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+      goto Error;
+    }
+
+    Status = InstallProtocolOnPartition (Device, Index);
+  }
+
+Error:
+  FreePool (DevicePath);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Tests to see if this driver supports a given controller. If a child device is provided,
+  it further tests to see if this driver supports creating a handle for the specified child device.
+
+  This function checks to see if the driver specified by This supports the device specified by
+  ControllerHandle. Drivers will typically use the device path attached to
+  ControllerHandle and/or the services from the bus I/O abstraction attached to
+  ControllerHandle to determine if the driver supports ControllerHandle. This function
+  may be called many times during platform initialization. In order to reduce boot times, the tests
+  performed by this function must be very small, and take as little time as possible to execute. This
+  function must not change the state of any hardware devices, and this function must be aware that the
+  device specified by ControllerHandle may already be managed by the same driver or a
+  different driver. This function must match its calls to AllocatePages() with FreePages(),
+  AllocatePool() with FreePool(), and OpenProtocol() with CloseProtocol().
+  Since ControllerHandle may have been previously started by the same driver, if a protocol is
+  already in the opened state, then it must not be closed with CloseProtocol(). This is required
+  to guarantee the state of ControllerHandle is not modified by this function.
+
+  @param[in]  This                 A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[in]  ControllerHandle     The handle of the controller to test. This handle
+                                   must support a protocol interface that supplies
+                                   an I/O abstraction to the driver.
+  @param[in]  RemainingDevicePath  A pointer to the remaining portion of a device path.  This
+                                   parameter is ignored by device drivers, and is optional for bus
+                                   drivers. For bus drivers, if this parameter is not NULL, then
+                                   the bus driver must determine if the bus controller specified
+                                   by ControllerHandle and the child controller specified
+                                   by RemainingDevicePath are both supported by this
+                                   bus driver.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device specified by ControllerHandle and
+                                   RemainingDevicePath is supported by the driver specified by This.
+  @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED      The device specified by ControllerHandle and
+                                   RemainingDevicePath is already being managed by the driver
+                                   specified by This.
+  @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED        The device specified by ControllerHandle and
+                                   RemainingDevicePath is already being managed by a different
+                                   driver or an application that requires exclusive access.
+                                   Currently not implemented.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED          The device specified by ControllerHandle and
+                                   RemainingDevicePath is not supported by the driver specified by This.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcDxeDriverBindingSupported (
+  IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,
+  IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL     *RemainingDevicePath
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       *ParentDevicePath;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+  UINT8                          Slot;
+
+  //
+  // Test EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL on the controller handle.
+  //
+  Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+                  Controller,
+                  &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,
+                  (VOID **)&PassThru,
+                  This->DriverBindingHandle,
+                  Controller,
+                  EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER
+                  );
+
+  if (Status == EFI_ALREADY_STARTED) {
+    return EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Test RemainingDevicePath is valid or not.
+  //
+  if ((RemainingDevicePath != NULL) && !IsDevicePathEnd (RemainingDevicePath)) {
+    Status = PassThru->GetSlotNumber (PassThru, RemainingDevicePath, &Slot);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      //
+      // Close the I/O Abstraction(s) used to perform the supported test
+      //
+      gBS->CloseProtocol (
+             Controller,
+             &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,
+             This->DriverBindingHandle,
+             Controller
+             );
+      return Status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Close the I/O Abstraction(s) used to perform the supported test
+  //
+  gBS->CloseProtocol (
+         Controller,
+         &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,
+         This->DriverBindingHandle,
+         Controller
+         );
+
+  //
+  // Open the EFI Device Path protocol needed to perform the supported test
+  //
+  Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+                  Controller,
+                  &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
+                  (VOID **)&ParentDevicePath,
+                  This->DriverBindingHandle,
+                  Controller,
+                  EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
+                  );
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Starts a device controller or a bus controller.
+
+  The Start() function is designed to be invoked from the EFI boot service ConnectController().
+  As a result, much of the error checking on the parameters to Start() has been moved into this
+  common boot service. It is legal to call Start() from other locations,
+  but the following calling restrictions must be followed or the system behavior will not be deterministic.
+  1. ControllerHandle must be a valid EFI_HANDLE.
+  2. If RemainingDevicePath is not NULL, then it must be a pointer to a naturally aligned
+     EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL.
+  3. Prior to calling Start(), the Supported() function for the driver specified by This must
+     have been called with the same calling parameters, and Supported() must have returned EFI_SUCCESS.
+
+  @param[in]  This                 A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[in]  ControllerHandle     The handle of the controller to start. This handle
+                                   must support a protocol interface that supplies
+                                   an I/O abstraction to the driver.
+  @param[in]  RemainingDevicePath  A pointer to the remaining portion of a device path.  This
+                                   parameter is ignored by device drivers, and is optional for bus
+                                   drivers. For a bus driver, if this parameter is NULL, then handles
+                                   for all the children of Controller are created by this driver.
+                                   If this parameter is not NULL and the first Device Path Node is
+                                   not the End of Device Path Node, then only the handle for the
+                                   child device specified by the first Device Path Node of
+                                   RemainingDevicePath is created by this driver.
+                                   If the first Device Path Node of RemainingDevicePath is
+                                   the End of Device Path Node, no child handle is created by this
+                                   driver.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device was started.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR         The device could not be started due to a device error.Currently not implemented.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES     The request could not be completed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                   The driver failed to start the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcDxeDriverBindingStart (
+  IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,
+  IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL     *RemainingDevicePath
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       *ParentDevicePath;
+  EMMC_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA       *Private;
+  UINT8                          Slot;
+
+  Private  = NULL;
+  PassThru = NULL;
+  Status   = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+                    Controller,
+                    &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,
+                    (VOID **)&PassThru,
+                    This->DriverBindingHandle,
+                    Controller,
+                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER
+                    );
+  if ((EFI_ERROR (Status)) && (Status != EFI_ALREADY_STARTED)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Check EFI_ALREADY_STARTED to reuse the original EMMC_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA.
+  //
+  if (Status != EFI_ALREADY_STARTED) {
+    Private = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EMMC_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA));
+    if (Private == NULL) {
+      Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+      goto Error;
+    }
+
+    Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+                    Controller,
+                    &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
+                    (VOID **)&ParentDevicePath,
+                    This->DriverBindingHandle,
+                    Controller,
+                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
+                    );
+    ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+    Private->PassThru            = PassThru;
+    Private->Controller          = Controller;
+    Private->ParentDevicePath    = ParentDevicePath;
+    Private->DriverBindingHandle = This->DriverBindingHandle;
+
+    Status = gBS->InstallProtocolInterface (
+                    &Controller,
+                    &gEfiCallerIdGuid,
+                    EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
+                    Private
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Error;
+    }
+  } else {
+    Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+                    Controller,
+                    &gEfiCallerIdGuid,
+                    (VOID **)&Private,
+                    This->DriverBindingHandle,
+                    Controller,
+                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Error;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (RemainingDevicePath == NULL) {
+    Slot = 0xFF;
+    while (TRUE) {
+      Status = PassThru->GetNextSlot (PassThru, &Slot);
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        //
+        // Cannot find more legal slots.
+        //
+        Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      Status = DiscoverEmmcDevice (Private, Slot, NULL);
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (Status != EFI_ALREADY_STARTED)) {
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  } else if (!IsDevicePathEnd (RemainingDevicePath)) {
+    Status = PassThru->GetSlotNumber (PassThru, RemainingDevicePath, &Slot);
+    if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      Status = DiscoverEmmcDevice (Private, Slot, NextDevicePathNode (RemainingDevicePath));
+    }
+  }
+
+Error:
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (Status != EFI_ALREADY_STARTED)) {
+    gBS->CloseProtocol (
+           Controller,
+           &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,
+           This->DriverBindingHandle,
+           Controller
+           );
+
+    if (Private != NULL) {
+      gBS->UninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
+             Controller,
+             &gEfiCallerIdGuid,
+             Private,
+             NULL
+             );
+      FreePool (Private);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Stops a device controller or a bus controller.
+
+  The Stop() function is designed to be invoked from the EFI boot service DisconnectController().
+  As a result, much of the error checking on the parameters to Stop() has been moved
+  into this common boot service. It is legal to call Stop() from other locations,
+  but the following calling restrictions must be followed or the system behavior will not be deterministic.
+  1. ControllerHandle must be a valid EFI_HANDLE that was used on a previous call to this
+     same driver's Start() function.
+  2. The first NumberOfChildren handles of ChildHandleBuffer must all be a valid
+     EFI_HANDLE. In addition, all of these handles must have been created in this driver's
+     Start() function, and the Start() function must have called OpenProtocol() on
+     ControllerHandle with an Attribute of EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER.
+
+  @param[in]  This              A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[in]  ControllerHandle  A handle to the device being stopped. The handle must
+                                support a bus specific I/O protocol for the driver
+                                to use to stop the device.
+  @param[in]  NumberOfChildren  The number of child device handles in ChildHandleBuffer.
+  @param[in]  ChildHandleBuffer An array of child handles to be freed. May be NULL
+                                if NumberOfChildren is 0.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The device was stopped.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device could not be stopped due to a device error.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcDxeDriverBindingStop (
+  IN  EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,
+  IN  UINTN                        NumberOfChildren,
+  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   *ChildHandleBuffer
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                             Status;
+  BOOLEAN                                AllChildrenStopped;
+  UINTN                                  Index;
+  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL               *DevicePath;
+  EMMC_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA               *Private;
+  EMMC_DEVICE                            *Device;
+  EMMC_PARTITION                         *Partition;
+  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL                  *BlockIo;
+  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL                 *BlockIo2;
+  EFI_STORAGE_SECURITY_COMMAND_PROTOCOL  *StorageSecurity;
+  LIST_ENTRY                             *Link;
+  LIST_ENTRY                             *NextLink;
+  EMMC_REQUEST                           *Request;
+
+  BlockIo  = NULL;
+  BlockIo2 = NULL;
+  if (NumberOfChildren == 0) {
+    Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+                    Controller,
+                    &gEfiCallerIdGuid,
+                    (VOID **)&Private,
+                    This->DriverBindingHandle,
+                    Controller,
+                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    for (Index = 0; Index < EMMC_MAX_DEVICES; Index++) {
+      Device = &Private->Device[Index];
+      Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+                      Device->Handle,
+                      &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
+                      (VOID **)&DevicePath,
+                      This->DriverBindingHandle,
+                      Controller,
+                      EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
+                      );
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      ASSERT (DevicePath == Device->DevicePath);
+      gBS->UninstallProtocolInterface (
+             Device->Handle,
+             &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
+             DevicePath
+             );
+      FreePool (Device->DevicePath);
+    }
+
+    gBS->UninstallProtocolInterface (
+           Controller,
+           &gEfiCallerIdGuid,
+           Private
+           );
+    gBS->CloseProtocol (
+           Controller,
+           &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,
+           This->DriverBindingHandle,
+           Controller
+           );
+    FreePool (Private);
+
+    return EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  AllChildrenStopped = TRUE;
+
+  for (Index = 0; Index < NumberOfChildren; Index++) {
+    Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+                    ChildHandleBuffer[Index],
+                    &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,
+                    (VOID **)&BlockIo,
+                    This->DriverBindingHandle,
+                    Controller,
+                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+                      ChildHandleBuffer[Index],
+                      &gEfiBlockIo2ProtocolGuid,
+                      (VOID **)&BlockIo2,
+                      This->DriverBindingHandle,
+                      Controller,
+                      EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
+                      );
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        AllChildrenStopped = FALSE;
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (BlockIo != NULL) {
+      Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO (BlockIo);
+    } else {
+      ASSERT (BlockIo2 != NULL);
+      Partition = EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO2 (BlockIo2);
+    }
+
+    for (Link = GetFirstNode (&Partition->Queue);
+         !IsNull (&Partition->Queue, Link);
+         Link = NextLink)
+    {
+      NextLink = GetNextNode (&Partition->Queue, Link);
+
+      RemoveEntryList (Link);
+      Request = EMMC_REQUEST_FROM_LINK (Link);
+
+      gBS->CloseEvent (Request->Event);
+      Request->Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_ABORTED;
+
+      if (Request->IsEnd) {
+        gBS->SignalEvent (Request->Token->Event);
+      }
+
+      FreePool (Request);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Close the child handle
+    //
+    Status = gBS->CloseProtocol (
+                    Controller,
+                    &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,
+                    This->DriverBindingHandle,
+                    ChildHandleBuffer[Index]
+                    );
+
+    Status = gBS->UninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
+                    ChildHandleBuffer[Index],
+                    &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
+                    Partition->DevicePath,
+                    &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,
+                    &Partition->BlockIo,
+                    &gEfiBlockIo2ProtocolGuid,
+                    &Partition->BlockIo2,
+                    &gEfiEraseBlockProtocolGuid,
+                    &Partition->EraseBlock,
+                    &gEfiDiskInfoProtocolGuid,
+                    &Partition->DiskInfo,
+                    NULL
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      AllChildrenStopped = FALSE;
+      gBS->OpenProtocol (
+             Controller,
+             &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,
+             (VOID **)&Partition->Device->Private->PassThru,
+             This->DriverBindingHandle,
+             ChildHandleBuffer[Index],
+             EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER
+             );
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // If Storage Security Command Protocol is installed, then uninstall this protocol.
+    //
+    Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+                    ChildHandleBuffer[Index],
+                    &gEfiStorageSecurityCommandProtocolGuid,
+                    (VOID **)&StorageSecurity,
+                    This->DriverBindingHandle,
+                    Controller,
+                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
+                    );
+
+    if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      Status = gBS->UninstallProtocolInterface (
+                      ChildHandleBuffer[Index],
+                      &gEfiStorageSecurityCommandProtocolGuid,
+                      &Partition->StorageSecurity
+                      );
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        gBS->OpenProtocol (
+               Controller,
+               &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,
+               (VOID **)&Partition->Device->Private->PassThru,
+               This->DriverBindingHandle,
+               ChildHandleBuffer[Index],
+               EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER
+               );
+        AllChildrenStopped = FALSE;
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+
+    FreePool (Partition->DevicePath);
+  }
+
+  if (!AllChildrenStopped) {
+    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  The user Entry Point for module EmmcDxe. The user code starts with this function.
+
+  @param[in] ImageHandle    The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
+  @param[in] SystemTable    A pointer to the EFI System Table.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The entry point is executed successfully.
+  @retval other             Some errors occur when executing this entry point.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+InitializeEmmcDxe (
+  IN EFI_HANDLE        ImageHandle,
+  IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE  *SystemTable
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+
+  //
+  // Install driver model protocol(s).
+  //
+  Status = EfiLibInstallDriverBindingComponentName2 (
+             ImageHandle,
+             SystemTable,
+             &gEmmcDxeDriverBinding,
+             ImageHandle,
+             &gEmmcDxeComponentName,
+             &gEmmcDxeComponentName2
+             );
+  ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+
+  return Status;
+}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDxe.h b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDxe.h
index a83d4ec1df..33ea70d648 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDxe.h
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDxe.h
@@ -1,500 +1,500 @@
-/** @file

-  Header file for EmmcDxe Driver.

-

-  This file defines common data structures, macro definitions and some module

-  internal function header files.

-

-  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#ifndef _EMMC_DXE_H_

-#define _EMMC_DXE_H_

-

-#include <Uefi.h>

-#include <IndustryStandard/Emmc.h>

-

-#include <Protocol/SdMmcPassThru.h>

-#include <Protocol/BlockIo.h>

-#include <Protocol/BlockIo2.h>

-#include <Protocol/StorageSecurityCommand.h>

-#include <Protocol/EraseBlock.h>

-#include <Protocol/DiskInfo.h>

-

-#include <Protocol/DevicePath.h>

-

-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>

-#include <Library/UefiDriverEntryPoint.h>

-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>

-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>

-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>

-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>

-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>

-#include <Library/DevicePathLib.h>

-#include <Library/UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib.h>

-

-#include "EmmcBlockIo.h"

-#include "EmmcDiskInfo.h"

-

-//

-// Global Variables

-//

-extern EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL   gEmmcDxeDriverBinding;

-extern EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL   gEmmcDxeComponentName;

-extern EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL  gEmmcDxeComponentName2;

-

-#define EMMC_PARTITION_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_32 ('E', 'm', 'm', 'P')

-

-#define EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO(a) \

-    CR(a, EMMC_PARTITION, BlockIo, EMMC_PARTITION_SIGNATURE)

-

-#define EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO2(a) \

-    CR(a, EMMC_PARTITION, BlockIo2, EMMC_PARTITION_SIGNATURE)

-

-#define EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_SSP(a) \

-    CR(a, EMMC_PARTITION, StorageSecurity, EMMC_PARTITION_SIGNATURE)

-

-#define EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_ERASEBLK(a) \

-    CR(a, EMMC_PARTITION, EraseBlock, EMMC_PARTITION_SIGNATURE)

-

-#define EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_DISKINFO(a) \

-    CR(a, EMMC_PARTITION, DiskInfo, EMMC_PARTITION_SIGNATURE)

-

-//

-// Take 2.5 seconds as generic time out value, 1 microsecond as unit.

-//

-#define EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT  2500 * 1000

-

-#define EMMC_REQUEST_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_32 ('E', 'm', 'R', 'e')

-

-typedef struct _EMMC_DEVICE               EMMC_DEVICE;

-typedef struct _EMMC_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA  EMMC_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA;

-

-//

-// Asynchronous I/O request.

-//

-typedef struct {

-  UINT32                                 Signature;

-  LIST_ENTRY                             Link;

-

-  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK               SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK                SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET    Packet;

-

-  BOOLEAN                                IsEnd;

-

-  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN                    *Token;

-  EFI_EVENT                              Event;

-} EMMC_REQUEST;

-

-#define EMMC_REQUEST_FROM_LINK(a) \

-    CR(a, EMMC_REQUEST, Link, EMMC_REQUEST_SIGNATURE)

-

-typedef struct {

-  UINT32                                   Signature;

-  BOOLEAN                                  Enable;

-  EMMC_PARTITION_TYPE                      PartitionType;

-  EFI_HANDLE                               Handle;

-  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL                 *DevicePath;

-  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL                    BlockIo;

-  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL                   BlockIo2;

-  EFI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA                       BlockMedia;

-  EFI_STORAGE_SECURITY_COMMAND_PROTOCOL    StorageSecurity;

-  EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_PROTOCOL                 EraseBlock;

-  EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL                   DiskInfo;

-

-  LIST_ENTRY                               Queue;

-

-  EMMC_DEVICE                              *Device;

-} EMMC_PARTITION;

-

-//

-// Up to 6 slots per EMMC PCI host controller

-//

-#define EMMC_MAX_DEVICES  6

-//

-// Up to 8 partitions per EMMC device.

-//

-#define EMMC_MAX_PARTITIONS      8

-#define EMMC_MODEL_NAME_MAX_LEN  32

-

-struct _EMMC_DEVICE {

-  EFI_HANDLE                  Handle;

-  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL    *DevicePath;

-  UINT8                       Slot;

-  BOOLEAN                     SectorAddressing;

-

-  EMMC_PARTITION              Partition[EMMC_MAX_PARTITIONS];

-  EMMC_CSD                    Csd;

-  EMMC_CID                    Cid;

-  EMMC_EXT_CSD                ExtCsd;

-  EFI_UNICODE_STRING_TABLE    *ControllerNameTable;

-  //

-  // The model name consists of three fields in CID register

-  // 1) OEM/Application ID (2 bytes)

-  // 2) Product Name       (5 bytes)

-  // 3) Product Serial Number (4 bytes)

-  // The delimiters of these fields are whitespace.

-  //

-  CHAR16                      ModelName[EMMC_MODEL_NAME_MAX_LEN];

-  EMMC_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA    *Private;

-};

-

-//

-// EMMC DXE driver private data structure

-//

-struct _EMMC_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA {

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL    *PassThru;

-  EFI_HANDLE                       Controller;

-  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL         *ParentDevicePath;

-  EFI_HANDLE                       DriverBindingHandle;

-

-  EMMC_DEVICE                      Device[EMMC_MAX_DEVICES];

-};

-

-/**

-  Tests to see if this driver supports a given controller. If a child device is provided,

-  it further tests to see if this driver supports creating a handle for the specified child device.

-

-  This function checks to see if the driver specified by This supports the device specified by

-  ControllerHandle. Drivers will typically use the device path attached to

-  ControllerHandle and/or the services from the bus I/O abstraction attached to

-  ControllerHandle to determine if the driver supports ControllerHandle. This function

-  may be called many times during platform initialization. In order to reduce boot times, the tests

-  performed by this function must be very small, and take as little time as possible to execute. This

-  function must not change the state of any hardware devices, and this function must be aware that the

-  device specified by ControllerHandle may already be managed by the same driver or a

-  different driver. This function must match its calls to AllocatePages() with FreePages(),

-  AllocatePool() with FreePool(), and OpenProtocol() with CloseProtocol().

-  Since ControllerHandle may have been previously started by the same driver, if a protocol is

-  already in the opened state, then it must not be closed with CloseProtocol(). This is required

-  to guarantee the state of ControllerHandle is not modified by this function.

-

-  @param[in]  This                 A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[in]  ControllerHandle     The handle of the controller to test. This handle

-                                   must support a protocol interface that supplies

-                                   an I/O abstraction to the driver.

-  @param[in]  RemainingDevicePath  A pointer to the remaining portion of a device path.  This

-                                   parameter is ignored by device drivers, and is optional for bus

-                                   drivers. For bus drivers, if this parameter is not NULL, then

-                                   the bus driver must determine if the bus controller specified

-                                   by ControllerHandle and the child controller specified

-                                   by RemainingDevicePath are both supported by this

-                                   bus driver.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device specified by ControllerHandle and

-                                   RemainingDevicePath is supported by the driver specified by This.

-  @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED      The device specified by ControllerHandle and

-                                   RemainingDevicePath is already being managed by the driver

-                                   specified by This.

-  @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED        The device specified by ControllerHandle and

-                                   RemainingDevicePath is already being managed by a different

-                                   driver or an application that requires exclusive access.

-                                   Currently not implemented.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED          The device specified by ControllerHandle and

-                                   RemainingDevicePath is not supported by the driver specified by This.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcDxeDriverBindingSupported (

-  IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,

-  IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL     *RemainingDevicePath

-  );

-

-/**

-  Starts a device controller or a bus controller.

-

-  The Start() function is designed to be invoked from the EFI boot service ConnectController().

-  As a result, much of the error checking on the parameters to Start() has been moved into this

-  common boot service. It is legal to call Start() from other locations,

-  but the following calling restrictions must be followed or the system behavior will not be deterministic.

-  1. ControllerHandle must be a valid EFI_HANDLE.

-  2. If RemainingDevicePath is not NULL, then it must be a pointer to a naturally aligned

-     EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL.

-  3. Prior to calling Start(), the Supported() function for the driver specified by This must

-     have been called with the same calling parameters, and Supported() must have returned EFI_SUCCESS.

-

-  @param[in]  This                 A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[in]  ControllerHandle     The handle of the controller to start. This handle

-                                   must support a protocol interface that supplies

-                                   an I/O abstraction to the driver.

-  @param[in]  RemainingDevicePath  A pointer to the remaining portion of a device path.  This

-                                   parameter is ignored by device drivers, and is optional for bus

-                                   drivers. For a bus driver, if this parameter is NULL, then handles

-                                   for all the children of Controller are created by this driver.

-                                   If this parameter is not NULL and the first Device Path Node is

-                                   not the End of Device Path Node, then only the handle for the

-                                   child device specified by the first Device Path Node of

-                                   RemainingDevicePath is created by this driver.

-                                   If the first Device Path Node of RemainingDevicePath is

-                                   the End of Device Path Node, no child handle is created by this

-                                   driver.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device was started.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR         The device could not be started due to a device error.Currently not implemented.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES     The request could not be completed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                   The driver failed to start the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcDxeDriverBindingStart (

-  IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,

-  IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL     *RemainingDevicePath

-  );

-

-/**

-  Stops a device controller or a bus controller.

-

-  The Stop() function is designed to be invoked from the EFI boot service DisconnectController().

-  As a result, much of the error checking on the parameters to Stop() has been moved

-  into this common boot service. It is legal to call Stop() from other locations,

-  but the following calling restrictions must be followed or the system behavior will not be deterministic.

-  1. ControllerHandle must be a valid EFI_HANDLE that was used on a previous call to this

-     same driver's Start() function.

-  2. The first NumberOfChildren handles of ChildHandleBuffer must all be a valid

-     EFI_HANDLE. In addition, all of these handles must have been created in this driver's

-     Start() function, and the Start() function must have called OpenProtocol() on

-     ControllerHandle with an Attribute of EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER.

-

-  @param[in]  This              A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[in]  ControllerHandle  A handle to the device being stopped. The handle must

-                                support a bus specific I/O protocol for the driver

-                                to use to stop the device.

-  @param[in]  NumberOfChildren  The number of child device handles in ChildHandleBuffer.

-  @param[in]  ChildHandleBuffer An array of child handles to be freed. May be NULL

-                                if NumberOfChildren is 0.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The device was stopped.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device could not be stopped due to a device error.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcDxeDriverBindingStop (

-  IN  EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,

-  IN  UINTN                        NumberOfChildren,

-  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   *ChildHandleBuffer

-  );

-

-/**

-  Retrieves a Unicode string that is the user readable name of the driver.

-

-  This function retrieves the user readable name of a driver in the form of a

-  Unicode string. If the driver specified by This has a user readable name in

-  the language specified by Language, then a pointer to the driver name is

-  returned in DriverName, and EFI_SUCCESS is returned. If the driver specified

-  by This does not support the language specified by Language,

-  then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.

-

-  @param  This[in]              A pointer to the EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL or

-                                EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL instance.

-

-  @param  Language[in]          A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string

-                                array indicating the language. This is the

-                                language of the driver name that the caller is

-                                requesting, and it must match one of the

-                                languages specified in SupportedLanguages. The

-                                number of languages supported by a driver is up

-                                to the driver writer. Language is specified

-                                in RFC 4646 or ISO 639-2 language code format.

-

-  @param  DriverName[out]       A pointer to the Unicode string to return.

-                                This Unicode string is the name of the

-                                driver specified by This in the language

-                                specified by Language.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The Unicode string for the Driver specified by

-                                This and the language specified by Language was

-                                returned in DriverName.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DriverName is NULL.

-

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This does not support

-                                the language specified by Language.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcDxeComponentNameGetDriverName (

-  IN  EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  CHAR8                        *Language,

-  OUT CHAR16                       **DriverName

-  );

-

-/**

-  Retrieves a Unicode string that is the user readable name of the controller

-  that is being managed by a driver.

-

-  This function retrieves the user readable name of the controller specified by

-  ControllerHandle and ChildHandle in the form of a Unicode string. If the

-  driver specified by This has a user readable name in the language specified by

-  Language, then a pointer to the controller name is returned in ControllerName,

-  and EFI_SUCCESS is returned.  If the driver specified by This is not currently

-  managing the controller specified by ControllerHandle and ChildHandle,

-  then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.  If the driver specified by This does not

-  support the language specified by Language, then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.

-

-  @param  This[in]              A pointer to the EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL or

-                                EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL instance.

-

-  @param  ControllerHandle[in]  The handle of a controller that the driver

-                                specified by This is managing.  This handle

-                                specifies the controller whose name is to be

-                                returned.

-

-  @param  ChildHandle[in]       The handle of the child controller to retrieve

-                                the name of.  This is an optional parameter that

-                                may be NULL.  It will be NULL for device

-                                drivers.  It will also be NULL for a bus drivers

-                                that wish to retrieve the name of the bus

-                                controller.  It will not be NULL for a bus

-                                driver that wishes to retrieve the name of a

-                                child controller.

-

-  @param  Language[in]          A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string

-                                array indicating the language.  This is the

-                                language of the driver name that the caller is

-                                requesting, and it must match one of the

-                                languages specified in SupportedLanguages. The

-                                number of languages supported by a driver is up

-                                to the driver writer. Language is specified in

-                                RFC 4646 or ISO 639-2 language code format.

-

-  @param  ControllerName[out]   A pointer to the Unicode string to return.

-                                This Unicode string is the name of the

-                                controller specified by ControllerHandle and

-                                ChildHandle in the language specified by

-                                Language from the point of view of the driver

-                                specified by This.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The Unicode string for the user readable name in

-                                the language specified by Language for the

-                                driver specified by This was returned in

-                                DriverName.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerHandle is NULL.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ChildHandle is not NULL and it is not a valid

-                                EFI_HANDLE.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerName is NULL.

-

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This is not currently

-                                managing the controller specified by

-                                ControllerHandle and ChildHandle.

-

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This does not support

-                                the language specified by Language.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-EmmcDxeComponentNameGetControllerName (

-  IN  EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   ControllerHandle,

-  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   ChildHandle        OPTIONAL,

-  IN  CHAR8                        *Language,

-  OUT CHAR16                       **ControllerName

-  );

-

-/**

-  Send command SELECT to the device to select/deselect the device.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcSelect (

-  IN     EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,

-  IN     UINT16       Rca

-  );

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_STATUS to the device to get device status.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.

-  @param[out] DevStatus         The buffer to store the device status.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcSendStatus (

-  IN     EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,

-  IN     UINT16       Rca,

-  OUT UINT32          *DevStatus

-  );

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_CSD to the device to get the CSD register data.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.

-  @param[out] Csd               The buffer to store the EMMC_CSD register data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcGetCsd (

-  IN     EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,

-  IN     UINT16       Rca,

-  OUT EMMC_CSD        *Csd

-  );

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_CID to the device to get the CID register data.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.

-  @param[out] Cid               The buffer to store the EMMC_CID register data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcGetCid (

-  IN     EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,

-  IN     UINT16       Rca,

-  OUT EMMC_CID        *Cid

-  );

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_EXT_CSD to the device to get the EXT_CSD register data.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[out] ExtCsd            The buffer to store the EXT_CSD register data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EmmcGetExtCsd (

-  IN     EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,

-  OUT EMMC_EXT_CSD    *ExtCsd

-  );

-

-#endif

+/** @file
+  Header file for EmmcDxe Driver.
+
+  This file defines common data structures, macro definitions and some module
+  internal function header files.
+
+  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef _EMMC_DXE_H_
+#define _EMMC_DXE_H_
+
+#include <Uefi.h>
+#include <IndustryStandard/Emmc.h>
+
+#include <Protocol/SdMmcPassThru.h>
+#include <Protocol/BlockIo.h>
+#include <Protocol/BlockIo2.h>
+#include <Protocol/StorageSecurityCommand.h>
+#include <Protocol/EraseBlock.h>
+#include <Protocol/DiskInfo.h>
+
+#include <Protocol/DevicePath.h>
+
+#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiDriverEntryPoint.h>
+#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
+#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
+#include <Library/DevicePathLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib.h>
+
+#include "EmmcBlockIo.h"
+#include "EmmcDiskInfo.h"
+
+//
+// Global Variables
+//
+extern EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL   gEmmcDxeDriverBinding;
+extern EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL   gEmmcDxeComponentName;
+extern EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL  gEmmcDxeComponentName2;
+
+#define EMMC_PARTITION_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_32 ('E', 'm', 'm', 'P')
+
+#define EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO(a) \
+    CR(a, EMMC_PARTITION, BlockIo, EMMC_PARTITION_SIGNATURE)
+
+#define EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_BLKIO2(a) \
+    CR(a, EMMC_PARTITION, BlockIo2, EMMC_PARTITION_SIGNATURE)
+
+#define EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_SSP(a) \
+    CR(a, EMMC_PARTITION, StorageSecurity, EMMC_PARTITION_SIGNATURE)
+
+#define EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_ERASEBLK(a) \
+    CR(a, EMMC_PARTITION, EraseBlock, EMMC_PARTITION_SIGNATURE)
+
+#define EMMC_PARTITION_DATA_FROM_DISKINFO(a) \
+    CR(a, EMMC_PARTITION, DiskInfo, EMMC_PARTITION_SIGNATURE)
+
+//
+// Take 2.5 seconds as generic time out value, 1 microsecond as unit.
+//
+#define EMMC_GENERIC_TIMEOUT  2500 * 1000
+
+#define EMMC_REQUEST_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_32 ('E', 'm', 'R', 'e')
+
+typedef struct _EMMC_DEVICE               EMMC_DEVICE;
+typedef struct _EMMC_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA  EMMC_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA;
+
+//
+// Asynchronous I/O request.
+//
+typedef struct {
+  UINT32                                 Signature;
+  LIST_ENTRY                             Link;
+
+  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK               SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK                SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET    Packet;
+
+  BOOLEAN                                IsEnd;
+
+  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN                    *Token;
+  EFI_EVENT                              Event;
+} EMMC_REQUEST;
+
+#define EMMC_REQUEST_FROM_LINK(a) \
+    CR(a, EMMC_REQUEST, Link, EMMC_REQUEST_SIGNATURE)
+
+typedef struct {
+  UINT32                                   Signature;
+  BOOLEAN                                  Enable;
+  EMMC_PARTITION_TYPE                      PartitionType;
+  EFI_HANDLE                               Handle;
+  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL                 *DevicePath;
+  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL                    BlockIo;
+  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL                   BlockIo2;
+  EFI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA                       BlockMedia;
+  EFI_STORAGE_SECURITY_COMMAND_PROTOCOL    StorageSecurity;
+  EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_PROTOCOL                 EraseBlock;
+  EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL                   DiskInfo;
+
+  LIST_ENTRY                               Queue;
+
+  EMMC_DEVICE                              *Device;
+} EMMC_PARTITION;
+
+//
+// Up to 6 slots per EMMC PCI host controller
+//
+#define EMMC_MAX_DEVICES  6
+//
+// Up to 8 partitions per EMMC device.
+//
+#define EMMC_MAX_PARTITIONS      8
+#define EMMC_MODEL_NAME_MAX_LEN  32
+
+struct _EMMC_DEVICE {
+  EFI_HANDLE                  Handle;
+  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL    *DevicePath;
+  UINT8                       Slot;
+  BOOLEAN                     SectorAddressing;
+
+  EMMC_PARTITION              Partition[EMMC_MAX_PARTITIONS];
+  EMMC_CSD                    Csd;
+  EMMC_CID                    Cid;
+  EMMC_EXT_CSD                ExtCsd;
+  EFI_UNICODE_STRING_TABLE    *ControllerNameTable;
+  //
+  // The model name consists of three fields in CID register
+  // 1) OEM/Application ID (2 bytes)
+  // 2) Product Name       (5 bytes)
+  // 3) Product Serial Number (4 bytes)
+  // The delimiters of these fields are whitespace.
+  //
+  CHAR16                      ModelName[EMMC_MODEL_NAME_MAX_LEN];
+  EMMC_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA    *Private;
+};
+
+//
+// EMMC DXE driver private data structure
+//
+struct _EMMC_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA {
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL    *PassThru;
+  EFI_HANDLE                       Controller;
+  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL         *ParentDevicePath;
+  EFI_HANDLE                       DriverBindingHandle;
+
+  EMMC_DEVICE                      Device[EMMC_MAX_DEVICES];
+};
+
+/**
+  Tests to see if this driver supports a given controller. If a child device is provided,
+  it further tests to see if this driver supports creating a handle for the specified child device.
+
+  This function checks to see if the driver specified by This supports the device specified by
+  ControllerHandle. Drivers will typically use the device path attached to
+  ControllerHandle and/or the services from the bus I/O abstraction attached to
+  ControllerHandle to determine if the driver supports ControllerHandle. This function
+  may be called many times during platform initialization. In order to reduce boot times, the tests
+  performed by this function must be very small, and take as little time as possible to execute. This
+  function must not change the state of any hardware devices, and this function must be aware that the
+  device specified by ControllerHandle may already be managed by the same driver or a
+  different driver. This function must match its calls to AllocatePages() with FreePages(),
+  AllocatePool() with FreePool(), and OpenProtocol() with CloseProtocol().
+  Since ControllerHandle may have been previously started by the same driver, if a protocol is
+  already in the opened state, then it must not be closed with CloseProtocol(). This is required
+  to guarantee the state of ControllerHandle is not modified by this function.
+
+  @param[in]  This                 A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[in]  ControllerHandle     The handle of the controller to test. This handle
+                                   must support a protocol interface that supplies
+                                   an I/O abstraction to the driver.
+  @param[in]  RemainingDevicePath  A pointer to the remaining portion of a device path.  This
+                                   parameter is ignored by device drivers, and is optional for bus
+                                   drivers. For bus drivers, if this parameter is not NULL, then
+                                   the bus driver must determine if the bus controller specified
+                                   by ControllerHandle and the child controller specified
+                                   by RemainingDevicePath are both supported by this
+                                   bus driver.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device specified by ControllerHandle and
+                                   RemainingDevicePath is supported by the driver specified by This.
+  @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED      The device specified by ControllerHandle and
+                                   RemainingDevicePath is already being managed by the driver
+                                   specified by This.
+  @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED        The device specified by ControllerHandle and
+                                   RemainingDevicePath is already being managed by a different
+                                   driver or an application that requires exclusive access.
+                                   Currently not implemented.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED          The device specified by ControllerHandle and
+                                   RemainingDevicePath is not supported by the driver specified by This.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcDxeDriverBindingSupported (
+  IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,
+  IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL     *RemainingDevicePath
+  );
+
+/**
+  Starts a device controller or a bus controller.
+
+  The Start() function is designed to be invoked from the EFI boot service ConnectController().
+  As a result, much of the error checking on the parameters to Start() has been moved into this
+  common boot service. It is legal to call Start() from other locations,
+  but the following calling restrictions must be followed or the system behavior will not be deterministic.
+  1. ControllerHandle must be a valid EFI_HANDLE.
+  2. If RemainingDevicePath is not NULL, then it must be a pointer to a naturally aligned
+     EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL.
+  3. Prior to calling Start(), the Supported() function for the driver specified by This must
+     have been called with the same calling parameters, and Supported() must have returned EFI_SUCCESS.
+
+  @param[in]  This                 A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[in]  ControllerHandle     The handle of the controller to start. This handle
+                                   must support a protocol interface that supplies
+                                   an I/O abstraction to the driver.
+  @param[in]  RemainingDevicePath  A pointer to the remaining portion of a device path.  This
+                                   parameter is ignored by device drivers, and is optional for bus
+                                   drivers. For a bus driver, if this parameter is NULL, then handles
+                                   for all the children of Controller are created by this driver.
+                                   If this parameter is not NULL and the first Device Path Node is
+                                   not the End of Device Path Node, then only the handle for the
+                                   child device specified by the first Device Path Node of
+                                   RemainingDevicePath is created by this driver.
+                                   If the first Device Path Node of RemainingDevicePath is
+                                   the End of Device Path Node, no child handle is created by this
+                                   driver.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device was started.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR         The device could not be started due to a device error.Currently not implemented.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES     The request could not be completed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                   The driver failed to start the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcDxeDriverBindingStart (
+  IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,
+  IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL     *RemainingDevicePath
+  );
+
+/**
+  Stops a device controller or a bus controller.
+
+  The Stop() function is designed to be invoked from the EFI boot service DisconnectController().
+  As a result, much of the error checking on the parameters to Stop() has been moved
+  into this common boot service. It is legal to call Stop() from other locations,
+  but the following calling restrictions must be followed or the system behavior will not be deterministic.
+  1. ControllerHandle must be a valid EFI_HANDLE that was used on a previous call to this
+     same driver's Start() function.
+  2. The first NumberOfChildren handles of ChildHandleBuffer must all be a valid
+     EFI_HANDLE. In addition, all of these handles must have been created in this driver's
+     Start() function, and the Start() function must have called OpenProtocol() on
+     ControllerHandle with an Attribute of EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER.
+
+  @param[in]  This              A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[in]  ControllerHandle  A handle to the device being stopped. The handle must
+                                support a bus specific I/O protocol for the driver
+                                to use to stop the device.
+  @param[in]  NumberOfChildren  The number of child device handles in ChildHandleBuffer.
+  @param[in]  ChildHandleBuffer An array of child handles to be freed. May be NULL
+                                if NumberOfChildren is 0.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The device was stopped.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device could not be stopped due to a device error.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcDxeDriverBindingStop (
+  IN  EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,
+  IN  UINTN                        NumberOfChildren,
+  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   *ChildHandleBuffer
+  );
+
+/**
+  Retrieves a Unicode string that is the user readable name of the driver.
+
+  This function retrieves the user readable name of a driver in the form of a
+  Unicode string. If the driver specified by This has a user readable name in
+  the language specified by Language, then a pointer to the driver name is
+  returned in DriverName, and EFI_SUCCESS is returned. If the driver specified
+  by This does not support the language specified by Language,
+  then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+
+  @param  This[in]              A pointer to the EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL or
+                                EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL instance.
+
+  @param  Language[in]          A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string
+                                array indicating the language. This is the
+                                language of the driver name that the caller is
+                                requesting, and it must match one of the
+                                languages specified in SupportedLanguages. The
+                                number of languages supported by a driver is up
+                                to the driver writer. Language is specified
+                                in RFC 4646 or ISO 639-2 language code format.
+
+  @param  DriverName[out]       A pointer to the Unicode string to return.
+                                This Unicode string is the name of the
+                                driver specified by This in the language
+                                specified by Language.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The Unicode string for the Driver specified by
+                                This and the language specified by Language was
+                                returned in DriverName.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DriverName is NULL.
+
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This does not support
+                                the language specified by Language.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcDxeComponentNameGetDriverName (
+  IN  EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  CHAR8                        *Language,
+  OUT CHAR16                       **DriverName
+  );
+
+/**
+  Retrieves a Unicode string that is the user readable name of the controller
+  that is being managed by a driver.
+
+  This function retrieves the user readable name of the controller specified by
+  ControllerHandle and ChildHandle in the form of a Unicode string. If the
+  driver specified by This has a user readable name in the language specified by
+  Language, then a pointer to the controller name is returned in ControllerName,
+  and EFI_SUCCESS is returned.  If the driver specified by This is not currently
+  managing the controller specified by ControllerHandle and ChildHandle,
+  then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.  If the driver specified by This does not
+  support the language specified by Language, then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+
+  @param  This[in]              A pointer to the EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL or
+                                EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL instance.
+
+  @param  ControllerHandle[in]  The handle of a controller that the driver
+                                specified by This is managing.  This handle
+                                specifies the controller whose name is to be
+                                returned.
+
+  @param  ChildHandle[in]       The handle of the child controller to retrieve
+                                the name of.  This is an optional parameter that
+                                may be NULL.  It will be NULL for device
+                                drivers.  It will also be NULL for a bus drivers
+                                that wish to retrieve the name of the bus
+                                controller.  It will not be NULL for a bus
+                                driver that wishes to retrieve the name of a
+                                child controller.
+
+  @param  Language[in]          A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string
+                                array indicating the language.  This is the
+                                language of the driver name that the caller is
+                                requesting, and it must match one of the
+                                languages specified in SupportedLanguages. The
+                                number of languages supported by a driver is up
+                                to the driver writer. Language is specified in
+                                RFC 4646 or ISO 639-2 language code format.
+
+  @param  ControllerName[out]   A pointer to the Unicode string to return.
+                                This Unicode string is the name of the
+                                controller specified by ControllerHandle and
+                                ChildHandle in the language specified by
+                                Language from the point of view of the driver
+                                specified by This.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The Unicode string for the user readable name in
+                                the language specified by Language for the
+                                driver specified by This was returned in
+                                DriverName.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerHandle is NULL.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ChildHandle is not NULL and it is not a valid
+                                EFI_HANDLE.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerName is NULL.
+
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This is not currently
+                                managing the controller specified by
+                                ControllerHandle and ChildHandle.
+
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This does not support
+                                the language specified by Language.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+EmmcDxeComponentNameGetControllerName (
+  IN  EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   ControllerHandle,
+  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   ChildHandle        OPTIONAL,
+  IN  CHAR8                        *Language,
+  OUT CHAR16                       **ControllerName
+  );
+
+/**
+  Send command SELECT to the device to select/deselect the device.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcSelect (
+  IN     EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,
+  IN     UINT16       Rca
+  );
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_STATUS to the device to get device status.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.
+  @param[out] DevStatus         The buffer to store the device status.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcSendStatus (
+  IN     EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,
+  IN     UINT16       Rca,
+  OUT UINT32          *DevStatus
+  );
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_CSD to the device to get the CSD register data.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.
+  @param[out] Csd               The buffer to store the EMMC_CSD register data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcGetCsd (
+  IN     EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,
+  IN     UINT16       Rca,
+  OUT EMMC_CSD        *Csd
+  );
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_CID to the device to get the CID register data.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.
+  @param[out] Cid               The buffer to store the EMMC_CID register data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcGetCid (
+  IN     EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,
+  IN     UINT16       Rca,
+  OUT EMMC_CID        *Cid
+  );
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_EXT_CSD to the device to get the EXT_CSD register data.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the EMMC_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[out] ExtCsd            The buffer to store the EXT_CSD register data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EmmcGetExtCsd (
+  IN     EMMC_DEVICE  *Device,
+  OUT EMMC_EXT_CSD    *ExtCsd
+  );
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDxe.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDxe.inf
index ec7da2794b..9c9123b720 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDxe.inf
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDxe.inf
@@ -1,67 +1,67 @@
-## @file

-#  EmmcDxe driver is used to manage the EMMC device.

-#

-#  It produces BlockIo, BlockIo2 and StorageSecurity protocols to allow upper layer

-#  access the EMMC device.

-#

-#  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-#

-#  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-#

-#

-##

-

-[Defines]

-  INF_VERSION                    = 0x00010005

-  BASE_NAME                      = EmmcDxe

-  MODULE_UNI_FILE                = EmmcDxe.uni

-  FILE_GUID                      = 2145F72F-E6F1-4440-A828-59DC9AAB5F89

-  MODULE_TYPE                    = UEFI_DRIVER

-  VERSION_STRING                 = 1.0

-  ENTRY_POINT                    = InitializeEmmcDxe

-

-#

-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.

-#

-#  VALID_ARCHITECTURES           = IA32 X64 EBC

-#

-#  DRIVER_BINDING                =  gEmmcDxeDriverBinding

-#  COMPONENT_NAME                =  gEmmcDxeComponentName

-#  COMPONENT_NAME2               =  gEmmcDxeComponentName2

-#

-

-[Sources.common]

-  ComponentName.c

-  EmmcDxe.c

-  EmmcDxe.h

-  EmmcBlockIo.c

-  EmmcBlockIo.h

-  EmmcDiskInfo.c

-  EmmcDiskInfo.h

-

-[Packages]

-  MdePkg/MdePkg.dec

-

-[LibraryClasses]

-  DevicePathLib

-  UefiBootServicesTableLib

-  MemoryAllocationLib

-  BaseMemoryLib

-  UefiLib

-  BaseLib

-  UefiDriverEntryPoint

-  DebugLib

-

-[Protocols]

-  gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid                ## TO_START

-  gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid                      ## BY_START

-  gEfiBlockIo2ProtocolGuid                     ## BY_START

-  gEfiStorageSecurityCommandProtocolGuid       ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES

-  gEfiEraseBlockProtocolGuid                   ## BY_START

-  gEfiDiskInfoProtocolGuid                     ## BY_START

-  ## TO_START

-  ## BY_START

-  gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid

-

-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]

-  EmmcDxeExtra.uni

+## @file
+#  EmmcDxe driver is used to manage the EMMC device.
+#
+#  It produces BlockIo, BlockIo2 and StorageSecurity protocols to allow upper layer
+#  access the EMMC device.
+#
+#  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+#
+#  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+#
+#
+##
+
+[Defines]
+  INF_VERSION                    = 0x00010005
+  BASE_NAME                      = EmmcDxe
+  MODULE_UNI_FILE                = EmmcDxe.uni
+  FILE_GUID                      = 2145F72F-E6F1-4440-A828-59DC9AAB5F89
+  MODULE_TYPE                    = UEFI_DRIVER
+  VERSION_STRING                 = 1.0
+  ENTRY_POINT                    = InitializeEmmcDxe
+
+#
+# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
+#
+#  VALID_ARCHITECTURES           = IA32 X64 EBC
+#
+#  DRIVER_BINDING                =  gEmmcDxeDriverBinding
+#  COMPONENT_NAME                =  gEmmcDxeComponentName
+#  COMPONENT_NAME2               =  gEmmcDxeComponentName2
+#
+
+[Sources.common]
+  ComponentName.c
+  EmmcDxe.c
+  EmmcDxe.h
+  EmmcBlockIo.c
+  EmmcBlockIo.h
+  EmmcDiskInfo.c
+  EmmcDiskInfo.h
+
+[Packages]
+  MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
+
+[LibraryClasses]
+  DevicePathLib
+  UefiBootServicesTableLib
+  MemoryAllocationLib
+  BaseMemoryLib
+  UefiLib
+  BaseLib
+  UefiDriverEntryPoint
+  DebugLib
+
+[Protocols]
+  gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid                ## TO_START
+  gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid                      ## BY_START
+  gEfiBlockIo2ProtocolGuid                     ## BY_START
+  gEfiStorageSecurityCommandProtocolGuid       ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES
+  gEfiEraseBlockProtocolGuid                   ## BY_START
+  gEfiDiskInfoProtocolGuid                     ## BY_START
+  ## TO_START
+  ## BY_START
+  gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid
+
+[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
+  EmmcDxeExtra.uni
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDxe.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDxe.uni
index b47ce27bde..41ad3d337f 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDxe.uni
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDxe.uni
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
-// /** @file

-// EMMC device driver to manage the EMMC device and provide interface for upper layer

-// access.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-//

-// SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-//

-// **/

-

-

-#string STR_MODULE_ABSTRACT             #language en-US "EMMC device driver to manage the EMMC device and provide interface for upper layer access"

-

-#string STR_MODULE_DESCRIPTION          #language en-US "This driver follows the UEFI driver model and layers on the SdMmcPassThru protocol. It installs BlockIo/BlockIo2/StorageSecurity protocols for the EMMC device partitions."

-

+// /** @file
+// EMMC device driver to manage the EMMC device and provide interface for upper layer
+// access.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+//
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+//
+// **/
+
+
+#string STR_MODULE_ABSTRACT             #language en-US "EMMC device driver to manage the EMMC device and provide interface for upper layer access"
+
+#string STR_MODULE_DESCRIPTION          #language en-US "This driver follows the UEFI driver model and layers on the SdMmcPassThru protocol. It installs BlockIo/BlockIo2/StorageSecurity protocols for the EMMC device partitions."
+
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDxeExtra.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDxeExtra.uni
index 0f75ea64c5..6d1b008b08 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDxeExtra.uni
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/EmmcDxe/EmmcDxeExtra.uni
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
-// /** @file

-// EmmcDxe Localized Strings and Content

-//

-// Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-//

-// SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-//

-// **/

-

-#string STR_PROPERTIES_MODULE_NAME

-#language en-US

-"EMMC Device Driver"

-

-

+// /** @file
+// EmmcDxe Localized Strings and Content
+//
+// Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+//
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+//
+// **/
+
+#string STR_PROPERTIES_MODULE_NAME
+#language en-US
+"EMMC Device Driver"
+
+
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/DmaMem.c b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/DmaMem.c
index 3954e2a5d1..3b80728959 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/DmaMem.c
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/DmaMem.c
@@ -1,249 +1,249 @@
-/** @file

-  The DMA memory help function.

-

-  Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "SdBlockIoPei.h"

-

-EDKII_IOMMU_PPI  *mIoMmu;

-

-/**

-  Provides the controller-specific addresses required to access system memory from a

-  DMA bus master.

-

-  @param  Operation             Indicates if the bus master is going to read or write to system memory.

-  @param  HostAddress           The system memory address to map to the PCI controller.

-  @param  NumberOfBytes         On input the number of bytes to map. On output the number of bytes

-                                that were mapped.

-  @param  DeviceAddress         The resulting map address for the bus master PCI controller to use to

-                                access the hosts HostAddress.

-  @param  Mapping               A resulting value to pass to Unmap().

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The range was mapped for the returned NumberOfBytes.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The HostAddress cannot be mapped as a common buffer.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be completed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The system hardware could not map the requested address.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IoMmuMap (

-  IN  EDKII_IOMMU_OPERATION  Operation,

-  IN VOID                    *HostAddress,

-  IN  OUT UINTN              *NumberOfBytes,

-  OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS   *DeviceAddress,

-  OUT VOID                   **Mapping

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT64      Attribute;

-

-  if (mIoMmu != NULL) {

-    Status = mIoMmu->Map (

-                       mIoMmu,

-                       Operation,

-                       HostAddress,

-                       NumberOfBytes,

-                       DeviceAddress,

-                       Mapping

-                       );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    }

-

-    switch (Operation) {

-      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterRead:

-      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterRead64:

-        Attribute = EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_READ;

-        break;

-      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterWrite:

-      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterWrite64:

-        Attribute = EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_WRITE;

-        break;

-      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterCommonBuffer:

-      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterCommonBuffer64:

-        Attribute = EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_READ | EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_WRITE;

-        break;

-      default:

-        ASSERT (FALSE);

-        return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-    }

-

-    Status = mIoMmu->SetAttribute (

-                       mIoMmu,

-                       *Mapping,

-                       Attribute

-                       );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-  } else {

-    *DeviceAddress = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)HostAddress;

-    *Mapping       = NULL;

-    Status         = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Completes the Map() operation and releases any corresponding resources.

-

-  @param  Mapping               The mapping value returned from Map().

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The range was unmapped.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Mapping is not a value that was returned by Map().

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The data was not committed to the target system memory.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IoMmuUnmap (

-  IN VOID  *Mapping

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-

-  if (mIoMmu != NULL) {

-    Status = mIoMmu->SetAttribute (mIoMmu, Mapping, 0);

-    Status = mIoMmu->Unmap (mIoMmu, Mapping);

-  } else {

-    Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Allocates pages that are suitable for an OperationBusMasterCommonBuffer or

-  OperationBusMasterCommonBuffer64 mapping.

-

-  @param  Pages                 The number of pages to allocate.

-  @param  HostAddress           A pointer to store the base system memory address of the

-                                allocated range.

-  @param  DeviceAddress         The resulting map address for the bus master PCI controller to use to

-                                access the hosts HostAddress.

-  @param  Mapping               A resulting value to pass to Unmap().

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The requested memory pages were allocated.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       Attributes is unsupported. The only legal attribute bits are

-                                MEMORY_WRITE_COMBINE and MEMORY_CACHED.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The memory pages could not be allocated.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IoMmuAllocateBuffer (

-  IN UINTN                  Pages,

-  OUT VOID                  **HostAddress,

-  OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  *DeviceAddress,

-  OUT VOID                  **Mapping

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS            Status;

-  UINTN                 NumberOfBytes;

-  EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  HostPhyAddress;

-

-  *HostAddress   = NULL;

-  *DeviceAddress = 0;

-

-  if (mIoMmu != NULL) {

-    Status = mIoMmu->AllocateBuffer (

-                       mIoMmu,

-                       EfiBootServicesData,

-                       Pages,

-                       HostAddress,

-                       0

-                       );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    }

-

-    NumberOfBytes = EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (Pages);

-    Status        = mIoMmu->Map (

-                              mIoMmu,

-                              EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterCommonBuffer,

-                              *HostAddress,

-                              &NumberOfBytes,

-                              DeviceAddress,

-                              Mapping

-                              );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    }

-

-    Status = mIoMmu->SetAttribute (

-                       mIoMmu,

-                       *Mapping,

-                       EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_READ | EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_WRITE

-                       );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-  } else {

-    Status = PeiServicesAllocatePages (

-               EfiBootServicesData,

-               Pages,

-               &HostPhyAddress

-               );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    }

-

-    *HostAddress   = (VOID *)(UINTN)HostPhyAddress;

-    *DeviceAddress = HostPhyAddress;

-    *Mapping       = NULL;

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Frees memory that was allocated with AllocateBuffer().

-

-  @param  Pages                 The number of pages to free.

-  @param  HostAddress           The base system memory address of the allocated range.

-  @param  Mapping               The mapping value returned from Map().

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The requested memory pages were freed.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The memory range specified by HostAddress and Pages

-                                was not allocated with AllocateBuffer().

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IoMmuFreeBuffer (

-  IN UINTN  Pages,

-  IN VOID   *HostAddress,

-  IN VOID   *Mapping

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-

-  if (mIoMmu != NULL) {

-    Status = mIoMmu->SetAttribute (mIoMmu, Mapping, 0);

-    Status = mIoMmu->Unmap (mIoMmu, Mapping);

-    Status = mIoMmu->FreeBuffer (mIoMmu, Pages, HostAddress);

-  } else {

-    Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Initialize IOMMU.

-**/

-VOID

-IoMmuInit (

-  VOID

-  )

-{

-  PeiServicesLocatePpi (

-    &gEdkiiIoMmuPpiGuid,

-    0,

-    NULL,

-    (VOID **)&mIoMmu

-    );

-}

+/** @file
+  The DMA memory help function.
+
+  Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#include "SdBlockIoPei.h"
+
+EDKII_IOMMU_PPI  *mIoMmu;
+
+/**
+  Provides the controller-specific addresses required to access system memory from a
+  DMA bus master.
+
+  @param  Operation             Indicates if the bus master is going to read or write to system memory.
+  @param  HostAddress           The system memory address to map to the PCI controller.
+  @param  NumberOfBytes         On input the number of bytes to map. On output the number of bytes
+                                that were mapped.
+  @param  DeviceAddress         The resulting map address for the bus master PCI controller to use to
+                                access the hosts HostAddress.
+  @param  Mapping               A resulting value to pass to Unmap().
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The range was mapped for the returned NumberOfBytes.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The HostAddress cannot be mapped as a common buffer.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be completed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The system hardware could not map the requested address.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+IoMmuMap (
+  IN  EDKII_IOMMU_OPERATION  Operation,
+  IN VOID                    *HostAddress,
+  IN  OUT UINTN              *NumberOfBytes,
+  OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS   *DeviceAddress,
+  OUT VOID                   **Mapping
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT64      Attribute;
+
+  if (mIoMmu != NULL) {
+    Status = mIoMmu->Map (
+                       mIoMmu,
+                       Operation,
+                       HostAddress,
+                       NumberOfBytes,
+                       DeviceAddress,
+                       Mapping
+                       );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    }
+
+    switch (Operation) {
+      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterRead:
+      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterRead64:
+        Attribute = EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_READ;
+        break;
+      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterWrite:
+      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterWrite64:
+        Attribute = EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_WRITE;
+        break;
+      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterCommonBuffer:
+      case EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterCommonBuffer64:
+        Attribute = EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_READ | EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_WRITE;
+        break;
+      default:
+        ASSERT (FALSE);
+        return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+    }
+
+    Status = mIoMmu->SetAttribute (
+                       mIoMmu,
+                       *Mapping,
+                       Attribute
+                       );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+  } else {
+    *DeviceAddress = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)HostAddress;
+    *Mapping       = NULL;
+    Status         = EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Completes the Map() operation and releases any corresponding resources.
+
+  @param  Mapping               The mapping value returned from Map().
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The range was unmapped.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Mapping is not a value that was returned by Map().
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The data was not committed to the target system memory.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+IoMmuUnmap (
+  IN VOID  *Mapping
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+
+  if (mIoMmu != NULL) {
+    Status = mIoMmu->SetAttribute (mIoMmu, Mapping, 0);
+    Status = mIoMmu->Unmap (mIoMmu, Mapping);
+  } else {
+    Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Allocates pages that are suitable for an OperationBusMasterCommonBuffer or
+  OperationBusMasterCommonBuffer64 mapping.
+
+  @param  Pages                 The number of pages to allocate.
+  @param  HostAddress           A pointer to store the base system memory address of the
+                                allocated range.
+  @param  DeviceAddress         The resulting map address for the bus master PCI controller to use to
+                                access the hosts HostAddress.
+  @param  Mapping               A resulting value to pass to Unmap().
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The requested memory pages were allocated.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       Attributes is unsupported. The only legal attribute bits are
+                                MEMORY_WRITE_COMBINE and MEMORY_CACHED.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The memory pages could not be allocated.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+IoMmuAllocateBuffer (
+  IN UINTN                  Pages,
+  OUT VOID                  **HostAddress,
+  OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  *DeviceAddress,
+  OUT VOID                  **Mapping
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS            Status;
+  UINTN                 NumberOfBytes;
+  EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  HostPhyAddress;
+
+  *HostAddress   = NULL;
+  *DeviceAddress = 0;
+
+  if (mIoMmu != NULL) {
+    Status = mIoMmu->AllocateBuffer (
+                       mIoMmu,
+                       EfiBootServicesData,
+                       Pages,
+                       HostAddress,
+                       0
+                       );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    }
+
+    NumberOfBytes = EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (Pages);
+    Status        = mIoMmu->Map (
+                              mIoMmu,
+                              EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterCommonBuffer,
+                              *HostAddress,
+                              &NumberOfBytes,
+                              DeviceAddress,
+                              Mapping
+                              );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    }
+
+    Status = mIoMmu->SetAttribute (
+                       mIoMmu,
+                       *Mapping,
+                       EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_READ | EDKII_IOMMU_ACCESS_WRITE
+                       );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+  } else {
+    Status = PeiServicesAllocatePages (
+               EfiBootServicesData,
+               Pages,
+               &HostPhyAddress
+               );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    }
+
+    *HostAddress   = (VOID *)(UINTN)HostPhyAddress;
+    *DeviceAddress = HostPhyAddress;
+    *Mapping       = NULL;
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Frees memory that was allocated with AllocateBuffer().
+
+  @param  Pages                 The number of pages to free.
+  @param  HostAddress           The base system memory address of the allocated range.
+  @param  Mapping               The mapping value returned from Map().
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The requested memory pages were freed.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The memory range specified by HostAddress and Pages
+                                was not allocated with AllocateBuffer().
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+IoMmuFreeBuffer (
+  IN UINTN  Pages,
+  IN VOID   *HostAddress,
+  IN VOID   *Mapping
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+
+  if (mIoMmu != NULL) {
+    Status = mIoMmu->SetAttribute (mIoMmu, Mapping, 0);
+    Status = mIoMmu->Unmap (mIoMmu, Mapping);
+    Status = mIoMmu->FreeBuffer (mIoMmu, Pages, HostAddress);
+  } else {
+    Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Initialize IOMMU.
+**/
+VOID
+IoMmuInit (
+  VOID
+  )
+{
+  PeiServicesLocatePpi (
+    &gEdkiiIoMmuPpiGuid,
+    0,
+    NULL,
+    (VOID **)&mIoMmu
+    );
+}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdBlockIoPei.c b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdBlockIoPei.c
index 06058e9ea0..53f6545382 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdBlockIoPei.c
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdBlockIoPei.c
@@ -1,660 +1,660 @@
-/** @file

-

-  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "SdBlockIoPei.h"

-

-//

-// Template for SD HC Slot Data.

-//

-SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  gSdHcSlotTemplate = {

-  SD_PEIM_SLOT_SIG,               // Signature

-  {                               // Media

-    MSG_SD_DP,

-    FALSE,

-    TRUE,

-    FALSE,

-    0x200,

-    0

-  },

-  0,                              // SdHcBase

-  {                               // Capability

-    0,

-  },

-  {                               // Csd

-    0,

-  },

-  TRUE,                           // SectorAddressing

-  NULL                            // Private

-};

-

-//

-// Template for SD HC Private Data.

-//

-SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  gSdHcPrivateTemplate = {

-  SD_PEIM_SIG,                    // Signature

-  NULL,                           // Pool

-  {                               // BlkIoPpi

-    SdBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo,

-    SdBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo,

-    SdBlockIoPeimReadBlocks

-  },

-  {                               // BlkIo2Ppi

-    EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI_REVISION,

-    SdBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo2,

-    SdBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo2,

-    SdBlockIoPeimReadBlocks2

-  },

-  {                               // BlkIoPpiList

-    EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_PPI,

-    &gEfiPeiVirtualBlockIoPpiGuid,

-    NULL

-  },

-  {                               // BlkIo2PpiList

-    EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_PPI | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST,

-    &gEfiPeiVirtualBlockIo2PpiGuid,

-    NULL

-  },

-  {

-    (EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_NOTIFY_CALLBACK | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST),

-    &gEfiEndOfPeiSignalPpiGuid,

-    SdBlockIoPeimEndOfPei

-  },

-  {                               // Slot

-    {

-      0,

-    },

-    {

-      0,

-    },

-    {

-      0,

-    },

-    {

-      0,

-    },

-    {

-      0,

-    },

-    {

-      0,

-    }

-  },

-  0,                              // SlotNum

-  0                               // TotalBlkIoDevices

-};

-

-/**

-  Gets the count of block I/O devices that one specific block driver detects.

-

-  This function is used for getting the count of block I/O devices that one

-  specific block driver detects.  To the PEI ATAPI driver, it returns the number

-  of all the detected ATAPI devices it detects during the enumeration process.

-  To the PEI legacy floppy driver, it returns the number of all the legacy

-  devices it finds during its enumeration process. If no device is detected,

-  then the function will return zero.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices          General-purpose services that are available

-                                   to every PEIM.

-  @param[in]  This                 Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI

-                                   instance.

-  @param[out] NumberBlockDevices   The number of block I/O devices discovered.

-

-  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS          The operation performed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,

-  OUT UINTN                          *NumberBlockDevices

-  )

-{

-  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;

-

-  Private             = GET_SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);

-  *NumberBlockDevices = Private->TotalBlkIoDevices;

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Gets a block device's media information.

-

-  This function will provide the caller with the specified block device's media

-  information. If the media changes, calling this function will update the media

-  information accordingly.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to every

-                            PEIM

-  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI instance.

-  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants

-                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O

-                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, the PPIs that

-                            want to talk to a single device must specify the

-                            device index that was assigned during the enumeration

-                            process. This index is a number from one to

-                            NumberBlockDevices.

-  @param[out] MediaInfo     The media information of the specified block media.

-                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of this

-                            data structure.

-

-  @par Note:

-      The MediaInfo structure describes an enumeration of possible block device

-      types.  This enumeration exists because no device paths are actually passed

-      across interfaces that describe the type or class of hardware that is publishing

-      the block I/O interface. This enumeration will allow for policy decisions

-      in the Recovery PEIM, such as "Try to recover from legacy floppy first,

-      LS-120 second, CD-ROM third." If there are multiple partitions abstracted

-      by a given device type, they should be reported in ascending order; this

-      order also applies to nested partitions, such as legacy MBR, where the

-      outermost partitions would have precedence in the reporting order. The

-      same logic applies to systems such as IDE that have precedence relationships

-      like "Master/Slave" or "Primary/Secondary". The master device should be

-      reported first, the slave second.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        Media information about the specified block device

-                             was obtained successfully.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR   Cannot get the media information due to a hardware

-                             error.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,

-  IN  UINTN                          DeviceIndex,

-  OUT EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA         *MediaInfo

-  )

-{

-  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;

-

-  Private = GET_SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);

-

-  if ((DeviceIndex == 0) || (DeviceIndex > Private->TotalBlkIoDevices) || (DeviceIndex > SD_PEIM_MAX_SLOTS)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  MediaInfo->DeviceType   = SD;

-  MediaInfo->MediaPresent = TRUE;

-  MediaInfo->LastBlock    = (UINTN)Private->Slot[DeviceIndex - 1].Media.LastBlock;

-  MediaInfo->BlockSize    = Private->Slot[DeviceIndex - 1].Media.BlockSize;

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Reads the requested number of blocks from the specified block device.

-

-  The function reads the requested number of blocks from the device. All the

-  blocks are read, or an error is returned. If there is no media in the device,

-  the function returns EFI_NO_MEDIA.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to

-                            every PEIM.

-  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI instance.

-  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants

-                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O

-                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, PPIs that

-                            want to talk to a single device must specify the device

-                            index that was assigned during the enumeration process.

-                            This index is a number from one to NumberBlockDevices.

-  @param[in]  StartLBA      The starting logical block address (LBA) to read from

-                            on the device

-  @param[in]  BufferSize    The size of the Buffer in bytes. This number must be

-                            a multiple of the intrinsic block size of the device.

-  @param[out] Buffer        A pointer to the destination buffer for the data.

-                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of the

-                            buffer.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The data was read correctly from the device.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting

-                                  to perform the read operation.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The read request contains LBAs that are not

-                                  valid, or the buffer is not properly aligned.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE     The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of

-                                  the intrinsic block size of the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdBlockIoPeimReadBlocks (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,

-  IN  UINTN                          DeviceIndex,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_LBA                    StartLBA,

-  IN  UINTN                          BufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                           *Buffer

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS               Status;

-  UINT32                   BlockSize;

-  UINTN                    NumberOfBlocks;

-  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;

-  UINTN                    Remaining;

-  UINT32                   MaxBlock;

-

-  Status  = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  Private = GET_SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);

-

-  //

-  // Check parameters

-  //

-  if (Buffer == NULL) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if (BufferSize == 0) {

-    return EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  if ((DeviceIndex == 0) || (DeviceIndex > Private->TotalBlkIoDevices) || (DeviceIndex > SD_PEIM_MAX_SLOTS)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  BlockSize = Private->Slot[DeviceIndex - 1].Media.BlockSize;

-  if (BufferSize % BlockSize != 0) {

-    return EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE;

-  }

-

-  if (StartLBA > Private->Slot[DeviceIndex - 1].Media.LastBlock) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  NumberOfBlocks = BufferSize / BlockSize;

-

-  //

-  // Start to execute data transfer. The max block number in single cmd is 65535 blocks.

-  //

-  Remaining = NumberOfBlocks;

-  MaxBlock  = 0xFFFF;

-

-  while (Remaining > 0) {

-    if (Remaining <= MaxBlock) {

-      NumberOfBlocks = Remaining;

-    } else {

-      NumberOfBlocks = MaxBlock;

-    }

-

-    BufferSize = NumberOfBlocks * BlockSize;

-    if (NumberOfBlocks != 1) {

-      Status = SdPeimRwMultiBlocks (&Private->Slot[DeviceIndex - 1], StartLBA, BlockSize, Buffer, BufferSize, TRUE);

-    } else {

-      Status = SdPeimRwSingleBlock (&Private->Slot[DeviceIndex - 1], StartLBA, BlockSize, Buffer, BufferSize, TRUE);

-    }

-

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    StartLBA  += NumberOfBlocks;

-    Buffer     = (UINT8 *)Buffer + BufferSize;

-    Remaining -= NumberOfBlocks;

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Gets the count of block I/O devices that one specific block driver detects.

-

-  This function is used for getting the count of block I/O devices that one

-  specific block driver detects.  To the PEI ATAPI driver, it returns the number

-  of all the detected ATAPI devices it detects during the enumeration process.

-  To the PEI legacy floppy driver, it returns the number of all the legacy

-  devices it finds during its enumeration process. If no device is detected,

-  then the function will return zero.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices          General-purpose services that are available

-                                   to every PEIM.

-  @param[in]  This                 Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI

-                                   instance.

-  @param[out] NumberBlockDevices   The number of block I/O devices discovered.

-

-  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS          The operation performed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo2 (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,

-  OUT UINTN                           *NumberBlockDevices

-  )

-{

-  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;

-

-  Private             = GET_SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS2 (This);

-  *NumberBlockDevices = Private->TotalBlkIoDevices;

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Gets a block device's media information.

-

-  This function will provide the caller with the specified block device's media

-  information. If the media changes, calling this function will update the media

-  information accordingly.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to every

-                            PEIM

-  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI instance.

-  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants

-                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O

-                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, the PPIs that

-                            want to talk to a single device must specify the

-                            device index that was assigned during the enumeration

-                            process. This index is a number from one to

-                            NumberBlockDevices.

-  @param[out] MediaInfo     The media information of the specified block media.

-                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of this

-                            data structure.

-

-  @par Note:

-      The MediaInfo structure describes an enumeration of possible block device

-      types.  This enumeration exists because no device paths are actually passed

-      across interfaces that describe the type or class of hardware that is publishing

-      the block I/O interface. This enumeration will allow for policy decisions

-      in the Recovery PEIM, such as "Try to recover from legacy floppy first,

-      LS-120 second, CD-ROM third." If there are multiple partitions abstracted

-      by a given device type, they should be reported in ascending order; this

-      order also applies to nested partitions, such as legacy MBR, where the

-      outermost partitions would have precedence in the reporting order. The

-      same logic applies to systems such as IDE that have precedence relationships

-      like "Master/Slave" or "Primary/Secondary". The master device should be

-      reported first, the slave second.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        Media information about the specified block device

-                             was obtained successfully.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR   Cannot get the media information due to a hardware

-                             error.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo2 (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,

-  IN  UINTN                           DeviceIndex,

-  OUT EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO2_MEDIA         *MediaInfo

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS               Status;

-  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;

-  EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA   Media;

-

-  Private = GET_SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS2 (This);

-

-  Status = SdBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo (

-             PeiServices,

-             &Private->BlkIoPpi,

-             DeviceIndex,

-             &Media

-             );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  CopyMem (MediaInfo, &(Private->Slot[DeviceIndex - 1].Media), sizeof (EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO2_MEDIA));

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Reads the requested number of blocks from the specified block device.

-

-  The function reads the requested number of blocks from the device. All the

-  blocks are read, or an error is returned. If there is no media in the device,

-  the function returns EFI_NO_MEDIA.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to

-                            every PEIM.

-  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI instance.

-  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants

-                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O

-                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, PPIs that

-                            want to talk to a single device must specify the device

-                            index that was assigned during the enumeration process.

-                            This index is a number from one to NumberBlockDevices.

-  @param[in]  StartLBA      The starting logical block address (LBA) to read from

-                            on the device

-  @param[in]  BufferSize    The size of the Buffer in bytes. This number must be

-                            a multiple of the intrinsic block size of the device.

-  @param[out] Buffer        A pointer to the destination buffer for the data.

-                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of the

-                            buffer.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The data was read correctly from the device.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting

-                                  to perform the read operation.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The read request contains LBAs that are not

-                                  valid, or the buffer is not properly aligned.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE     The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of

-                                  the intrinsic block size of the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdBlockIoPeimReadBlocks2 (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,

-  IN  UINTN                           DeviceIndex,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_LBA                     StartLBA,

-  IN  UINTN                           BufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                            *Buffer

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS               Status;

-  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;

-

-  Status  = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  Private = GET_SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS2 (This);

-

-  Status = SdBlockIoPeimReadBlocks (

-             PeiServices,

-             &Private->BlkIoPpi,

-             DeviceIndex,

-             StartLBA,

-             BufferSize,

-             Buffer

-             );

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  One notified function to cleanup the allocated DMA buffers at the end of PEI.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices        Pointer to PEI Services Table.

-  @param[in]  NotifyDescriptor   Pointer to the descriptor for the Notification

-                                 event that caused this function to execute.

-  @param[in]  Ppi                Pointer to the PPI data associated with this function.

-

-  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS  The function completes successfully

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdBlockIoPeimEndOfPei (

-  IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES           **PeiServices,

-  IN EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR  *NotifyDescriptor,

-  IN VOID                       *Ppi

-  )

-{

-  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;

-

-  Private = GET_SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS_NOTIFY (NotifyDescriptor);

-

-  if ((Private->Pool != NULL) && (Private->Pool->Head != NULL)) {

-    SdPeimFreeMemPool (Private->Pool);

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  The user code starts with this function.

-

-  @param  FileHandle             Handle of the file being invoked.

-  @param  PeiServices            Describes the list of possible PEI Services.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The driver is successfully initialized.

-  @retval Others                 Can't initialize the driver.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-InitializeSdBlockIoPeim (

-  IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE     FileHandle,

-  IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES  **PeiServices

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                        Status;

-  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA           *Private;

-  EDKII_SD_MMC_HOST_CONTROLLER_PPI  *SdMmcHcPpi;

-  UINT32                            Index;

-  UINTN                             *MmioBase;

-  UINT8                             BarNum;

-  UINT8                             SlotNum;

-  UINT8                             Controller;

-  UINT64                            Capacity;

-  SD_HC_SLOT_CAP                    Capability;

-  SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT                   *Slot;

-  SD_CSD                            *Csd;

-  SD_CSD2                           *Csd2;

-  UINT32                            CSize;

-  UINT32                            CSizeMul;

-  UINT32                            ReadBlLen;

-

-  //

-  // Shadow this PEIM to run from memory

-  //

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (PeiServicesRegisterForShadow (FileHandle))) {

-    return EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // locate Sd host controller PPI

-  //

-  Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (

-             &gEdkiiPeiSdMmcHostControllerPpiGuid,

-             0,

-             NULL,

-             (VOID **)&SdMmcHcPpi

-             );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-  }

-

-  IoMmuInit ();

-

-  Controller = 0;

-  MmioBase   = NULL;

-  while (TRUE) {

-    Status = SdMmcHcPpi->GetSdMmcHcMmioBar (SdMmcHcPpi, Controller, &MmioBase, &BarNum);

-    //

-    // When status is error, meant no controller is found

-    //

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      break;

-    }

-

-    if (BarNum == 0) {

-      Controller++;

-      continue;

-    }

-

-    Private = AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA), &gSdHcPrivateTemplate);

-    if (Private == NULL) {

-      Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-      break;

-    }

-

-    Private->BlkIoPpiList.Ppi  = (VOID *)&Private->BlkIoPpi;

-    Private->BlkIo2PpiList.Ppi = (VOID *)&Private->BlkIo2Ppi;

-    //

-    // Initialize the memory pool which will be used in all transactions.

-    //

-    Status = SdPeimInitMemPool (Private);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-      break;

-    }

-

-    for (Index = 0; Index < BarNum; Index++) {

-      Status = SdPeimHcGetCapability (MmioBase[Index], &Capability);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        continue;

-      }

-

-      if (Capability.SlotType != 0x1) {

-        DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "The slot at 0x%x is not embedded slot type\n", MmioBase[Index]));

-        Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-        continue;

-      }

-

-      Status = SdPeimHcReset (MmioBase[Index]);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        continue;

-      }

-

-      Status = SdPeimHcCardDetect (MmioBase[Index]);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        continue;

-      }

-

-      Status = SdPeimHcInitHost (MmioBase[Index]);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        continue;

-      }

-

-      SlotNum = Private->SlotNum;

-      Slot    = &Private->Slot[SlotNum];

-      CopyMem (Slot, &gSdHcSlotTemplate, sizeof (SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT));

-      Slot->Private  = Private;

-      Slot->SdHcBase = MmioBase[Index];

-      CopyMem (&Slot->Capability, &Capability, sizeof (Capability));

-

-      Status = SdPeimIdentification (Slot);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        continue;

-      }

-

-      Csd = &Slot->Csd;

-      if (Csd->CsdStructure == 0) {

-        Slot->SectorAddressing = FALSE;

-        CSize                  = (Csd->CSizeHigh << 2 | Csd->CSizeLow) + 1;

-        CSizeMul               = (1 << (Csd->CSizeMul + 2));

-        ReadBlLen              = (1 << (Csd->ReadBlLen));

-        Capacity               = MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 ((UINT64)CSize, CSizeMul), ReadBlLen);

-      } else {

-        Slot->SectorAddressing = TRUE;

-        Csd2                   = (SD_CSD2 *)(VOID *)Csd;

-        CSize                  = (Csd2->CSizeHigh << 16 | Csd2->CSizeLow) + 1;

-        Capacity               = MultU64x32 ((UINT64)CSize, SIZE_512KB);

-      }

-

-      Slot->Media.LastBlock = DivU64x32 (Capacity, Slot->Media.BlockSize) - 1;

-

-      Private->TotalBlkIoDevices++;

-      Private->SlotNum++;

-    }

-

-    Controller++;

-    if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      PeiServicesInstallPpi (&Private->BlkIoPpiList);

-      PeiServicesNotifyPpi (&Private->EndOfPeiNotifyList);

-    } else {

-      if (Private->Pool->Head != NULL) {

-        SdPeimFreeMemPool (Private->Pool);

-      }

-    }

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

+/** @file
+
+  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#include "SdBlockIoPei.h"
+
+//
+// Template for SD HC Slot Data.
+//
+SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  gSdHcSlotTemplate = {
+  SD_PEIM_SLOT_SIG,               // Signature
+  {                               // Media
+    MSG_SD_DP,
+    FALSE,
+    TRUE,
+    FALSE,
+    0x200,
+    0
+  },
+  0,                              // SdHcBase
+  {                               // Capability
+    0,
+  },
+  {                               // Csd
+    0,
+  },
+  TRUE,                           // SectorAddressing
+  NULL                            // Private
+};
+
+//
+// Template for SD HC Private Data.
+//
+SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  gSdHcPrivateTemplate = {
+  SD_PEIM_SIG,                    // Signature
+  NULL,                           // Pool
+  {                               // BlkIoPpi
+    SdBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo,
+    SdBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo,
+    SdBlockIoPeimReadBlocks
+  },
+  {                               // BlkIo2Ppi
+    EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI_REVISION,
+    SdBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo2,
+    SdBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo2,
+    SdBlockIoPeimReadBlocks2
+  },
+  {                               // BlkIoPpiList
+    EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_PPI,
+    &gEfiPeiVirtualBlockIoPpiGuid,
+    NULL
+  },
+  {                               // BlkIo2PpiList
+    EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_PPI | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST,
+    &gEfiPeiVirtualBlockIo2PpiGuid,
+    NULL
+  },
+  {
+    (EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_NOTIFY_CALLBACK | EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR_TERMINATE_LIST),
+    &gEfiEndOfPeiSignalPpiGuid,
+    SdBlockIoPeimEndOfPei
+  },
+  {                               // Slot
+    {
+      0,
+    },
+    {
+      0,
+    },
+    {
+      0,
+    },
+    {
+      0,
+    },
+    {
+      0,
+    },
+    {
+      0,
+    }
+  },
+  0,                              // SlotNum
+  0                               // TotalBlkIoDevices
+};
+
+/**
+  Gets the count of block I/O devices that one specific block driver detects.
+
+  This function is used for getting the count of block I/O devices that one
+  specific block driver detects.  To the PEI ATAPI driver, it returns the number
+  of all the detected ATAPI devices it detects during the enumeration process.
+  To the PEI legacy floppy driver, it returns the number of all the legacy
+  devices it finds during its enumeration process. If no device is detected,
+  then the function will return zero.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices          General-purpose services that are available
+                                   to every PEIM.
+  @param[in]  This                 Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI
+                                   instance.
+  @param[out] NumberBlockDevices   The number of block I/O devices discovered.
+
+  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS          The operation performed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,
+  OUT UINTN                          *NumberBlockDevices
+  )
+{
+  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;
+
+  Private             = GET_SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
+  *NumberBlockDevices = Private->TotalBlkIoDevices;
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Gets a block device's media information.
+
+  This function will provide the caller with the specified block device's media
+  information. If the media changes, calling this function will update the media
+  information accordingly.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to every
+                            PEIM
+  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI instance.
+  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants
+                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O
+                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, the PPIs that
+                            want to talk to a single device must specify the
+                            device index that was assigned during the enumeration
+                            process. This index is a number from one to
+                            NumberBlockDevices.
+  @param[out] MediaInfo     The media information of the specified block media.
+                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of this
+                            data structure.
+
+  @par Note:
+      The MediaInfo structure describes an enumeration of possible block device
+      types.  This enumeration exists because no device paths are actually passed
+      across interfaces that describe the type or class of hardware that is publishing
+      the block I/O interface. This enumeration will allow for policy decisions
+      in the Recovery PEIM, such as "Try to recover from legacy floppy first,
+      LS-120 second, CD-ROM third." If there are multiple partitions abstracted
+      by a given device type, they should be reported in ascending order; this
+      order also applies to nested partitions, such as legacy MBR, where the
+      outermost partitions would have precedence in the reporting order. The
+      same logic applies to systems such as IDE that have precedence relationships
+      like "Master/Slave" or "Primary/Secondary". The master device should be
+      reported first, the slave second.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        Media information about the specified block device
+                             was obtained successfully.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR   Cannot get the media information due to a hardware
+                             error.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,
+  IN  UINTN                          DeviceIndex,
+  OUT EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA         *MediaInfo
+  )
+{
+  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;
+
+  Private = GET_SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
+
+  if ((DeviceIndex == 0) || (DeviceIndex > Private->TotalBlkIoDevices) || (DeviceIndex > SD_PEIM_MAX_SLOTS)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  MediaInfo->DeviceType   = SD;
+  MediaInfo->MediaPresent = TRUE;
+  MediaInfo->LastBlock    = (UINTN)Private->Slot[DeviceIndex - 1].Media.LastBlock;
+  MediaInfo->BlockSize    = Private->Slot[DeviceIndex - 1].Media.BlockSize;
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Reads the requested number of blocks from the specified block device.
+
+  The function reads the requested number of blocks from the device. All the
+  blocks are read, or an error is returned. If there is no media in the device,
+  the function returns EFI_NO_MEDIA.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to
+                            every PEIM.
+  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI instance.
+  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants
+                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O
+                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, PPIs that
+                            want to talk to a single device must specify the device
+                            index that was assigned during the enumeration process.
+                            This index is a number from one to NumberBlockDevices.
+  @param[in]  StartLBA      The starting logical block address (LBA) to read from
+                            on the device
+  @param[in]  BufferSize    The size of the Buffer in bytes. This number must be
+                            a multiple of the intrinsic block size of the device.
+  @param[out] Buffer        A pointer to the destination buffer for the data.
+                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of the
+                            buffer.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The data was read correctly from the device.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting
+                                  to perform the read operation.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The read request contains LBAs that are not
+                                  valid, or the buffer is not properly aligned.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE     The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of
+                                  the intrinsic block size of the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdBlockIoPeimReadBlocks (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,
+  IN  UINTN                          DeviceIndex,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_LBA                    StartLBA,
+  IN  UINTN                          BufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                           *Buffer
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS               Status;
+  UINT32                   BlockSize;
+  UINTN                    NumberOfBlocks;
+  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;
+  UINTN                    Remaining;
+  UINT32                   MaxBlock;
+
+  Status  = EFI_SUCCESS;
+  Private = GET_SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
+
+  //
+  // Check parameters
+  //
+  if (Buffer == NULL) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  if (BufferSize == 0) {
+    return EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  if ((DeviceIndex == 0) || (DeviceIndex > Private->TotalBlkIoDevices) || (DeviceIndex > SD_PEIM_MAX_SLOTS)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  BlockSize = Private->Slot[DeviceIndex - 1].Media.BlockSize;
+  if (BufferSize % BlockSize != 0) {
+    return EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE;
+  }
+
+  if (StartLBA > Private->Slot[DeviceIndex - 1].Media.LastBlock) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  NumberOfBlocks = BufferSize / BlockSize;
+
+  //
+  // Start to execute data transfer. The max block number in single cmd is 65535 blocks.
+  //
+  Remaining = NumberOfBlocks;
+  MaxBlock  = 0xFFFF;
+
+  while (Remaining > 0) {
+    if (Remaining <= MaxBlock) {
+      NumberOfBlocks = Remaining;
+    } else {
+      NumberOfBlocks = MaxBlock;
+    }
+
+    BufferSize = NumberOfBlocks * BlockSize;
+    if (NumberOfBlocks != 1) {
+      Status = SdPeimRwMultiBlocks (&Private->Slot[DeviceIndex - 1], StartLBA, BlockSize, Buffer, BufferSize, TRUE);
+    } else {
+      Status = SdPeimRwSingleBlock (&Private->Slot[DeviceIndex - 1], StartLBA, BlockSize, Buffer, BufferSize, TRUE);
+    }
+
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    StartLBA  += NumberOfBlocks;
+    Buffer     = (UINT8 *)Buffer + BufferSize;
+    Remaining -= NumberOfBlocks;
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Gets the count of block I/O devices that one specific block driver detects.
+
+  This function is used for getting the count of block I/O devices that one
+  specific block driver detects.  To the PEI ATAPI driver, it returns the number
+  of all the detected ATAPI devices it detects during the enumeration process.
+  To the PEI legacy floppy driver, it returns the number of all the legacy
+  devices it finds during its enumeration process. If no device is detected,
+  then the function will return zero.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices          General-purpose services that are available
+                                   to every PEIM.
+  @param[in]  This                 Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI
+                                   instance.
+  @param[out] NumberBlockDevices   The number of block I/O devices discovered.
+
+  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS          The operation performed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo2 (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,
+  OUT UINTN                           *NumberBlockDevices
+  )
+{
+  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;
+
+  Private             = GET_SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS2 (This);
+  *NumberBlockDevices = Private->TotalBlkIoDevices;
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Gets a block device's media information.
+
+  This function will provide the caller with the specified block device's media
+  information. If the media changes, calling this function will update the media
+  information accordingly.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to every
+                            PEIM
+  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI instance.
+  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants
+                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O
+                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, the PPIs that
+                            want to talk to a single device must specify the
+                            device index that was assigned during the enumeration
+                            process. This index is a number from one to
+                            NumberBlockDevices.
+  @param[out] MediaInfo     The media information of the specified block media.
+                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of this
+                            data structure.
+
+  @par Note:
+      The MediaInfo structure describes an enumeration of possible block device
+      types.  This enumeration exists because no device paths are actually passed
+      across interfaces that describe the type or class of hardware that is publishing
+      the block I/O interface. This enumeration will allow for policy decisions
+      in the Recovery PEIM, such as "Try to recover from legacy floppy first,
+      LS-120 second, CD-ROM third." If there are multiple partitions abstracted
+      by a given device type, they should be reported in ascending order; this
+      order also applies to nested partitions, such as legacy MBR, where the
+      outermost partitions would have precedence in the reporting order. The
+      same logic applies to systems such as IDE that have precedence relationships
+      like "Master/Slave" or "Primary/Secondary". The master device should be
+      reported first, the slave second.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        Media information about the specified block device
+                             was obtained successfully.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR   Cannot get the media information due to a hardware
+                             error.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo2 (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,
+  IN  UINTN                           DeviceIndex,
+  OUT EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO2_MEDIA         *MediaInfo
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS               Status;
+  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;
+  EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA   Media;
+
+  Private = GET_SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS2 (This);
+
+  Status = SdBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo (
+             PeiServices,
+             &Private->BlkIoPpi,
+             DeviceIndex,
+             &Media
+             );
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  CopyMem (MediaInfo, &(Private->Slot[DeviceIndex - 1].Media), sizeof (EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO2_MEDIA));
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Reads the requested number of blocks from the specified block device.
+
+  The function reads the requested number of blocks from the device. All the
+  blocks are read, or an error is returned. If there is no media in the device,
+  the function returns EFI_NO_MEDIA.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to
+                            every PEIM.
+  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI instance.
+  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants
+                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O
+                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, PPIs that
+                            want to talk to a single device must specify the device
+                            index that was assigned during the enumeration process.
+                            This index is a number from one to NumberBlockDevices.
+  @param[in]  StartLBA      The starting logical block address (LBA) to read from
+                            on the device
+  @param[in]  BufferSize    The size of the Buffer in bytes. This number must be
+                            a multiple of the intrinsic block size of the device.
+  @param[out] Buffer        A pointer to the destination buffer for the data.
+                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of the
+                            buffer.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The data was read correctly from the device.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting
+                                  to perform the read operation.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The read request contains LBAs that are not
+                                  valid, or the buffer is not properly aligned.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE     The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of
+                                  the intrinsic block size of the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdBlockIoPeimReadBlocks2 (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,
+  IN  UINTN                           DeviceIndex,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_LBA                     StartLBA,
+  IN  UINTN                           BufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                            *Buffer
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS               Status;
+  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;
+
+  Status  = EFI_SUCCESS;
+  Private = GET_SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS2 (This);
+
+  Status = SdBlockIoPeimReadBlocks (
+             PeiServices,
+             &Private->BlkIoPpi,
+             DeviceIndex,
+             StartLBA,
+             BufferSize,
+             Buffer
+             );
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  One notified function to cleanup the allocated DMA buffers at the end of PEI.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices        Pointer to PEI Services Table.
+  @param[in]  NotifyDescriptor   Pointer to the descriptor for the Notification
+                                 event that caused this function to execute.
+  @param[in]  Ppi                Pointer to the PPI data associated with this function.
+
+  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS  The function completes successfully
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdBlockIoPeimEndOfPei (
+  IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES           **PeiServices,
+  IN EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR  *NotifyDescriptor,
+  IN VOID                       *Ppi
+  )
+{
+  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private;
+
+  Private = GET_SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS_NOTIFY (NotifyDescriptor);
+
+  if ((Private->Pool != NULL) && (Private->Pool->Head != NULL)) {
+    SdPeimFreeMemPool (Private->Pool);
+  }
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  The user code starts with this function.
+
+  @param  FileHandle             Handle of the file being invoked.
+  @param  PeiServices            Describes the list of possible PEI Services.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The driver is successfully initialized.
+  @retval Others                 Can't initialize the driver.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+InitializeSdBlockIoPeim (
+  IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE     FileHandle,
+  IN CONST EFI_PEI_SERVICES  **PeiServices
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                        Status;
+  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA           *Private;
+  EDKII_SD_MMC_HOST_CONTROLLER_PPI  *SdMmcHcPpi;
+  UINT32                            Index;
+  UINTN                             *MmioBase;
+  UINT8                             BarNum;
+  UINT8                             SlotNum;
+  UINT8                             Controller;
+  UINT64                            Capacity;
+  SD_HC_SLOT_CAP                    Capability;
+  SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT                   *Slot;
+  SD_CSD                            *Csd;
+  SD_CSD2                           *Csd2;
+  UINT32                            CSize;
+  UINT32                            CSizeMul;
+  UINT32                            ReadBlLen;
+
+  //
+  // Shadow this PEIM to run from memory
+  //
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (PeiServicesRegisterForShadow (FileHandle))) {
+    return EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // locate Sd host controller PPI
+  //
+  Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
+             &gEdkiiPeiSdMmcHostControllerPpiGuid,
+             0,
+             NULL,
+             (VOID **)&SdMmcHcPpi
+             );
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  IoMmuInit ();
+
+  Controller = 0;
+  MmioBase   = NULL;
+  while (TRUE) {
+    Status = SdMmcHcPpi->GetSdMmcHcMmioBar (SdMmcHcPpi, Controller, &MmioBase, &BarNum);
+    //
+    // When status is error, meant no controller is found
+    //
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if (BarNum == 0) {
+      Controller++;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    Private = AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA), &gSdHcPrivateTemplate);
+    if (Private == NULL) {
+      Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    Private->BlkIoPpiList.Ppi  = (VOID *)&Private->BlkIoPpi;
+    Private->BlkIo2PpiList.Ppi = (VOID *)&Private->BlkIo2Ppi;
+    //
+    // Initialize the memory pool which will be used in all transactions.
+    //
+    Status = SdPeimInitMemPool (Private);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    for (Index = 0; Index < BarNum; Index++) {
+      Status = SdPeimHcGetCapability (MmioBase[Index], &Capability);
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      if (Capability.SlotType != 0x1) {
+        DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "The slot at 0x%x is not embedded slot type\n", MmioBase[Index]));
+        Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      Status = SdPeimHcReset (MmioBase[Index]);
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      Status = SdPeimHcCardDetect (MmioBase[Index]);
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      Status = SdPeimHcInitHost (MmioBase[Index]);
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      SlotNum = Private->SlotNum;
+      Slot    = &Private->Slot[SlotNum];
+      CopyMem (Slot, &gSdHcSlotTemplate, sizeof (SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT));
+      Slot->Private  = Private;
+      Slot->SdHcBase = MmioBase[Index];
+      CopyMem (&Slot->Capability, &Capability, sizeof (Capability));
+
+      Status = SdPeimIdentification (Slot);
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      Csd = &Slot->Csd;
+      if (Csd->CsdStructure == 0) {
+        Slot->SectorAddressing = FALSE;
+        CSize                  = (Csd->CSizeHigh << 2 | Csd->CSizeLow) + 1;
+        CSizeMul               = (1 << (Csd->CSizeMul + 2));
+        ReadBlLen              = (1 << (Csd->ReadBlLen));
+        Capacity               = MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 ((UINT64)CSize, CSizeMul), ReadBlLen);
+      } else {
+        Slot->SectorAddressing = TRUE;
+        Csd2                   = (SD_CSD2 *)(VOID *)Csd;
+        CSize                  = (Csd2->CSizeHigh << 16 | Csd2->CSizeLow) + 1;
+        Capacity               = MultU64x32 ((UINT64)CSize, SIZE_512KB);
+      }
+
+      Slot->Media.LastBlock = DivU64x32 (Capacity, Slot->Media.BlockSize) - 1;
+
+      Private->TotalBlkIoDevices++;
+      Private->SlotNum++;
+    }
+
+    Controller++;
+    if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      PeiServicesInstallPpi (&Private->BlkIoPpiList);
+      PeiServicesNotifyPpi (&Private->EndOfPeiNotifyList);
+    } else {
+      if (Private->Pool->Head != NULL) {
+        SdPeimFreeMemPool (Private->Pool);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdBlockIoPei.h b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdBlockIoPei.h
index 2261d8c798..702a01a86c 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdBlockIoPei.h
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdBlockIoPei.h
@@ -1,510 +1,510 @@
-/** @file

-

-  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#ifndef _SD_BLOCK_IO_PEI_H_

-#define _SD_BLOCK_IO_PEI_H_

-

-#include <PiPei.h>

-

-#include <Ppi/SdMmcHostController.h>

-#include <Ppi/BlockIo.h>

-#include <Ppi/BlockIo2.h>

-#include <Ppi/IoMmu.h>

-#include <Ppi/EndOfPeiPhase.h>

-

-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>

-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>

-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>

-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>

-#include <Library/IoLib.h>

-#include <Library/TimerLib.h>

-#include <Library/PeiServicesLib.h>

-

-#include <IndustryStandard/Sd.h>

-

-typedef struct _SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA;

-typedef struct _SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT          SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT;

-typedef struct _SD_TRB                   SD_TRB;

-

-#include "SdHci.h"

-#include "SdHcMem.h"

-

-#define SD_PEIM_SIG       SIGNATURE_32 ('S', 'D', 'C', 'P')

-#define SD_PEIM_SLOT_SIG  SIGNATURE_32 ('S', 'D', 'C', 'S')

-

-#define SD_PEIM_MAX_SLOTS  6

-

-struct _SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT {

-  UINT32                     Signature;

-  EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO2_MEDIA    Media;

-

-  UINTN                      SdHcBase;

-  SD_HC_SLOT_CAP             Capability;

-  SD_CSD                     Csd;

-  BOOLEAN                    SectorAddressing;

-  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA    *Private;

-};

-

-struct _SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA {

-  UINT32                            Signature;

-  SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL                  *Pool;

-  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI     BlkIoPpi;

-  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI    BlkIo2Ppi;

-  EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR            BlkIoPpiList;

-  EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR            BlkIo2PpiList;

-

-  //

-  // EndOfPei callback is used to do the cleanups before exit of PEI phase.

-  //

-  EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR         EndOfPeiNotifyList;

-

-  SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT                   Slot[SD_PEIM_MAX_SLOTS];

-  UINT8                             SlotNum;

-  UINT8                             TotalBlkIoDevices;

-};

-

-#define SD_TIMEOUT  MultU64x32((UINT64)(3), 1000000)

-#define GET_SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS(a)         CR (a, SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA, BlkIoPpi, SD_PEIM_SIG)

-#define GET_SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS2(a)        CR (a, SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA, BlkIo2Ppi, SD_PEIM_SIG)

-#define GET_SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS_NOTIFY(a)  CR (a, SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA, EndOfPeiNotifyList, SD_PEIM_SIG)

-

-struct _SD_TRB {

-  SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT         *Slot;

-  UINT16                  BlockSize;

-

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET       *Packet;

-  VOID                    *Data;

-  UINT32                  DataLen;

-  BOOLEAN                 Read;

-  EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS    DataPhy;

-  VOID                    *DataMap;

-  SD_HC_TRANSFER_MODE     Mode;

-

-  UINT64                  Timeout;

-

-  SD_HC_ADMA_DESC_LINE    *AdmaDesc;

-  UINTN                   AdmaDescSize;

-};

-

-/**

-  Gets the count of block I/O devices that one specific block driver detects.

-

-  This function is used for getting the count of block I/O devices that one

-  specific block driver detects.  To the PEI ATAPI driver, it returns the number

-  of all the detected ATAPI devices it detects during the enumeration process.

-  To the PEI legacy floppy driver, it returns the number of all the legacy

-  devices it finds during its enumeration process. If no device is detected,

-  then the function will return zero.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices          General-purpose services that are available

-                                   to every PEIM.

-  @param[in]  This                 Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI

-                                   instance.

-  @param[out] NumberBlockDevices   The number of block I/O devices discovered.

-

-  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS          The operation performed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,

-  OUT UINTN                          *NumberBlockDevices

-  );

-

-/**

-  Gets a block device's media information.

-

-  This function will provide the caller with the specified block device's media

-  information. If the media changes, calling this function will update the media

-  information accordingly.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to every

-                            PEIM

-  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI instance.

-  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants

-                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O

-                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, the PPIs that

-                            want to talk to a single device must specify the

-                            device index that was assigned during the enumeration

-                            process. This index is a number from one to

-                            NumberBlockDevices.

-  @param[out] MediaInfo     The media information of the specified block media.

-                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of this

-                            data structure.

-

-  @par Note:

-      The MediaInfo structure describes an enumeration of possible block device

-      types.  This enumeration exists because no device paths are actually passed

-      across interfaces that describe the type or class of hardware that is publishing

-      the block I/O interface. This enumeration will allow for policy decisions

-      in the Recovery PEIM, such as "Try to recover from legacy floppy first,

-      LS-120 second, CD-ROM third." If there are multiple partitions abstracted

-      by a given device type, they should be reported in ascending order; this

-      order also applies to nested partitions, such as legacy MBR, where the

-      outermost partitions would have precedence in the reporting order. The

-      same logic applies to systems such as IDE that have precedence relationships

-      like "Master/Slave" or "Primary/Secondary". The master device should be

-      reported first, the slave second.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        Media information about the specified block device

-                             was obtained successfully.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR   Cannot get the media information due to a hardware

-                             error.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,

-  IN  UINTN                          DeviceIndex,

-  OUT EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA         *MediaInfo

-  );

-

-/**

-  Reads the requested number of blocks from the specified block device.

-

-  The function reads the requested number of blocks from the device. All the

-  blocks are read, or an error is returned. If there is no media in the device,

-  the function returns EFI_NO_MEDIA.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to

-                            every PEIM.

-  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI instance.

-  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants

-                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O

-                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, PPIs that

-                            want to talk to a single device must specify the device

-                            index that was assigned during the enumeration process.

-                            This index is a number from one to NumberBlockDevices.

-  @param[in]  StartLBA      The starting logical block address (LBA) to read from

-                            on the device

-  @param[in]  BufferSize    The size of the Buffer in bytes. This number must be

-                            a multiple of the intrinsic block size of the device.

-  @param[out] Buffer        A pointer to the destination buffer for the data.

-                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of the

-                            buffer.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The data was read correctly from the device.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting

-                                  to perform the read operation.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The read request contains LBAs that are not

-                                  valid, or the buffer is not properly aligned.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE     The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of

-                                  the intrinsic block size of the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdBlockIoPeimReadBlocks (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,

-  IN  UINTN                          DeviceIndex,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_LBA                    StartLBA,

-  IN  UINTN                          BufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                           *Buffer

-  );

-

-/**

-  Gets the count of block I/O devices that one specific block driver detects.

-

-  This function is used for getting the count of block I/O devices that one

-  specific block driver detects.  To the PEI ATAPI driver, it returns the number

-  of all the detected ATAPI devices it detects during the enumeration process.

-  To the PEI legacy floppy driver, it returns the number of all the legacy

-  devices it finds during its enumeration process. If no device is detected,

-  then the function will return zero.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices          General-purpose services that are available

-                                   to every PEIM.

-  @param[in]  This                 Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI

-                                   instance.

-  @param[out] NumberBlockDevices   The number of block I/O devices discovered.

-

-  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS          The operation performed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo2 (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,

-  OUT UINTN                           *NumberBlockDevices

-  );

-

-/**

-  Gets a block device's media information.

-

-  This function will provide the caller with the specified block device's media

-  information. If the media changes, calling this function will update the media

-  information accordingly.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to every

-                            PEIM

-  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI instance.

-  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants

-                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O

-                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, the PPIs that

-                            want to talk to a single device must specify the

-                            device index that was assigned during the enumeration

-                            process. This index is a number from one to

-                            NumberBlockDevices.

-  @param[out] MediaInfo     The media information of the specified block media.

-                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of this

-                            data structure.

-

-  @par Note:

-      The MediaInfo structure describes an enumeration of possible block device

-      types.  This enumeration exists because no device paths are actually passed

-      across interfaces that describe the type or class of hardware that is publishing

-      the block I/O interface. This enumeration will allow for policy decisions

-      in the Recovery PEIM, such as "Try to recover from legacy floppy first,

-      LS-120 second, CD-ROM third." If there are multiple partitions abstracted

-      by a given device type, they should be reported in ascending order; this

-      order also applies to nested partitions, such as legacy MBR, where the

-      outermost partitions would have precedence in the reporting order. The

-      same logic applies to systems such as IDE that have precedence relationships

-      like "Master/Slave" or "Primary/Secondary". The master device should be

-      reported first, the slave second.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        Media information about the specified block device

-                             was obtained successfully.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR   Cannot get the media information due to a hardware

-                             error.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo2 (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,

-  IN  UINTN                           DeviceIndex,

-  OUT EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO2_MEDIA         *MediaInfo

-  );

-

-/**

-  Reads the requested number of blocks from the specified block device.

-

-  The function reads the requested number of blocks from the device. All the

-  blocks are read, or an error is returned. If there is no media in the device,

-  the function returns EFI_NO_MEDIA.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to

-                            every PEIM.

-  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI instance.

-  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants

-                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O

-                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, PPIs that

-                            want to talk to a single device must specify the device

-                            index that was assigned during the enumeration process.

-                            This index is a number from one to NumberBlockDevices.

-  @param[in]  StartLBA      The starting logical block address (LBA) to read from

-                            on the device

-  @param[in]  BufferSize    The size of the Buffer in bytes. This number must be

-                            a multiple of the intrinsic block size of the device.

-  @param[out] Buffer        A pointer to the destination buffer for the data.

-                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of the

-                            buffer.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The data was read correctly from the device.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting

-                                  to perform the read operation.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The read request contains LBAs that are not

-                                  valid, or the buffer is not properly aligned.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE     The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of

-                                  the intrinsic block size of the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdBlockIoPeimReadBlocks2 (

-  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,

-  IN  UINTN                           DeviceIndex,

-  IN  EFI_PEI_LBA                     StartLBA,

-  IN  UINTN                           BufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                            *Buffer

-  );

-

-/**

-  Initialize the memory management pool for the host controller.

-

-  @param  Private               The Sd Peim driver private data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The memory pool is initialized.

-  @retval Others                Fail to init the memory pool.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimInitMemPool (

-  IN  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private

-  );

-

-/**

-  Release the memory management pool.

-

-  @param  Pool                  The memory pool to free.

-

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      Fail to free the memory pool.

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The memory pool is freed.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimFreeMemPool (

-  IN SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool

-  );

-

-/**

-  Allocate some memory from the host controller's memory pool

-  which can be used to communicate with host controller.

-

-  @param  Pool      The host controller's memory pool.

-  @param  Size      Size of the memory to allocate.

-

-  @return The allocated memory or NULL.

-

-**/

-VOID *

-SdPeimAllocateMem (

-  IN  SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool,

-  IN  UINTN             Size

-  );

-

-/**

-  Free the allocated memory back to the memory pool.

-

-  @param  Pool           The memory pool of the host controller.

-  @param  Mem            The memory to free.

-  @param  Size           The size of the memory to free.

-

-**/

-VOID

-SdPeimFreeMem (

-  IN SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool,

-  IN VOID              *Mem,

-  IN UINTN             Size

-  );

-

-/**

-  Initialize IOMMU.

-**/

-VOID

-IoMmuInit (

-  VOID

-  );

-

-/**

-  Provides the controller-specific addresses required to access system memory from a

-  DMA bus master.

-

-  @param  Operation             Indicates if the bus master is going to read or write to system memory.

-  @param  HostAddress           The system memory address to map to the PCI controller.

-  @param  NumberOfBytes         On input the number of bytes to map. On output the number of bytes

-                                that were mapped.

-  @param  DeviceAddress         The resulting map address for the bus master PCI controller to use to

-                                access the hosts HostAddress.

-  @param  Mapping               A resulting value to pass to Unmap().

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The range was mapped for the returned NumberOfBytes.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The HostAddress cannot be mapped as a common buffer.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be completed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The system hardware could not map the requested address.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IoMmuMap (

-  IN  EDKII_IOMMU_OPERATION  Operation,

-  IN  VOID                   *HostAddress,

-  IN  OUT UINTN              *NumberOfBytes,

-  OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS   *DeviceAddress,

-  OUT VOID                   **Mapping

-  );

-

-/**

-  Completes the Map() operation and releases any corresponding resources.

-

-  @param  Mapping               The mapping value returned from Map().

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The range was unmapped.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Mapping is not a value that was returned by Map().

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The data was not committed to the target system memory.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IoMmuUnmap (

-  IN VOID  *Mapping

-  );

-

-/**

-  Allocates pages that are suitable for an OperationBusMasterCommonBuffer or

-  OperationBusMasterCommonBuffer64 mapping.

-

-  @param  Pages                 The number of pages to allocate.

-  @param  HostAddress           A pointer to store the base system memory address of the

-                                allocated range.

-  @param  DeviceAddress         The resulting map address for the bus master PCI controller to use to

-                                access the hosts HostAddress.

-  @param  Mapping               A resulting value to pass to Unmap().

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The requested memory pages were allocated.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       Attributes is unsupported. The only legal attribute bits are

-                                MEMORY_WRITE_COMBINE and MEMORY_CACHED.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The memory pages could not be allocated.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IoMmuAllocateBuffer (

-  IN UINTN                  Pages,

-  OUT VOID                  **HostAddress,

-  OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  *DeviceAddress,

-  OUT VOID                  **Mapping

-  );

-

-/**

-  Frees memory that was allocated with AllocateBuffer().

-

-  @param  Pages                 The number of pages to free.

-  @param  HostAddress           The base system memory address of the allocated range.

-  @param  Mapping               The mapping value returned from Map().

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The requested memory pages were freed.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The memory range specified by HostAddress and Pages

-                                was not allocated with AllocateBuffer().

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IoMmuFreeBuffer (

-  IN UINTN  Pages,

-  IN VOID   *HostAddress,

-  IN VOID   *Mapping

-  );

-

-/**

-  One notified function to cleanup the allocated DMA buffers at the end of PEI.

-

-  @param[in]  PeiServices        Pointer to PEI Services Table.

-  @param[in]  NotifyDescriptor   Pointer to the descriptor for the Notification

-                                 event that caused this function to execute.

-  @param[in]  Ppi                Pointer to the PPI data associated with this function.

-

-  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS  The function completes successfully

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdBlockIoPeimEndOfPei (

-  IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES           **PeiServices,

-  IN EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR  *NotifyDescriptor,

-  IN VOID                       *Ppi

-  );

-

-#endif

+/** @file
+
+  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef _SD_BLOCK_IO_PEI_H_
+#define _SD_BLOCK_IO_PEI_H_
+
+#include <PiPei.h>
+
+#include <Ppi/SdMmcHostController.h>
+#include <Ppi/BlockIo.h>
+#include <Ppi/BlockIo2.h>
+#include <Ppi/IoMmu.h>
+#include <Ppi/EndOfPeiPhase.h>
+
+#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
+#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
+#include <Library/IoLib.h>
+#include <Library/TimerLib.h>
+#include <Library/PeiServicesLib.h>
+
+#include <IndustryStandard/Sd.h>
+
+typedef struct _SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA;
+typedef struct _SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT          SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT;
+typedef struct _SD_TRB                   SD_TRB;
+
+#include "SdHci.h"
+#include "SdHcMem.h"
+
+#define SD_PEIM_SIG       SIGNATURE_32 ('S', 'D', 'C', 'P')
+#define SD_PEIM_SLOT_SIG  SIGNATURE_32 ('S', 'D', 'C', 'S')
+
+#define SD_PEIM_MAX_SLOTS  6
+
+struct _SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT {
+  UINT32                     Signature;
+  EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO2_MEDIA    Media;
+
+  UINTN                      SdHcBase;
+  SD_HC_SLOT_CAP             Capability;
+  SD_CSD                     Csd;
+  BOOLEAN                    SectorAddressing;
+  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA    *Private;
+};
+
+struct _SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA {
+  UINT32                            Signature;
+  SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL                  *Pool;
+  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI     BlkIoPpi;
+  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI    BlkIo2Ppi;
+  EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR            BlkIoPpiList;
+  EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR            BlkIo2PpiList;
+
+  //
+  // EndOfPei callback is used to do the cleanups before exit of PEI phase.
+  //
+  EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR         EndOfPeiNotifyList;
+
+  SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT                   Slot[SD_PEIM_MAX_SLOTS];
+  UINT8                             SlotNum;
+  UINT8                             TotalBlkIoDevices;
+};
+
+#define SD_TIMEOUT  MultU64x32((UINT64)(3), 1000000)
+#define GET_SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS(a)         CR (a, SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA, BlkIoPpi, SD_PEIM_SIG)
+#define GET_SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS2(a)        CR (a, SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA, BlkIo2Ppi, SD_PEIM_SIG)
+#define GET_SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS_NOTIFY(a)  CR (a, SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA, EndOfPeiNotifyList, SD_PEIM_SIG)
+
+struct _SD_TRB {
+  SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT         *Slot;
+  UINT16                  BlockSize;
+
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET       *Packet;
+  VOID                    *Data;
+  UINT32                  DataLen;
+  BOOLEAN                 Read;
+  EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS    DataPhy;
+  VOID                    *DataMap;
+  SD_HC_TRANSFER_MODE     Mode;
+
+  UINT64                  Timeout;
+
+  SD_HC_ADMA_DESC_LINE    *AdmaDesc;
+  UINTN                   AdmaDescSize;
+};
+
+/**
+  Gets the count of block I/O devices that one specific block driver detects.
+
+  This function is used for getting the count of block I/O devices that one
+  specific block driver detects.  To the PEI ATAPI driver, it returns the number
+  of all the detected ATAPI devices it detects during the enumeration process.
+  To the PEI legacy floppy driver, it returns the number of all the legacy
+  devices it finds during its enumeration process. If no device is detected,
+  then the function will return zero.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices          General-purpose services that are available
+                                   to every PEIM.
+  @param[in]  This                 Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI
+                                   instance.
+  @param[out] NumberBlockDevices   The number of block I/O devices discovered.
+
+  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS          The operation performed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,
+  OUT UINTN                          *NumberBlockDevices
+  );
+
+/**
+  Gets a block device's media information.
+
+  This function will provide the caller with the specified block device's media
+  information. If the media changes, calling this function will update the media
+  information accordingly.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to every
+                            PEIM
+  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI instance.
+  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants
+                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O
+                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, the PPIs that
+                            want to talk to a single device must specify the
+                            device index that was assigned during the enumeration
+                            process. This index is a number from one to
+                            NumberBlockDevices.
+  @param[out] MediaInfo     The media information of the specified block media.
+                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of this
+                            data structure.
+
+  @par Note:
+      The MediaInfo structure describes an enumeration of possible block device
+      types.  This enumeration exists because no device paths are actually passed
+      across interfaces that describe the type or class of hardware that is publishing
+      the block I/O interface. This enumeration will allow for policy decisions
+      in the Recovery PEIM, such as "Try to recover from legacy floppy first,
+      LS-120 second, CD-ROM third." If there are multiple partitions abstracted
+      by a given device type, they should be reported in ascending order; this
+      order also applies to nested partitions, such as legacy MBR, where the
+      outermost partitions would have precedence in the reporting order. The
+      same logic applies to systems such as IDE that have precedence relationships
+      like "Master/Slave" or "Primary/Secondary". The master device should be
+      reported first, the slave second.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        Media information about the specified block device
+                             was obtained successfully.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR   Cannot get the media information due to a hardware
+                             error.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,
+  IN  UINTN                          DeviceIndex,
+  OUT EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA         *MediaInfo
+  );
+
+/**
+  Reads the requested number of blocks from the specified block device.
+
+  The function reads the requested number of blocks from the device. All the
+  blocks are read, or an error is returned. If there is no media in the device,
+  the function returns EFI_NO_MEDIA.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to
+                            every PEIM.
+  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI instance.
+  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants
+                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O
+                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, PPIs that
+                            want to talk to a single device must specify the device
+                            index that was assigned during the enumeration process.
+                            This index is a number from one to NumberBlockDevices.
+  @param[in]  StartLBA      The starting logical block address (LBA) to read from
+                            on the device
+  @param[in]  BufferSize    The size of the Buffer in bytes. This number must be
+                            a multiple of the intrinsic block size of the device.
+  @param[out] Buffer        A pointer to the destination buffer for the data.
+                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of the
+                            buffer.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The data was read correctly from the device.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting
+                                  to perform the read operation.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The read request contains LBAs that are not
+                                  valid, or the buffer is not properly aligned.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE     The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of
+                                  the intrinsic block size of the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdBlockIoPeimReadBlocks (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES               **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO_PPI  *This,
+  IN  UINTN                          DeviceIndex,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_LBA                    StartLBA,
+  IN  UINTN                          BufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                           *Buffer
+  );
+
+/**
+  Gets the count of block I/O devices that one specific block driver detects.
+
+  This function is used for getting the count of block I/O devices that one
+  specific block driver detects.  To the PEI ATAPI driver, it returns the number
+  of all the detected ATAPI devices it detects during the enumeration process.
+  To the PEI legacy floppy driver, it returns the number of all the legacy
+  devices it finds during its enumeration process. If no device is detected,
+  then the function will return zero.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices          General-purpose services that are available
+                                   to every PEIM.
+  @param[in]  This                 Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI
+                                   instance.
+  @param[out] NumberBlockDevices   The number of block I/O devices discovered.
+
+  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS          The operation performed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdBlockIoPeimGetDeviceNo2 (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,
+  OUT UINTN                           *NumberBlockDevices
+  );
+
+/**
+  Gets a block device's media information.
+
+  This function will provide the caller with the specified block device's media
+  information. If the media changes, calling this function will update the media
+  information accordingly.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to every
+                            PEIM
+  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI instance.
+  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants
+                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O
+                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, the PPIs that
+                            want to talk to a single device must specify the
+                            device index that was assigned during the enumeration
+                            process. This index is a number from one to
+                            NumberBlockDevices.
+  @param[out] MediaInfo     The media information of the specified block media.
+                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of this
+                            data structure.
+
+  @par Note:
+      The MediaInfo structure describes an enumeration of possible block device
+      types.  This enumeration exists because no device paths are actually passed
+      across interfaces that describe the type or class of hardware that is publishing
+      the block I/O interface. This enumeration will allow for policy decisions
+      in the Recovery PEIM, such as "Try to recover from legacy floppy first,
+      LS-120 second, CD-ROM third." If there are multiple partitions abstracted
+      by a given device type, they should be reported in ascending order; this
+      order also applies to nested partitions, such as legacy MBR, where the
+      outermost partitions would have precedence in the reporting order. The
+      same logic applies to systems such as IDE that have precedence relationships
+      like "Master/Slave" or "Primary/Secondary". The master device should be
+      reported first, the slave second.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        Media information about the specified block device
+                             was obtained successfully.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR   Cannot get the media information due to a hardware
+                             error.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdBlockIoPeimGetMediaInfo2 (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,
+  IN  UINTN                           DeviceIndex,
+  OUT EFI_PEI_BLOCK_IO2_MEDIA         *MediaInfo
+  );
+
+/**
+  Reads the requested number of blocks from the specified block device.
+
+  The function reads the requested number of blocks from the device. All the
+  blocks are read, or an error is returned. If there is no media in the device,
+  the function returns EFI_NO_MEDIA.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices   General-purpose services that are available to
+                            every PEIM.
+  @param[in]  This          Indicates the EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI instance.
+  @param[in]  DeviceIndex   Specifies the block device to which the function wants
+                            to talk. Because the driver that implements Block I/O
+                            PPIs will manage multiple block devices, PPIs that
+                            want to talk to a single device must specify the device
+                            index that was assigned during the enumeration process.
+                            This index is a number from one to NumberBlockDevices.
+  @param[in]  StartLBA      The starting logical block address (LBA) to read from
+                            on the device
+  @param[in]  BufferSize    The size of the Buffer in bytes. This number must be
+                            a multiple of the intrinsic block size of the device.
+  @param[out] Buffer        A pointer to the destination buffer for the data.
+                            The caller is responsible for the ownership of the
+                            buffer.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The data was read correctly from the device.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting
+                                  to perform the read operation.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The read request contains LBAs that are not
+                                  valid, or the buffer is not properly aligned.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE     The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of
+                                  the intrinsic block size of the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdBlockIoPeimReadBlocks2 (
+  IN  EFI_PEI_SERVICES                **PeiServices,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_BLOCK_IO2_PPI  *This,
+  IN  UINTN                           DeviceIndex,
+  IN  EFI_PEI_LBA                     StartLBA,
+  IN  UINTN                           BufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                            *Buffer
+  );
+
+/**
+  Initialize the memory management pool for the host controller.
+
+  @param  Private               The Sd Peim driver private data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The memory pool is initialized.
+  @retval Others                Fail to init the memory pool.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimInitMemPool (
+  IN  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private
+  );
+
+/**
+  Release the memory management pool.
+
+  @param  Pool                  The memory pool to free.
+
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      Fail to free the memory pool.
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The memory pool is freed.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimFreeMemPool (
+  IN SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool
+  );
+
+/**
+  Allocate some memory from the host controller's memory pool
+  which can be used to communicate with host controller.
+
+  @param  Pool      The host controller's memory pool.
+  @param  Size      Size of the memory to allocate.
+
+  @return The allocated memory or NULL.
+
+**/
+VOID *
+SdPeimAllocateMem (
+  IN  SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool,
+  IN  UINTN             Size
+  );
+
+/**
+  Free the allocated memory back to the memory pool.
+
+  @param  Pool           The memory pool of the host controller.
+  @param  Mem            The memory to free.
+  @param  Size           The size of the memory to free.
+
+**/
+VOID
+SdPeimFreeMem (
+  IN SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool,
+  IN VOID              *Mem,
+  IN UINTN             Size
+  );
+
+/**
+  Initialize IOMMU.
+**/
+VOID
+IoMmuInit (
+  VOID
+  );
+
+/**
+  Provides the controller-specific addresses required to access system memory from a
+  DMA bus master.
+
+  @param  Operation             Indicates if the bus master is going to read or write to system memory.
+  @param  HostAddress           The system memory address to map to the PCI controller.
+  @param  NumberOfBytes         On input the number of bytes to map. On output the number of bytes
+                                that were mapped.
+  @param  DeviceAddress         The resulting map address for the bus master PCI controller to use to
+                                access the hosts HostAddress.
+  @param  Mapping               A resulting value to pass to Unmap().
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The range was mapped for the returned NumberOfBytes.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The HostAddress cannot be mapped as a common buffer.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be completed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The system hardware could not map the requested address.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+IoMmuMap (
+  IN  EDKII_IOMMU_OPERATION  Operation,
+  IN  VOID                   *HostAddress,
+  IN  OUT UINTN              *NumberOfBytes,
+  OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS   *DeviceAddress,
+  OUT VOID                   **Mapping
+  );
+
+/**
+  Completes the Map() operation and releases any corresponding resources.
+
+  @param  Mapping               The mapping value returned from Map().
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The range was unmapped.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Mapping is not a value that was returned by Map().
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The data was not committed to the target system memory.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+IoMmuUnmap (
+  IN VOID  *Mapping
+  );
+
+/**
+  Allocates pages that are suitable for an OperationBusMasterCommonBuffer or
+  OperationBusMasterCommonBuffer64 mapping.
+
+  @param  Pages                 The number of pages to allocate.
+  @param  HostAddress           A pointer to store the base system memory address of the
+                                allocated range.
+  @param  DeviceAddress         The resulting map address for the bus master PCI controller to use to
+                                access the hosts HostAddress.
+  @param  Mapping               A resulting value to pass to Unmap().
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The requested memory pages were allocated.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       Attributes is unsupported. The only legal attribute bits are
+                                MEMORY_WRITE_COMBINE and MEMORY_CACHED.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The memory pages could not be allocated.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+IoMmuAllocateBuffer (
+  IN UINTN                  Pages,
+  OUT VOID                  **HostAddress,
+  OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  *DeviceAddress,
+  OUT VOID                  **Mapping
+  );
+
+/**
+  Frees memory that was allocated with AllocateBuffer().
+
+  @param  Pages                 The number of pages to free.
+  @param  HostAddress           The base system memory address of the allocated range.
+  @param  Mapping               The mapping value returned from Map().
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The requested memory pages were freed.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The memory range specified by HostAddress and Pages
+                                was not allocated with AllocateBuffer().
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+IoMmuFreeBuffer (
+  IN UINTN  Pages,
+  IN VOID   *HostAddress,
+  IN VOID   *Mapping
+  );
+
+/**
+  One notified function to cleanup the allocated DMA buffers at the end of PEI.
+
+  @param[in]  PeiServices        Pointer to PEI Services Table.
+  @param[in]  NotifyDescriptor   Pointer to the descriptor for the Notification
+                                 event that caused this function to execute.
+  @param[in]  Ppi                Pointer to the PPI data associated with this function.
+
+  @retval     EFI_SUCCESS  The function completes successfully
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdBlockIoPeimEndOfPei (
+  IN EFI_PEI_SERVICES           **PeiServices,
+  IN EFI_PEI_NOTIFY_DESCRIPTOR  *NotifyDescriptor,
+  IN VOID                       *Ppi
+  );
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdBlockIoPei.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdBlockIoPei.inf
index 2647192e34..94fe29a03d 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdBlockIoPei.inf
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdBlockIoPei.inf
@@ -1,60 +1,60 @@
-## @file

-# Description file for the SD memory card Peim driver.

-#

-# Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-#

-#  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-#

-#

-##

-

-[Defines]

-  INF_VERSION                    = 0x00010005

-  BASE_NAME                      = SdBlockIoPei

-  MODULE_UNI_FILE                = SdBlockIoPei.uni

-  FILE_GUID                      = 17851FBF-45C4-4ff7-A2A0-C3B12D63C27E

-  MODULE_TYPE                    = PEIM

-  VERSION_STRING                 = 1.0

-

-  ENTRY_POINT                    = InitializeSdBlockIoPeim

-

-#

-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.

-#

-#  VALID_ARCHITECTURES           = IA32 X64 EBC

-#

-

-[Sources]

-  SdBlockIoPei.c

-  SdBlockIoPei.h

-  SdHci.c

-  SdHci.h

-  SdHcMem.c

-  SdHcMem.h

-  DmaMem.c

-

-[Packages]

-  MdePkg/MdePkg.dec

-  MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec

-

-[LibraryClasses]

-  IoLib

-  TimerLib

-  BaseMemoryLib

-  PeimEntryPoint

-  PeiServicesLib

-  DebugLib

-

-[Ppis]

-  gEfiPeiVirtualBlockIoPpiGuid                  ## PRODUCES

-  gEfiPeiVirtualBlockIo2PpiGuid                 ## PRODUCES

-  gEdkiiPeiSdMmcHostControllerPpiGuid           ## CONSUMES

-  gEdkiiIoMmuPpiGuid                            ## CONSUMES

-  gEfiEndOfPeiSignalPpiGuid                     ## CONSUMES

-

-[Depex]

-  gEfiPeiMemoryDiscoveredPpiGuid AND gEdkiiPeiSdMmcHostControllerPpiGuid

-

-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]

-  SdBlockIoPeiExtra.uni

-

+## @file
+# Description file for the SD memory card Peim driver.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+#
+#  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+#
+#
+##
+
+[Defines]
+  INF_VERSION                    = 0x00010005
+  BASE_NAME                      = SdBlockIoPei
+  MODULE_UNI_FILE                = SdBlockIoPei.uni
+  FILE_GUID                      = 17851FBF-45C4-4ff7-A2A0-C3B12D63C27E
+  MODULE_TYPE                    = PEIM
+  VERSION_STRING                 = 1.0
+
+  ENTRY_POINT                    = InitializeSdBlockIoPeim
+
+#
+# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
+#
+#  VALID_ARCHITECTURES           = IA32 X64 EBC
+#
+
+[Sources]
+  SdBlockIoPei.c
+  SdBlockIoPei.h
+  SdHci.c
+  SdHci.h
+  SdHcMem.c
+  SdHcMem.h
+  DmaMem.c
+
+[Packages]
+  MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
+  MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
+
+[LibraryClasses]
+  IoLib
+  TimerLib
+  BaseMemoryLib
+  PeimEntryPoint
+  PeiServicesLib
+  DebugLib
+
+[Ppis]
+  gEfiPeiVirtualBlockIoPpiGuid                  ## PRODUCES
+  gEfiPeiVirtualBlockIo2PpiGuid                 ## PRODUCES
+  gEdkiiPeiSdMmcHostControllerPpiGuid           ## CONSUMES
+  gEdkiiIoMmuPpiGuid                            ## CONSUMES
+  gEfiEndOfPeiSignalPpiGuid                     ## CONSUMES
+
+[Depex]
+  gEfiPeiMemoryDiscoveredPpiGuid AND gEdkiiPeiSdMmcHostControllerPpiGuid
+
+[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
+  SdBlockIoPeiExtra.uni
+
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdBlockIoPei.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdBlockIoPei.uni
index d2de43e5e4..8776267cce 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdBlockIoPei.uni
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdBlockIoPei.uni
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
-// /** @file

-// The SdBlockIoPei driver is used to support recovery from SD memory card device.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-//

-// SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-//

-// **/

-

-

-#string STR_MODULE_ABSTRACT             #language en-US "Support recovery from SD memory card devices"

-

-#string STR_MODULE_DESCRIPTION          #language en-US "The SdBlockIoPei driver is used to support recovery from SD memory card device."

-

+// /** @file
+// The SdBlockIoPei driver is used to support recovery from SD memory card device.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+//
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+//
+// **/
+
+
+#string STR_MODULE_ABSTRACT             #language en-US "Support recovery from SD memory card devices"
+
+#string STR_MODULE_DESCRIPTION          #language en-US "The SdBlockIoPei driver is used to support recovery from SD memory card device."
+
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdBlockIoPeiExtra.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdBlockIoPeiExtra.uni
index 1bbdb8c71e..b38f0f9e51 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdBlockIoPeiExtra.uni
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdBlockIoPeiExtra.uni
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
-// /** @file

-// SdBlockIoPei Localized Strings and Content

-//

-// Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-//

-// SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-//

-// **/

-

-#string STR_PROPERTIES_MODULE_NAME

-#language en-US

-"SD BlockIo Peim for Recovery"

-

-

+// /** @file
+// SdBlockIoPei Localized Strings and Content
+//
+// Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+//
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+//
+// **/
+
+#string STR_PROPERTIES_MODULE_NAME
+#language en-US
+"SD BlockIo Peim for Recovery"
+
+
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdHcMem.c b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdHcMem.c
index 27aec1fbf3..06b001ae09 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdHcMem.c
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdHcMem.c
@@ -1,425 +1,425 @@
-/** @file

-

-Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-

-SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "SdBlockIoPei.h"

-

-/**

-  Allocate a block of memory to be used by the buffer pool.

-

-  @param  Pages          How many pages to allocate.

-

-  @return The allocated memory block or NULL if failed.

-

-**/

-SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK *

-SdPeimAllocMemBlock (

-  IN  UINTN  Pages

-  )

-{

-  SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK     *Block;

-  VOID                  *BufHost;

-  VOID                  *Mapping;

-  EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  MappedAddr;

-  EFI_STATUS            Status;

-  VOID                  *TempPtr;

-

-  TempPtr = NULL;

-  Block   = NULL;

-

-  Status = PeiServicesAllocatePool (sizeof (SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK), &TempPtr);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  ZeroMem ((VOID *)(UINTN)TempPtr, sizeof (SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK));

-

-  //

-  // each bit in the bit array represents SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT

-  // bytes of memory in the memory block.

-  //

-  ASSERT (SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT * 8 <= EFI_PAGE_SIZE);

-

-  Block          = (SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK *)(UINTN)TempPtr;

-  Block->BufLen  = EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (Pages);

-  Block->BitsLen = Block->BufLen / (SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT * 8);

-

-  Status = PeiServicesAllocatePool (Block->BitsLen, &TempPtr);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  ZeroMem ((VOID *)(UINTN)TempPtr, Block->BitsLen);

-

-  Block->Bits = (UINT8 *)(UINTN)TempPtr;

-

-  Status = IoMmuAllocateBuffer (

-             Pages,

-             &BufHost,

-             &MappedAddr,

-             &Mapping

-             );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  ZeroMem ((VOID *)(UINTN)BufHost, EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (Pages));

-

-  Block->BufHost = (UINT8 *)(UINTN)BufHost;

-  Block->Buf     = (UINT8 *)(UINTN)MappedAddr;

-  Block->Mapping = Mapping;

-  Block->Next    = NULL;

-

-  return Block;

-}

-

-/**

-  Free the memory block from the memory pool.

-

-  @param  Pool           The memory pool to free the block from.

-  @param  Block          The memory block to free.

-

-**/

-VOID

-SdPeimFreeMemBlock (

-  IN SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL   *Pool,

-  IN SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block

-  )

-{

-  ASSERT ((Pool != NULL) && (Block != NULL));

-

-  IoMmuFreeBuffer (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Block->BufLen), Block->BufHost, Block->Mapping);

-}

-

-/**

-  Alloc some memory from the block.

-

-  @param  Block          The memory block to allocate memory from.

-  @param  Units          Number of memory units to allocate.

-

-  @return The pointer to the allocated memory. If couldn't allocate the needed memory,

-          the return value is NULL.

-

-**/

-VOID *

-SdPeimAllocMemFromBlock (

-  IN  SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block,

-  IN  UINTN              Units

-  )

-{

-  UINTN  Byte;

-  UINT8  Bit;

-  UINTN  StartByte;

-  UINT8  StartBit;

-  UINTN  Available;

-  UINTN  Count;

-

-  ASSERT ((Block != 0) && (Units != 0));

-

-  StartByte = 0;

-  StartBit  = 0;

-  Available = 0;

-

-  for (Byte = 0, Bit = 0; Byte < Block->BitsLen;) {

-    //

-    // If current bit is zero, the corresponding memory unit is

-    // available, otherwise we need to restart our searching.

-    // Available counts the consecutive number of zero bit.

-    //

-    if (!SD_PEIM_MEM_BIT_IS_SET (Block->Bits[Byte], Bit)) {

-      Available++;

-

-      if (Available >= Units) {

-        break;

-      }

-

-      SD_PEIM_NEXT_BIT (Byte, Bit);

-    } else {

-      SD_PEIM_NEXT_BIT (Byte, Bit);

-

-      Available = 0;

-      StartByte = Byte;

-      StartBit  = Bit;

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (Available < Units) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Mark the memory as allocated

-  //

-  Byte = StartByte;

-  Bit  = StartBit;

-

-  for (Count = 0; Count < Units; Count++) {

-    ASSERT (!SD_PEIM_MEM_BIT_IS_SET (Block->Bits[Byte], Bit));

-

-    Block->Bits[Byte] = (UINT8)(Block->Bits[Byte] | (UINT8)SD_PEIM_MEM_BIT (Bit));

-    SD_PEIM_NEXT_BIT (Byte, Bit);

-  }

-

-  return Block->Buf + (StartByte * 8 + StartBit) * SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT;

-}

-

-/**

-  Insert the memory block to the pool's list of the blocks.

-

-  @param  Head           The head of the memory pool's block list.

-  @param  Block          The memory block to insert.

-

-**/

-VOID

-SdPeimInsertMemBlockToPool (

-  IN SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Head,

-  IN SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block

-  )

-{

-  ASSERT ((Head != NULL) && (Block != NULL));

-  Block->Next = Head->Next;

-  Head->Next  = Block;

-}

-

-/**

-  Is the memory block empty?

-

-  @param  Block   The memory block to check.

-

-  @retval TRUE    The memory block is empty.

-  @retval FALSE   The memory block isn't empty.

-

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-SdPeimIsMemBlockEmpty (

-  IN SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block

-  )

-{

-  UINTN  Index;

-

-  for (Index = 0; Index < Block->BitsLen; Index++) {

-    if (Block->Bits[Index] != 0) {

-      return FALSE;

-    }

-  }

-

-  return TRUE;

-}

-

-/**

-  Initialize the memory management pool for the host controller.

-

-  @param  Private               The Sd Peim driver private data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The memory pool is initialized.

-  @retval Others                Fail to init the memory pool.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimInitMemPool (

-  IN  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private

-  )

-{

-  SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool;

-  EFI_STATUS        Status;

-  VOID              *TempPtr;

-

-  TempPtr = NULL;

-  Pool    = NULL;

-

-  Status = PeiServicesAllocatePool (sizeof (SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL), &TempPtr);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-  }

-

-  ZeroMem ((VOID *)(UINTN)TempPtr, sizeof (SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL));

-

-  Pool = (SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL *)((UINTN)TempPtr);

-

-  Pool->Head = SdPeimAllocMemBlock (SD_PEIM_MEM_DEFAULT_PAGES);

-

-  if (Pool->Head == NULL) {

-    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-  }

-

-  Private->Pool = Pool;

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Release the memory management pool.

-

-  @param  Pool                  The memory pool to free.

-

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      Fail to free the memory pool.

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The memory pool is freed.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimFreeMemPool (

-  IN SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool

-  )

-{

-  SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block;

-

-  ASSERT (Pool->Head != NULL);

-

-  //

-  // Unlink all the memory blocks from the pool, then free them.

-  //

-  for (Block = Pool->Head->Next; Block != NULL; Block = Pool->Head->Next) {

-    SdPeimFreeMemBlock (Pool, Block);

-  }

-

-  SdPeimFreeMemBlock (Pool, Pool->Head);

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Allocate some memory from the host controller's memory pool

-  which can be used to communicate with host controller.

-

-  @param  Pool      The host controller's memory pool.

-  @param  Size      Size of the memory to allocate.

-

-  @return The allocated memory or NULL.

-

-**/

-VOID *

-SdPeimAllocateMem (

-  IN  SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool,

-  IN  UINTN             Size

-  )

-{

-  SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Head;

-  SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block;

-  SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *NewBlock;

-  VOID               *Mem;

-  UINTN              AllocSize;

-  UINTN              Pages;

-

-  Mem       = NULL;

-  AllocSize = SD_PEIM_MEM_ROUND (Size);

-  Head      = Pool->Head;

-  ASSERT (Head != NULL);

-

-  //

-  // First check whether current memory blocks can satisfy the allocation.

-  //

-  for (Block = Head; Block != NULL; Block = Block->Next) {

-    Mem = SdPeimAllocMemFromBlock (Block, AllocSize / SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT);

-

-    if (Mem != NULL) {

-      ZeroMem (Mem, Size);

-      break;

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (Mem != NULL) {

-    return Mem;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Create a new memory block if there is not enough memory

-  // in the pool. If the allocation size is larger than the

-  // default page number, just allocate a large enough memory

-  // block. Otherwise allocate default pages.

-  //

-  if (AllocSize > EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (SD_PEIM_MEM_DEFAULT_PAGES)) {

-    Pages = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (AllocSize) + 1;

-  } else {

-    Pages = SD_PEIM_MEM_DEFAULT_PAGES;

-  }

-

-  NewBlock = SdPeimAllocMemBlock (Pages);

-  if (NewBlock == NULL) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Add the new memory block to the pool, then allocate memory from it

-  //

-  SdPeimInsertMemBlockToPool (Head, NewBlock);

-  Mem = SdPeimAllocMemFromBlock (NewBlock, AllocSize / SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT);

-

-  if (Mem != NULL) {

-    ZeroMem (Mem, Size);

-  }

-

-  return Mem;

-}

-

-/**

-  Free the allocated memory back to the memory pool.

-

-  @param  Pool           The memory pool of the host controller.

-  @param  Mem            The memory to free.

-  @param  Size           The size of the memory to free.

-

-**/

-VOID

-SdPeimFreeMem (

-  IN SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool,

-  IN VOID              *Mem,

-  IN UINTN             Size

-  )

-{

-  SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Head;

-  SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block;

-  UINT8              *ToFree;

-  UINTN              AllocSize;

-  UINTN              Byte;

-  UINTN              Bit;

-  UINTN              Count;

-

-  Head      = Pool->Head;

-  AllocSize = SD_PEIM_MEM_ROUND (Size);

-  ToFree    = (UINT8 *)Mem;

-

-  for (Block = Head; Block != NULL; Block = Block->Next) {

-    //

-    // scan the memory block list for the memory block that

-    // completely contains the memory to free.

-    //

-    if ((Block->Buf <= ToFree) && ((ToFree + AllocSize) <= (Block->Buf + Block->BufLen))) {

-      //

-      // compute the start byte and bit in the bit array

-      //

-      Byte = ((ToFree - Block->Buf) / SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT) / 8;

-      Bit  = ((ToFree - Block->Buf) / SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT) % 8;

-

-      //

-      // reset associated bits in bit array

-      //

-      for (Count = 0; Count < (AllocSize / SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT); Count++) {

-        ASSERT (SD_PEIM_MEM_BIT_IS_SET (Block->Bits[Byte], Bit));

-

-        Block->Bits[Byte] = (UINT8)(Block->Bits[Byte] ^ SD_PEIM_MEM_BIT (Bit));

-        SD_PEIM_NEXT_BIT (Byte, Bit);

-      }

-

-      break;

-    }

-  }

-

-  //

-  // If Block == NULL, it means that the current memory isn't

-  // in the host controller's pool. This is critical because

-  // the caller has passed in a wrong memory point

-  //

-  ASSERT (Block != NULL);

-

-  //

-  // Release the current memory block if it is empty and not the head

-  //

-  if ((Block != Head) && SdPeimIsMemBlockEmpty (Block)) {

-    SdPeimFreeMemBlock (Pool, Block);

-  }

-

-  return;

-}

+/** @file
+
+Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+
+SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#include "SdBlockIoPei.h"
+
+/**
+  Allocate a block of memory to be used by the buffer pool.
+
+  @param  Pages          How many pages to allocate.
+
+  @return The allocated memory block or NULL if failed.
+
+**/
+SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK *
+SdPeimAllocMemBlock (
+  IN  UINTN  Pages
+  )
+{
+  SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK     *Block;
+  VOID                  *BufHost;
+  VOID                  *Mapping;
+  EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  MappedAddr;
+  EFI_STATUS            Status;
+  VOID                  *TempPtr;
+
+  TempPtr = NULL;
+  Block   = NULL;
+
+  Status = PeiServicesAllocatePool (sizeof (SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK), &TempPtr);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  ZeroMem ((VOID *)(UINTN)TempPtr, sizeof (SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK));
+
+  //
+  // each bit in the bit array represents SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT
+  // bytes of memory in the memory block.
+  //
+  ASSERT (SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT * 8 <= EFI_PAGE_SIZE);
+
+  Block          = (SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK *)(UINTN)TempPtr;
+  Block->BufLen  = EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (Pages);
+  Block->BitsLen = Block->BufLen / (SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT * 8);
+
+  Status = PeiServicesAllocatePool (Block->BitsLen, &TempPtr);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  ZeroMem ((VOID *)(UINTN)TempPtr, Block->BitsLen);
+
+  Block->Bits = (UINT8 *)(UINTN)TempPtr;
+
+  Status = IoMmuAllocateBuffer (
+             Pages,
+             &BufHost,
+             &MappedAddr,
+             &Mapping
+             );
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  ZeroMem ((VOID *)(UINTN)BufHost, EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (Pages));
+
+  Block->BufHost = (UINT8 *)(UINTN)BufHost;
+  Block->Buf     = (UINT8 *)(UINTN)MappedAddr;
+  Block->Mapping = Mapping;
+  Block->Next    = NULL;
+
+  return Block;
+}
+
+/**
+  Free the memory block from the memory pool.
+
+  @param  Pool           The memory pool to free the block from.
+  @param  Block          The memory block to free.
+
+**/
+VOID
+SdPeimFreeMemBlock (
+  IN SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL   *Pool,
+  IN SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block
+  )
+{
+  ASSERT ((Pool != NULL) && (Block != NULL));
+
+  IoMmuFreeBuffer (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Block->BufLen), Block->BufHost, Block->Mapping);
+}
+
+/**
+  Alloc some memory from the block.
+
+  @param  Block          The memory block to allocate memory from.
+  @param  Units          Number of memory units to allocate.
+
+  @return The pointer to the allocated memory. If couldn't allocate the needed memory,
+          the return value is NULL.
+
+**/
+VOID *
+SdPeimAllocMemFromBlock (
+  IN  SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block,
+  IN  UINTN              Units
+  )
+{
+  UINTN  Byte;
+  UINT8  Bit;
+  UINTN  StartByte;
+  UINT8  StartBit;
+  UINTN  Available;
+  UINTN  Count;
+
+  ASSERT ((Block != 0) && (Units != 0));
+
+  StartByte = 0;
+  StartBit  = 0;
+  Available = 0;
+
+  for (Byte = 0, Bit = 0; Byte < Block->BitsLen;) {
+    //
+    // If current bit is zero, the corresponding memory unit is
+    // available, otherwise we need to restart our searching.
+    // Available counts the consecutive number of zero bit.
+    //
+    if (!SD_PEIM_MEM_BIT_IS_SET (Block->Bits[Byte], Bit)) {
+      Available++;
+
+      if (Available >= Units) {
+        break;
+      }
+
+      SD_PEIM_NEXT_BIT (Byte, Bit);
+    } else {
+      SD_PEIM_NEXT_BIT (Byte, Bit);
+
+      Available = 0;
+      StartByte = Byte;
+      StartBit  = Bit;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (Available < Units) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Mark the memory as allocated
+  //
+  Byte = StartByte;
+  Bit  = StartBit;
+
+  for (Count = 0; Count < Units; Count++) {
+    ASSERT (!SD_PEIM_MEM_BIT_IS_SET (Block->Bits[Byte], Bit));
+
+    Block->Bits[Byte] = (UINT8)(Block->Bits[Byte] | (UINT8)SD_PEIM_MEM_BIT (Bit));
+    SD_PEIM_NEXT_BIT (Byte, Bit);
+  }
+
+  return Block->Buf + (StartByte * 8 + StartBit) * SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT;
+}
+
+/**
+  Insert the memory block to the pool's list of the blocks.
+
+  @param  Head           The head of the memory pool's block list.
+  @param  Block          The memory block to insert.
+
+**/
+VOID
+SdPeimInsertMemBlockToPool (
+  IN SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Head,
+  IN SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block
+  )
+{
+  ASSERT ((Head != NULL) && (Block != NULL));
+  Block->Next = Head->Next;
+  Head->Next  = Block;
+}
+
+/**
+  Is the memory block empty?
+
+  @param  Block   The memory block to check.
+
+  @retval TRUE    The memory block is empty.
+  @retval FALSE   The memory block isn't empty.
+
+**/
+BOOLEAN
+SdPeimIsMemBlockEmpty (
+  IN SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block
+  )
+{
+  UINTN  Index;
+
+  for (Index = 0; Index < Block->BitsLen; Index++) {
+    if (Block->Bits[Index] != 0) {
+      return FALSE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+  Initialize the memory management pool for the host controller.
+
+  @param  Private               The Sd Peim driver private data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The memory pool is initialized.
+  @retval Others                Fail to init the memory pool.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimInitMemPool (
+  IN  SD_PEIM_HC_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private
+  )
+{
+  SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool;
+  EFI_STATUS        Status;
+  VOID              *TempPtr;
+
+  TempPtr = NULL;
+  Pool    = NULL;
+
+  Status = PeiServicesAllocatePool (sizeof (SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL), &TempPtr);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+  }
+
+  ZeroMem ((VOID *)(UINTN)TempPtr, sizeof (SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL));
+
+  Pool = (SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL *)((UINTN)TempPtr);
+
+  Pool->Head = SdPeimAllocMemBlock (SD_PEIM_MEM_DEFAULT_PAGES);
+
+  if (Pool->Head == NULL) {
+    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+  }
+
+  Private->Pool = Pool;
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Release the memory management pool.
+
+  @param  Pool                  The memory pool to free.
+
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      Fail to free the memory pool.
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The memory pool is freed.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimFreeMemPool (
+  IN SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool
+  )
+{
+  SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block;
+
+  ASSERT (Pool->Head != NULL);
+
+  //
+  // Unlink all the memory blocks from the pool, then free them.
+  //
+  for (Block = Pool->Head->Next; Block != NULL; Block = Pool->Head->Next) {
+    SdPeimFreeMemBlock (Pool, Block);
+  }
+
+  SdPeimFreeMemBlock (Pool, Pool->Head);
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Allocate some memory from the host controller's memory pool
+  which can be used to communicate with host controller.
+
+  @param  Pool      The host controller's memory pool.
+  @param  Size      Size of the memory to allocate.
+
+  @return The allocated memory or NULL.
+
+**/
+VOID *
+SdPeimAllocateMem (
+  IN  SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool,
+  IN  UINTN             Size
+  )
+{
+  SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Head;
+  SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block;
+  SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *NewBlock;
+  VOID               *Mem;
+  UINTN              AllocSize;
+  UINTN              Pages;
+
+  Mem       = NULL;
+  AllocSize = SD_PEIM_MEM_ROUND (Size);
+  Head      = Pool->Head;
+  ASSERT (Head != NULL);
+
+  //
+  // First check whether current memory blocks can satisfy the allocation.
+  //
+  for (Block = Head; Block != NULL; Block = Block->Next) {
+    Mem = SdPeimAllocMemFromBlock (Block, AllocSize / SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT);
+
+    if (Mem != NULL) {
+      ZeroMem (Mem, Size);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (Mem != NULL) {
+    return Mem;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Create a new memory block if there is not enough memory
+  // in the pool. If the allocation size is larger than the
+  // default page number, just allocate a large enough memory
+  // block. Otherwise allocate default pages.
+  //
+  if (AllocSize > EFI_PAGES_TO_SIZE (SD_PEIM_MEM_DEFAULT_PAGES)) {
+    Pages = EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (AllocSize) + 1;
+  } else {
+    Pages = SD_PEIM_MEM_DEFAULT_PAGES;
+  }
+
+  NewBlock = SdPeimAllocMemBlock (Pages);
+  if (NewBlock == NULL) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Add the new memory block to the pool, then allocate memory from it
+  //
+  SdPeimInsertMemBlockToPool (Head, NewBlock);
+  Mem = SdPeimAllocMemFromBlock (NewBlock, AllocSize / SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT);
+
+  if (Mem != NULL) {
+    ZeroMem (Mem, Size);
+  }
+
+  return Mem;
+}
+
+/**
+  Free the allocated memory back to the memory pool.
+
+  @param  Pool           The memory pool of the host controller.
+  @param  Mem            The memory to free.
+  @param  Size           The size of the memory to free.
+
+**/
+VOID
+SdPeimFreeMem (
+  IN SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL  *Pool,
+  IN VOID              *Mem,
+  IN UINTN             Size
+  )
+{
+  SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Head;
+  SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK  *Block;
+  UINT8              *ToFree;
+  UINTN              AllocSize;
+  UINTN              Byte;
+  UINTN              Bit;
+  UINTN              Count;
+
+  Head      = Pool->Head;
+  AllocSize = SD_PEIM_MEM_ROUND (Size);
+  ToFree    = (UINT8 *)Mem;
+
+  for (Block = Head; Block != NULL; Block = Block->Next) {
+    //
+    // scan the memory block list for the memory block that
+    // completely contains the memory to free.
+    //
+    if ((Block->Buf <= ToFree) && ((ToFree + AllocSize) <= (Block->Buf + Block->BufLen))) {
+      //
+      // compute the start byte and bit in the bit array
+      //
+      Byte = ((ToFree - Block->Buf) / SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT) / 8;
+      Bit  = ((ToFree - Block->Buf) / SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT) % 8;
+
+      //
+      // reset associated bits in bit array
+      //
+      for (Count = 0; Count < (AllocSize / SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT); Count++) {
+        ASSERT (SD_PEIM_MEM_BIT_IS_SET (Block->Bits[Byte], Bit));
+
+        Block->Bits[Byte] = (UINT8)(Block->Bits[Byte] ^ SD_PEIM_MEM_BIT (Bit));
+        SD_PEIM_NEXT_BIT (Byte, Bit);
+      }
+
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  //
+  // If Block == NULL, it means that the current memory isn't
+  // in the host controller's pool. This is critical because
+  // the caller has passed in a wrong memory point
+  //
+  ASSERT (Block != NULL);
+
+  //
+  // Release the current memory block if it is empty and not the head
+  //
+  if ((Block != Head) && SdPeimIsMemBlockEmpty (Block)) {
+    SdPeimFreeMemBlock (Pool, Block);
+  }
+
+  return;
+}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdHcMem.h b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdHcMem.h
index 70620a5f81..4aabd927f2 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdHcMem.h
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdHcMem.h
@@ -1,55 +1,55 @@
-/** @file

-

-Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-

-SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#ifndef _SD_PEIM_MEM_H_

-#define _SD_PEIM_MEM_H_

-

-#define SD_PEIM_MEM_BIT(a)  ((UINTN)(1 << (a)))

-

-#define SD_PEIM_MEM_BIT_IS_SET(Data, Bit)   \

-          ((BOOLEAN)(((Data) & SD_PEIM_MEM_BIT(Bit)) == SD_PEIM_MEM_BIT(Bit)))

-

-typedef struct _SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK;

-

-struct _SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK {

-  UINT8                *Bits;       // Bit array to record which unit is allocated

-  UINTN                BitsLen;

-  UINT8                *Buf;

-  UINT8                *BufHost;

-  UINTN                BufLen;      // Memory size in bytes

-  VOID                 *Mapping;

-  SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK    *Next;

-};

-

-typedef struct _SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL {

-  SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK    *Head;

-} SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL;

-

-//

-// Memory allocation unit, note that the value must meet SD spec alignment requirement.

-//

-#define SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT  128

-

-#define SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT_MASK      (SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT - 1)

-#define SD_PEIM_MEM_DEFAULT_PAGES  16

-

-#define SD_PEIM_MEM_ROUND(Len)  (((Len) + SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT_MASK) & (~SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT_MASK))

-

-//

-// Advance the byte and bit to the next bit, adjust byte accordingly.

-//

-#define SD_PEIM_NEXT_BIT(Byte, Bit)   \

-          do {                \

-            (Bit)++;          \

-            if ((Bit) > 7) {  \

-              (Byte)++;       \

-              (Bit) = 0;      \

-            }                 \

-          } while (0)

-

-#endif

+/** @file
+
+Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+
+SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef _SD_PEIM_MEM_H_
+#define _SD_PEIM_MEM_H_
+
+#define SD_PEIM_MEM_BIT(a)  ((UINTN)(1 << (a)))
+
+#define SD_PEIM_MEM_BIT_IS_SET(Data, Bit)   \
+          ((BOOLEAN)(((Data) & SD_PEIM_MEM_BIT(Bit)) == SD_PEIM_MEM_BIT(Bit)))
+
+typedef struct _SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK;
+
+struct _SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK {
+  UINT8                *Bits;       // Bit array to record which unit is allocated
+  UINTN                BitsLen;
+  UINT8                *Buf;
+  UINT8                *BufHost;
+  UINTN                BufLen;      // Memory size in bytes
+  VOID                 *Mapping;
+  SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK    *Next;
+};
+
+typedef struct _SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL {
+  SD_PEIM_MEM_BLOCK    *Head;
+} SD_PEIM_MEM_POOL;
+
+//
+// Memory allocation unit, note that the value must meet SD spec alignment requirement.
+//
+#define SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT  128
+
+#define SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT_MASK      (SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT - 1)
+#define SD_PEIM_MEM_DEFAULT_PAGES  16
+
+#define SD_PEIM_MEM_ROUND(Len)  (((Len) + SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT_MASK) & (~SD_PEIM_MEM_UNIT_MASK))
+
+//
+// Advance the byte and bit to the next bit, adjust byte accordingly.
+//
+#define SD_PEIM_NEXT_BIT(Byte, Bit)   \
+          do {                \
+            (Bit)++;          \
+            if ((Bit) > 7) {  \
+              (Byte)++;       \
+              (Bit) = 0;      \
+            }                 \
+          } while (0)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdHci.c b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdHci.c
index 774cae35f2..ba8fb50925 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdHci.c
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdHci.c
@@ -1,3013 +1,3013 @@
-/** @file

-

-  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "SdBlockIoPei.h"

-

-/**

-  Read/Write specified SD host controller mmio register.

-

-  @param[in]      Address      The address of the mmio register to be read/written.

-  @param[in]      Read         A boolean to indicate it's read or write operation.

-  @param[in]      Count        The width of the mmio register in bytes.

-                               Must be 1, 2 , 4 or 8 bytes.

-  @param[in, out] Data         For read operations, the destination buffer to store

-                               the results. For write operations, the source buffer

-                               to write data from. The caller is responsible for

-                               having ownership of the data buffer and ensuring its

-                               size not less than Count bytes.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The Address or the Data or the Count is not valid.

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The read/write operation succeeds.

-  @retval Others                The read/write operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdPeimHcRwMmio (

-  IN     UINTN    Address,

-  IN     BOOLEAN  Read,

-  IN     UINT8    Count,

-  IN OUT VOID     *Data

-  )

-{

-  if ((Address == 0) || (Data == NULL)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if ((Count != 1) && (Count != 2) && (Count != 4) && (Count != 8)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  switch (Count) {

-    case 1:

-      if (Read) {

-        *(UINT8 *)Data = MmioRead8 (Address);

-      } else {

-        MmioWrite8 (Address, *(UINT8 *)Data);

-      }

-

-      break;

-    case 2:

-      if (Read) {

-        *(UINT16 *)Data = MmioRead16 (Address);

-      } else {

-        MmioWrite16 (Address, *(UINT16 *)Data);

-      }

-

-      break;

-    case 4:

-      if (Read) {

-        *(UINT32 *)Data = MmioRead32 (Address);

-      } else {

-        MmioWrite32 (Address, *(UINT32 *)Data);

-      }

-

-      break;

-    case 8:

-      if (Read) {

-        *(UINT64 *)Data = MmioRead64 (Address);

-      } else {

-        MmioWrite64 (Address, *(UINT64 *)Data);

-      }

-

-      break;

-    default:

-      ASSERT (FALSE);

-      return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Do OR operation with the value of the specified SD host controller mmio register.

-

-  @param[in] Address           The address of the mmio register to be read/written.

-  @param[in] Count             The width of the mmio register in bytes.

-                               Must be 1, 2 , 4 or 8 bytes.

-  @param[in] OrData            The pointer to the data used to do OR operation.

-                               The caller is responsible for having ownership of

-                               the data buffer and ensuring its size not less than

-                               Count bytes.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The Address or the OrData or the Count is not valid.

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The OR operation succeeds.

-  @retval Others                The OR operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdPeimHcOrMmio (

-  IN  UINTN  Address,

-  IN  UINT8  Count,

-  IN  VOID   *OrData

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT64      Data;

-  UINT64      Or;

-

-  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Address, TRUE, Count, &Data);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  if (Count == 1) {

-    Or = *(UINT8 *)OrData;

-  } else if (Count == 2) {

-    Or = *(UINT16 *)OrData;

-  } else if (Count == 4) {

-    Or = *(UINT32 *)OrData;

-  } else if (Count == 8) {

-    Or = *(UINT64 *)OrData;

-  } else {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  Data  |= Or;

-  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Address, FALSE, Count, &Data);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Do AND operation with the value of the specified SD host controller mmio register.

-

-  @param[in] Address           The address of the mmio register to be read/written.

-  @param[in] Count             The width of the mmio register in bytes.

-                               Must be 1, 2 , 4 or 8 bytes.

-  @param[in] AndData           The pointer to the data used to do AND operation.

-                               The caller is responsible for having ownership of

-                               the data buffer and ensuring its size not less than

-                               Count bytes.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The Address or the AndData or the Count is not valid.

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The AND operation succeeds.

-  @retval Others                The AND operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdPeimHcAndMmio (

-  IN  UINTN  Address,

-  IN  UINT8  Count,

-  IN  VOID   *AndData

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT64      Data;

-  UINT64      And;

-

-  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Address, TRUE, Count, &Data);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  if (Count == 1) {

-    And = *(UINT8 *)AndData;

-  } else if (Count == 2) {

-    And = *(UINT16 *)AndData;

-  } else if (Count == 4) {

-    And = *(UINT32 *)AndData;

-  } else if (Count == 8) {

-    And = *(UINT64 *)AndData;

-  } else {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  Data  &= And;

-  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Address, FALSE, Count, &Data);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Wait for the value of the specified MMIO register set to the test value.

-

-  @param[in]  Address       The address of the mmio register to be checked.

-  @param[in]  Count         The width of the mmio register in bytes.

-                            Must be 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes.

-  @param[in]  MaskValue     The mask value of memory.

-  @param[in]  TestValue     The test value of memory.

-

-  @retval EFI_NOT_READY     The MMIO register hasn't set to the expected value.

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The MMIO register has expected value.

-  @retval Others            The MMIO operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdPeimHcCheckMmioSet (

-  IN  UINTN   Address,

-  IN  UINT8   Count,

-  IN  UINT64  MaskValue,

-  IN  UINT64  TestValue

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT64      Value;

-

-  //

-  // Access PCI MMIO space to see if the value is the tested one.

-  //

-  Value  = 0;

-  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Address, TRUE, Count, &Value);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Value &= MaskValue;

-

-  if (Value == TestValue) {

-    return EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  return EFI_NOT_READY;

-}

-

-/**

-  Wait for the value of the specified MMIO register set to the test value.

-

-  @param[in]  Address       The address of the mmio register to wait.

-  @param[in]  Count         The width of the mmio register in bytes.

-                            Must be 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes.

-  @param[in]  MaskValue     The mask value of memory.

-  @param[in]  TestValue     The test value of memory.

-  @param[in]  Timeout       The time out value for wait memory set, uses 1

-                            microsecond as a unit.

-

-  @retval EFI_TIMEOUT       The MMIO register hasn't expected value in timeout

-                            range.

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The MMIO register has expected value.

-  @retval Others            The MMIO operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdPeimHcWaitMmioSet (

-  IN  UINTN   Address,

-  IN  UINT8   Count,

-  IN  UINT64  MaskValue,

-  IN  UINT64  TestValue,

-  IN  UINT64  Timeout

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  BOOLEAN     InfiniteWait;

-

-  if (Timeout == 0) {

-    InfiniteWait = TRUE;

-  } else {

-    InfiniteWait = FALSE;

-  }

-

-  while (InfiniteWait || (Timeout > 0)) {

-    Status = SdPeimHcCheckMmioSet (

-               Address,

-               Count,

-               MaskValue,

-               TestValue

-               );

-    if (Status != EFI_NOT_READY) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    //

-    // Stall for 1 microsecond.

-    //

-    MicroSecondDelay (1);

-

-    Timeout--;

-  }

-

-  return EFI_TIMEOUT;

-}

-

-/**

-  Software reset the specified SD host controller and enable all interrupts.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The software reset executes successfully.

-  @retval Others            The software reset fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimHcReset (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT8       SwReset;

-

-  SwReset = 0xFF;

-  Status  = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_SW_RST, FALSE, sizeof (SwReset), &SwReset);

-

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimHcReset: write full 1 fails: %r\n", Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimHcWaitMmioSet (

-             Bar + SD_HC_SW_RST,

-             sizeof (SwReset),

-             0xFF,

-             0x00,

-             SD_TIMEOUT

-             );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "SdPeimHcReset: reset done with %r\n", Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Enable all interrupt after reset all.

-  //

-  Status = SdPeimHcEnableInterrupt (Bar);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Set all interrupt status bits in Normal and Error Interrupt Status Enable

-  register.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation executes successfully.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimHcEnableInterrupt (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT16      IntStatus;

-

-  //

-  // Enable all bits in Error Interrupt Status Enable Register

-  //

-  IntStatus = 0xFFFF;

-  Status    = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_ERR_INT_STS_EN, FALSE, sizeof (IntStatus), &IntStatus);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Enable all bits in Normal Interrupt Status Enable Register

-  //

-  IntStatus = 0xFFFF;

-  Status    = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_NOR_INT_STS_EN, FALSE, sizeof (IntStatus), &IntStatus);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Get the capability data from the specified slot.

-

-  @param[in]  Bar             The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[out] Capability      The buffer to store the capability data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS         The operation executes successfully.

-  @retval Others              The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimHcGetCapability (

-  IN     UINTN        Bar,

-  OUT SD_HC_SLOT_CAP  *Capability

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT64      Cap;

-

-  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_CAP, TRUE, sizeof (Cap), &Cap);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  CopyMem (Capability, &Cap, sizeof (Cap));

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Detect whether there is a SD card attached at the specified SD host controller

-  slot.

-

-  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.1 for details.

-

-  @param[in]  Bar           The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       There is a SD card attached.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is not a SD card attached.

-  @retval Others            The detection fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimHcCardDetect (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT16      Data;

-  UINT32      PresentState;

-

-  //

-  // Check Normal Interrupt Status Register

-  //

-  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_NOR_INT_STS, TRUE, sizeof (Data), &Data);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  if ((Data & (BIT6 | BIT7)) != 0) {

-    //

-    // Clear BIT6 and BIT7 by writing 1 to these two bits if set.

-    //

-    Data  &= BIT6 | BIT7;

-    Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_NOR_INT_STS, FALSE, sizeof (Data), &Data);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check Present State Register to see if there is a card presented.

-  //

-  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_PRESENT_STATE, TRUE, sizeof (PresentState), &PresentState);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  if ((PresentState & BIT16) != 0) {

-    return EFI_SUCCESS;

-  } else {

-    return EFI_NO_MEDIA;

-  }

-}

-

-/**

-  Stop SD card clock.

-

-  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.2.2 for details.

-

-  @param[in]  Bar           The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       Succeed to stop SD clock.

-  @retval Others            Fail to stop SD clock.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimHcStopClock (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT32      PresentState;

-  UINT16      ClockCtrl;

-

-  //

-  // Ensure no SD transactions are occurring on the SD Bus by

-  // waiting for Command Inhibit (DAT) and Command Inhibit (CMD)

-  // in the Present State register to be 0.

-  //

-  Status = SdPeimHcWaitMmioSet (

-             Bar + SD_HC_PRESENT_STATE,

-             sizeof (PresentState),

-             BIT0 | BIT1,

-             0,

-             SD_TIMEOUT

-             );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Set SD Clock Enable in the Clock Control register to 0

-  //

-  ClockCtrl = (UINT16) ~BIT2;

-  Status    = SdPeimHcAndMmio (Bar + SD_HC_CLOCK_CTRL, sizeof (ClockCtrl), &ClockCtrl);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  SD card clock supply.

-

-  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.2.1 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[in] ClockFreq      The max clock frequency to be set. The unit is KHz.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The clock is supplied successfully.

-  @retval Others            The clock isn't supplied successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimHcClockSupply (

-  IN UINTN   Bar,

-  IN UINT64  ClockFreq

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS      Status;

-  SD_HC_SLOT_CAP  Capability;

-  UINT32          BaseClkFreq;

-  UINT32          SettingFreq;

-  UINT32          Divisor;

-  UINT32          Remainder;

-  UINT16          ControllerVer;

-  UINT16          ClockCtrl;

-

-  //

-  // Calculate a divisor for SD clock frequency

-  //

-  Status = SdPeimHcGetCapability (Bar, &Capability);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  ASSERT (Capability.BaseClkFreq != 0);

-

-  BaseClkFreq = Capability.BaseClkFreq;

-

-  if (ClockFreq == 0) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if (ClockFreq > (BaseClkFreq * 1000)) {

-    ClockFreq = BaseClkFreq * 1000;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Calculate the divisor of base frequency.

-  //

-  Divisor     = 0;

-  SettingFreq = BaseClkFreq * 1000;

-  while (ClockFreq < SettingFreq) {

-    Divisor++;

-

-    SettingFreq = (BaseClkFreq * 1000) / (2 * Divisor);

-    Remainder   = (BaseClkFreq * 1000) % (2 * Divisor);

-    if ((ClockFreq == SettingFreq) && (Remainder == 0)) {

-      break;

-    }

-

-    if ((ClockFreq == SettingFreq) && (Remainder != 0)) {

-      SettingFreq++;

-    }

-  }

-

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "BaseClkFreq %dMHz Divisor %d ClockFreq %dKhz\n", BaseClkFreq, Divisor, ClockFreq));

-

-  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_CTRL_VER, TRUE, sizeof (ControllerVer), &ControllerVer);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Set SDCLK Frequency Select and Internal Clock Enable fields in Clock Control register.

-  //

-  if ((ControllerVer & 0xFF) == 2) {

-    ASSERT (Divisor <= 0x3FF);

-    ClockCtrl = ((Divisor & 0xFF) << 8) | ((Divisor & 0x300) >> 2);

-  } else if (((ControllerVer & 0xFF) == 0) || ((ControllerVer & 0xFF) == 1)) {

-    //

-    // Only the most significant bit can be used as divisor.

-    //

-    if (((Divisor - 1) & Divisor) != 0) {

-      Divisor = 1 << (HighBitSet32 (Divisor) + 1);

-    }

-

-    ASSERT (Divisor <= 0x80);

-    ClockCtrl = (Divisor & 0xFF) << 8;

-  } else {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "Unknown SD Host Controller Spec version [0x%x]!!!\n", ControllerVer));

-    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Stop bus clock at first

-  //

-  Status = SdPeimHcStopClock (Bar);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Supply clock frequency with specified divisor

-  //

-  ClockCtrl |= BIT0;

-  Status     = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_CLOCK_CTRL, FALSE, sizeof (ClockCtrl), &ClockCtrl);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "Set SDCLK Frequency Select and Internal Clock Enable fields fails\n"));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Wait Internal Clock Stable in the Clock Control register to be 1

-  //

-  Status = SdPeimHcWaitMmioSet (

-             Bar + SD_HC_CLOCK_CTRL,

-             sizeof (ClockCtrl),

-             BIT1,

-             BIT1,

-             SD_TIMEOUT

-             );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Set SD Clock Enable in the Clock Control register to 1

-  //

-  ClockCtrl = BIT2;

-  Status    = SdPeimHcOrMmio (Bar + SD_HC_CLOCK_CTRL, sizeof (ClockCtrl), &ClockCtrl);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  SD bus power control.

-

-  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.3 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[in] PowerCtrl      The value setting to the power control register.

-

-  @retval TRUE              There is a SD card attached.

-  @retval FALSE             There is no a SD card attached.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimHcPowerControl (

-  IN UINTN  Bar,

-  IN UINT8  PowerCtrl

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-

-  //

-  // Clr SD Bus Power

-  //

-  PowerCtrl &= (UINT8) ~BIT0;

-  Status     = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_POWER_CTRL, FALSE, sizeof (PowerCtrl), &PowerCtrl);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Set SD Bus Voltage Select and SD Bus Power fields in Power Control Register

-  //

-  PowerCtrl |= BIT0;

-  Status     = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_POWER_CTRL, FALSE, sizeof (PowerCtrl), &PowerCtrl);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Set the SD bus width.

-

-  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.4 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[in] BusWidth       The bus width used by the SD device, it must be 1, 4 or 8.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The bus width is set successfully.

-  @retval Others            The bus width isn't set successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimHcSetBusWidth (

-  IN UINTN   Bar,

-  IN UINT16  BusWidth

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT8       HostCtrl1;

-

-  if (BusWidth == 1) {

-    HostCtrl1 = (UINT8) ~(BIT5 | BIT1);

-    Status    = SdPeimHcAndMmio (Bar + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL1, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);

-  } else if (BusWidth == 4) {

-    Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL1, TRUE, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    HostCtrl1 |= BIT1;

-    HostCtrl1 &= (UINT8) ~BIT5;

-    Status     = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL1, FALSE, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);

-  } else if (BusWidth == 8) {

-    Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL1, TRUE, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    HostCtrl1 &= (UINT8) ~BIT1;

-    HostCtrl1 |= BIT5;

-    Status     = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL1, FALSE, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);

-  } else {

-    ASSERT (FALSE);

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Supply SD card with lowest clock frequency at initialization.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The clock is supplied successfully.

-  @retval Others            The clock isn't supplied successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimHcInitClockFreq (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS      Status;

-  SD_HC_SLOT_CAP  Capability;

-  UINT32          InitFreq;

-

-  //

-  // Calculate a divisor for SD clock frequency

-  //

-  Status = SdPeimHcGetCapability (Bar, &Capability);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  if (Capability.BaseClkFreq == 0) {

-    //

-    // Don't support get Base Clock Frequency information via another method

-    //

-    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Supply 400KHz clock frequency at initialization phase.

-  //

-  InitFreq = 400;

-  Status   = SdPeimHcClockSupply (Bar, InitFreq);

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Supply SD card with maximum voltage at initialization.

-

-  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.3 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The voltage is supplied successfully.

-  @retval Others            The voltage isn't supplied successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimHcInitPowerVoltage (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS      Status;

-  SD_HC_SLOT_CAP  Capability;

-  UINT8           MaxVoltage;

-  UINT8           HostCtrl2;

-

-  //

-  // Get the support voltage of the Host Controller

-  //

-  Status = SdPeimHcGetCapability (Bar, &Capability);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Calculate supported maximum voltage according to SD Bus Voltage Select

-  //

-  if (Capability.Voltage33 != 0) {

-    //

-    // Support 3.3V

-    //

-    MaxVoltage = 0x0E;

-  } else if (Capability.Voltage30 != 0) {

-    //

-    // Support 3.0V

-    //

-    MaxVoltage = 0x0C;

-  } else if (Capability.Voltage18 != 0) {

-    //

-    // Support 1.8V

-    //

-    MaxVoltage = 0x0A;

-    HostCtrl2  = BIT3;

-    Status     = SdPeimHcOrMmio (Bar + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    MicroSecondDelay (5000);

-  } else {

-    ASSERT (FALSE);

-    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Set SD Bus Voltage Select and SD Bus Power fields in Power Control Register

-  //

-  Status = SdPeimHcPowerControl (Bar, MaxVoltage);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Initialize the Timeout Control register with most conservative value at initialization.

-

-  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 2.2.15 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The timeout control register is configured successfully.

-  @retval Others            The timeout control register isn't configured successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimHcInitTimeoutCtrl (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT8       Timeout;

-

-  Timeout = 0x0E;

-  Status  = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_TIMEOUT_CTRL, FALSE, sizeof (Timeout), &Timeout);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Initial SD host controller with lowest clock frequency, max power and max timeout value

-  at initialization.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The host controller is initialized successfully.

-  @retval Others            The host controller isn't initialized successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimHcInitHost (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-

-  Status = SdPeimHcInitClockFreq (Bar);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimHcInitPowerVoltage (Bar);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimHcInitTimeoutCtrl (Bar);

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Turn on/off LED.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[in] On             The boolean to turn on/off LED.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The LED is turned on/off successfully.

-  @retval Others            The LED isn't turned on/off successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimHcLedOnOff (

-  IN UINTN    Bar,

-  IN BOOLEAN  On

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT8       HostCtrl1;

-

-  if (On) {

-    HostCtrl1 = BIT0;

-    Status    = SdPeimHcOrMmio (Bar + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL1, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);

-  } else {

-    HostCtrl1 = (UINT8) ~BIT0;

-    Status    = SdPeimHcAndMmio (Bar + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL1, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Build ADMA descriptor table for transfer.

-

-  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 1.13 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the SD_TRB instance.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The ADMA descriptor table is created successfully.

-  @retval Others            The ADMA descriptor table isn't created successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-BuildAdmaDescTable (

-  IN SD_TRB  *Trb

-  )

-{

-  EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  Data;

-  UINT64                DataLen;

-  UINT64                Entries;

-  UINT32                Index;

-  UINT64                Remaining;

-  UINT32                Address;

-

-  Data    = Trb->DataPhy;

-  DataLen = Trb->DataLen;

-  //

-  // Only support 32bit ADMA Descriptor Table

-  //

-  if ((Data >= 0x100000000ul) || ((Data + DataLen) > 0x100000000ul)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Address field shall be set on 32-bit boundary (Lower 2-bit is always set to 0)

-  // for 32-bit address descriptor table.

-  //

-  if ((Data & (BIT0 | BIT1)) != 0) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "The buffer [0x%x] to construct ADMA desc is not aligned to 4 bytes boundary!\n", Data));

-  }

-

-  Entries = DivU64x32 ((DataLen + ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE - 1), ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE);

-

-  Trb->AdmaDescSize = (UINTN)MultU64x32 (Entries, sizeof (SD_HC_ADMA_DESC_LINE));

-  Trb->AdmaDesc     = SdPeimAllocateMem (Trb->Slot->Private->Pool, Trb->AdmaDescSize);

-  if (Trb->AdmaDesc == NULL) {

-    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-  }

-

-  Remaining = DataLen;

-  Address   = (UINT32)Data;

-  for (Index = 0; Index < Entries; Index++) {

-    if (Remaining <= ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE) {

-      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Valid   = 1;

-      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Act     = 2;

-      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Length  = (UINT16)Remaining;

-      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Address = Address;

-      break;

-    } else {

-      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Valid   = 1;

-      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Act     = 2;

-      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Length  = 0;

-      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Address = Address;

-    }

-

-    Remaining -= ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE;

-    Address   += ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Set the last descriptor line as end of descriptor table

-  //

-  Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].End = 1;

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Create a new TRB for the SD cmd request.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Packet         A pointer to the SD command data structure.

-

-  @return Created Trb or NULL.

-

-**/

-SD_TRB *

-SdPeimCreateTrb (

-  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT    *Slot,

-  IN SD_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet

-  )

-{

-  SD_TRB                 *Trb;

-  EFI_STATUS             Status;

-  SD_HC_SLOT_CAP         Capability;

-  EDKII_IOMMU_OPERATION  MapOp;

-  UINTN                  MapLength;

-

-  //

-  // Calculate a divisor for SD clock frequency

-  //

-  Status = SdPeimHcGetCapability (Slot->SdHcBase, &Capability);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  Trb = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (SD_TRB));

-  if (Trb == NULL) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  Trb->Slot      = Slot;

-  Trb->BlockSize = 0x200;

-  Trb->Packet    = Packet;

-  Trb->Timeout   = Packet->Timeout;

-

-  if ((Packet->InTransferLength != 0) && (Packet->InDataBuffer != NULL)) {

-    Trb->Data    = Packet->InDataBuffer;

-    Trb->DataLen = Packet->InTransferLength;

-    Trb->Read    = TRUE;

-  } else if ((Packet->OutTransferLength != 0) && (Packet->OutDataBuffer != NULL)) {

-    Trb->Data    = Packet->OutDataBuffer;

-    Trb->DataLen = Packet->OutTransferLength;

-    Trb->Read    = FALSE;

-  } else if ((Packet->InTransferLength == 0) && (Packet->OutTransferLength == 0)) {

-    Trb->Data    = NULL;

-    Trb->DataLen = 0;

-  } else {

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  if ((Trb->DataLen != 0) && (Trb->DataLen < Trb->BlockSize)) {

-    Trb->BlockSize = (UINT16)Trb->DataLen;

-  }

-

-  if (Packet->SdCmdBlk->CommandIndex == SD_SEND_TUNING_BLOCK) {

-    Trb->Mode = SdPioMode;

-  } else {

-    if (Trb->Read) {

-      MapOp = EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterWrite;

-    } else {

-      MapOp = EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterRead;

-    }

-

-    if (Trb->DataLen != 0) {

-      MapLength = Trb->DataLen;

-      Status    = IoMmuMap (MapOp, Trb->Data, &MapLength, &Trb->DataPhy, &Trb->DataMap);

-

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || (MapLength != Trb->DataLen)) {

-        DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimCreateTrb: Fail to map data buffer.\n"));

-        goto Error;

-      }

-    }

-

-    if (Trb->DataLen == 0) {

-      Trb->Mode = SdNoData;

-    } else if (Capability.Adma2 != 0) {

-      Trb->Mode = SdAdmaMode;

-      Status    = BuildAdmaDescTable (Trb);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Error;

-      }

-    } else if (Capability.Sdma != 0) {

-      Trb->Mode = SdSdmaMode;

-    } else {

-      Trb->Mode = SdPioMode;

-    }

-  }

-

-  return Trb;

-

-Error:

-  SdPeimFreeTrb (Trb);

-  return NULL;

-}

-

-/**

-  Free the resource used by the TRB.

-

-  @param[in] Trb        The pointer to the SD_TRB instance.

-

-**/

-VOID

-SdPeimFreeTrb (

-  IN SD_TRB  *Trb

-  )

-{

-  if ((Trb != NULL) && (Trb->DataMap != NULL)) {

-    IoMmuUnmap (Trb->DataMap);

-  }

-

-  if ((Trb != NULL) && (Trb->AdmaDesc != NULL)) {

-    SdPeimFreeMem (Trb->Slot->Private->Pool, Trb->AdmaDesc, Trb->AdmaDescSize);

-  }

-

-  if (Trb != NULL) {

-    FreePool (Trb);

-  }

-

-  return;

-}

-

-/**

-  Check if the env is ready for execute specified TRB.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the SD_TRB instance.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The env is ready for TRB execution.

-  @retval EFI_NOT_READY     The env is not ready for TRB execution.

-  @retval Others            Some erros happen.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimCheckTrbEnv (

-  IN UINTN   Bar,

-  IN SD_TRB  *Trb

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet;

-  UINT32             PresentState;

-

-  Packet = Trb->Packet;

-

-  if ((Packet->SdCmdBlk->CommandType == SdCommandTypeAdtc) ||

-      (Packet->SdCmdBlk->ResponseType == SdResponseTypeR1b) ||

-      (Packet->SdCmdBlk->ResponseType == SdResponseTypeR5b))

-  {

-    //

-    // Wait Command Inhibit (CMD) and Command Inhibit (DAT) in

-    // the Present State register to be 0

-    //

-    PresentState = BIT0 | BIT1;

-  } else {

-    //

-    // Wait Command Inhibit (CMD) in the Present State register

-    // to be 0

-    //

-    PresentState = BIT0;

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimHcCheckMmioSet (

-             Bar + SD_HC_PRESENT_STATE,

-             sizeof (PresentState),

-             PresentState,

-             0

-             );

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Wait for the env to be ready for execute specified TRB.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the SD_TRB instance.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The env is ready for TRB execution.

-  @retval EFI_TIMEOUT       The env is not ready for TRB execution in time.

-  @retval Others            Some erros happen.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimWaitTrbEnv (

-  IN UINTN   Bar,

-  IN SD_TRB  *Trb

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet;

-  UINT64             Timeout;

-  BOOLEAN            InfiniteWait;

-

-  //

-  // Wait Command Complete Interrupt Status bit in Normal Interrupt Status Register

-  //

-  Packet  = Trb->Packet;

-  Timeout = Packet->Timeout;

-  if (Timeout == 0) {

-    InfiniteWait = TRUE;

-  } else {

-    InfiniteWait = FALSE;

-  }

-

-  while (InfiniteWait || (Timeout > 0)) {

-    //

-    // Check Trb execution result by reading Normal Interrupt Status register.

-    //

-    Status = SdPeimCheckTrbEnv (Bar, Trb);

-    if (Status != EFI_NOT_READY) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    //

-    // Stall for 1 microsecond.

-    //

-    MicroSecondDelay (1);

-

-    Timeout--;

-  }

-

-  return EFI_TIMEOUT;

-}

-

-/**

-  Execute the specified TRB.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the SD_TRB instance.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The TRB is sent to host controller successfully.

-  @retval Others            Some erros happen when sending this request to the host controller.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimExecTrb (

-  IN UINTN   Bar,

-  IN SD_TRB  *Trb

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet;

-  UINT16             Cmd;

-  UINT16             IntStatus;

-  UINT32             Argument;

-  UINT16             BlkCount;

-  UINT16             BlkSize;

-  UINT16             TransMode;

-  UINT8              HostCtrl1;

-  UINT32             SdmaAddr;

-  UINT64             AdmaAddr;

-

-  Packet = Trb->Packet;

-  //

-  // Clear all bits in Error Interrupt Status Register

-  //

-  IntStatus = 0xFFFF;

-  Status    = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_ERR_INT_STS, FALSE, sizeof (IntStatus), &IntStatus);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Clear all bits in Normal Interrupt Status Register

-  //

-  IntStatus = 0xFFFF;

-  Status    = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_NOR_INT_STS, FALSE, sizeof (IntStatus), &IntStatus);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Set Host Control 1 register DMA Select field

-  //

-  if (Trb->Mode == SdAdmaMode) {

-    HostCtrl1 = BIT4;

-    Status    = SdPeimHcOrMmio (Bar + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL1, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-  }

-

-  SdPeimHcLedOnOff (Bar, TRUE);

-

-  if (Trb->Mode == SdSdmaMode) {

-    if ((UINT64)(UINTN)Trb->DataPhy >= 0x100000000ul) {

-      return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-    }

-

-    SdmaAddr = (UINT32)(UINTN)Trb->DataPhy;

-    Status   = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_SDMA_ADDR, FALSE, sizeof (SdmaAddr), &SdmaAddr);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-  } else if (Trb->Mode == SdAdmaMode) {

-    AdmaAddr = (UINT64)(UINTN)Trb->AdmaDesc;

-    Status   = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_ADMA_SYS_ADDR, FALSE, sizeof (AdmaAddr), &AdmaAddr);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-  }

-

-  BlkSize = Trb->BlockSize;

-  if (Trb->Mode == SdSdmaMode) {

-    //

-    // Set SDMA boundary to be 512K bytes.

-    //

-    BlkSize |= 0x7000;

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_BLK_SIZE, FALSE, sizeof (BlkSize), &BlkSize);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  BlkCount = 0;

-  if (Trb->Mode != SdNoData) {

-    //

-    // Calculate Block Count.

-    //

-    BlkCount = (UINT16)(Trb->DataLen / Trb->BlockSize);

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_BLK_COUNT, FALSE, sizeof (BlkCount), &BlkCount);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Argument = Packet->SdCmdBlk->CommandArgument;

-  Status   = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_ARG1, FALSE, sizeof (Argument), &Argument);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  TransMode = 0;

-  if (Trb->Mode != SdNoData) {

-    if (Trb->Mode != SdPioMode) {

-      TransMode |= BIT0;

-    }

-

-    if (Trb->Read) {

-      TransMode |= BIT4;

-    }

-

-    if (BlkCount > 1) {

-      TransMode |= BIT5 | BIT1;

-    }

-

-    //

-    // SD memory card needs to use AUTO CMD12 feature.

-    //

-    if (BlkCount > 1) {

-      TransMode |= BIT2;

-    }

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_TRANS_MOD, FALSE, sizeof (TransMode), &TransMode);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Cmd = (UINT16)LShiftU64 (Packet->SdCmdBlk->CommandIndex, 8);

-  if (Packet->SdCmdBlk->CommandType == SdCommandTypeAdtc) {

-    Cmd |= BIT5;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Convert ResponseType to value

-  //

-  if (Packet->SdCmdBlk->CommandType != SdCommandTypeBc) {

-    switch (Packet->SdCmdBlk->ResponseType) {

-      case SdResponseTypeR1:

-      case SdResponseTypeR5:

-      case SdResponseTypeR6:

-      case SdResponseTypeR7:

-        Cmd |= (BIT1 | BIT3 | BIT4);

-        break;

-      case SdResponseTypeR2:

-        Cmd |= (BIT0 | BIT3);

-        break;

-      case SdResponseTypeR3:

-      case SdResponseTypeR4:

-        Cmd |= BIT1;

-        break;

-      case SdResponseTypeR1b:

-      case SdResponseTypeR5b:

-        Cmd |= (BIT0 | BIT1 | BIT3 | BIT4);

-        break;

-      default:

-        ASSERT (FALSE);

-        break;

-    }

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Execute cmd

-  //

-  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_COMMAND, FALSE, sizeof (Cmd), &Cmd);

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Check the TRB execution result.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the SD_TRB instance.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The TRB is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_NOT_READY     The TRB is not completed for execution.

-  @retval Others            Some erros happen when executing this request.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimCheckTrbResult (

-  IN UINTN   Bar,

-  IN SD_TRB  *Trb

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet;

-  UINT16             IntStatus;

-  UINT32             Response[4];

-  UINT32             SdmaAddr;

-  UINT8              Index;

-  UINT8              SwReset;

-  UINT32             PioLength;

-

-  SwReset = 0;

-  Packet  = Trb->Packet;

-  //

-  // Check Trb execution result by reading Normal Interrupt Status register.

-  //

-  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (

-             Bar + SD_HC_NOR_INT_STS,

-             TRUE,

-             sizeof (IntStatus),

-             &IntStatus

-             );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    goto Done;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check Transfer Complete bit is set or not.

-  //

-  if ((IntStatus & BIT1) == BIT1) {

-    if ((IntStatus & BIT15) == BIT15) {

-      //

-      // Read Error Interrupt Status register to check if the error is

-      // Data Timeout Error.

-      // If yes, treat it as success as Transfer Complete has higher

-      // priority than Data Timeout Error.

-      //

-      Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (

-                 Bar + SD_HC_ERR_INT_STS,

-                 TRUE,

-                 sizeof (IntStatus),

-                 &IntStatus

-                 );

-      if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        if ((IntStatus & BIT4) == BIT4) {

-          Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-        } else {

-          Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-        }

-      }

-    }

-

-    goto Done;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check if there is a error happened during cmd execution.

-  // If yes, then do error recovery procedure to follow SD Host Controller

-  // Simplified Spec 3.0 section 3.10.1.

-  //

-  if ((IntStatus & BIT15) == BIT15) {

-    Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (

-               Bar + SD_HC_ERR_INT_STS,

-               TRUE,

-               sizeof (IntStatus),

-               &IntStatus

-               );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    if ((IntStatus & 0x0F) != 0) {

-      SwReset |= BIT1;

-    }

-

-    if ((IntStatus & 0xF0) != 0) {

-      SwReset |= BIT2;

-    }

-

-    Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (

-               Bar + SD_HC_SW_RST,

-               FALSE,

-               sizeof (SwReset),

-               &SwReset

-               );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    Status = SdPeimHcWaitMmioSet (

-               Bar + SD_HC_SW_RST,

-               sizeof (SwReset),

-               0xFF,

-               0,

-               SD_TIMEOUT

-               );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check if DMA interrupt is signalled for the SDMA transfer.

-  //

-  if ((Trb->Mode == SdSdmaMode) && ((IntStatus & BIT3) == BIT3)) {

-    //

-    // Clear DMA interrupt bit.

-    //

-    IntStatus = BIT3;

-    Status    = SdPeimHcRwMmio (

-                  Bar + SD_HC_NOR_INT_STS,

-                  FALSE,

-                  sizeof (IntStatus),

-                  &IntStatus

-                  );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    //

-    // Update SDMA Address register.

-    //

-    SdmaAddr = SD_SDMA_ROUND_UP ((UINT32)(UINTN)Trb->DataPhy, SD_SDMA_BOUNDARY);

-    Status   = SdPeimHcRwMmio (

-                 Bar + SD_HC_SDMA_ADDR,

-                 FALSE,

-                 sizeof (UINT32),

-                 &SdmaAddr

-                 );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    Trb->DataPhy = (UINT32)(UINTN)SdmaAddr;

-  }

-

-  if ((Packet->SdCmdBlk->CommandType != SdCommandTypeAdtc) &&

-      (Packet->SdCmdBlk->ResponseType != SdResponseTypeR1b) &&

-      (Packet->SdCmdBlk->ResponseType != SdResponseTypeR5b))

-  {

-    if ((IntStatus & BIT0) == BIT0) {

-      Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (Packet->SdCmdBlk->CommandIndex == SD_SEND_TUNING_BLOCK) {

-    //

-    // When performing tuning procedure (Execute Tuning is set to 1) through PIO mode,

-    // wait Buffer Read Ready bit of Normal Interrupt Status Register to be 1.

-    // Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified Specification 3.0 figure 2-29 for details.

-    //

-    if ((IntStatus & BIT5) == BIT5) {

-      //

-      // Clear Buffer Read Ready interrupt at first.

-      //

-      IntStatus = BIT5;

-      SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_NOR_INT_STS, FALSE, sizeof (IntStatus), &IntStatus);

-      //

-      // Read data out from Buffer Port register

-      //

-      for (PioLength = 0; PioLength < Trb->DataLen; PioLength += 4) {

-        SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_BUF_DAT_PORT, TRUE, 4, (UINT8 *)Trb->Data + PioLength);

-      }

-

-      Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-  }

-

-  Status = EFI_NOT_READY;

-Done:

-  //

-  // Get response data when the cmd is executed successfully.

-  //

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    if (Packet->SdCmdBlk->CommandType != SdCommandTypeBc) {

-      for (Index = 0; Index < 4; Index++) {

-        Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (

-                   Bar + SD_HC_RESPONSE + Index * 4,

-                   TRUE,

-                   sizeof (UINT32),

-                   &Response[Index]

-                   );

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          SdPeimHcLedOnOff (Bar, FALSE);

-          return Status;

-        }

-      }

-

-      CopyMem (Packet->SdStatusBlk, Response, sizeof (Response));

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (Status != EFI_NOT_READY) {

-    SdPeimHcLedOnOff (Bar, FALSE);

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Wait for the TRB execution result.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the SD_TRB instance.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The TRB is executed successfully.

-  @retval Others            Some erros happen when executing this request.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimWaitTrbResult (

-  IN UINTN   Bar,

-  IN SD_TRB  *Trb

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet;

-  UINT64             Timeout;

-  BOOLEAN            InfiniteWait;

-

-  Packet = Trb->Packet;

-  //

-  // Wait Command Complete Interrupt Status bit in Normal Interrupt Status Register

-  //

-  Timeout = Packet->Timeout;

-  if (Timeout == 0) {

-    InfiniteWait = TRUE;

-  } else {

-    InfiniteWait = FALSE;

-  }

-

-  while (InfiniteWait || (Timeout > 0)) {

-    //

-    // Check Trb execution result by reading Normal Interrupt Status register.

-    //

-    Status = SdPeimCheckTrbResult (Bar, Trb);

-    if (Status != EFI_NOT_READY) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    //

-    // Stall for 1 microsecond.

-    //

-    MicroSecondDelay (1);

-

-    Timeout--;

-  }

-

-  return EFI_TIMEOUT;

-}

-

-/**

-  Sends SD command to an SD card that is attached to the SD controller.

-

-  If Packet is successfully sent to the SD card, then EFI_SUCCESS is returned.

-

-  If a device error occurs while sending the Packet, then EFI_DEVICE_ERROR is returned.

-

-  If Slot is not in a valid range for the SD controller, then EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER

-  is returned.

-

-  If Packet defines a data command but both InDataBuffer and OutDataBuffer are NULL,

-  EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.

-

-  @param[in]     Slot           The slot number of the Sd card to send the command to.

-  @param[in,out] Packet         A pointer to the SD command data structure.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The SD Command Packet was sent by the host.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      A device error occurred while attempting to send the SD

-                                command Packet.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Packet, Slot, or the contents of the Packet is invalid.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Packet defines a data command but both InDataBuffer and

-                                OutDataBuffer are NULL.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          SD Device not present in the Slot.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The command described by the SD Command Packet is not

-                                supported by the host controller.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The InTransferLength or OutTransferLength exceeds the

-                                limit supported by SD card ( i.e. if the number of bytes

-                                exceed the Last LBA).

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdPeimExecCmd (

-  IN     SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT    *Slot,

-  IN OUT SD_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  SD_TRB      *Trb;

-

-  if (Packet == NULL) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if ((Packet->SdCmdBlk == NULL) || (Packet->SdStatusBlk == NULL)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if ((Packet->OutDataBuffer == NULL) && (Packet->OutTransferLength != 0)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if ((Packet->InDataBuffer == NULL) && (Packet->InTransferLength != 0)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  Trb = SdPeimCreateTrb (Slot, Packet);

-  if (Trb == NULL) {

-    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimWaitTrbEnv (Slot->SdHcBase, Trb);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    goto Done;

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimExecTrb (Slot->SdHcBase, Trb);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    goto Done;

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimWaitTrbResult (Slot->SdHcBase, Trb);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    goto Done;

-  }

-

-Done:

-  SdPeimFreeTrb (Trb);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command GO_IDLE_STATE to the device to make it go to Idle State.

-

-  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The SD device is reset correctly.

-  @retval Others            The device reset fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimReset (

-  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot

-  )

-{

-  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;

-  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_GO_IDLE_STATE;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdCommandTypeBc;

-  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType    = 0;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = 0;

-

-  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_IF_COND to the device to inquiry the SD Memory Card interface

-  condition.

-

-  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] SupplyVoltage  The supplied voltage by the host.

-  @param[in] CheckPattern   The check pattern to be sent to the device.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimVoltageCheck (

-  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN UINT8            SupplyVoltage,

-  IN UINT8            CheckPattern

-  )

-{

-  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;

-  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_SEND_IF_COND;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdCommandTypeBcr;

-  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdResponseTypeR7;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (SupplyVoltage << 8) | CheckPattern;

-

-  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    if (SdStatusBlk.Resp0 != SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument) {

-      return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-    }

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SDIO_SEND_OP_COND to the device to see whether it is SDIO device.

-

-  Refer to SDIO Simplified Spec 3 Section 3.2 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] VoltageWindow  The supply voltage window.

-  @param[in] S18r           The boolean to show if it should switch to 1.8v.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdioSendOpCond (

-  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN UINT32           VoltageWindow,

-  IN BOOLEAN          S18r

-  )

-{

-  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;

-  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-  UINT32             Switch;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SDIO_SEND_OP_COND;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdCommandTypeBcr;

-  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdResponseTypeR4;

-

-  Switch = S18r ? BIT24 : 0;

-

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (VoltageWindow & 0xFFFFFF) | Switch;

-

-  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SD_SEND_OP_COND to the device to see whether it is SDIO device.

-

-  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.

-

-  @param[in]  Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-  @param[in]  Rca            The relative device address of addressed device.

-  @param[in]  VoltageWindow  The supply voltage window.

-  @param[in]  S18r           The boolean to show if it should switch to 1.8v.

-  @param[in]  Xpc            The boolean to show if it should provide 0.36w power control.

-  @param[in]  Hcs            The boolean to show if it support host capacity info.

-  @param[out] Ocr            The buffer to store returned OCR register value.

-

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimSendOpCond (

-  IN     SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN     UINT16           Rca,

-  IN     UINT32           VoltageWindow,

-  IN     BOOLEAN          S18r,

-  IN     BOOLEAN          Xpc,

-  IN     BOOLEAN          Hcs,

-  OUT UINT32              *Ocr

-  )

-{

-  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;

-  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-  UINT32             Switch;

-  UINT32             MaxPower;

-  UINT32             HostCapacity;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_APP_CMD;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdCommandTypeAc;

-  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdResponseTypeR1;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;

-

-  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_SEND_OP_COND;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdCommandTypeBcr;

-  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdResponseTypeR3;

-

-  Switch                   = S18r ? BIT24 : 0;

-  MaxPower                 = Xpc ? BIT28 : 0;

-  HostCapacity             = Hcs ? BIT30 : 0;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (VoltageWindow & 0xFFFFFF) | Switch | MaxPower | HostCapacity;

-

-  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    //

-    // For details, refer to SD Host Controller Simplified Spec 3.0 Table 2-12.

-    //

-    *Ocr = SdStatusBlk.Resp0;

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Broadcast command ALL_SEND_CID to the bus to ask all the SD devices to send the

-  data of their CID registers.

-

-  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimAllSendCid (

-  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot

-  )

-{

-  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;

-  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_ALL_SEND_CID;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdCommandTypeBcr;

-  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdResponseTypeR2;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = 0;

-

-  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SET_RELATIVE_ADDR to the SD device to assign a Relative device

-  Address (RCA).

-

-  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.

-

-  @param[in]  Slot          The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-  @param[out] Rca           The relative device address to be assigned.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimSetRca (

-  IN     SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  OUT UINT16              *Rca

-  )

-{

-  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;

-  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_SET_RELATIVE_ADDR;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdCommandTypeBcr;

-  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdResponseTypeR6;

-

-  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    *Rca = (UINT16)(SdStatusBlk.Resp0 >> 16);

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_CSD to the SD device to get the data of the CSD register.

-

-  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.

-

-  @param[in]  Slot          The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-  @param[in]  Rca           The relative device address of selected device.

-  @param[out] Csd           The buffer to store the content of the CSD register.

-                            Note the caller should ignore the lowest byte of this

-                            buffer as the content of this byte is meaningless even

-                            if the operation succeeds.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimGetCsd (

-  IN     SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN     UINT16           Rca,

-  OUT SD_CSD              *Csd

-  )

-{

-  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;

-  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_SEND_CSD;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdCommandTypeAc;

-  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdResponseTypeR2;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;

-

-  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    //

-    // For details, refer to SD Host Controller Simplified Spec 3.0 Table 2-12.

-    //

-    CopyMem (((UINT8 *)Csd) + 1, &SdStatusBlk.Resp0, sizeof (SD_CSD) - 1);

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SELECT_DESELECT_CARD to the SD device to select/deselect it.

-

-  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.

-

-  @param[in]  Slot          The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-  @param[in]  Rca           The relative device address of selected device.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimSelect (

-  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN UINT16           Rca

-  )

-{

-  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;

-  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_SELECT_DESELECT_CARD;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdCommandTypeAc;

-  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdResponseTypeR1b;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;

-

-  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command VOLTAGE_SWITCH to the SD device to switch the voltage of the device.

-

-  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.

-

-  @param[in]  Slot          The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimVoltageSwitch (

-  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot

-  )

-{

-  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;

-  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_VOLTAGE_SWITCH;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdCommandTypeAc;

-  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdResponseTypeR1;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = 0;

-

-  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SET_BUS_WIDTH to the SD device to set the bus width.

-

-  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address of addressed device.

-  @param[in] BusWidth       The bus width to be set, it could be 1 or 4.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimSetBusWidth (

-  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN UINT16           Rca,

-  IN UINT8            BusWidth

-  )

-{

-  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;

-  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-  UINT8              Value;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_APP_CMD;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdCommandTypeAc;

-  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdResponseTypeR1;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;

-

-  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_SET_BUS_WIDTH;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdCommandTypeAc;

-  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdResponseTypeR1;

-

-  if (BusWidth == 1) {

-    Value = 0;

-  } else if (BusWidth == 4) {

-    Value = 2;

-  } else {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = Value & 0x3;

-

-  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SWITCH_FUNC to the SD device to check switchable function or switch card function.

-

-  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.

-

-  @param[in]  Slot          The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-  @param[in]  AccessMode    The value for access mode group.

-  @param[in]  CommandSystem The value for command set group.

-  @param[in]  DriveStrength The value for drive length group.

-  @param[in]  PowerLimit    The value for power limit group.

-  @param[in]  Mode          Switch or check function.

-  @param[out] SwitchResp    The return switch function status.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimSwitch (

-  IN     SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN     UINT8            AccessMode,

-  IN     UINT8            CommandSystem,

-  IN     UINT8            DriveStrength,

-  IN     UINT8            PowerLimit,

-  IN     BOOLEAN          Mode,

-  OUT UINT8               *SwitchResp

-  )

-{

-  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;

-  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-  UINT32             ModeValue;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_SWITCH_FUNC;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdCommandTypeAdtc;

-  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdResponseTypeR1;

-

-  ModeValue                = Mode ? BIT31 : 0;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (AccessMode & 0xF) | ((PowerLimit & 0xF) << 4) | \

-                             ((DriveStrength & 0xF) << 8) | ((DriveStrength & 0xF) << 12) | \

-                             ModeValue;

-  Packet.InDataBuffer     = SwitchResp;

-  Packet.InTransferLength = 64;

-

-  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_STATUS to the addressed SD device to get its status register.

-

-  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.

-

-  @param[in]  Slot          The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-  @param[in]  Rca           The relative device address of addressed device.

-  @param[out] DevStatus     The returned device status.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimSendStatus (

-  IN     SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN     UINT16           Rca,

-  OUT UINT32              *DevStatus

-  )

-{

-  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;

-  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_SEND_STATUS;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdCommandTypeAc;

-  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdResponseTypeR1;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;

-

-  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    *DevStatus = SdStatusBlk.Resp0;

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command READ_SINGLE_BLOCK/WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK to the addressed SD device

-  to read/write the specified number of blocks.

-

-  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Lba            The logical block address of starting access.

-  @param[in] BlockSize      The block size of specified SD device partition.

-  @param[in] Buffer         The pointer to the transfer buffer.

-  @param[in] BufferSize     The size of transfer buffer.

-  @param[in] IsRead         Boolean to show the operation direction.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimRwSingleBlock (

-  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN EFI_LBA          Lba,

-  IN UINT32           BlockSize,

-  IN VOID             *Buffer,

-  IN UINTN            BufferSize,

-  IN BOOLEAN          IsRead

-  )

-{

-  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;

-  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;

-  //

-  // Calculate timeout value through the below formula.

-  // Timeout = (transfer size) / (2MB/s).

-  // Taking 2MB/s as divisor is because it's the lowest

-  // transfer speed of class 2.

-  //

-  Packet.Timeout = (BufferSize / (2 * 1024 * 1024) + 1) * 1000 * 1000;

-

-  if (IsRead) {

-    Packet.InDataBuffer     = Buffer;

-    Packet.InTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;

-

-    SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK;

-    SdCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdCommandTypeAdtc;

-    SdCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdResponseTypeR1;

-  } else {

-    Packet.OutDataBuffer     = Buffer;

-    Packet.OutTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;

-

-    SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK;

-    SdCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdCommandTypeAdtc;

-    SdCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdResponseTypeR1;

-  }

-

-  if (Slot->SectorAddressing) {

-    SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Lba;

-  } else {

-    SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)MultU64x32 (Lba, BlockSize);

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK/WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK to the addressed SD device

-  to read/write the specified number of blocks.

-

-  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Lba            The logical block address of starting access.

-  @param[in] BlockSize      The block size of specified SD device partition.

-  @param[in] Buffer         The pointer to the transfer buffer.

-  @param[in] BufferSize     The size of transfer buffer.

-  @param[in] IsRead         Boolean to show the operation direction.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimRwMultiBlocks (

-  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN EFI_LBA          Lba,

-  IN UINT32           BlockSize,

-  IN VOID             *Buffer,

-  IN UINTN            BufferSize,

-  IN BOOLEAN          IsRead

-  )

-{

-  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;

-  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;

-  //

-  // Calculate timeout value through the below formula.

-  // Timeout = (transfer size) / (2MB/s).

-  // Taking 2MB/s as divisor is because it's the lowest

-  // transfer speed of class 2.

-  //

-  Packet.Timeout = (BufferSize / (2 * 1024 * 1024) + 1) * 1000 * 1000;

-

-  if (IsRead) {

-    Packet.InDataBuffer     = Buffer;

-    Packet.InTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;

-

-    SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK;

-    SdCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdCommandTypeAdtc;

-    SdCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdResponseTypeR1;

-  } else {

-    Packet.OutDataBuffer     = Buffer;

-    Packet.OutTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;

-

-    SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK;

-    SdCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdCommandTypeAdtc;

-    SdCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdResponseTypeR1;

-  }

-

-  if (Slot->SectorAddressing) {

-    SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Lba;

-  } else {

-    SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)MultU64x32 (Lba, BlockSize);

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_TUNING_BLOCK to the SD device for SDR104/SDR50 optimal sampling point

-  detection.

-

-  It may be sent up to 40 times until the host finishes the tuning procedure.

-

-  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimSendTuningBlk (

-  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot

-  )

-{

-  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;

-  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;

-  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-  UINT8              TuningBlock[64];

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-

-  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_SEND_TUNING_BLOCK;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdCommandTypeAdtc;

-  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdResponseTypeR1;

-  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = 0;

-

-  Packet.InDataBuffer     = TuningBlock;

-  Packet.InTransferLength = sizeof (TuningBlock);

-

-  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Tuning the sampling point of SDR104 or SDR50 bus speed mode.

-

-  Command SD_SEND_TUNING_BLOCK may be sent up to 40 times until the host finishes the

-  tuning procedure.

-

-  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 and SD Host Controller

-  Simplified Spec 3.0 Figure 2-29 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimTuningClock (

-  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT8       HostCtrl2;

-  UINT8       Retry;

-

-  //

-  // Notify the host that the sampling clock tuning procedure starts.

-  //

-  HostCtrl2 = BIT6;

-  Status    = SdPeimHcOrMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Ask the device to send a sequence of tuning blocks till the tuning procedure is done.

-  //

-  Retry = 0;

-  do {

-    Status = SdPeimSendTuningBlk (Slot);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL2, TRUE, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    if ((HostCtrl2 & (BIT6 | BIT7)) == 0) {

-      break;

-    }

-

-    if ((HostCtrl2 & (BIT6 | BIT7)) == BIT7) {

-      return EFI_SUCCESS;

-    }

-  } while (++Retry < 40);

-

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimTuningClock: Send tuning block fails at %d times with HostCtrl2 %02x\n", Retry, HostCtrl2));

-  //

-  // Abort the tuning procedure and reset the tuning circuit.

-  //

-  HostCtrl2 = (UINT8) ~(BIT6 | BIT7);

-  Status    = SdPeimHcAndMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-}

-

-/**

-  Switch the bus width to specified width.

-

-  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 and

-  SD Host Controller Simplified Spec 3.0 section Figure 3-7 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address to be assigned.

-  @param[in] BusWidth       The bus width to be set, it could be 4 or 8.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimSwitchBusWidth (

-  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN UINT16           Rca,

-  IN UINT8            BusWidth

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  UINT32      DevStatus;

-

-  Status = SdPeimSetBusWidth (Slot, Rca, BusWidth);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimSendStatus (Slot, Rca, &DevStatus);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check the switch operation is really successful or not.

-  //

-  if ((DevStatus >> 16) != 0) {

-    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimHcSetBusWidth (Slot->SdHcBase, BusWidth);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Switch the high speed timing according to request.

-

-  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 and

-  SD Host Controller Simplified Spec 3.0 section Figure 2-29 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address to be assigned.

-  @param[in] S18a           The boolean to show if it's a UHS-I SD card.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimSetBusMode (

-  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN UINT16           Rca,

-  IN BOOLEAN          S18a

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS      Status;

-  SD_HC_SLOT_CAP  Capability;

-  UINT32          ClockFreq;

-  UINT8           BusWidth;

-  UINT8           AccessMode;

-  UINT8           HostCtrl1;

-  UINT8           HostCtrl2;

-  UINT8           SwitchResp[64];

-

-  Status = SdPeimGetCsd (Slot, Rca, &Slot->Csd);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimSetBusMode: SdPeimGetCsd fails with %r\n", Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimHcGetCapability (Slot->SdHcBase, &Capability);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimSelect (Slot, Rca);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimSetBusMode: SdPeimSelect fails with %r\n", Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  BusWidth = 4;

-  Status   = SdPeimSwitchBusWidth (Slot, Rca, BusWidth);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimSetBusMode: SdPeimSwitchBusWidth fails with %r\n", Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Get the supported bus speed from SWITCH cmd return data group #1.

-  //

-  ZeroMem (SwitchResp, sizeof (SwitchResp));

-  Status = SdPeimSwitch (Slot, 0xF, 0xF, 0xF, 0xF, FALSE, SwitchResp);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Calculate supported bus speed/bus width/clock frequency by host and device capability.

-  //

-  ClockFreq = 0;

-  if (S18a && (Capability.Sdr104 != 0) && ((SwitchResp[13] & BIT3) != 0)) {

-    ClockFreq  = 208;

-    AccessMode = 3;

-  } else if (S18a && (Capability.Sdr50 != 0) && ((SwitchResp[13] & BIT2) != 0)) {

-    ClockFreq  = 100;

-    AccessMode = 2;

-  } else if (S18a && (Capability.Ddr50 != 0) && ((SwitchResp[13] & BIT4) != 0)) {

-    ClockFreq  = 50;

-    AccessMode = 4;

-  } else if ((SwitchResp[13] & BIT1) != 0) {

-    ClockFreq  = 50;

-    AccessMode = 1;

-  } else {

-    ClockFreq  = 25;

-    AccessMode = 0;

-  }

-

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "SdPeimSetBusMode: AccessMode %d ClockFreq %d BusWidth %d\n", AccessMode, ClockFreq, BusWidth));

-

-  Status = SdPeimSwitch (Slot, AccessMode, 0xF, 0xF, 0xF, TRUE, SwitchResp);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimSetBusMode: SdPeimSwitch fails with %r\n", Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  if ((SwitchResp[16] & 0xF) != AccessMode) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimSetBusMode: SdPeimSwitch to AccessMode %d ClockFreq %d BusWidth %d fails! The Switch response is 0x%1x\n", AccessMode, ClockFreq, BusWidth, SwitchResp[16] & 0xF));

-    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Set to High Speed timing

-  //

-  if (AccessMode == 1) {

-    HostCtrl1 = BIT2;

-    Status    = SdPeimHcOrMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL1, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-  }

-

-  HostCtrl2 = (UINT8) ~0x7;

-  Status    = SdPeimHcAndMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  HostCtrl2 = AccessMode;

-  Status    = SdPeimHcOrMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimHcClockSupply (Slot->SdHcBase, ClockFreq * 1000);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimSetBusMode: SdPeimHcClockSupply %r\n", Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  if ((AccessMode == 3) || ((AccessMode == 2) && (Capability.TuningSDR50 != 0))) {

-    Status = SdPeimTuningClock (Slot);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimSetBusMode: SdPeimTuningClock fails with %r\n", Status));

-      return Status;

-    }

-  }

-

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "SdPeimSetBusMode: SdPeimSetBusMode %r\n", Status));

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Execute SD device identification procedure.

-

-  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 3.6 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       There is a SD card.

-  @retval Others            There is not a SD card.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimIdentification (

-  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS      Status;

-  UINT32          Ocr;

-  UINT16          Rca;

-  BOOLEAN         Xpc;

-  BOOLEAN         S18r;

-  UINT64          MaxCurrent;

-  UINT64          Current;

-  UINT16          ControllerVer;

-  UINT8           PowerCtrl;

-  UINT32          PresentState;

-  UINT8           HostCtrl2;

-  SD_HC_SLOT_CAP  Capability;

-  UINTN           Retry;

-

-  //

-  // 1. Send Cmd0 to the device

-  //

-  Status = SdPeimReset (Slot);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: Executing Cmd0 fails with %r\n", Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // 2. Send Cmd8 to the device

-  //

-  Status = SdPeimVoltageCheck (Slot, 0x1, 0xFF);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: Executing Cmd8 fails with %r\n", Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // 3. Send SDIO Cmd5 to the device to the SDIO device OCR register.

-  //

-  Status = SdioSendOpCond (Slot, 0, FALSE);

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: Found SDIO device, ignore it as we don't support\n"));

-    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // 4. Send Acmd41 with voltage window 0 to the device

-  //

-  Status = SdPeimSendOpCond (Slot, 0, 0, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, &Ocr);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: Executing SdPeimSendOpCond fails with %r\n", Status));

-    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimHcGetCapability (Slot->SdHcBase, &Capability);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_MAX_CURRENT_CAP, TRUE, sizeof (Current), &Current);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  if (Capability.Voltage33 != 0) {

-    //

-    // Support 3.3V

-    //

-    MaxCurrent = ((UINT32)Current & 0xFF) * 4;

-  } else if (Capability.Voltage30 != 0) {

-    //

-    // Support 3.0V

-    //

-    MaxCurrent = (((UINT32)Current >> 8) & 0xFF) * 4;

-  } else if (Capability.Voltage18 != 0) {

-    //

-    // Support 1.8V

-    //

-    MaxCurrent = (((UINT32)Current >> 16) & 0xFF) * 4;

-  } else {

-    ASSERT (FALSE);

-    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-  }

-

-  if (MaxCurrent >= 150) {

-    Xpc = TRUE;

-  } else {

-    Xpc = FALSE;

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_CTRL_VER, TRUE, sizeof (ControllerVer), &ControllerVer);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  if ((ControllerVer & 0xFF) == 2) {

-    S18r = TRUE;

-  } else if (((ControllerVer & 0xFF) == 0) || ((ControllerVer & 0xFF) == 1)) {

-    S18r = FALSE;

-  } else {

-    ASSERT (FALSE);

-    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // 5. Repeatly send Acmd41 with supply voltage window to the device.

-  //    Note here we only support the cards complied with SD physical

-  //    layer simplified spec version 2.0 and version 3.0 and above.

-  //

-  Ocr   = 0;

-  Retry = 0;

-  do {

-    Status = SdPeimSendOpCond (Slot, 0, Ocr, S18r, Xpc, TRUE, &Ocr);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: SdPeimSendOpCond fails with %r Ocr %x, S18r %x, Xpc %x\n", Status, Ocr, S18r, Xpc));

-      return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-    }

-

-    if (Retry++ == 100) {

-      DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: SdPeimSendOpCond fails too many times\n"));

-      return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-    }

-

-    MicroSecondDelay (10 * 1000);

-  } while ((Ocr & BIT31) == 0);

-

-  //

-  // 6. If the S18a bit is set and the Host Controller supports 1.8V signaling

-  //    (One of support bits is set to 1: SDR50, SDR104 or DDR50 in the

-  //    Capabilities register), switch its voltage to 1.8V.

-  //

-  if (((Capability.Sdr50 != 0) ||

-       (Capability.Sdr104 != 0) ||

-       (Capability.Ddr50 != 0)) &&

-      ((Ocr & BIT24) != 0))

-  {

-    Status = SdPeimVoltageSwitch (Slot);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: Executing SdPeimVoltageSwitch fails with %r\n", Status));

-      Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-      goto Error;

-    } else {

-      Status = SdPeimHcStopClock (Slot->SdHcBase);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-        goto Error;

-      }

-

-      SdPeimHcRwMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_PRESENT_STATE, TRUE, sizeof (PresentState), &PresentState);

-      if (((PresentState >> 20) & 0xF) != 0) {

-        DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: SwitchVoltage fails with PresentState = 0x%x\n", PresentState));

-        Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-        goto Error;

-      }

-

-      HostCtrl2 = BIT3;

-      SdPeimHcOrMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);

-

-      MicroSecondDelay (5000);

-

-      SdPeimHcRwMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL2, TRUE, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);

-      if ((HostCtrl2 & BIT3) == 0) {

-        DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: SwitchVoltage fails with HostCtrl2 = 0x%x\n", HostCtrl2));

-        Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-        goto Error;

-      }

-

-      SdPeimHcInitClockFreq (Slot->SdHcBase);

-

-      MicroSecondDelay (1000);

-

-      SdPeimHcRwMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_PRESENT_STATE, TRUE, sizeof (PresentState), &PresentState);

-      if (((PresentState >> 20) & 0xF) != 0xF) {

-        DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: SwitchVoltage fails with PresentState = 0x%x, It should be 0xF\n", PresentState));

-        Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-        goto Error;

-      }

-    }

-

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "SdPeimIdentification: Switch to 1.8v signal voltage success\n"));

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimAllSendCid (Slot);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: Executing SdPeimAllSendCid fails with %r\n", Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = SdPeimSetRca (Slot, &Rca);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: Executing SdPeimSetRca fails with %r\n", Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Enter Data Tranfer Mode.

-  //

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "Found a SD device at slot [%d]\n", Slot));

-

-  Status = SdPeimSetBusMode (Slot, Rca, ((Ocr & BIT24) != 0));

-

-  return Status;

-

-Error:

-  //

-  // Set SD Bus Power = 0

-  //

-  PowerCtrl = (UINT8) ~BIT0;

-  Status    = SdPeimHcAndMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_POWER_CTRL, sizeof (PowerCtrl), &PowerCtrl);

-  return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-}

+/** @file
+
+  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#include "SdBlockIoPei.h"
+
+/**
+  Read/Write specified SD host controller mmio register.
+
+  @param[in]      Address      The address of the mmio register to be read/written.
+  @param[in]      Read         A boolean to indicate it's read or write operation.
+  @param[in]      Count        The width of the mmio register in bytes.
+                               Must be 1, 2 , 4 or 8 bytes.
+  @param[in, out] Data         For read operations, the destination buffer to store
+                               the results. For write operations, the source buffer
+                               to write data from. The caller is responsible for
+                               having ownership of the data buffer and ensuring its
+                               size not less than Count bytes.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The Address or the Data or the Count is not valid.
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The read/write operation succeeds.
+  @retval Others                The read/write operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdPeimHcRwMmio (
+  IN     UINTN    Address,
+  IN     BOOLEAN  Read,
+  IN     UINT8    Count,
+  IN OUT VOID     *Data
+  )
+{
+  if ((Address == 0) || (Data == NULL)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  if ((Count != 1) && (Count != 2) && (Count != 4) && (Count != 8)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  switch (Count) {
+    case 1:
+      if (Read) {
+        *(UINT8 *)Data = MmioRead8 (Address);
+      } else {
+        MmioWrite8 (Address, *(UINT8 *)Data);
+      }
+
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      if (Read) {
+        *(UINT16 *)Data = MmioRead16 (Address);
+      } else {
+        MmioWrite16 (Address, *(UINT16 *)Data);
+      }
+
+      break;
+    case 4:
+      if (Read) {
+        *(UINT32 *)Data = MmioRead32 (Address);
+      } else {
+        MmioWrite32 (Address, *(UINT32 *)Data);
+      }
+
+      break;
+    case 8:
+      if (Read) {
+        *(UINT64 *)Data = MmioRead64 (Address);
+      } else {
+        MmioWrite64 (Address, *(UINT64 *)Data);
+      }
+
+      break;
+    default:
+      ASSERT (FALSE);
+      return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Do OR operation with the value of the specified SD host controller mmio register.
+
+  @param[in] Address           The address of the mmio register to be read/written.
+  @param[in] Count             The width of the mmio register in bytes.
+                               Must be 1, 2 , 4 or 8 bytes.
+  @param[in] OrData            The pointer to the data used to do OR operation.
+                               The caller is responsible for having ownership of
+                               the data buffer and ensuring its size not less than
+                               Count bytes.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The Address or the OrData or the Count is not valid.
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The OR operation succeeds.
+  @retval Others                The OR operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdPeimHcOrMmio (
+  IN  UINTN  Address,
+  IN  UINT8  Count,
+  IN  VOID   *OrData
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT64      Data;
+  UINT64      Or;
+
+  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Address, TRUE, Count, &Data);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  if (Count == 1) {
+    Or = *(UINT8 *)OrData;
+  } else if (Count == 2) {
+    Or = *(UINT16 *)OrData;
+  } else if (Count == 4) {
+    Or = *(UINT32 *)OrData;
+  } else if (Count == 8) {
+    Or = *(UINT64 *)OrData;
+  } else {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  Data  |= Or;
+  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Address, FALSE, Count, &Data);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Do AND operation with the value of the specified SD host controller mmio register.
+
+  @param[in] Address           The address of the mmio register to be read/written.
+  @param[in] Count             The width of the mmio register in bytes.
+                               Must be 1, 2 , 4 or 8 bytes.
+  @param[in] AndData           The pointer to the data used to do AND operation.
+                               The caller is responsible for having ownership of
+                               the data buffer and ensuring its size not less than
+                               Count bytes.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The Address or the AndData or the Count is not valid.
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The AND operation succeeds.
+  @retval Others                The AND operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdPeimHcAndMmio (
+  IN  UINTN  Address,
+  IN  UINT8  Count,
+  IN  VOID   *AndData
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT64      Data;
+  UINT64      And;
+
+  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Address, TRUE, Count, &Data);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  if (Count == 1) {
+    And = *(UINT8 *)AndData;
+  } else if (Count == 2) {
+    And = *(UINT16 *)AndData;
+  } else if (Count == 4) {
+    And = *(UINT32 *)AndData;
+  } else if (Count == 8) {
+    And = *(UINT64 *)AndData;
+  } else {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  Data  &= And;
+  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Address, FALSE, Count, &Data);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Wait for the value of the specified MMIO register set to the test value.
+
+  @param[in]  Address       The address of the mmio register to be checked.
+  @param[in]  Count         The width of the mmio register in bytes.
+                            Must be 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes.
+  @param[in]  MaskValue     The mask value of memory.
+  @param[in]  TestValue     The test value of memory.
+
+  @retval EFI_NOT_READY     The MMIO register hasn't set to the expected value.
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The MMIO register has expected value.
+  @retval Others            The MMIO operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdPeimHcCheckMmioSet (
+  IN  UINTN   Address,
+  IN  UINT8   Count,
+  IN  UINT64  MaskValue,
+  IN  UINT64  TestValue
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT64      Value;
+
+  //
+  // Access PCI MMIO space to see if the value is the tested one.
+  //
+  Value  = 0;
+  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Address, TRUE, Count, &Value);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Value &= MaskValue;
+
+  if (Value == TestValue) {
+    return EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  return EFI_NOT_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+  Wait for the value of the specified MMIO register set to the test value.
+
+  @param[in]  Address       The address of the mmio register to wait.
+  @param[in]  Count         The width of the mmio register in bytes.
+                            Must be 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes.
+  @param[in]  MaskValue     The mask value of memory.
+  @param[in]  TestValue     The test value of memory.
+  @param[in]  Timeout       The time out value for wait memory set, uses 1
+                            microsecond as a unit.
+
+  @retval EFI_TIMEOUT       The MMIO register hasn't expected value in timeout
+                            range.
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The MMIO register has expected value.
+  @retval Others            The MMIO operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdPeimHcWaitMmioSet (
+  IN  UINTN   Address,
+  IN  UINT8   Count,
+  IN  UINT64  MaskValue,
+  IN  UINT64  TestValue,
+  IN  UINT64  Timeout
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  BOOLEAN     InfiniteWait;
+
+  if (Timeout == 0) {
+    InfiniteWait = TRUE;
+  } else {
+    InfiniteWait = FALSE;
+  }
+
+  while (InfiniteWait || (Timeout > 0)) {
+    Status = SdPeimHcCheckMmioSet (
+               Address,
+               Count,
+               MaskValue,
+               TestValue
+               );
+    if (Status != EFI_NOT_READY) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Stall for 1 microsecond.
+    //
+    MicroSecondDelay (1);
+
+    Timeout--;
+  }
+
+  return EFI_TIMEOUT;
+}
+
+/**
+  Software reset the specified SD host controller and enable all interrupts.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The software reset executes successfully.
+  @retval Others            The software reset fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimHcReset (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT8       SwReset;
+
+  SwReset = 0xFF;
+  Status  = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_SW_RST, FALSE, sizeof (SwReset), &SwReset);
+
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimHcReset: write full 1 fails: %r\n", Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimHcWaitMmioSet (
+             Bar + SD_HC_SW_RST,
+             sizeof (SwReset),
+             0xFF,
+             0x00,
+             SD_TIMEOUT
+             );
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "SdPeimHcReset: reset done with %r\n", Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Enable all interrupt after reset all.
+  //
+  Status = SdPeimHcEnableInterrupt (Bar);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Set all interrupt status bits in Normal and Error Interrupt Status Enable
+  register.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation executes successfully.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimHcEnableInterrupt (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT16      IntStatus;
+
+  //
+  // Enable all bits in Error Interrupt Status Enable Register
+  //
+  IntStatus = 0xFFFF;
+  Status    = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_ERR_INT_STS_EN, FALSE, sizeof (IntStatus), &IntStatus);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Enable all bits in Normal Interrupt Status Enable Register
+  //
+  IntStatus = 0xFFFF;
+  Status    = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_NOR_INT_STS_EN, FALSE, sizeof (IntStatus), &IntStatus);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Get the capability data from the specified slot.
+
+  @param[in]  Bar             The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[out] Capability      The buffer to store the capability data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS         The operation executes successfully.
+  @retval Others              The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimHcGetCapability (
+  IN     UINTN        Bar,
+  OUT SD_HC_SLOT_CAP  *Capability
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT64      Cap;
+
+  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_CAP, TRUE, sizeof (Cap), &Cap);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  CopyMem (Capability, &Cap, sizeof (Cap));
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Detect whether there is a SD card attached at the specified SD host controller
+  slot.
+
+  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.1 for details.
+
+  @param[in]  Bar           The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       There is a SD card attached.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is not a SD card attached.
+  @retval Others            The detection fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimHcCardDetect (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT16      Data;
+  UINT32      PresentState;
+
+  //
+  // Check Normal Interrupt Status Register
+  //
+  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_NOR_INT_STS, TRUE, sizeof (Data), &Data);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  if ((Data & (BIT6 | BIT7)) != 0) {
+    //
+    // Clear BIT6 and BIT7 by writing 1 to these two bits if set.
+    //
+    Data  &= BIT6 | BIT7;
+    Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_NOR_INT_STS, FALSE, sizeof (Data), &Data);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Check Present State Register to see if there is a card presented.
+  //
+  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_PRESENT_STATE, TRUE, sizeof (PresentState), &PresentState);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  if ((PresentState & BIT16) != 0) {
+    return EFI_SUCCESS;
+  } else {
+    return EFI_NO_MEDIA;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  Stop SD card clock.
+
+  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.2.2 for details.
+
+  @param[in]  Bar           The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       Succeed to stop SD clock.
+  @retval Others            Fail to stop SD clock.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimHcStopClock (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT32      PresentState;
+  UINT16      ClockCtrl;
+
+  //
+  // Ensure no SD transactions are occurring on the SD Bus by
+  // waiting for Command Inhibit (DAT) and Command Inhibit (CMD)
+  // in the Present State register to be 0.
+  //
+  Status = SdPeimHcWaitMmioSet (
+             Bar + SD_HC_PRESENT_STATE,
+             sizeof (PresentState),
+             BIT0 | BIT1,
+             0,
+             SD_TIMEOUT
+             );
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set SD Clock Enable in the Clock Control register to 0
+  //
+  ClockCtrl = (UINT16) ~BIT2;
+  Status    = SdPeimHcAndMmio (Bar + SD_HC_CLOCK_CTRL, sizeof (ClockCtrl), &ClockCtrl);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  SD card clock supply.
+
+  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.2.1 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[in] ClockFreq      The max clock frequency to be set. The unit is KHz.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The clock is supplied successfully.
+  @retval Others            The clock isn't supplied successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimHcClockSupply (
+  IN UINTN   Bar,
+  IN UINT64  ClockFreq
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS      Status;
+  SD_HC_SLOT_CAP  Capability;
+  UINT32          BaseClkFreq;
+  UINT32          SettingFreq;
+  UINT32          Divisor;
+  UINT32          Remainder;
+  UINT16          ControllerVer;
+  UINT16          ClockCtrl;
+
+  //
+  // Calculate a divisor for SD clock frequency
+  //
+  Status = SdPeimHcGetCapability (Bar, &Capability);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  ASSERT (Capability.BaseClkFreq != 0);
+
+  BaseClkFreq = Capability.BaseClkFreq;
+
+  if (ClockFreq == 0) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  if (ClockFreq > (BaseClkFreq * 1000)) {
+    ClockFreq = BaseClkFreq * 1000;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Calculate the divisor of base frequency.
+  //
+  Divisor     = 0;
+  SettingFreq = BaseClkFreq * 1000;
+  while (ClockFreq < SettingFreq) {
+    Divisor++;
+
+    SettingFreq = (BaseClkFreq * 1000) / (2 * Divisor);
+    Remainder   = (BaseClkFreq * 1000) % (2 * Divisor);
+    if ((ClockFreq == SettingFreq) && (Remainder == 0)) {
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if ((ClockFreq == SettingFreq) && (Remainder != 0)) {
+      SettingFreq++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "BaseClkFreq %dMHz Divisor %d ClockFreq %dKhz\n", BaseClkFreq, Divisor, ClockFreq));
+
+  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_CTRL_VER, TRUE, sizeof (ControllerVer), &ControllerVer);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set SDCLK Frequency Select and Internal Clock Enable fields in Clock Control register.
+  //
+  if ((ControllerVer & 0xFF) == 2) {
+    ASSERT (Divisor <= 0x3FF);
+    ClockCtrl = ((Divisor & 0xFF) << 8) | ((Divisor & 0x300) >> 2);
+  } else if (((ControllerVer & 0xFF) == 0) || ((ControllerVer & 0xFF) == 1)) {
+    //
+    // Only the most significant bit can be used as divisor.
+    //
+    if (((Divisor - 1) & Divisor) != 0) {
+      Divisor = 1 << (HighBitSet32 (Divisor) + 1);
+    }
+
+    ASSERT (Divisor <= 0x80);
+    ClockCtrl = (Divisor & 0xFF) << 8;
+  } else {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "Unknown SD Host Controller Spec version [0x%x]!!!\n", ControllerVer));
+    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Stop bus clock at first
+  //
+  Status = SdPeimHcStopClock (Bar);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Supply clock frequency with specified divisor
+  //
+  ClockCtrl |= BIT0;
+  Status     = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_CLOCK_CTRL, FALSE, sizeof (ClockCtrl), &ClockCtrl);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "Set SDCLK Frequency Select and Internal Clock Enable fields fails\n"));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Wait Internal Clock Stable in the Clock Control register to be 1
+  //
+  Status = SdPeimHcWaitMmioSet (
+             Bar + SD_HC_CLOCK_CTRL,
+             sizeof (ClockCtrl),
+             BIT1,
+             BIT1,
+             SD_TIMEOUT
+             );
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set SD Clock Enable in the Clock Control register to 1
+  //
+  ClockCtrl = BIT2;
+  Status    = SdPeimHcOrMmio (Bar + SD_HC_CLOCK_CTRL, sizeof (ClockCtrl), &ClockCtrl);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  SD bus power control.
+
+  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.3 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[in] PowerCtrl      The value setting to the power control register.
+
+  @retval TRUE              There is a SD card attached.
+  @retval FALSE             There is no a SD card attached.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimHcPowerControl (
+  IN UINTN  Bar,
+  IN UINT8  PowerCtrl
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+
+  //
+  // Clr SD Bus Power
+  //
+  PowerCtrl &= (UINT8) ~BIT0;
+  Status     = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_POWER_CTRL, FALSE, sizeof (PowerCtrl), &PowerCtrl);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set SD Bus Voltage Select and SD Bus Power fields in Power Control Register
+  //
+  PowerCtrl |= BIT0;
+  Status     = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_POWER_CTRL, FALSE, sizeof (PowerCtrl), &PowerCtrl);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Set the SD bus width.
+
+  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.4 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[in] BusWidth       The bus width used by the SD device, it must be 1, 4 or 8.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The bus width is set successfully.
+  @retval Others            The bus width isn't set successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimHcSetBusWidth (
+  IN UINTN   Bar,
+  IN UINT16  BusWidth
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT8       HostCtrl1;
+
+  if (BusWidth == 1) {
+    HostCtrl1 = (UINT8) ~(BIT5 | BIT1);
+    Status    = SdPeimHcAndMmio (Bar + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL1, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);
+  } else if (BusWidth == 4) {
+    Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL1, TRUE, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    HostCtrl1 |= BIT1;
+    HostCtrl1 &= (UINT8) ~BIT5;
+    Status     = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL1, FALSE, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);
+  } else if (BusWidth == 8) {
+    Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL1, TRUE, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    HostCtrl1 &= (UINT8) ~BIT1;
+    HostCtrl1 |= BIT5;
+    Status     = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL1, FALSE, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);
+  } else {
+    ASSERT (FALSE);
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Supply SD card with lowest clock frequency at initialization.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The clock is supplied successfully.
+  @retval Others            The clock isn't supplied successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimHcInitClockFreq (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS      Status;
+  SD_HC_SLOT_CAP  Capability;
+  UINT32          InitFreq;
+
+  //
+  // Calculate a divisor for SD clock frequency
+  //
+  Status = SdPeimHcGetCapability (Bar, &Capability);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  if (Capability.BaseClkFreq == 0) {
+    //
+    // Don't support get Base Clock Frequency information via another method
+    //
+    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Supply 400KHz clock frequency at initialization phase.
+  //
+  InitFreq = 400;
+  Status   = SdPeimHcClockSupply (Bar, InitFreq);
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Supply SD card with maximum voltage at initialization.
+
+  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.3 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The voltage is supplied successfully.
+  @retval Others            The voltage isn't supplied successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimHcInitPowerVoltage (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS      Status;
+  SD_HC_SLOT_CAP  Capability;
+  UINT8           MaxVoltage;
+  UINT8           HostCtrl2;
+
+  //
+  // Get the support voltage of the Host Controller
+  //
+  Status = SdPeimHcGetCapability (Bar, &Capability);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Calculate supported maximum voltage according to SD Bus Voltage Select
+  //
+  if (Capability.Voltage33 != 0) {
+    //
+    // Support 3.3V
+    //
+    MaxVoltage = 0x0E;
+  } else if (Capability.Voltage30 != 0) {
+    //
+    // Support 3.0V
+    //
+    MaxVoltage = 0x0C;
+  } else if (Capability.Voltage18 != 0) {
+    //
+    // Support 1.8V
+    //
+    MaxVoltage = 0x0A;
+    HostCtrl2  = BIT3;
+    Status     = SdPeimHcOrMmio (Bar + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    MicroSecondDelay (5000);
+  } else {
+    ASSERT (FALSE);
+    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set SD Bus Voltage Select and SD Bus Power fields in Power Control Register
+  //
+  Status = SdPeimHcPowerControl (Bar, MaxVoltage);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Initialize the Timeout Control register with most conservative value at initialization.
+
+  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 2.2.15 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The timeout control register is configured successfully.
+  @retval Others            The timeout control register isn't configured successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimHcInitTimeoutCtrl (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT8       Timeout;
+
+  Timeout = 0x0E;
+  Status  = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_TIMEOUT_CTRL, FALSE, sizeof (Timeout), &Timeout);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Initial SD host controller with lowest clock frequency, max power and max timeout value
+  at initialization.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The host controller is initialized successfully.
+  @retval Others            The host controller isn't initialized successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimHcInitHost (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+
+  Status = SdPeimHcInitClockFreq (Bar);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimHcInitPowerVoltage (Bar);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimHcInitTimeoutCtrl (Bar);
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Turn on/off LED.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[in] On             The boolean to turn on/off LED.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The LED is turned on/off successfully.
+  @retval Others            The LED isn't turned on/off successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimHcLedOnOff (
+  IN UINTN    Bar,
+  IN BOOLEAN  On
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT8       HostCtrl1;
+
+  if (On) {
+    HostCtrl1 = BIT0;
+    Status    = SdPeimHcOrMmio (Bar + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL1, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);
+  } else {
+    HostCtrl1 = (UINT8) ~BIT0;
+    Status    = SdPeimHcAndMmio (Bar + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL1, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Build ADMA descriptor table for transfer.
+
+  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 1.13 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the SD_TRB instance.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The ADMA descriptor table is created successfully.
+  @retval Others            The ADMA descriptor table isn't created successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+BuildAdmaDescTable (
+  IN SD_TRB  *Trb
+  )
+{
+  EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  Data;
+  UINT64                DataLen;
+  UINT64                Entries;
+  UINT32                Index;
+  UINT64                Remaining;
+  UINT32                Address;
+
+  Data    = Trb->DataPhy;
+  DataLen = Trb->DataLen;
+  //
+  // Only support 32bit ADMA Descriptor Table
+  //
+  if ((Data >= 0x100000000ul) || ((Data + DataLen) > 0x100000000ul)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Address field shall be set on 32-bit boundary (Lower 2-bit is always set to 0)
+  // for 32-bit address descriptor table.
+  //
+  if ((Data & (BIT0 | BIT1)) != 0) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "The buffer [0x%x] to construct ADMA desc is not aligned to 4 bytes boundary!\n", Data));
+  }
+
+  Entries = DivU64x32 ((DataLen + ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE - 1), ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE);
+
+  Trb->AdmaDescSize = (UINTN)MultU64x32 (Entries, sizeof (SD_HC_ADMA_DESC_LINE));
+  Trb->AdmaDesc     = SdPeimAllocateMem (Trb->Slot->Private->Pool, Trb->AdmaDescSize);
+  if (Trb->AdmaDesc == NULL) {
+    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+  }
+
+  Remaining = DataLen;
+  Address   = (UINT32)Data;
+  for (Index = 0; Index < Entries; Index++) {
+    if (Remaining <= ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE) {
+      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Valid   = 1;
+      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Act     = 2;
+      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Length  = (UINT16)Remaining;
+      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Address = Address;
+      break;
+    } else {
+      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Valid   = 1;
+      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Act     = 2;
+      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Length  = 0;
+      Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].Address = Address;
+    }
+
+    Remaining -= ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE;
+    Address   += ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set the last descriptor line as end of descriptor table
+  //
+  Trb->AdmaDesc[Index].End = 1;
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Create a new TRB for the SD cmd request.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Packet         A pointer to the SD command data structure.
+
+  @return Created Trb or NULL.
+
+**/
+SD_TRB *
+SdPeimCreateTrb (
+  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT    *Slot,
+  IN SD_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet
+  )
+{
+  SD_TRB                 *Trb;
+  EFI_STATUS             Status;
+  SD_HC_SLOT_CAP         Capability;
+  EDKII_IOMMU_OPERATION  MapOp;
+  UINTN                  MapLength;
+
+  //
+  // Calculate a divisor for SD clock frequency
+  //
+  Status = SdPeimHcGetCapability (Slot->SdHcBase, &Capability);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  Trb = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (SD_TRB));
+  if (Trb == NULL) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  Trb->Slot      = Slot;
+  Trb->BlockSize = 0x200;
+  Trb->Packet    = Packet;
+  Trb->Timeout   = Packet->Timeout;
+
+  if ((Packet->InTransferLength != 0) && (Packet->InDataBuffer != NULL)) {
+    Trb->Data    = Packet->InDataBuffer;
+    Trb->DataLen = Packet->InTransferLength;
+    Trb->Read    = TRUE;
+  } else if ((Packet->OutTransferLength != 0) && (Packet->OutDataBuffer != NULL)) {
+    Trb->Data    = Packet->OutDataBuffer;
+    Trb->DataLen = Packet->OutTransferLength;
+    Trb->Read    = FALSE;
+  } else if ((Packet->InTransferLength == 0) && (Packet->OutTransferLength == 0)) {
+    Trb->Data    = NULL;
+    Trb->DataLen = 0;
+  } else {
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  if ((Trb->DataLen != 0) && (Trb->DataLen < Trb->BlockSize)) {
+    Trb->BlockSize = (UINT16)Trb->DataLen;
+  }
+
+  if (Packet->SdCmdBlk->CommandIndex == SD_SEND_TUNING_BLOCK) {
+    Trb->Mode = SdPioMode;
+  } else {
+    if (Trb->Read) {
+      MapOp = EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterWrite;
+    } else {
+      MapOp = EdkiiIoMmuOperationBusMasterRead;
+    }
+
+    if (Trb->DataLen != 0) {
+      MapLength = Trb->DataLen;
+      Status    = IoMmuMap (MapOp, Trb->Data, &MapLength, &Trb->DataPhy, &Trb->DataMap);
+
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || (MapLength != Trb->DataLen)) {
+        DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimCreateTrb: Fail to map data buffer.\n"));
+        goto Error;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (Trb->DataLen == 0) {
+      Trb->Mode = SdNoData;
+    } else if (Capability.Adma2 != 0) {
+      Trb->Mode = SdAdmaMode;
+      Status    = BuildAdmaDescTable (Trb);
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        goto Error;
+      }
+    } else if (Capability.Sdma != 0) {
+      Trb->Mode = SdSdmaMode;
+    } else {
+      Trb->Mode = SdPioMode;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Trb;
+
+Error:
+  SdPeimFreeTrb (Trb);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+  Free the resource used by the TRB.
+
+  @param[in] Trb        The pointer to the SD_TRB instance.
+
+**/
+VOID
+SdPeimFreeTrb (
+  IN SD_TRB  *Trb
+  )
+{
+  if ((Trb != NULL) && (Trb->DataMap != NULL)) {
+    IoMmuUnmap (Trb->DataMap);
+  }
+
+  if ((Trb != NULL) && (Trb->AdmaDesc != NULL)) {
+    SdPeimFreeMem (Trb->Slot->Private->Pool, Trb->AdmaDesc, Trb->AdmaDescSize);
+  }
+
+  if (Trb != NULL) {
+    FreePool (Trb);
+  }
+
+  return;
+}
+
+/**
+  Check if the env is ready for execute specified TRB.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the SD_TRB instance.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The env is ready for TRB execution.
+  @retval EFI_NOT_READY     The env is not ready for TRB execution.
+  @retval Others            Some erros happen.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimCheckTrbEnv (
+  IN UINTN   Bar,
+  IN SD_TRB  *Trb
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS         Status;
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet;
+  UINT32             PresentState;
+
+  Packet = Trb->Packet;
+
+  if ((Packet->SdCmdBlk->CommandType == SdCommandTypeAdtc) ||
+      (Packet->SdCmdBlk->ResponseType == SdResponseTypeR1b) ||
+      (Packet->SdCmdBlk->ResponseType == SdResponseTypeR5b))
+  {
+    //
+    // Wait Command Inhibit (CMD) and Command Inhibit (DAT) in
+    // the Present State register to be 0
+    //
+    PresentState = BIT0 | BIT1;
+  } else {
+    //
+    // Wait Command Inhibit (CMD) in the Present State register
+    // to be 0
+    //
+    PresentState = BIT0;
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimHcCheckMmioSet (
+             Bar + SD_HC_PRESENT_STATE,
+             sizeof (PresentState),
+             PresentState,
+             0
+             );
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Wait for the env to be ready for execute specified TRB.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the SD_TRB instance.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The env is ready for TRB execution.
+  @retval EFI_TIMEOUT       The env is not ready for TRB execution in time.
+  @retval Others            Some erros happen.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimWaitTrbEnv (
+  IN UINTN   Bar,
+  IN SD_TRB  *Trb
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS         Status;
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet;
+  UINT64             Timeout;
+  BOOLEAN            InfiniteWait;
+
+  //
+  // Wait Command Complete Interrupt Status bit in Normal Interrupt Status Register
+  //
+  Packet  = Trb->Packet;
+  Timeout = Packet->Timeout;
+  if (Timeout == 0) {
+    InfiniteWait = TRUE;
+  } else {
+    InfiniteWait = FALSE;
+  }
+
+  while (InfiniteWait || (Timeout > 0)) {
+    //
+    // Check Trb execution result by reading Normal Interrupt Status register.
+    //
+    Status = SdPeimCheckTrbEnv (Bar, Trb);
+    if (Status != EFI_NOT_READY) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Stall for 1 microsecond.
+    //
+    MicroSecondDelay (1);
+
+    Timeout--;
+  }
+
+  return EFI_TIMEOUT;
+}
+
+/**
+  Execute the specified TRB.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the SD_TRB instance.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The TRB is sent to host controller successfully.
+  @retval Others            Some erros happen when sending this request to the host controller.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimExecTrb (
+  IN UINTN   Bar,
+  IN SD_TRB  *Trb
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS         Status;
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet;
+  UINT16             Cmd;
+  UINT16             IntStatus;
+  UINT32             Argument;
+  UINT16             BlkCount;
+  UINT16             BlkSize;
+  UINT16             TransMode;
+  UINT8              HostCtrl1;
+  UINT32             SdmaAddr;
+  UINT64             AdmaAddr;
+
+  Packet = Trb->Packet;
+  //
+  // Clear all bits in Error Interrupt Status Register
+  //
+  IntStatus = 0xFFFF;
+  Status    = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_ERR_INT_STS, FALSE, sizeof (IntStatus), &IntStatus);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Clear all bits in Normal Interrupt Status Register
+  //
+  IntStatus = 0xFFFF;
+  Status    = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_NOR_INT_STS, FALSE, sizeof (IntStatus), &IntStatus);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set Host Control 1 register DMA Select field
+  //
+  if (Trb->Mode == SdAdmaMode) {
+    HostCtrl1 = BIT4;
+    Status    = SdPeimHcOrMmio (Bar + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL1, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  SdPeimHcLedOnOff (Bar, TRUE);
+
+  if (Trb->Mode == SdSdmaMode) {
+    if ((UINT64)(UINTN)Trb->DataPhy >= 0x100000000ul) {
+      return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+    }
+
+    SdmaAddr = (UINT32)(UINTN)Trb->DataPhy;
+    Status   = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_SDMA_ADDR, FALSE, sizeof (SdmaAddr), &SdmaAddr);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+  } else if (Trb->Mode == SdAdmaMode) {
+    AdmaAddr = (UINT64)(UINTN)Trb->AdmaDesc;
+    Status   = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_ADMA_SYS_ADDR, FALSE, sizeof (AdmaAddr), &AdmaAddr);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  BlkSize = Trb->BlockSize;
+  if (Trb->Mode == SdSdmaMode) {
+    //
+    // Set SDMA boundary to be 512K bytes.
+    //
+    BlkSize |= 0x7000;
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_BLK_SIZE, FALSE, sizeof (BlkSize), &BlkSize);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  BlkCount = 0;
+  if (Trb->Mode != SdNoData) {
+    //
+    // Calculate Block Count.
+    //
+    BlkCount = (UINT16)(Trb->DataLen / Trb->BlockSize);
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_BLK_COUNT, FALSE, sizeof (BlkCount), &BlkCount);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Argument = Packet->SdCmdBlk->CommandArgument;
+  Status   = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_ARG1, FALSE, sizeof (Argument), &Argument);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  TransMode = 0;
+  if (Trb->Mode != SdNoData) {
+    if (Trb->Mode != SdPioMode) {
+      TransMode |= BIT0;
+    }
+
+    if (Trb->Read) {
+      TransMode |= BIT4;
+    }
+
+    if (BlkCount > 1) {
+      TransMode |= BIT5 | BIT1;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // SD memory card needs to use AUTO CMD12 feature.
+    //
+    if (BlkCount > 1) {
+      TransMode |= BIT2;
+    }
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_TRANS_MOD, FALSE, sizeof (TransMode), &TransMode);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Cmd = (UINT16)LShiftU64 (Packet->SdCmdBlk->CommandIndex, 8);
+  if (Packet->SdCmdBlk->CommandType == SdCommandTypeAdtc) {
+    Cmd |= BIT5;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Convert ResponseType to value
+  //
+  if (Packet->SdCmdBlk->CommandType != SdCommandTypeBc) {
+    switch (Packet->SdCmdBlk->ResponseType) {
+      case SdResponseTypeR1:
+      case SdResponseTypeR5:
+      case SdResponseTypeR6:
+      case SdResponseTypeR7:
+        Cmd |= (BIT1 | BIT3 | BIT4);
+        break;
+      case SdResponseTypeR2:
+        Cmd |= (BIT0 | BIT3);
+        break;
+      case SdResponseTypeR3:
+      case SdResponseTypeR4:
+        Cmd |= BIT1;
+        break;
+      case SdResponseTypeR1b:
+      case SdResponseTypeR5b:
+        Cmd |= (BIT0 | BIT1 | BIT3 | BIT4);
+        break;
+      default:
+        ASSERT (FALSE);
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Execute cmd
+  //
+  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_COMMAND, FALSE, sizeof (Cmd), &Cmd);
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Check the TRB execution result.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the SD_TRB instance.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The TRB is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_NOT_READY     The TRB is not completed for execution.
+  @retval Others            Some erros happen when executing this request.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimCheckTrbResult (
+  IN UINTN   Bar,
+  IN SD_TRB  *Trb
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS         Status;
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet;
+  UINT16             IntStatus;
+  UINT32             Response[4];
+  UINT32             SdmaAddr;
+  UINT8              Index;
+  UINT8              SwReset;
+  UINT32             PioLength;
+
+  SwReset = 0;
+  Packet  = Trb->Packet;
+  //
+  // Check Trb execution result by reading Normal Interrupt Status register.
+  //
+  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (
+             Bar + SD_HC_NOR_INT_STS,
+             TRUE,
+             sizeof (IntStatus),
+             &IntStatus
+             );
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    goto Done;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Check Transfer Complete bit is set or not.
+  //
+  if ((IntStatus & BIT1) == BIT1) {
+    if ((IntStatus & BIT15) == BIT15) {
+      //
+      // Read Error Interrupt Status register to check if the error is
+      // Data Timeout Error.
+      // If yes, treat it as success as Transfer Complete has higher
+      // priority than Data Timeout Error.
+      //
+      Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (
+                 Bar + SD_HC_ERR_INT_STS,
+                 TRUE,
+                 sizeof (IntStatus),
+                 &IntStatus
+                 );
+      if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        if ((IntStatus & BIT4) == BIT4) {
+          Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+        } else {
+          Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    goto Done;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Check if there is a error happened during cmd execution.
+  // If yes, then do error recovery procedure to follow SD Host Controller
+  // Simplified Spec 3.0 section 3.10.1.
+  //
+  if ((IntStatus & BIT15) == BIT15) {
+    Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (
+               Bar + SD_HC_ERR_INT_STS,
+               TRUE,
+               sizeof (IntStatus),
+               &IntStatus
+               );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Done;
+    }
+
+    if ((IntStatus & 0x0F) != 0) {
+      SwReset |= BIT1;
+    }
+
+    if ((IntStatus & 0xF0) != 0) {
+      SwReset |= BIT2;
+    }
+
+    Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (
+               Bar + SD_HC_SW_RST,
+               FALSE,
+               sizeof (SwReset),
+               &SwReset
+               );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Done;
+    }
+
+    Status = SdPeimHcWaitMmioSet (
+               Bar + SD_HC_SW_RST,
+               sizeof (SwReset),
+               0xFF,
+               0,
+               SD_TIMEOUT
+               );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Done;
+    }
+
+    Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+    goto Done;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Check if DMA interrupt is signalled for the SDMA transfer.
+  //
+  if ((Trb->Mode == SdSdmaMode) && ((IntStatus & BIT3) == BIT3)) {
+    //
+    // Clear DMA interrupt bit.
+    //
+    IntStatus = BIT3;
+    Status    = SdPeimHcRwMmio (
+                  Bar + SD_HC_NOR_INT_STS,
+                  FALSE,
+                  sizeof (IntStatus),
+                  &IntStatus
+                  );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Done;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Update SDMA Address register.
+    //
+    SdmaAddr = SD_SDMA_ROUND_UP ((UINT32)(UINTN)Trb->DataPhy, SD_SDMA_BOUNDARY);
+    Status   = SdPeimHcRwMmio (
+                 Bar + SD_HC_SDMA_ADDR,
+                 FALSE,
+                 sizeof (UINT32),
+                 &SdmaAddr
+                 );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Done;
+    }
+
+    Trb->DataPhy = (UINT32)(UINTN)SdmaAddr;
+  }
+
+  if ((Packet->SdCmdBlk->CommandType != SdCommandTypeAdtc) &&
+      (Packet->SdCmdBlk->ResponseType != SdResponseTypeR1b) &&
+      (Packet->SdCmdBlk->ResponseType != SdResponseTypeR5b))
+  {
+    if ((IntStatus & BIT0) == BIT0) {
+      Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+      goto Done;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (Packet->SdCmdBlk->CommandIndex == SD_SEND_TUNING_BLOCK) {
+    //
+    // When performing tuning procedure (Execute Tuning is set to 1) through PIO mode,
+    // wait Buffer Read Ready bit of Normal Interrupt Status Register to be 1.
+    // Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified Specification 3.0 figure 2-29 for details.
+    //
+    if ((IntStatus & BIT5) == BIT5) {
+      //
+      // Clear Buffer Read Ready interrupt at first.
+      //
+      IntStatus = BIT5;
+      SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_NOR_INT_STS, FALSE, sizeof (IntStatus), &IntStatus);
+      //
+      // Read data out from Buffer Port register
+      //
+      for (PioLength = 0; PioLength < Trb->DataLen; PioLength += 4) {
+        SdPeimHcRwMmio (Bar + SD_HC_BUF_DAT_PORT, TRUE, 4, (UINT8 *)Trb->Data + PioLength);
+      }
+
+      Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+      goto Done;
+    }
+  }
+
+  Status = EFI_NOT_READY;
+Done:
+  //
+  // Get response data when the cmd is executed successfully.
+  //
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    if (Packet->SdCmdBlk->CommandType != SdCommandTypeBc) {
+      for (Index = 0; Index < 4; Index++) {
+        Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (
+                   Bar + SD_HC_RESPONSE + Index * 4,
+                   TRUE,
+                   sizeof (UINT32),
+                   &Response[Index]
+                   );
+        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+          SdPeimHcLedOnOff (Bar, FALSE);
+          return Status;
+        }
+      }
+
+      CopyMem (Packet->SdStatusBlk, Response, sizeof (Response));
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (Status != EFI_NOT_READY) {
+    SdPeimHcLedOnOff (Bar, FALSE);
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Wait for the TRB execution result.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[in] Trb            The pointer to the SD_TRB instance.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The TRB is executed successfully.
+  @retval Others            Some erros happen when executing this request.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimWaitTrbResult (
+  IN UINTN   Bar,
+  IN SD_TRB  *Trb
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS         Status;
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet;
+  UINT64             Timeout;
+  BOOLEAN            InfiniteWait;
+
+  Packet = Trb->Packet;
+  //
+  // Wait Command Complete Interrupt Status bit in Normal Interrupt Status Register
+  //
+  Timeout = Packet->Timeout;
+  if (Timeout == 0) {
+    InfiniteWait = TRUE;
+  } else {
+    InfiniteWait = FALSE;
+  }
+
+  while (InfiniteWait || (Timeout > 0)) {
+    //
+    // Check Trb execution result by reading Normal Interrupt Status register.
+    //
+    Status = SdPeimCheckTrbResult (Bar, Trb);
+    if (Status != EFI_NOT_READY) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Stall for 1 microsecond.
+    //
+    MicroSecondDelay (1);
+
+    Timeout--;
+  }
+
+  return EFI_TIMEOUT;
+}
+
+/**
+  Sends SD command to an SD card that is attached to the SD controller.
+
+  If Packet is successfully sent to the SD card, then EFI_SUCCESS is returned.
+
+  If a device error occurs while sending the Packet, then EFI_DEVICE_ERROR is returned.
+
+  If Slot is not in a valid range for the SD controller, then EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER
+  is returned.
+
+  If Packet defines a data command but both InDataBuffer and OutDataBuffer are NULL,
+  EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
+
+  @param[in]     Slot           The slot number of the Sd card to send the command to.
+  @param[in,out] Packet         A pointer to the SD command data structure.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The SD Command Packet was sent by the host.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      A device error occurred while attempting to send the SD
+                                command Packet.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Packet, Slot, or the contents of the Packet is invalid.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Packet defines a data command but both InDataBuffer and
+                                OutDataBuffer are NULL.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          SD Device not present in the Slot.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The command described by the SD Command Packet is not
+                                supported by the host controller.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The InTransferLength or OutTransferLength exceeds the
+                                limit supported by SD card ( i.e. if the number of bytes
+                                exceed the Last LBA).
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdPeimExecCmd (
+  IN     SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT    *Slot,
+  IN OUT SD_COMMAND_PACKET  *Packet
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  SD_TRB      *Trb;
+
+  if (Packet == NULL) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  if ((Packet->SdCmdBlk == NULL) || (Packet->SdStatusBlk == NULL)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  if ((Packet->OutDataBuffer == NULL) && (Packet->OutTransferLength != 0)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  if ((Packet->InDataBuffer == NULL) && (Packet->InTransferLength != 0)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  Trb = SdPeimCreateTrb (Slot, Packet);
+  if (Trb == NULL) {
+    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimWaitTrbEnv (Slot->SdHcBase, Trb);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    goto Done;
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimExecTrb (Slot->SdHcBase, Trb);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    goto Done;
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimWaitTrbResult (Slot->SdHcBase, Trb);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    goto Done;
+  }
+
+Done:
+  SdPeimFreeTrb (Trb);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command GO_IDLE_STATE to the device to make it go to Idle State.
+
+  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The SD device is reset correctly.
+  @retval Others            The device reset fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimReset (
+  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot
+  )
+{
+  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;
+  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS         Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_GO_IDLE_STATE;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdCommandTypeBc;
+  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType    = 0;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = 0;
+
+  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_IF_COND to the device to inquiry the SD Memory Card interface
+  condition.
+
+  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] SupplyVoltage  The supplied voltage by the host.
+  @param[in] CheckPattern   The check pattern to be sent to the device.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimVoltageCheck (
+  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN UINT8            SupplyVoltage,
+  IN UINT8            CheckPattern
+  )
+{
+  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;
+  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS         Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_SEND_IF_COND;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdCommandTypeBcr;
+  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdResponseTypeR7;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (SupplyVoltage << 8) | CheckPattern;
+
+  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    if (SdStatusBlk.Resp0 != SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument) {
+      return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SDIO_SEND_OP_COND to the device to see whether it is SDIO device.
+
+  Refer to SDIO Simplified Spec 3 Section 3.2 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] VoltageWindow  The supply voltage window.
+  @param[in] S18r           The boolean to show if it should switch to 1.8v.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdioSendOpCond (
+  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN UINT32           VoltageWindow,
+  IN BOOLEAN          S18r
+  )
+{
+  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;
+  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS         Status;
+  UINT32             Switch;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SDIO_SEND_OP_COND;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdCommandTypeBcr;
+  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdResponseTypeR4;
+
+  Switch = S18r ? BIT24 : 0;
+
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (VoltageWindow & 0xFFFFFF) | Switch;
+
+  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SD_SEND_OP_COND to the device to see whether it is SDIO device.
+
+  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.
+
+  @param[in]  Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+  @param[in]  Rca            The relative device address of addressed device.
+  @param[in]  VoltageWindow  The supply voltage window.
+  @param[in]  S18r           The boolean to show if it should switch to 1.8v.
+  @param[in]  Xpc            The boolean to show if it should provide 0.36w power control.
+  @param[in]  Hcs            The boolean to show if it support host capacity info.
+  @param[out] Ocr            The buffer to store returned OCR register value.
+
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimSendOpCond (
+  IN     SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN     UINT16           Rca,
+  IN     UINT32           VoltageWindow,
+  IN     BOOLEAN          S18r,
+  IN     BOOLEAN          Xpc,
+  IN     BOOLEAN          Hcs,
+  OUT UINT32              *Ocr
+  )
+{
+  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;
+  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS         Status;
+  UINT32             Switch;
+  UINT32             MaxPower;
+  UINT32             HostCapacity;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_APP_CMD;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdCommandTypeAc;
+  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdResponseTypeR1;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;
+
+  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_SEND_OP_COND;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdCommandTypeBcr;
+  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdResponseTypeR3;
+
+  Switch                   = S18r ? BIT24 : 0;
+  MaxPower                 = Xpc ? BIT28 : 0;
+  HostCapacity             = Hcs ? BIT30 : 0;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (VoltageWindow & 0xFFFFFF) | Switch | MaxPower | HostCapacity;
+
+  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    //
+    // For details, refer to SD Host Controller Simplified Spec 3.0 Table 2-12.
+    //
+    *Ocr = SdStatusBlk.Resp0;
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Broadcast command ALL_SEND_CID to the bus to ask all the SD devices to send the
+  data of their CID registers.
+
+  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimAllSendCid (
+  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot
+  )
+{
+  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;
+  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS         Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_ALL_SEND_CID;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdCommandTypeBcr;
+  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdResponseTypeR2;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = 0;
+
+  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SET_RELATIVE_ADDR to the SD device to assign a Relative device
+  Address (RCA).
+
+  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.
+
+  @param[in]  Slot          The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+  @param[out] Rca           The relative device address to be assigned.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimSetRca (
+  IN     SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  OUT UINT16              *Rca
+  )
+{
+  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;
+  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS         Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_SET_RELATIVE_ADDR;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdCommandTypeBcr;
+  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdResponseTypeR6;
+
+  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    *Rca = (UINT16)(SdStatusBlk.Resp0 >> 16);
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_CSD to the SD device to get the data of the CSD register.
+
+  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.
+
+  @param[in]  Slot          The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+  @param[in]  Rca           The relative device address of selected device.
+  @param[out] Csd           The buffer to store the content of the CSD register.
+                            Note the caller should ignore the lowest byte of this
+                            buffer as the content of this byte is meaningless even
+                            if the operation succeeds.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimGetCsd (
+  IN     SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN     UINT16           Rca,
+  OUT SD_CSD              *Csd
+  )
+{
+  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;
+  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS         Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_SEND_CSD;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdCommandTypeAc;
+  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdResponseTypeR2;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;
+
+  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    //
+    // For details, refer to SD Host Controller Simplified Spec 3.0 Table 2-12.
+    //
+    CopyMem (((UINT8 *)Csd) + 1, &SdStatusBlk.Resp0, sizeof (SD_CSD) - 1);
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SELECT_DESELECT_CARD to the SD device to select/deselect it.
+
+  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.
+
+  @param[in]  Slot          The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+  @param[in]  Rca           The relative device address of selected device.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimSelect (
+  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN UINT16           Rca
+  )
+{
+  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;
+  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS         Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_SELECT_DESELECT_CARD;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdCommandTypeAc;
+  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdResponseTypeR1b;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;
+
+  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command VOLTAGE_SWITCH to the SD device to switch the voltage of the device.
+
+  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.
+
+  @param[in]  Slot          The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimVoltageSwitch (
+  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot
+  )
+{
+  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;
+  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS         Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_VOLTAGE_SWITCH;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdCommandTypeAc;
+  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdResponseTypeR1;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = 0;
+
+  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SET_BUS_WIDTH to the SD device to set the bus width.
+
+  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address of addressed device.
+  @param[in] BusWidth       The bus width to be set, it could be 1 or 4.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimSetBusWidth (
+  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN UINT16           Rca,
+  IN UINT8            BusWidth
+  )
+{
+  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;
+  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS         Status;
+  UINT8              Value;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_APP_CMD;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdCommandTypeAc;
+  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdResponseTypeR1;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;
+
+  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_SET_BUS_WIDTH;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdCommandTypeAc;
+  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdResponseTypeR1;
+
+  if (BusWidth == 1) {
+    Value = 0;
+  } else if (BusWidth == 4) {
+    Value = 2;
+  } else {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = Value & 0x3;
+
+  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SWITCH_FUNC to the SD device to check switchable function or switch card function.
+
+  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.
+
+  @param[in]  Slot          The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+  @param[in]  AccessMode    The value for access mode group.
+  @param[in]  CommandSystem The value for command set group.
+  @param[in]  DriveStrength The value for drive length group.
+  @param[in]  PowerLimit    The value for power limit group.
+  @param[in]  Mode          Switch or check function.
+  @param[out] SwitchResp    The return switch function status.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimSwitch (
+  IN     SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN     UINT8            AccessMode,
+  IN     UINT8            CommandSystem,
+  IN     UINT8            DriveStrength,
+  IN     UINT8            PowerLimit,
+  IN     BOOLEAN          Mode,
+  OUT UINT8               *SwitchResp
+  )
+{
+  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;
+  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS         Status;
+  UINT32             ModeValue;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_SWITCH_FUNC;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdCommandTypeAdtc;
+  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdResponseTypeR1;
+
+  ModeValue                = Mode ? BIT31 : 0;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (AccessMode & 0xF) | ((PowerLimit & 0xF) << 4) | \
+                             ((DriveStrength & 0xF) << 8) | ((DriveStrength & 0xF) << 12) | \
+                             ModeValue;
+  Packet.InDataBuffer     = SwitchResp;
+  Packet.InTransferLength = 64;
+
+  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_STATUS to the addressed SD device to get its status register.
+
+  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.
+
+  @param[in]  Slot          The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+  @param[in]  Rca           The relative device address of addressed device.
+  @param[out] DevStatus     The returned device status.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimSendStatus (
+  IN     SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN     UINT16           Rca,
+  OUT UINT32              *DevStatus
+  )
+{
+  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;
+  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS         Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_SEND_STATUS;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdCommandTypeAc;
+  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdResponseTypeR1;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;
+
+  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    *DevStatus = SdStatusBlk.Resp0;
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command READ_SINGLE_BLOCK/WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK to the addressed SD device
+  to read/write the specified number of blocks.
+
+  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Lba            The logical block address of starting access.
+  @param[in] BlockSize      The block size of specified SD device partition.
+  @param[in] Buffer         The pointer to the transfer buffer.
+  @param[in] BufferSize     The size of transfer buffer.
+  @param[in] IsRead         Boolean to show the operation direction.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimRwSingleBlock (
+  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN EFI_LBA          Lba,
+  IN UINT32           BlockSize,
+  IN VOID             *Buffer,
+  IN UINTN            BufferSize,
+  IN BOOLEAN          IsRead
+  )
+{
+  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;
+  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS         Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;
+  //
+  // Calculate timeout value through the below formula.
+  // Timeout = (transfer size) / (2MB/s).
+  // Taking 2MB/s as divisor is because it's the lowest
+  // transfer speed of class 2.
+  //
+  Packet.Timeout = (BufferSize / (2 * 1024 * 1024) + 1) * 1000 * 1000;
+
+  if (IsRead) {
+    Packet.InDataBuffer     = Buffer;
+    Packet.InTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;
+
+    SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK;
+    SdCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdCommandTypeAdtc;
+    SdCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdResponseTypeR1;
+  } else {
+    Packet.OutDataBuffer     = Buffer;
+    Packet.OutTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;
+
+    SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK;
+    SdCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdCommandTypeAdtc;
+    SdCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdResponseTypeR1;
+  }
+
+  if (Slot->SectorAddressing) {
+    SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Lba;
+  } else {
+    SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)MultU64x32 (Lba, BlockSize);
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK/WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK to the addressed SD device
+  to read/write the specified number of blocks.
+
+  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Lba            The logical block address of starting access.
+  @param[in] BlockSize      The block size of specified SD device partition.
+  @param[in] Buffer         The pointer to the transfer buffer.
+  @param[in] BufferSize     The size of transfer buffer.
+  @param[in] IsRead         Boolean to show the operation direction.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimRwMultiBlocks (
+  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN EFI_LBA          Lba,
+  IN UINT32           BlockSize,
+  IN VOID             *Buffer,
+  IN UINTN            BufferSize,
+  IN BOOLEAN          IsRead
+  )
+{
+  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;
+  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS         Status;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;
+  //
+  // Calculate timeout value through the below formula.
+  // Timeout = (transfer size) / (2MB/s).
+  // Taking 2MB/s as divisor is because it's the lowest
+  // transfer speed of class 2.
+  //
+  Packet.Timeout = (BufferSize / (2 * 1024 * 1024) + 1) * 1000 * 1000;
+
+  if (IsRead) {
+    Packet.InDataBuffer     = Buffer;
+    Packet.InTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;
+
+    SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK;
+    SdCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdCommandTypeAdtc;
+    SdCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdResponseTypeR1;
+  } else {
+    Packet.OutDataBuffer     = Buffer;
+    Packet.OutTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;
+
+    SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK;
+    SdCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdCommandTypeAdtc;
+    SdCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdResponseTypeR1;
+  }
+
+  if (Slot->SectorAddressing) {
+    SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Lba;
+  } else {
+    SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)MultU64x32 (Lba, BlockSize);
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_TUNING_BLOCK to the SD device for SDR104/SDR50 optimal sampling point
+  detection.
+
+  It may be sent up to 40 times until the host finishes the tuning procedure.
+
+  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimSendTuningBlk (
+  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot
+  )
+{
+  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK   SdCmdBlk;
+  SD_STATUS_BLOCK    SdStatusBlk;
+  SD_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+  EFI_STATUS         Status;
+  UINT8              TuningBlock[64];
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdCmdBlk, sizeof (SdCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdStatusBlk, sizeof (SdStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+
+  Packet.SdCmdBlk    = &SdCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdStatusBlk = &SdStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout     = SD_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_SEND_TUNING_BLOCK;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdCommandTypeAdtc;
+  SdCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdResponseTypeR1;
+  SdCmdBlk.CommandArgument = 0;
+
+  Packet.InDataBuffer     = TuningBlock;
+  Packet.InTransferLength = sizeof (TuningBlock);
+
+  Status = SdPeimExecCmd (Slot, &Packet);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Tuning the sampling point of SDR104 or SDR50 bus speed mode.
+
+  Command SD_SEND_TUNING_BLOCK may be sent up to 40 times until the host finishes the
+  tuning procedure.
+
+  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 and SD Host Controller
+  Simplified Spec 3.0 Figure 2-29 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimTuningClock (
+  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT8       HostCtrl2;
+  UINT8       Retry;
+
+  //
+  // Notify the host that the sampling clock tuning procedure starts.
+  //
+  HostCtrl2 = BIT6;
+  Status    = SdPeimHcOrMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Ask the device to send a sequence of tuning blocks till the tuning procedure is done.
+  //
+  Retry = 0;
+  do {
+    Status = SdPeimSendTuningBlk (Slot);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL2, TRUE, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    if ((HostCtrl2 & (BIT6 | BIT7)) == 0) {
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if ((HostCtrl2 & (BIT6 | BIT7)) == BIT7) {
+      return EFI_SUCCESS;
+    }
+  } while (++Retry < 40);
+
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimTuningClock: Send tuning block fails at %d times with HostCtrl2 %02x\n", Retry, HostCtrl2));
+  //
+  // Abort the tuning procedure and reset the tuning circuit.
+  //
+  HostCtrl2 = (UINT8) ~(BIT6 | BIT7);
+  Status    = SdPeimHcAndMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+  Switch the bus width to specified width.
+
+  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 and
+  SD Host Controller Simplified Spec 3.0 section Figure 3-7 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address to be assigned.
+  @param[in] BusWidth       The bus width to be set, it could be 4 or 8.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimSwitchBusWidth (
+  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN UINT16           Rca,
+  IN UINT8            BusWidth
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  UINT32      DevStatus;
+
+  Status = SdPeimSetBusWidth (Slot, Rca, BusWidth);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimSendStatus (Slot, Rca, &DevStatus);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Check the switch operation is really successful or not.
+  //
+  if ((DevStatus >> 16) != 0) {
+    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimHcSetBusWidth (Slot->SdHcBase, BusWidth);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Switch the high speed timing according to request.
+
+  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 and
+  SD Host Controller Simplified Spec 3.0 section Figure 2-29 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Rca            The relative device address to be assigned.
+  @param[in] S18a           The boolean to show if it's a UHS-I SD card.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimSetBusMode (
+  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN UINT16           Rca,
+  IN BOOLEAN          S18a
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS      Status;
+  SD_HC_SLOT_CAP  Capability;
+  UINT32          ClockFreq;
+  UINT8           BusWidth;
+  UINT8           AccessMode;
+  UINT8           HostCtrl1;
+  UINT8           HostCtrl2;
+  UINT8           SwitchResp[64];
+
+  Status = SdPeimGetCsd (Slot, Rca, &Slot->Csd);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimSetBusMode: SdPeimGetCsd fails with %r\n", Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimHcGetCapability (Slot->SdHcBase, &Capability);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimSelect (Slot, Rca);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimSetBusMode: SdPeimSelect fails with %r\n", Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  BusWidth = 4;
+  Status   = SdPeimSwitchBusWidth (Slot, Rca, BusWidth);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimSetBusMode: SdPeimSwitchBusWidth fails with %r\n", Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Get the supported bus speed from SWITCH cmd return data group #1.
+  //
+  ZeroMem (SwitchResp, sizeof (SwitchResp));
+  Status = SdPeimSwitch (Slot, 0xF, 0xF, 0xF, 0xF, FALSE, SwitchResp);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Calculate supported bus speed/bus width/clock frequency by host and device capability.
+  //
+  ClockFreq = 0;
+  if (S18a && (Capability.Sdr104 != 0) && ((SwitchResp[13] & BIT3) != 0)) {
+    ClockFreq  = 208;
+    AccessMode = 3;
+  } else if (S18a && (Capability.Sdr50 != 0) && ((SwitchResp[13] & BIT2) != 0)) {
+    ClockFreq  = 100;
+    AccessMode = 2;
+  } else if (S18a && (Capability.Ddr50 != 0) && ((SwitchResp[13] & BIT4) != 0)) {
+    ClockFreq  = 50;
+    AccessMode = 4;
+  } else if ((SwitchResp[13] & BIT1) != 0) {
+    ClockFreq  = 50;
+    AccessMode = 1;
+  } else {
+    ClockFreq  = 25;
+    AccessMode = 0;
+  }
+
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "SdPeimSetBusMode: AccessMode %d ClockFreq %d BusWidth %d\n", AccessMode, ClockFreq, BusWidth));
+
+  Status = SdPeimSwitch (Slot, AccessMode, 0xF, 0xF, 0xF, TRUE, SwitchResp);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimSetBusMode: SdPeimSwitch fails with %r\n", Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  if ((SwitchResp[16] & 0xF) != AccessMode) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimSetBusMode: SdPeimSwitch to AccessMode %d ClockFreq %d BusWidth %d fails! The Switch response is 0x%1x\n", AccessMode, ClockFreq, BusWidth, SwitchResp[16] & 0xF));
+    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Set to High Speed timing
+  //
+  if (AccessMode == 1) {
+    HostCtrl1 = BIT2;
+    Status    = SdPeimHcOrMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL1, sizeof (HostCtrl1), &HostCtrl1);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  HostCtrl2 = (UINT8) ~0x7;
+  Status    = SdPeimHcAndMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  HostCtrl2 = AccessMode;
+  Status    = SdPeimHcOrMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimHcClockSupply (Slot->SdHcBase, ClockFreq * 1000);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimSetBusMode: SdPeimHcClockSupply %r\n", Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  if ((AccessMode == 3) || ((AccessMode == 2) && (Capability.TuningSDR50 != 0))) {
+    Status = SdPeimTuningClock (Slot);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimSetBusMode: SdPeimTuningClock fails with %r\n", Status));
+      return Status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "SdPeimSetBusMode: SdPeimSetBusMode %r\n", Status));
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Execute SD device identification procedure.
+
+  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 3.6 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       There is a SD card.
+  @retval Others            There is not a SD card.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimIdentification (
+  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS      Status;
+  UINT32          Ocr;
+  UINT16          Rca;
+  BOOLEAN         Xpc;
+  BOOLEAN         S18r;
+  UINT64          MaxCurrent;
+  UINT64          Current;
+  UINT16          ControllerVer;
+  UINT8           PowerCtrl;
+  UINT32          PresentState;
+  UINT8           HostCtrl2;
+  SD_HC_SLOT_CAP  Capability;
+  UINTN           Retry;
+
+  //
+  // 1. Send Cmd0 to the device
+  //
+  Status = SdPeimReset (Slot);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: Executing Cmd0 fails with %r\n", Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // 2. Send Cmd8 to the device
+  //
+  Status = SdPeimVoltageCheck (Slot, 0x1, 0xFF);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: Executing Cmd8 fails with %r\n", Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // 3. Send SDIO Cmd5 to the device to the SDIO device OCR register.
+  //
+  Status = SdioSendOpCond (Slot, 0, FALSE);
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: Found SDIO device, ignore it as we don't support\n"));
+    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // 4. Send Acmd41 with voltage window 0 to the device
+  //
+  Status = SdPeimSendOpCond (Slot, 0, 0, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, &Ocr);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: Executing SdPeimSendOpCond fails with %r\n", Status));
+    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimHcGetCapability (Slot->SdHcBase, &Capability);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_MAX_CURRENT_CAP, TRUE, sizeof (Current), &Current);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  if (Capability.Voltage33 != 0) {
+    //
+    // Support 3.3V
+    //
+    MaxCurrent = ((UINT32)Current & 0xFF) * 4;
+  } else if (Capability.Voltage30 != 0) {
+    //
+    // Support 3.0V
+    //
+    MaxCurrent = (((UINT32)Current >> 8) & 0xFF) * 4;
+  } else if (Capability.Voltage18 != 0) {
+    //
+    // Support 1.8V
+    //
+    MaxCurrent = (((UINT32)Current >> 16) & 0xFF) * 4;
+  } else {
+    ASSERT (FALSE);
+    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if (MaxCurrent >= 150) {
+    Xpc = TRUE;
+  } else {
+    Xpc = FALSE;
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimHcRwMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_CTRL_VER, TRUE, sizeof (ControllerVer), &ControllerVer);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  if ((ControllerVer & 0xFF) == 2) {
+    S18r = TRUE;
+  } else if (((ControllerVer & 0xFF) == 0) || ((ControllerVer & 0xFF) == 1)) {
+    S18r = FALSE;
+  } else {
+    ASSERT (FALSE);
+    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // 5. Repeatly send Acmd41 with supply voltage window to the device.
+  //    Note here we only support the cards complied with SD physical
+  //    layer simplified spec version 2.0 and version 3.0 and above.
+  //
+  Ocr   = 0;
+  Retry = 0;
+  do {
+    Status = SdPeimSendOpCond (Slot, 0, Ocr, S18r, Xpc, TRUE, &Ocr);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: SdPeimSendOpCond fails with %r Ocr %x, S18r %x, Xpc %x\n", Status, Ocr, S18r, Xpc));
+      return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (Retry++ == 100) {
+      DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: SdPeimSendOpCond fails too many times\n"));
+      return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    MicroSecondDelay (10 * 1000);
+  } while ((Ocr & BIT31) == 0);
+
+  //
+  // 6. If the S18a bit is set and the Host Controller supports 1.8V signaling
+  //    (One of support bits is set to 1: SDR50, SDR104 or DDR50 in the
+  //    Capabilities register), switch its voltage to 1.8V.
+  //
+  if (((Capability.Sdr50 != 0) ||
+       (Capability.Sdr104 != 0) ||
+       (Capability.Ddr50 != 0)) &&
+      ((Ocr & BIT24) != 0))
+  {
+    Status = SdPeimVoltageSwitch (Slot);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: Executing SdPeimVoltageSwitch fails with %r\n", Status));
+      Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+      goto Error;
+    } else {
+      Status = SdPeimHcStopClock (Slot->SdHcBase);
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+        goto Error;
+      }
+
+      SdPeimHcRwMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_PRESENT_STATE, TRUE, sizeof (PresentState), &PresentState);
+      if (((PresentState >> 20) & 0xF) != 0) {
+        DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: SwitchVoltage fails with PresentState = 0x%x\n", PresentState));
+        Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+        goto Error;
+      }
+
+      HostCtrl2 = BIT3;
+      SdPeimHcOrMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL2, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);
+
+      MicroSecondDelay (5000);
+
+      SdPeimHcRwMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_HOST_CTRL2, TRUE, sizeof (HostCtrl2), &HostCtrl2);
+      if ((HostCtrl2 & BIT3) == 0) {
+        DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: SwitchVoltage fails with HostCtrl2 = 0x%x\n", HostCtrl2));
+        Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+        goto Error;
+      }
+
+      SdPeimHcInitClockFreq (Slot->SdHcBase);
+
+      MicroSecondDelay (1000);
+
+      SdPeimHcRwMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_PRESENT_STATE, TRUE, sizeof (PresentState), &PresentState);
+      if (((PresentState >> 20) & 0xF) != 0xF) {
+        DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: SwitchVoltage fails with PresentState = 0x%x, It should be 0xF\n", PresentState));
+        Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+        goto Error;
+      }
+    }
+
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "SdPeimIdentification: Switch to 1.8v signal voltage success\n"));
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimAllSendCid (Slot);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: Executing SdPeimAllSendCid fails with %r\n", Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = SdPeimSetRca (Slot, &Rca);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "SdPeimIdentification: Executing SdPeimSetRca fails with %r\n", Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Enter Data Tranfer Mode.
+  //
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "Found a SD device at slot [%d]\n", Slot));
+
+  Status = SdPeimSetBusMode (Slot, Rca, ((Ocr & BIT24) != 0));
+
+  return Status;
+
+Error:
+  //
+  // Set SD Bus Power = 0
+  //
+  PowerCtrl = (UINT8) ~BIT0;
+  Status    = SdPeimHcAndMmio (Slot->SdHcBase + SD_HC_POWER_CTRL, sizeof (PowerCtrl), &PowerCtrl);
+  return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdHci.h b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdHci.h
index 5619e2e473..ceaecee419 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdHci.h
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdBlockIoPei/SdHci.h
@@ -1,349 +1,349 @@
-/** @file

-

-  Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#ifndef _SD_HCI_H_

-#define _SD_HCI_H_

-

-//

-// SD Host Controller MMIO Register Offset

-//

-#define SD_HC_SDMA_ADDR           0x00

-#define SD_HC_ARG2                0x00

-#define SD_HC_BLK_SIZE            0x04

-#define SD_HC_BLK_COUNT           0x06

-#define SD_HC_ARG1                0x08

-#define SD_HC_TRANS_MOD           0x0C

-#define SD_HC_COMMAND             0x0E

-#define SD_HC_RESPONSE            0x10

-#define SD_HC_BUF_DAT_PORT        0x20

-#define SD_HC_PRESENT_STATE       0x24

-#define SD_HC_HOST_CTRL1          0x28

-#define SD_HC_POWER_CTRL          0x29

-#define SD_HC_BLK_GAP_CTRL        0x2A

-#define SD_HC_WAKEUP_CTRL         0x2B

-#define SD_HC_CLOCK_CTRL          0x2C

-#define SD_HC_TIMEOUT_CTRL        0x2E

-#define SD_HC_SW_RST              0x2F

-#define SD_HC_NOR_INT_STS         0x30

-#define SD_HC_ERR_INT_STS         0x32

-#define SD_HC_NOR_INT_STS_EN      0x34

-#define SD_HC_ERR_INT_STS_EN      0x36

-#define SD_HC_NOR_INT_SIG_EN      0x38

-#define SD_HC_ERR_INT_SIG_EN      0x3A

-#define SD_HC_AUTO_CMD_ERR_STS    0x3C

-#define SD_HC_HOST_CTRL2          0x3E

-#define SD_HC_CAP                 0x40

-#define SD_HC_MAX_CURRENT_CAP     0x48

-#define SD_HC_FORCE_EVT_AUTO_CMD  0x50

-#define SD_HC_FORCE_EVT_ERR_INT   0x52

-#define SD_HC_ADMA_ERR_STS        0x54

-#define SD_HC_ADMA_SYS_ADDR       0x58

-#define SD_HC_PRESET_VAL          0x60

-#define SD_HC_SHARED_BUS_CTRL     0xE0

-#define SD_HC_SLOT_INT_STS        0xFC

-#define SD_HC_CTRL_VER            0xFE

-

-//

-// The transfer modes supported by SD Host Controller

-// Simplified Spec 3.0 Table 1-2

-//

-typedef enum {

-  SdNoData,

-  SdPioMode,

-  SdSdmaMode,

-  SdAdmaMode

-} SD_HC_TRANSFER_MODE;

-

-//

-// The maximum data length of each descriptor line

-//

-#define ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE  0x10000

-#define SD_SDMA_BOUNDARY        512 * 1024

-#define SD_SDMA_ROUND_UP(x, n)  (((x) + n) & ~(n - 1))

-

-typedef enum {

-  SdCommandTypeBc,  // Broadcast commands, no response

-  SdCommandTypeBcr, // Broadcast commands with response

-  SdCommandTypeAc,  // Addressed(point-to-point) commands

-  SdCommandTypeAdtc // Addressed(point-to-point) data transfer commands

-} SD_COMMAND_TYPE;

-

-typedef enum {

-  SdResponseTypeR1,

-  SdResponseTypeR1b,

-  SdResponseTypeR2,

-  SdResponseTypeR3,

-  SdResponseTypeR4,

-  SdResponseTypeR5,

-  SdResponseTypeR5b,

-  SdResponseTypeR6,

-  SdResponseTypeR7

-} SD_RESPONSE_TYPE;

-

-typedef struct _SD_COMMAND_BLOCK {

-  UINT16    CommandIndex;

-  UINT32    CommandArgument;

-  UINT32    CommandType;                              // One of the SD_COMMAND_TYPE values

-  UINT32    ResponseType;                             // One of the SD_RESPONSE_TYPE values

-} SD_COMMAND_BLOCK;

-

-typedef struct _SD_STATUS_BLOCK {

-  UINT32    Resp0;

-  UINT32    Resp1;

-  UINT32    Resp2;

-  UINT32    Resp3;

-} SD_STATUS_BLOCK;

-

-typedef struct _SD_COMMAND_PACKET {

-  UINT64              Timeout;

-  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK    *SdCmdBlk;

-  SD_STATUS_BLOCK     *SdStatusBlk;

-  VOID                *InDataBuffer;

-  VOID                *OutDataBuffer;

-  UINT32              InTransferLength;

-  UINT32              OutTransferLength;

-} SD_COMMAND_PACKET;

-

-#pragma pack(1)

-

-typedef struct {

-  UINT32    Valid     : 1;

-  UINT32    End       : 1;

-  UINT32    Int       : 1;

-  UINT32    Reserved  : 1;

-  UINT32    Act       : 2;

-  UINT32    Reserved1 : 10;

-  UINT32    Length    : 16;

-  UINT32    Address;

-} SD_HC_ADMA_DESC_LINE;

-

-typedef struct {

-  UINT32    TimeoutFreq   : 6; // bit 0:5

-  UINT32    Reserved      : 1; // bit 6

-  UINT32    TimeoutUnit   : 1; // bit 7

-  UINT32    BaseClkFreq   : 8; // bit 8:15

-  UINT32    MaxBlkLen     : 2; // bit 16:17

-  UINT32    BusWidth8     : 1; // bit 18

-  UINT32    Adma2         : 1; // bit 19

-  UINT32    Reserved2     : 1; // bit 20

-  UINT32    HighSpeed     : 1; // bit 21

-  UINT32    Sdma          : 1; // bit 22

-  UINT32    SuspRes       : 1; // bit 23

-  UINT32    Voltage33     : 1; // bit 24

-  UINT32    Voltage30     : 1; // bit 25

-  UINT32    Voltage18     : 1; // bit 26

-  UINT32    Reserved3     : 1; // bit 27

-  UINT32    SysBus64      : 1; // bit 28

-  UINT32    AsyncInt      : 1; // bit 29

-  UINT32    SlotType      : 2; // bit 30:31

-  UINT32    Sdr50         : 1; // bit 32

-  UINT32    Sdr104        : 1; // bit 33

-  UINT32    Ddr50         : 1; // bit 34

-  UINT32    Reserved4     : 1; // bit 35

-  UINT32    DriverTypeA   : 1; // bit 36

-  UINT32    DriverTypeC   : 1; // bit 37

-  UINT32    DriverTypeD   : 1; // bit 38

-  UINT32    DriverType4   : 1; // bit 39

-  UINT32    TimerCount    : 4; // bit 40:43

-  UINT32    Reserved5     : 1; // bit 44

-  UINT32    TuningSDR50   : 1; // bit 45

-  UINT32    RetuningMod   : 2; // bit 46:47

-  UINT32    ClkMultiplier : 8; // bit 48:55

-  UINT32    Reserved6     : 7; // bit 56:62

-  UINT32    Hs400         : 1; // bit 63

-} SD_HC_SLOT_CAP;

-

-#pragma pack()

-

-/**

-  Software reset the specified SD host controller and enable all interrupts.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The software reset executes successfully.

-  @retval Others            The software reset fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimHcReset (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  );

-

-/**

-  Set all interrupt status bits in Normal and Error Interrupt Status Enable

-  register.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation executes successfully.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimHcEnableInterrupt (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  );

-

-/**

-  Get the capability data from the specified slot.

-

-  @param[in]  Bar             The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-  @param[out] Capability      The buffer to store the capability data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS         The operation executes successfully.

-  @retval Others              The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimHcGetCapability (

-  IN     UINTN        Bar,

-  OUT SD_HC_SLOT_CAP  *Capability

-  );

-

-/**

-  Detect whether there is a SD card attached at the specified SD host controller

-  slot.

-

-  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.1 for details.

-

-  @param[in]  Bar           The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       There is a SD card attached.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is not a SD card attached.

-  @retval Others            The detection fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimHcCardDetect (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  );

-

-/**

-  Initial SD host controller with lowest clock frequency, max power and max timeout value

-  at initialization.

-

-  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The host controller is initialized successfully.

-  @retval Others            The host controller isn't initialized successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimHcInitHost (

-  IN UINTN  Bar

-  );

-

-/**

-  Send command SWITCH_FUNC to the SD device to check switchable function or switch card function.

-

-  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.

-

-  @param[in]  Slot          The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-  @param[in]  AccessMode    The value for access mode group.

-  @param[in]  CommandSystem The value for command set group.

-  @param[in]  DriveStrength The value for drive length group.

-  @param[in]  PowerLimit    The value for power limit group.

-  @param[in]  Mode          Switch or check function.

-  @param[out] SwitchResp    The return switch function status.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimSwitch (

-  IN     SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN     UINT8            AccessMode,

-  IN     UINT8            CommandSystem,

-  IN     UINT8            DriveStrength,

-  IN     UINT8            PowerLimit,

-  IN     BOOLEAN          Mode,

-  OUT UINT8               *SwitchResp

-  );

-

-/**

-  Send command READ_SINGLE_BLOCK/WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK to the addressed SD device

-  to read/write the specified number of blocks.

-

-  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Lba            The logical block address of starting access.

-  @param[in] BlockSize      The block size of specified SD device partition.

-  @param[in] Buffer         The pointer to the transfer buffer.

-  @param[in] BufferSize     The size of transfer buffer.

-  @param[in] IsRead         Boolean to show the operation direction.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimRwSingleBlock (

-  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN EFI_LBA          Lba,

-  IN UINT32           BlockSize,

-  IN VOID             *Buffer,

-  IN UINTN            BufferSize,

-  IN BOOLEAN          IsRead

-  );

-

-/**

-  Send command READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK/WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK to the addressed SD device

-  to read/write the specified number of blocks.

-

-  Refer to SD Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Sd card to send the command to.

-  @param[in] Lba            The logical block address of starting access.

-  @param[in] BlockSize      The block size of specified SD device partition.

-  @param[in] Buffer         The pointer to the transfer buffer.

-  @param[in] BufferSize     The size of transfer buffer.

-  @param[in] IsRead         Boolean to show the operation direction.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.

-  @retval Others            The operation fails.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimRwMultiBlocks (

-  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,

-  IN EFI_LBA          Lba,

-  IN UINT32           BlockSize,

-  IN VOID             *Buffer,

-  IN UINTN            BufferSize,

-  IN BOOLEAN          IsRead

-  );

-

-/**

-  Execute SD device identification procedure.

-

-  Refer to SD Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.4 for details.

-

-  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Sd card to send the command to.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       There is a SD card.

-  @retval Others            There is not a SD card.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdPeimIdentification (

-  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot

-  );

-

-/**

-  Free the resource used by the TRB.

-

-  @param[in] Trb        The pointer to the SD_TRB instance.

-

-**/

-VOID

-SdPeimFreeTrb (

-  IN SD_TRB  *Trb

-  );

-

-#endif

+/** @file
+
+  Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef _SD_HCI_H_
+#define _SD_HCI_H_
+
+//
+// SD Host Controller MMIO Register Offset
+//
+#define SD_HC_SDMA_ADDR           0x00
+#define SD_HC_ARG2                0x00
+#define SD_HC_BLK_SIZE            0x04
+#define SD_HC_BLK_COUNT           0x06
+#define SD_HC_ARG1                0x08
+#define SD_HC_TRANS_MOD           0x0C
+#define SD_HC_COMMAND             0x0E
+#define SD_HC_RESPONSE            0x10
+#define SD_HC_BUF_DAT_PORT        0x20
+#define SD_HC_PRESENT_STATE       0x24
+#define SD_HC_HOST_CTRL1          0x28
+#define SD_HC_POWER_CTRL          0x29
+#define SD_HC_BLK_GAP_CTRL        0x2A
+#define SD_HC_WAKEUP_CTRL         0x2B
+#define SD_HC_CLOCK_CTRL          0x2C
+#define SD_HC_TIMEOUT_CTRL        0x2E
+#define SD_HC_SW_RST              0x2F
+#define SD_HC_NOR_INT_STS         0x30
+#define SD_HC_ERR_INT_STS         0x32
+#define SD_HC_NOR_INT_STS_EN      0x34
+#define SD_HC_ERR_INT_STS_EN      0x36
+#define SD_HC_NOR_INT_SIG_EN      0x38
+#define SD_HC_ERR_INT_SIG_EN      0x3A
+#define SD_HC_AUTO_CMD_ERR_STS    0x3C
+#define SD_HC_HOST_CTRL2          0x3E
+#define SD_HC_CAP                 0x40
+#define SD_HC_MAX_CURRENT_CAP     0x48
+#define SD_HC_FORCE_EVT_AUTO_CMD  0x50
+#define SD_HC_FORCE_EVT_ERR_INT   0x52
+#define SD_HC_ADMA_ERR_STS        0x54
+#define SD_HC_ADMA_SYS_ADDR       0x58
+#define SD_HC_PRESET_VAL          0x60
+#define SD_HC_SHARED_BUS_CTRL     0xE0
+#define SD_HC_SLOT_INT_STS        0xFC
+#define SD_HC_CTRL_VER            0xFE
+
+//
+// The transfer modes supported by SD Host Controller
+// Simplified Spec 3.0 Table 1-2
+//
+typedef enum {
+  SdNoData,
+  SdPioMode,
+  SdSdmaMode,
+  SdAdmaMode
+} SD_HC_TRANSFER_MODE;
+
+//
+// The maximum data length of each descriptor line
+//
+#define ADMA_MAX_DATA_PER_LINE  0x10000
+#define SD_SDMA_BOUNDARY        512 * 1024
+#define SD_SDMA_ROUND_UP(x, n)  (((x) + n) & ~(n - 1))
+
+typedef enum {
+  SdCommandTypeBc,  // Broadcast commands, no response
+  SdCommandTypeBcr, // Broadcast commands with response
+  SdCommandTypeAc,  // Addressed(point-to-point) commands
+  SdCommandTypeAdtc // Addressed(point-to-point) data transfer commands
+} SD_COMMAND_TYPE;
+
+typedef enum {
+  SdResponseTypeR1,
+  SdResponseTypeR1b,
+  SdResponseTypeR2,
+  SdResponseTypeR3,
+  SdResponseTypeR4,
+  SdResponseTypeR5,
+  SdResponseTypeR5b,
+  SdResponseTypeR6,
+  SdResponseTypeR7
+} SD_RESPONSE_TYPE;
+
+typedef struct _SD_COMMAND_BLOCK {
+  UINT16    CommandIndex;
+  UINT32    CommandArgument;
+  UINT32    CommandType;                              // One of the SD_COMMAND_TYPE values
+  UINT32    ResponseType;                             // One of the SD_RESPONSE_TYPE values
+} SD_COMMAND_BLOCK;
+
+typedef struct _SD_STATUS_BLOCK {
+  UINT32    Resp0;
+  UINT32    Resp1;
+  UINT32    Resp2;
+  UINT32    Resp3;
+} SD_STATUS_BLOCK;
+
+typedef struct _SD_COMMAND_PACKET {
+  UINT64              Timeout;
+  SD_COMMAND_BLOCK    *SdCmdBlk;
+  SD_STATUS_BLOCK     *SdStatusBlk;
+  VOID                *InDataBuffer;
+  VOID                *OutDataBuffer;
+  UINT32              InTransferLength;
+  UINT32              OutTransferLength;
+} SD_COMMAND_PACKET;
+
+#pragma pack(1)
+
+typedef struct {
+  UINT32    Valid     : 1;
+  UINT32    End       : 1;
+  UINT32    Int       : 1;
+  UINT32    Reserved  : 1;
+  UINT32    Act       : 2;
+  UINT32    Reserved1 : 10;
+  UINT32    Length    : 16;
+  UINT32    Address;
+} SD_HC_ADMA_DESC_LINE;
+
+typedef struct {
+  UINT32    TimeoutFreq   : 6; // bit 0:5
+  UINT32    Reserved      : 1; // bit 6
+  UINT32    TimeoutUnit   : 1; // bit 7
+  UINT32    BaseClkFreq   : 8; // bit 8:15
+  UINT32    MaxBlkLen     : 2; // bit 16:17
+  UINT32    BusWidth8     : 1; // bit 18
+  UINT32    Adma2         : 1; // bit 19
+  UINT32    Reserved2     : 1; // bit 20
+  UINT32    HighSpeed     : 1; // bit 21
+  UINT32    Sdma          : 1; // bit 22
+  UINT32    SuspRes       : 1; // bit 23
+  UINT32    Voltage33     : 1; // bit 24
+  UINT32    Voltage30     : 1; // bit 25
+  UINT32    Voltage18     : 1; // bit 26
+  UINT32    Reserved3     : 1; // bit 27
+  UINT32    SysBus64      : 1; // bit 28
+  UINT32    AsyncInt      : 1; // bit 29
+  UINT32    SlotType      : 2; // bit 30:31
+  UINT32    Sdr50         : 1; // bit 32
+  UINT32    Sdr104        : 1; // bit 33
+  UINT32    Ddr50         : 1; // bit 34
+  UINT32    Reserved4     : 1; // bit 35
+  UINT32    DriverTypeA   : 1; // bit 36
+  UINT32    DriverTypeC   : 1; // bit 37
+  UINT32    DriverTypeD   : 1; // bit 38
+  UINT32    DriverType4   : 1; // bit 39
+  UINT32    TimerCount    : 4; // bit 40:43
+  UINT32    Reserved5     : 1; // bit 44
+  UINT32    TuningSDR50   : 1; // bit 45
+  UINT32    RetuningMod   : 2; // bit 46:47
+  UINT32    ClkMultiplier : 8; // bit 48:55
+  UINT32    Reserved6     : 7; // bit 56:62
+  UINT32    Hs400         : 1; // bit 63
+} SD_HC_SLOT_CAP;
+
+#pragma pack()
+
+/**
+  Software reset the specified SD host controller and enable all interrupts.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The software reset executes successfully.
+  @retval Others            The software reset fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimHcReset (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  );
+
+/**
+  Set all interrupt status bits in Normal and Error Interrupt Status Enable
+  register.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation executes successfully.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimHcEnableInterrupt (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  );
+
+/**
+  Get the capability data from the specified slot.
+
+  @param[in]  Bar             The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+  @param[out] Capability      The buffer to store the capability data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS         The operation executes successfully.
+  @retval Others              The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimHcGetCapability (
+  IN     UINTN        Bar,
+  OUT SD_HC_SLOT_CAP  *Capability
+  );
+
+/**
+  Detect whether there is a SD card attached at the specified SD host controller
+  slot.
+
+  Refer to SD Host Controller Simplified spec 3.0 Section 3.1 for details.
+
+  @param[in]  Bar           The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       There is a SD card attached.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is not a SD card attached.
+  @retval Others            The detection fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimHcCardDetect (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  );
+
+/**
+  Initial SD host controller with lowest clock frequency, max power and max timeout value
+  at initialization.
+
+  @param[in] Bar            The mmio base address of the slot to be accessed.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The host controller is initialized successfully.
+  @retval Others            The host controller isn't initialized successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimHcInitHost (
+  IN UINTN  Bar
+  );
+
+/**
+  Send command SWITCH_FUNC to the SD device to check switchable function or switch card function.
+
+  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.
+
+  @param[in]  Slot          The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+  @param[in]  AccessMode    The value for access mode group.
+  @param[in]  CommandSystem The value for command set group.
+  @param[in]  DriveStrength The value for drive length group.
+  @param[in]  PowerLimit    The value for power limit group.
+  @param[in]  Mode          Switch or check function.
+  @param[out] SwitchResp    The return switch function status.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimSwitch (
+  IN     SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN     UINT8            AccessMode,
+  IN     UINT8            CommandSystem,
+  IN     UINT8            DriveStrength,
+  IN     UINT8            PowerLimit,
+  IN     BOOLEAN          Mode,
+  OUT UINT8               *SwitchResp
+  );
+
+/**
+  Send command READ_SINGLE_BLOCK/WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK to the addressed SD device
+  to read/write the specified number of blocks.
+
+  Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified Spec 4.1 Section 4.7 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the SD card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Lba            The logical block address of starting access.
+  @param[in] BlockSize      The block size of specified SD device partition.
+  @param[in] Buffer         The pointer to the transfer buffer.
+  @param[in] BufferSize     The size of transfer buffer.
+  @param[in] IsRead         Boolean to show the operation direction.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimRwSingleBlock (
+  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN EFI_LBA          Lba,
+  IN UINT32           BlockSize,
+  IN VOID             *Buffer,
+  IN UINTN            BufferSize,
+  IN BOOLEAN          IsRead
+  );
+
+/**
+  Send command READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK/WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK to the addressed SD device
+  to read/write the specified number of blocks.
+
+  Refer to SD Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.10.4 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Sd card to send the command to.
+  @param[in] Lba            The logical block address of starting access.
+  @param[in] BlockSize      The block size of specified SD device partition.
+  @param[in] Buffer         The pointer to the transfer buffer.
+  @param[in] BufferSize     The size of transfer buffer.
+  @param[in] IsRead         Boolean to show the operation direction.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The operation is done correctly.
+  @retval Others            The operation fails.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimRwMultiBlocks (
+  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot,
+  IN EFI_LBA          Lba,
+  IN UINT32           BlockSize,
+  IN VOID             *Buffer,
+  IN UINTN            BufferSize,
+  IN BOOLEAN          IsRead
+  );
+
+/**
+  Execute SD device identification procedure.
+
+  Refer to SD Electrical Standard Spec 5.1 Section 6.4 for details.
+
+  @param[in] Slot           The slot number of the Sd card to send the command to.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       There is a SD card.
+  @retval Others            There is not a SD card.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdPeimIdentification (
+  IN SD_PEIM_HC_SLOT  *Slot
+  );
+
+/**
+  Free the resource used by the TRB.
+
+  @param[in] Trb        The pointer to the SD_TRB instance.
+
+**/
+VOID
+SdPeimFreeTrb (
+  IN SD_TRB  *Trb
+  );
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/ComponentName.c b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/ComponentName.c
index 405a3d3ffe..c15fae1bde 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/ComponentName.c
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/ComponentName.c
@@ -1,233 +1,233 @@
-/** @file

-  UEFI Component Name(2) protocol implementation for SdDxe driver.

-

-  Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "SdDxe.h"

-

-//

-// Driver name table

-//

-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_UNICODE_STRING_TABLE  mSdDxeDriverNameTable[] = {

-  { "eng;en", L"Edkii Sd Memory Card Device Driver" },

-  { NULL,     NULL                                  }

-};

-

-//

-// Controller name table

-//

-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_UNICODE_STRING_TABLE  mSdDxeControllerNameTable[] = {

-  { "eng;en", L"Edkii Sd Host Controller" },

-  { NULL,     NULL                        }

-};

-

-//

-// EFI Component Name Protocol

-//

-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL  gSdDxeComponentName = {

-  SdDxeComponentNameGetDriverName,

-  SdDxeComponentNameGetControllerName,

-  "eng"

-};

-

-//

-// EFI Component Name 2 Protocol

-//

-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL  gSdDxeComponentName2 = {

-  (EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_GET_DRIVER_NAME)SdDxeComponentNameGetDriverName,

-  (EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_GET_CONTROLLER_NAME)SdDxeComponentNameGetControllerName,

-  "en"

-};

-

-/**

-  Retrieves a Unicode string that is the user readable name of the driver.

-

-  This function retrieves the user readable name of a driver in the form of a

-  Unicode string. If the driver specified by This has a user readable name in

-  the language specified by Language, then a pointer to the driver name is

-  returned in DriverName, and EFI_SUCCESS is returned. If the driver specified

-  by This does not support the language specified by Language,

-  then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.

-

-  @param  This[in]              A pointer to the EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL or

-                                EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL instance.

-

-  @param  Language[in]          A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string

-                                array indicating the language. This is the

-                                language of the driver name that the caller is

-                                requesting, and it must match one of the

-                                languages specified in SupportedLanguages. The

-                                number of languages supported by a driver is up

-                                to the driver writer. Language is specified

-                                in RFC 4646 or ISO 639-2 language code format.

-

-  @param  DriverName[out]       A pointer to the Unicode string to return.

-                                This Unicode string is the name of the

-                                driver specified by This in the language

-                                specified by Language.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The Unicode string for the Driver specified by

-                                This and the language specified by Language was

-                                returned in DriverName.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DriverName is NULL.

-

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This does not support

-                                the language specified by Language.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdDxeComponentNameGetDriverName (

-  IN  EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  CHAR8                        *Language,

-  OUT CHAR16                       **DriverName

-  )

-{

-  return LookupUnicodeString2 (

-           Language,

-           This->SupportedLanguages,

-           mSdDxeDriverNameTable,

-           DriverName,

-           (BOOLEAN)(This == &gSdDxeComponentName)

-           );

-}

-

-/**

-  Retrieves a Unicode string that is the user readable name of the controller

-  that is being managed by a driver.

-

-  This function retrieves the user readable name of the controller specified by

-  ControllerHandle and ChildHandle in the form of a Unicode string. If the

-  driver specified by This has a user readable name in the language specified by

-  Language, then a pointer to the controller name is returned in ControllerName,

-  and EFI_SUCCESS is returned.  If the driver specified by This is not currently

-  managing the controller specified by ControllerHandle and ChildHandle,

-  then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.  If the driver specified by This does not

-  support the language specified by Language, then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.

-

-  @param  This[in]              A pointer to the EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL or

-                                EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL instance.

-

-  @param  ControllerHandle[in]  The handle of a controller that the driver

-                                specified by This is managing.  This handle

-                                specifies the controller whose name is to be

-                                returned.

-

-  @param  ChildHandle[in]       The handle of the child controller to retrieve

-                                the name of.  This is an optional parameter that

-                                may be NULL.  It will be NULL for device

-                                drivers.  It will also be NULL for a bus drivers

-                                that wish to retrieve the name of the bus

-                                controller.  It will not be NULL for a bus

-                                driver that wishes to retrieve the name of a

-                                child controller.

-

-  @param  Language[in]          A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string

-                                array indicating the language.  This is the

-                                language of the driver name that the caller is

-                                requesting, and it must match one of the

-                                languages specified in SupportedLanguages. The

-                                number of languages supported by a driver is up

-                                to the driver writer. Language is specified in

-                                RFC 4646 or ISO 639-2 language code format.

-

-  @param  ControllerName[out]   A pointer to the Unicode string to return.

-                                This Unicode string is the name of the

-                                controller specified by ControllerHandle and

-                                ChildHandle in the language specified by

-                                Language from the point of view of the driver

-                                specified by This.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The Unicode string for the user readable name in

-                                the language specified by Language for the

-                                driver specified by This was returned in

-                                DriverName.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerHandle is NULL.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ChildHandle is not NULL and it is not a valid

-                                EFI_HANDLE.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerName is NULL.

-

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This is not currently

-                                managing the controller specified by

-                                ControllerHandle and ChildHandle.

-

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This does not support

-                                the language specified by Language.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdDxeComponentNameGetControllerName (

-  IN  EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   ControllerHandle,

-  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   ChildHandle        OPTIONAL,

-  IN  CHAR8                        *Language,

-  OUT CHAR16                       **ControllerName

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                Status;

-  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL     *BlockIo;

-  SD_DEVICE                 *Device;

-  EFI_UNICODE_STRING_TABLE  *ControllerNameTable;

-

-  //

-  // Make sure this driver is currently managing ControllHandle

-  //

-  Status = EfiTestManagedDevice (

-             ControllerHandle,

-             gSdDxeDriverBinding.DriverBindingHandle,

-             &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid

-             );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  ControllerNameTable = mSdDxeControllerNameTable;

-  if (ChildHandle != NULL) {

-    Status = EfiTestChildHandle (

-               ControllerHandle,

-               ChildHandle,

-               &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid

-               );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    //

-    // Get the child context

-    //

-    Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (

-                    ChildHandle,

-                    &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,

-                    (VOID **)&BlockIo,

-                    gSdDxeDriverBinding.DriverBindingHandle,

-                    ChildHandle,

-                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-    }

-

-    Device              = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO (BlockIo);

-    ControllerNameTable = Device->ControllerNameTable;

-  }

-

-  return LookupUnicodeString2 (

-           Language,

-           This->SupportedLanguages,

-           ControllerNameTable,

-           ControllerName,

-           (BOOLEAN)(This == &gSdDxeComponentName)

-           );

-}

+/** @file
+  UEFI Component Name(2) protocol implementation for SdDxe driver.
+
+  Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#include "SdDxe.h"
+
+//
+// Driver name table
+//
+GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_UNICODE_STRING_TABLE  mSdDxeDriverNameTable[] = {
+  { "eng;en", L"Edkii Sd Memory Card Device Driver" },
+  { NULL,     NULL                                  }
+};
+
+//
+// Controller name table
+//
+GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_UNICODE_STRING_TABLE  mSdDxeControllerNameTable[] = {
+  { "eng;en", L"Edkii Sd Host Controller" },
+  { NULL,     NULL                        }
+};
+
+//
+// EFI Component Name Protocol
+//
+GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL  gSdDxeComponentName = {
+  SdDxeComponentNameGetDriverName,
+  SdDxeComponentNameGetControllerName,
+  "eng"
+};
+
+//
+// EFI Component Name 2 Protocol
+//
+GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL  gSdDxeComponentName2 = {
+  (EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_GET_DRIVER_NAME)SdDxeComponentNameGetDriverName,
+  (EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_GET_CONTROLLER_NAME)SdDxeComponentNameGetControllerName,
+  "en"
+};
+
+/**
+  Retrieves a Unicode string that is the user readable name of the driver.
+
+  This function retrieves the user readable name of a driver in the form of a
+  Unicode string. If the driver specified by This has a user readable name in
+  the language specified by Language, then a pointer to the driver name is
+  returned in DriverName, and EFI_SUCCESS is returned. If the driver specified
+  by This does not support the language specified by Language,
+  then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+
+  @param  This[in]              A pointer to the EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL or
+                                EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL instance.
+
+  @param  Language[in]          A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string
+                                array indicating the language. This is the
+                                language of the driver name that the caller is
+                                requesting, and it must match one of the
+                                languages specified in SupportedLanguages. The
+                                number of languages supported by a driver is up
+                                to the driver writer. Language is specified
+                                in RFC 4646 or ISO 639-2 language code format.
+
+  @param  DriverName[out]       A pointer to the Unicode string to return.
+                                This Unicode string is the name of the
+                                driver specified by This in the language
+                                specified by Language.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The Unicode string for the Driver specified by
+                                This and the language specified by Language was
+                                returned in DriverName.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DriverName is NULL.
+
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This does not support
+                                the language specified by Language.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdDxeComponentNameGetDriverName (
+  IN  EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  CHAR8                        *Language,
+  OUT CHAR16                       **DriverName
+  )
+{
+  return LookupUnicodeString2 (
+           Language,
+           This->SupportedLanguages,
+           mSdDxeDriverNameTable,
+           DriverName,
+           (BOOLEAN)(This == &gSdDxeComponentName)
+           );
+}
+
+/**
+  Retrieves a Unicode string that is the user readable name of the controller
+  that is being managed by a driver.
+
+  This function retrieves the user readable name of the controller specified by
+  ControllerHandle and ChildHandle in the form of a Unicode string. If the
+  driver specified by This has a user readable name in the language specified by
+  Language, then a pointer to the controller name is returned in ControllerName,
+  and EFI_SUCCESS is returned.  If the driver specified by This is not currently
+  managing the controller specified by ControllerHandle and ChildHandle,
+  then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.  If the driver specified by This does not
+  support the language specified by Language, then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+
+  @param  This[in]              A pointer to the EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL or
+                                EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL instance.
+
+  @param  ControllerHandle[in]  The handle of a controller that the driver
+                                specified by This is managing.  This handle
+                                specifies the controller whose name is to be
+                                returned.
+
+  @param  ChildHandle[in]       The handle of the child controller to retrieve
+                                the name of.  This is an optional parameter that
+                                may be NULL.  It will be NULL for device
+                                drivers.  It will also be NULL for a bus drivers
+                                that wish to retrieve the name of the bus
+                                controller.  It will not be NULL for a bus
+                                driver that wishes to retrieve the name of a
+                                child controller.
+
+  @param  Language[in]          A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string
+                                array indicating the language.  This is the
+                                language of the driver name that the caller is
+                                requesting, and it must match one of the
+                                languages specified in SupportedLanguages. The
+                                number of languages supported by a driver is up
+                                to the driver writer. Language is specified in
+                                RFC 4646 or ISO 639-2 language code format.
+
+  @param  ControllerName[out]   A pointer to the Unicode string to return.
+                                This Unicode string is the name of the
+                                controller specified by ControllerHandle and
+                                ChildHandle in the language specified by
+                                Language from the point of view of the driver
+                                specified by This.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The Unicode string for the user readable name in
+                                the language specified by Language for the
+                                driver specified by This was returned in
+                                DriverName.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerHandle is NULL.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ChildHandle is not NULL and it is not a valid
+                                EFI_HANDLE.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerName is NULL.
+
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This is not currently
+                                managing the controller specified by
+                                ControllerHandle and ChildHandle.
+
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This does not support
+                                the language specified by Language.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdDxeComponentNameGetControllerName (
+  IN  EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   ControllerHandle,
+  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   ChildHandle        OPTIONAL,
+  IN  CHAR8                        *Language,
+  OUT CHAR16                       **ControllerName
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                Status;
+  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL     *BlockIo;
+  SD_DEVICE                 *Device;
+  EFI_UNICODE_STRING_TABLE  *ControllerNameTable;
+
+  //
+  // Make sure this driver is currently managing ControllHandle
+  //
+  Status = EfiTestManagedDevice (
+             ControllerHandle,
+             gSdDxeDriverBinding.DriverBindingHandle,
+             &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid
+             );
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  ControllerNameTable = mSdDxeControllerNameTable;
+  if (ChildHandle != NULL) {
+    Status = EfiTestChildHandle (
+               ControllerHandle,
+               ChildHandle,
+               &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid
+               );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Get the child context
+    //
+    Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+                    ChildHandle,
+                    &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,
+                    (VOID **)&BlockIo,
+                    gSdDxeDriverBinding.DriverBindingHandle,
+                    ChildHandle,
+                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+    }
+
+    Device              = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO (BlockIo);
+    ControllerNameTable = Device->ControllerNameTable;
+  }
+
+  return LookupUnicodeString2 (
+           Language,
+           This->SupportedLanguages,
+           ControllerNameTable,
+           ControllerName,
+           (BOOLEAN)(This == &gSdDxeComponentName)
+           );
+}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdBlockIo.c b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdBlockIo.c
index 45df48ff72..5309c74c16 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdBlockIo.c
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdBlockIo.c
@@ -1,1402 +1,1402 @@
-/** @file

-  The helper functions for BlockIo and BlockIo2 protocol.

-

-  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "SdDxe.h"

-

-/**

-  Nonblocking I/O callback function when the event is signaled.

-

-  @param[in]  Event     The Event this notify function registered to.

-  @param[in]  Context   Pointer to the context data registered to the

-                        Event.

-

-**/

-VOID

-EFIAPI

-AsyncIoCallback (

-  IN EFI_EVENT  Event,

-  IN VOID       *Context

-  )

-{

-  SD_REQUEST  *Request;

-

-  gBS->CloseEvent (Event);

-

-  Request = (SD_REQUEST *)Context;

-

-  DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN ();

-  DEBUG ((

-    DEBUG_INFO,

-    "Sd Async Request: CmdIndex[%d] Arg[%08x] %r\n",

-    Request->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex,

-    Request->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument,

-    Request->Packet.TransactionStatus

-    ));

-  DEBUG_CODE_END ();

-

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Request->Packet.TransactionStatus)) {

-    Request->Token->TransactionStatus = Request->Packet.TransactionStatus;

-  }

-

-  RemoveEntryList (&Request->Link);

-

-  if (Request->IsEnd) {

-    gBS->SignalEvent (Request->Token->Event);

-  }

-

-  FreePool (Request);

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SET_RELATIVE_ADDRESS to the device to set the device address.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[out] Rca               The relative device address to assign.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdSetRca (

-  IN     SD_DEVICE  *Device,

-  OUT UINT16        *Rca

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                           Status;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL        *PassThru;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK             SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK              SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-

-  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdMmcCmdBlk, sizeof (SdMmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdMmcStatusBlk, sizeof (SdMmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-  Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout        = SD_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_SET_RELATIVE_ADDR;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeBcr;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR6;

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &Packet, NULL);

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "Set RCA succeeds with Resp0 = 0x%x\n", SdMmcStatusBlk.Resp0));

-    *Rca = (UINT16)(SdMmcStatusBlk.Resp0 >> 16);

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SELECT to the device to select/deselect the device.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdSelect (

-  IN     SD_DEVICE  *Device,

-  IN     UINT16     Rca

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                           Status;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL        *PassThru;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK             SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK              SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-

-  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdMmcCmdBlk, sizeof (SdMmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdMmcStatusBlk, sizeof (SdMmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-  Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout        = SD_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_SELECT_DESELECT_CARD;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;

-  if (Rca != 0) {

-    SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1b;

-  }

-

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &Packet, NULL);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_STATUS to the device to get device status.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.

-  @param[out] DevStatus         The buffer to store the device status.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdSendStatus (

-  IN     SD_DEVICE  *Device,

-  IN     UINT16     Rca,

-  OUT UINT32        *DevStatus

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                           Status;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL        *PassThru;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK             SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK              SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-

-  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdMmcCmdBlk, sizeof (SdMmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdMmcStatusBlk, sizeof (SdMmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-  Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout        = SD_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_SEND_STATUS;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &Packet, NULL);

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    CopyMem (DevStatus, &SdMmcStatusBlk.Resp0, sizeof (UINT32));

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_CSD to the device to get the CSD register data.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.

-  @param[out] Csd               The buffer to store the SD_CSD register data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdGetCsd (

-  IN     SD_DEVICE  *Device,

-  IN     UINT16     Rca,

-  OUT SD_CSD        *Csd

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                           Status;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL        *PassThru;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK             SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK              SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-

-  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdMmcCmdBlk, sizeof (SdMmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdMmcStatusBlk, sizeof (SdMmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-  ZeroMem (Csd, sizeof (SD_CSD));

-

-  Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout        = SD_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_SEND_CSD;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdMmcResponseTypeR2;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &Packet, NULL);

-

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    //

-    // For details, refer to SD Host Controller Simplified Spec 3.0 Table 2-12.

-    //

-    CopyMem (((UINT8 *)Csd) + 1, &SdMmcStatusBlk.Resp0, sizeof (SD_CSD) - 1);

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_CID to the device to get the CID register data.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.

-  @param[out] Cid               The buffer to store the SD_CID register data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdGetCid (

-  IN     SD_DEVICE  *Device,

-  IN     UINT16     Rca,

-  OUT SD_CID        *Cid

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                           Status;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL        *PassThru;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK             SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK              SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;

-

-  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  ZeroMem (&SdMmcCmdBlk, sizeof (SdMmcCmdBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&SdMmcStatusBlk, sizeof (SdMmcStatusBlk));

-  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));

-  ZeroMem (Cid, sizeof (SD_CID));

-

-  Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  Packet.Timeout        = SD_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_SEND_CID;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdMmcResponseTypeR2;

-  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &Packet, NULL);

-

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    //

-    // For details, refer to SD Host Controller Simplified Spec 3.0 Table 2-12.

-    //

-    CopyMem (((UINT8 *)Cid) + 1, &SdMmcStatusBlk.Resp0, sizeof (SD_CID) - 1);

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Read/write single block through sync or async I/O request.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  Lba               The starting logical block address to be read/written.

-                                The caller is responsible for reading/writing to only

-                                legitimate locations.

-  @param[in]  Buffer            A pointer to the destination/source buffer for the data.

-  @param[in]  BufferSize        Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param[in]  IsRead            Indicates it is a read or write operation.

-  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.

-                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdRwSingleBlock (

-  IN  SD_DEVICE            *Device,

-  IN  EFI_LBA              Lba,

-  IN  VOID                 *Buffer,

-  IN  UINTN                BufferSize,

-  IN  BOOLEAN              IsRead,

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,

-  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-  SD_REQUEST                     *RwSingleBlkReq;

-  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;

-

-  RwSingleBlkReq = NULL;

-  PassThru       = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  RwSingleBlkReq = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (SD_REQUEST));

-  if (RwSingleBlkReq == NULL) {

-    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  RwSingleBlkReq->Signature = SD_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;

-  OldTpl                    = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-  InsertTailList (&Device->Queue, &RwSingleBlkReq->Link);

-  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-  RwSingleBlkReq->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &RwSingleBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  RwSingleBlkReq->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &RwSingleBlkReq->SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  //

-  // Calculate timeout value through the below formula.

-  // Timeout = (transfer size) / (2MB/s).

-  // Taking 2MB/s as divisor as it's the lowest transfer speed

-  // above class 2.

-  // Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified spec section 3.4 for details.

-  //

-  RwSingleBlkReq->Packet.Timeout = (BufferSize / (2 * 1024 * 1024) + 1) * 1000 * 1000;

-

-  if (IsRead) {

-    RwSingleBlkReq->Packet.InDataBuffer     = Buffer;

-    RwSingleBlkReq->Packet.InTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;

-

-    RwSingleBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK;

-    RwSingleBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAdtc;

-    RwSingleBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;

-  } else {

-    RwSingleBlkReq->Packet.OutDataBuffer     = Buffer;

-    RwSingleBlkReq->Packet.OutTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;

-

-    RwSingleBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK;

-    RwSingleBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAdtc;

-    RwSingleBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;

-  }

-

-  if (Device->SectorAddressing) {

-    RwSingleBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Lba;

-  } else {

-    RwSingleBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)MultU64x32 (Lba, Device->BlockMedia.BlockSize);

-  }

-

-  RwSingleBlkReq->IsEnd = IsEnd;

-  RwSingleBlkReq->Token = Token;

-

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (

-                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,

-                    TPL_NOTIFY,

-                    AsyncIoCallback,

-                    RwSingleBlkReq,

-                    &RwSingleBlkReq->Event

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Error;

-    }

-  } else {

-    RwSingleBlkReq->Event = NULL;

-  }

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &RwSingleBlkReq->Packet, RwSingleBlkReq->Event);

-

-Error:

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    //

-    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.

-    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.

-    //

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (RwSingleBlkReq != NULL)) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&RwSingleBlkReq->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      if (RwSingleBlkReq->Event != NULL) {

-        gBS->CloseEvent (RwSingleBlkReq->Event);

-      }

-

-      FreePool (RwSingleBlkReq);

-    }

-  } else {

-    //

-    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.

-    //

-    if (RwSingleBlkReq != NULL) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&RwSingleBlkReq->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      FreePool (RwSingleBlkReq);

-    }

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Read/write multiple blocks through sync or async I/O request.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  Lba               The starting logical block address to be read/written.

-                                The caller is responsible for reading/writing to only

-                                legitimate locations.

-  @param[in]  Buffer            A pointer to the destination/source buffer for the data.

-  @param[in]  BufferSize        Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param[in]  IsRead            Indicates it is a read or write operation.

-  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.

-                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdRwMultiBlocks (

-  IN  SD_DEVICE            *Device,

-  IN  EFI_LBA              Lba,

-  IN  VOID                 *Buffer,

-  IN  UINTN                BufferSize,

-  IN  BOOLEAN              IsRead,

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,

-  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  SD_REQUEST                     *RwMultiBlkReq;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;

-

-  RwMultiBlkReq = NULL;

-

-  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  RwMultiBlkReq = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (SD_REQUEST));

-  if (RwMultiBlkReq == NULL) {

-    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  RwMultiBlkReq->Signature = SD_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;

-  OldTpl                   = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-  InsertTailList (&Device->Queue, &RwMultiBlkReq->Link);

-  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-  RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  //

-  // Calculate timeout value through the below formula.

-  // Timeout = (transfer size) / (2MB/s).

-  // Taking 2MB/s as divisor as it's the lowest transfer speed

-  // above class 2.

-  // Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified spec section 3.4 for details.

-  //

-  RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.Timeout = (BufferSize / (2 * 1024 * 1024) + 1) * 1000 * 1000;

-

-  if (IsRead) {

-    RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.InDataBuffer     = Buffer;

-    RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.InTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;

-

-    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK;

-    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAdtc;

-    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;

-  } else {

-    RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.OutDataBuffer     = Buffer;

-    RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.OutTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;

-

-    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK;

-    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAdtc;

-    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;

-  }

-

-  if (Device->SectorAddressing) {

-    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Lba;

-  } else {

-    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)MultU64x32 (Lba, Device->BlockMedia.BlockSize);

-  }

-

-  RwMultiBlkReq->IsEnd = IsEnd;

-  RwMultiBlkReq->Token = Token;

-

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (

-                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,

-                    TPL_NOTIFY,

-                    AsyncIoCallback,

-                    RwMultiBlkReq,

-                    &RwMultiBlkReq->Event

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Error;

-    }

-  } else {

-    RwMultiBlkReq->Event = NULL;

-  }

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &RwMultiBlkReq->Packet, RwMultiBlkReq->Event);

-

-Error:

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    //

-    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.

-    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.

-    //

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (RwMultiBlkReq != NULL)) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&RwMultiBlkReq->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      if (RwMultiBlkReq->Event != NULL) {

-        gBS->CloseEvent (RwMultiBlkReq->Event);

-      }

-

-      FreePool (RwMultiBlkReq);

-    }

-  } else {

-    //

-    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.

-    //

-    if (RwMultiBlkReq != NULL) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&RwMultiBlkReq->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      FreePool (RwMultiBlkReq);

-    }

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  This function transfers data from/to the sd memory card device.

-

-  @param[in]       Device       A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]       MediaId      The media ID that the read/write request is for.

-  @param[in]       Lba          The starting logical block address to be read/written.

-                                The caller is responsible for reading/writing to only

-                                legitimate locations.

-  @param[in, out]  Buffer       A pointer to the destination/source buffer for the data.

-  @param[in]       BufferSize   Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param[in]       IsRead       Indicates it is a read or write operation.

-  @param[in, out]  Token        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was read/written correctly to the device.

-  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED   The device can not be read/written to.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the read/write.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The read/write request contains LBAs that are not valid,

-                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdReadWrite (

-  IN     SD_DEVICE            *Device,

-  IN     UINT32               MediaId,

-  IN     EFI_LBA              Lba,

-  IN OUT VOID                 *Buffer,

-  IN     UINTN                BufferSize,

-  IN     BOOLEAN              IsRead,

-  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS          Status;

-  EFI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA  *Media;

-  UINTN               BlockSize;

-  UINTN               BlockNum;

-  UINTN               IoAlign;

-  UINTN               Remaining;

-  UINT32              MaxBlock;

-  BOOLEAN             LastRw;

-

-  Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  Media  = &Device->BlockMedia;

-  LastRw = FALSE;

-

-  if (MediaId != Media->MediaId) {

-    return EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED;

-  }

-

-  if (!IsRead && Media->ReadOnly) {

-    return EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check parameters.

-  //

-  if (Buffer == NULL) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if (BufferSize == 0) {

-    if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-      Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;

-      gBS->SignalEvent (Token->Event);

-    }

-

-    return EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  BlockSize = Media->BlockSize;

-  if ((BufferSize % BlockSize) != 0) {

-    return EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE;

-  }

-

-  BlockNum = BufferSize / BlockSize;

-  if ((Lba + BlockNum - 1) > Media->LastBlock) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  IoAlign = Media->IoAlign;

-  if ((IoAlign > 0) && (((UINTN)Buffer & (IoAlign - 1)) != 0)) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Start to execute data transfer. The max block number in single cmd is 65535 blocks.

-  //

-  Remaining = BlockNum;

-  MaxBlock  = 0xFFFF;

-

-  while (Remaining > 0) {

-    if (Remaining <= MaxBlock) {

-      BlockNum = Remaining;

-      LastRw   = TRUE;

-    } else {

-      BlockNum = MaxBlock;

-    }

-

-    BufferSize = BlockNum * BlockSize;

-    if (BlockNum == 1) {

-      Status = SdRwSingleBlock (Device, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, IsRead, Token, LastRw);

-    } else {

-      Status = SdRwMultiBlocks (Device, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, IsRead, Token, LastRw);

-    }

-

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-

-    DEBUG ((

-      DEBUG_BLKIO,

-      "Sd%a(): Lba 0x%x BlkNo 0x%x Event %p with %r\n",

-      IsRead ? "Read" : "Write",

-      Lba,

-      BlockNum,

-      (Token != NULL) ? Token->Event : NULL,

-      Status

-      ));

-    Lba       += BlockNum;

-    Buffer     = (UINT8 *)Buffer + BufferSize;

-    Remaining -= BlockNum;

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Reset the Block Device.

-

-  @param  This                 Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param  ExtendedVerification Driver may perform diagnostics on reset.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS          The device was reset.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR     The device is not functioning properly and could

-                               not be reset.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdReset (

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  BOOLEAN                ExtendedVerification

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  SD_DEVICE                      *Device;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-

-  Device = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO (This);

-

-  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;

-  Status   = PassThru->ResetDevice (PassThru, Device->Slot);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Read BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.

-

-  @param  This       Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param  MediaId    Id of the media, changes every time the media is replaced.

-  @param  Lba        The starting Logical Block Address to read from

-  @param  BufferSize Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param  Buffer     A pointer to the destination buffer for the data. The caller is

-                     responsible for either having implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was read correctly from the device.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the read.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The read request contains LBAs that are not valid,

-                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdReadBlocks (

-  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN     UINT32                 MediaId,

-  IN     EFI_LBA                Lba,

-  IN     UINTN                  BufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                      *Buffer

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  SD_DEVICE   *Device;

-

-  Device = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO (This);

-

-  Status = SdReadWrite (Device, MediaId, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, TRUE, NULL);

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Write BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.

-

-  @param  This       Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param  MediaId    The media ID that the write request is for.

-  @param  Lba        The starting logical block address to be written. The caller is

-                     responsible for writing to only legitimate locations.

-  @param  BufferSize Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param  Buffer     A pointer to the source buffer for the data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was written correctly to the device.

-  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED   The device can not be written to.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the write.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The write request contains LBAs that are not valid,

-                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdWriteBlocks (

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  UINT32                 MediaId,

-  IN  EFI_LBA                Lba,

-  IN  UINTN                  BufferSize,

-  IN  VOID                   *Buffer

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  SD_DEVICE   *Device;

-

-  Device = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO (This);

-

-  Status = SdReadWrite (Device, MediaId, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, FALSE, NULL);

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Flush the Block Device.

-

-  @param  This              Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       All outstanding data was written to the device

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR  The device reported an error while writing back the data

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is no media in the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdFlushBlocks (

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This

-  )

-{

-  //

-  // return directly

-  //

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Reset the Block Device.

-

-  @param[in]  This                 Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in]  ExtendedVerification Driver may perform diagnostics on reset.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device was reset.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR         The device is not functioning properly and could

-                                   not be reset.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdResetEx (

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  BOOLEAN                 ExtendedVerification

-  )

-{

-  SD_DEVICE   *Device;

-  LIST_ENTRY  *Link;

-  LIST_ENTRY  *NextLink;

-  SD_REQUEST  *Request;

-  EFI_TPL     OldTpl;

-

-  Device = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO2 (This);

-

-  OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-  for (Link = GetFirstNode (&Device->Queue);

-       !IsNull (&Device->Queue, Link);

-       Link = NextLink)

-  {

-    NextLink = GetNextNode (&Device->Queue, Link);

-    RemoveEntryList (Link);

-

-    Request = SD_REQUEST_FROM_LINK (Link);

-

-    gBS->CloseEvent (Request->Event);

-    Request->Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_ABORTED;

-

-    if (Request->IsEnd) {

-      gBS->SignalEvent (Request->Token->Event);

-    }

-

-    FreePool (Request);

-  }

-

-  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Read BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.

-

-  @param[in]       This         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in]       MediaId      Id of the media, changes every time the media is replaced.

-  @param[in]       Lba          The starting Logical Block Address to read from.

-  @param[in, out]  Token        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-  @param[in]       BufferSize   Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param[out]      Buffer       A pointer to the destination buffer for the data. The caller is

-                                responsible for either having implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The read request was queued if Event is not NULL.

-                                The data was read correctly from the device if

-                                the Event is NULL.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing

-                                the read.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId is not for the current media.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of the

-                                intrinsic block size of the device.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The read request contains LBAs that are not valid,

-                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be completed due to a lack

-                                of resources.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdReadBlocksEx (

-  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN     UINT32                  MediaId,

-  IN     EFI_LBA                 Lba,

-  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token,

-  IN     UINTN                   BufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                       *Buffer

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  SD_DEVICE   *Device;

-

-  Device = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO2 (This);

-

-  Status = SdReadWrite (Device, MediaId, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, TRUE, Token);

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Write BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.

-

-  @param[in]       This         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in]       MediaId      The media ID that the write request is for.

-  @param[in]       Lba          The starting logical block address to be written. The

-                                caller is responsible for writing to only legitimate

-                                locations.

-  @param[in, out]  Token        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-  @param[in]       BufferSize   Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param[in]       Buffer       A pointer to the source buffer for the data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was written correctly to the device.

-  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED   The device can not be written to.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the write.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The write request contains LBAs that are not valid,

-                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdWriteBlocksEx (

-  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN     UINT32                  MediaId,

-  IN     EFI_LBA                 Lba,

-  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token,

-  IN     UINTN                   BufferSize,

-  IN     VOID                    *Buffer

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  SD_DEVICE   *Device;

-

-  Device = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO2 (This);

-

-  Status = SdReadWrite (Device, MediaId, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, FALSE, Token);

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Flush the Block Device.

-

-  @param[in]       This     Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in, out]  Token    A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       All outstanding data was written to the device

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR  The device reported an error while writing back the data

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is no media in the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdFlushBlocksEx (

-  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token

-  )

-{

-  //

-  // Signal event and return directly.

-  //

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;

-    gBS->SignalEvent (Token->Event);

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Set the erase start address through sync or async I/O request.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  StartLba          The starting logical block address to be erased.

-  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.

-                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdEraseBlockStart (

-  IN  SD_DEVICE            *Device,

-  IN  EFI_LBA              StartLba,

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,

-  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-  SD_REQUEST                     *EraseBlockStart;

-  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;

-

-  EraseBlockStart = NULL;

-  PassThru        = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  EraseBlockStart = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (SD_REQUEST));

-  if (EraseBlockStart == NULL) {

-    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  EraseBlockStart->Signature = SD_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;

-  OldTpl                     = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-  InsertTailList (&Device->Queue, &EraseBlockStart->Link);

-  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-  EraseBlockStart->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  EraseBlockStart->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &EraseBlockStart->SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  EraseBlockStart->Packet.Timeout        = SD_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_ERASE_WR_BLK_START;

-  EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;

-  EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;

-

-  if (Device->SectorAddressing) {

-    EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)StartLba;

-  } else {

-    EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)MultU64x32 (StartLba, Device->BlockMedia.BlockSize);

-  }

-

-  EraseBlockStart->IsEnd = IsEnd;

-  EraseBlockStart->Token = Token;

-

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (

-                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,

-                    TPL_NOTIFY,

-                    AsyncIoCallback,

-                    EraseBlockStart,

-                    &EraseBlockStart->Event

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Error;

-    }

-  } else {

-    EraseBlockStart->Event = NULL;

-  }

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &EraseBlockStart->Packet, EraseBlockStart->Event);

-

-Error:

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    //

-    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.

-    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.

-    //

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (EraseBlockStart != NULL)) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlockStart->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      if (EraseBlockStart->Event != NULL) {

-        gBS->CloseEvent (EraseBlockStart->Event);

-      }

-

-      FreePool (EraseBlockStart);

-    }

-  } else {

-    //

-    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.

-    //

-    if (EraseBlockStart != NULL) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlockStart->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      FreePool (EraseBlockStart);

-    }

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Set the erase end address through sync or async I/O request.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  EndLba            The ending logical block address to be erased.

-  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.

-                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdEraseBlockEnd (

-  IN  SD_DEVICE            *Device,

-  IN  EFI_LBA              EndLba,

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,

-  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-  SD_REQUEST                     *EraseBlockEnd;

-  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;

-

-  EraseBlockEnd = NULL;

-  PassThru      = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  EraseBlockEnd = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (SD_REQUEST));

-  if (EraseBlockEnd == NULL) {

-    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  EraseBlockEnd->Signature = SD_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;

-  OldTpl                   = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-  InsertTailList (&Device->Queue, &EraseBlockEnd->Link);

-  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-  EraseBlockEnd->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  EraseBlockEnd->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  EraseBlockEnd->Packet.Timeout        = SD_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_ERASE_WR_BLK_END;

-  EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;

-  EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;

-

-  if (Device->SectorAddressing) {

-    EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)EndLba;

-  } else {

-    EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)MultU64x32 (EndLba, Device->BlockMedia.BlockSize);

-  }

-

-  EraseBlockEnd->IsEnd = IsEnd;

-  EraseBlockEnd->Token = Token;

-

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (

-                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,

-                    TPL_NOTIFY,

-                    AsyncIoCallback,

-                    EraseBlockEnd,

-                    &EraseBlockEnd->Event

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Error;

-    }

-  } else {

-    EraseBlockEnd->Event = NULL;

-  }

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &EraseBlockEnd->Packet, EraseBlockEnd->Event);

-

-Error:

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    //

-    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.

-    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.

-    //

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (EraseBlockEnd != NULL)) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlockEnd->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      if (EraseBlockEnd->Event != NULL) {

-        gBS->CloseEvent (EraseBlockEnd->Event);

-      }

-

-      FreePool (EraseBlockEnd);

-    }

-  } else {

-    //

-    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.

-    //

-    if (EraseBlockEnd != NULL) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlockEnd->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      FreePool (EraseBlockEnd);

-    }

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Erase specified blocks through sync or async I/O request.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.

-                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdEraseBlock (

-  IN  SD_DEVICE            *Device,

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,

-  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-  SD_REQUEST                     *EraseBlock;

-  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;

-

-  EraseBlock = NULL;

-  PassThru   = Device->Private->PassThru;

-

-  EraseBlock = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (SD_REQUEST));

-  if (EraseBlock == NULL) {

-    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  EraseBlock->Signature = SD_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;

-  OldTpl                = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-  InsertTailList (&Device->Queue, &EraseBlock->Link);

-  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-  EraseBlock->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &EraseBlock->SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  EraseBlock->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &EraseBlock->SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  EraseBlock->Packet.Timeout        = SD_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;

-

-  EraseBlock->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_ERASE;

-  EraseBlock->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;

-  EraseBlock->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1b;

-

-  EraseBlock->IsEnd = IsEnd;

-  EraseBlock->Token = Token;

-

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (

-                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,

-                    TPL_NOTIFY,

-                    AsyncIoCallback,

-                    EraseBlock,

-                    &EraseBlock->Event

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Error;

-    }

-  } else {

-    EraseBlock->Event = NULL;

-  }

-

-  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &EraseBlock->Packet, EraseBlock->Event);

-

-Error:

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    //

-    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.

-    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.

-    //

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (EraseBlock != NULL)) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlock->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      if (EraseBlock->Event != NULL) {

-        gBS->CloseEvent (EraseBlock->Event);

-      }

-

-      FreePool (EraseBlock);

-    }

-  } else {

-    //

-    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.

-    //

-    if (EraseBlock != NULL) {

-      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlock->Link);

-      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-      FreePool (EraseBlock);

-    }

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Erase a specified number of device blocks.

-

-  @param[in]       This           Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in]       MediaId        The media ID that the erase request is for.

-  @param[in]       Lba            The starting logical block address to be

-                                  erased. The caller is responsible for erasing

-                                  only legitimate locations.

-  @param[in, out]  Token          A pointer to the token associated with the

-                                  transaction.

-  @param[in]       Size           The size in bytes to be erased. This must be

-                                  a multiple of the physical block size of the

-                                  device.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The erase request was queued if Event is not

-                                  NULL. The data was erased correctly to the

-                                  device if the Event is NULL.to the device.

-  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED     The device cannot be erased due to write

-                                  protection.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting

-                                  to perform the erase operation.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The erase request contains LBAs that are not

-                                  valid.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED       The MediaId is not for the current media.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdEraseBlocks (

-  IN     EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN     UINT32                    MediaId,

-  IN     EFI_LBA                   Lba,

-  IN OUT EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_TOKEN     *Token,

-  IN     UINTN                     Size

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS          Status;

-  EFI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA  *Media;

-  UINTN               BlockSize;

-  UINTN               BlockNum;

-  EFI_LBA             LastLba;

-  SD_DEVICE           *Device;

-

-  Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  Device = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_ERASEBLK (This);

-  Media  = &Device->BlockMedia;

-

-  if (MediaId != Media->MediaId) {

-    return EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED;

-  }

-

-  if (Media->ReadOnly) {

-    return EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check parameters.

-  //

-  BlockSize = Media->BlockSize;

-  if ((Size % BlockSize) != 0) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  BlockNum = Size / BlockSize;

-  if ((Lba + BlockNum - 1) > Media->LastBlock) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {

-    Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  LastLba = Lba + BlockNum - 1;

-

-  Status = SdEraseBlockStart (Device, Lba, (EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN *)Token, FALSE);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = SdEraseBlockEnd (Device, LastLba, (EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN *)Token, FALSE);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = SdEraseBlock (Device, (EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN *)Token, TRUE);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  DEBUG ((

-    DEBUG_INFO,

-    "SdEraseBlocks(): Lba 0x%x BlkNo 0x%x Event %p with %r\n",

-    Lba,

-    BlockNum,

-    (Token != NULL) ? Token->Event : NULL,

-    Status

-    ));

-

-  return Status;

-}

+/** @file
+  The helper functions for BlockIo and BlockIo2 protocol.
+
+  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#include "SdDxe.h"
+
+/**
+  Nonblocking I/O callback function when the event is signaled.
+
+  @param[in]  Event     The Event this notify function registered to.
+  @param[in]  Context   Pointer to the context data registered to the
+                        Event.
+
+**/
+VOID
+EFIAPI
+AsyncIoCallback (
+  IN EFI_EVENT  Event,
+  IN VOID       *Context
+  )
+{
+  SD_REQUEST  *Request;
+
+  gBS->CloseEvent (Event);
+
+  Request = (SD_REQUEST *)Context;
+
+  DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN ();
+  DEBUG ((
+    DEBUG_INFO,
+    "Sd Async Request: CmdIndex[%d] Arg[%08x] %r\n",
+    Request->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex,
+    Request->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument,
+    Request->Packet.TransactionStatus
+    ));
+  DEBUG_CODE_END ();
+
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Request->Packet.TransactionStatus)) {
+    Request->Token->TransactionStatus = Request->Packet.TransactionStatus;
+  }
+
+  RemoveEntryList (&Request->Link);
+
+  if (Request->IsEnd) {
+    gBS->SignalEvent (Request->Token->Event);
+  }
+
+  FreePool (Request);
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SET_RELATIVE_ADDRESS to the device to set the device address.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[out] Rca               The relative device address to assign.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdSetRca (
+  IN     SD_DEVICE  *Device,
+  OUT UINT16        *Rca
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                           Status;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL        *PassThru;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK             SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK              SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+
+  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdMmcCmdBlk, sizeof (SdMmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdMmcStatusBlk, sizeof (SdMmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+  Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout        = SD_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_SET_RELATIVE_ADDR;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeBcr;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR6;
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &Packet, NULL);
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "Set RCA succeeds with Resp0 = 0x%x\n", SdMmcStatusBlk.Resp0));
+    *Rca = (UINT16)(SdMmcStatusBlk.Resp0 >> 16);
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SELECT to the device to select/deselect the device.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdSelect (
+  IN     SD_DEVICE  *Device,
+  IN     UINT16     Rca
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                           Status;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL        *PassThru;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK             SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK              SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+
+  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdMmcCmdBlk, sizeof (SdMmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdMmcStatusBlk, sizeof (SdMmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+  Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout        = SD_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_SELECT_DESELECT_CARD;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;
+  if (Rca != 0) {
+    SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1b;
+  }
+
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &Packet, NULL);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_STATUS to the device to get device status.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.
+  @param[out] DevStatus         The buffer to store the device status.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdSendStatus (
+  IN     SD_DEVICE  *Device,
+  IN     UINT16     Rca,
+  OUT UINT32        *DevStatus
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                           Status;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL        *PassThru;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK             SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK              SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+
+  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdMmcCmdBlk, sizeof (SdMmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdMmcStatusBlk, sizeof (SdMmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+  Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout        = SD_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_SEND_STATUS;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &Packet, NULL);
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    CopyMem (DevStatus, &SdMmcStatusBlk.Resp0, sizeof (UINT32));
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_CSD to the device to get the CSD register data.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.
+  @param[out] Csd               The buffer to store the SD_CSD register data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdGetCsd (
+  IN     SD_DEVICE  *Device,
+  IN     UINT16     Rca,
+  OUT SD_CSD        *Csd
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                           Status;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL        *PassThru;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK             SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK              SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+
+  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdMmcCmdBlk, sizeof (SdMmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdMmcStatusBlk, sizeof (SdMmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+  ZeroMem (Csd, sizeof (SD_CSD));
+
+  Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout        = SD_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_SEND_CSD;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdMmcResponseTypeR2;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &Packet, NULL);
+
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    //
+    // For details, refer to SD Host Controller Simplified Spec 3.0 Table 2-12.
+    //
+    CopyMem (((UINT8 *)Csd) + 1, &SdMmcStatusBlk.Resp0, sizeof (SD_CSD) - 1);
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_CID to the device to get the CID register data.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.
+  @param[out] Cid               The buffer to store the SD_CID register data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdGetCid (
+  IN     SD_DEVICE  *Device,
+  IN     UINT16     Rca,
+  OUT SD_CID        *Cid
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                           Status;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL        *PassThru;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK             SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK              SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET  Packet;
+
+  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  ZeroMem (&SdMmcCmdBlk, sizeof (SdMmcCmdBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&SdMmcStatusBlk, sizeof (SdMmcStatusBlk));
+  ZeroMem (&Packet, sizeof (Packet));
+  ZeroMem (Cid, sizeof (SD_CID));
+
+  Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  Packet.Timeout        = SD_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex    = SD_SEND_CID;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType     = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType    = SdMmcResponseTypeR2;
+  SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Rca << 16;
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &Packet, NULL);
+
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    //
+    // For details, refer to SD Host Controller Simplified Spec 3.0 Table 2-12.
+    //
+    CopyMem (((UINT8 *)Cid) + 1, &SdMmcStatusBlk.Resp0, sizeof (SD_CID) - 1);
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Read/write single block through sync or async I/O request.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  Lba               The starting logical block address to be read/written.
+                                The caller is responsible for reading/writing to only
+                                legitimate locations.
+  @param[in]  Buffer            A pointer to the destination/source buffer for the data.
+  @param[in]  BufferSize        Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param[in]  IsRead            Indicates it is a read or write operation.
+  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.
+                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdRwSingleBlock (
+  IN  SD_DEVICE            *Device,
+  IN  EFI_LBA              Lba,
+  IN  VOID                 *Buffer,
+  IN  UINTN                BufferSize,
+  IN  BOOLEAN              IsRead,
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,
+  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+  SD_REQUEST                     *RwSingleBlkReq;
+  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;
+
+  RwSingleBlkReq = NULL;
+  PassThru       = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  RwSingleBlkReq = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (SD_REQUEST));
+  if (RwSingleBlkReq == NULL) {
+    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  RwSingleBlkReq->Signature = SD_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;
+  OldTpl                    = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+  InsertTailList (&Device->Queue, &RwSingleBlkReq->Link);
+  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+  RwSingleBlkReq->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &RwSingleBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  RwSingleBlkReq->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &RwSingleBlkReq->SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  //
+  // Calculate timeout value through the below formula.
+  // Timeout = (transfer size) / (2MB/s).
+  // Taking 2MB/s as divisor as it's the lowest transfer speed
+  // above class 2.
+  // Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified spec section 3.4 for details.
+  //
+  RwSingleBlkReq->Packet.Timeout = (BufferSize / (2 * 1024 * 1024) + 1) * 1000 * 1000;
+
+  if (IsRead) {
+    RwSingleBlkReq->Packet.InDataBuffer     = Buffer;
+    RwSingleBlkReq->Packet.InTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;
+
+    RwSingleBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK;
+    RwSingleBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAdtc;
+    RwSingleBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;
+  } else {
+    RwSingleBlkReq->Packet.OutDataBuffer     = Buffer;
+    RwSingleBlkReq->Packet.OutTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;
+
+    RwSingleBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK;
+    RwSingleBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAdtc;
+    RwSingleBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;
+  }
+
+  if (Device->SectorAddressing) {
+    RwSingleBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Lba;
+  } else {
+    RwSingleBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)MultU64x32 (Lba, Device->BlockMedia.BlockSize);
+  }
+
+  RwSingleBlkReq->IsEnd = IsEnd;
+  RwSingleBlkReq->Token = Token;
+
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (
+                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
+                    TPL_NOTIFY,
+                    AsyncIoCallback,
+                    RwSingleBlkReq,
+                    &RwSingleBlkReq->Event
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Error;
+    }
+  } else {
+    RwSingleBlkReq->Event = NULL;
+  }
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &RwSingleBlkReq->Packet, RwSingleBlkReq->Event);
+
+Error:
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    //
+    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.
+    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.
+    //
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (RwSingleBlkReq != NULL)) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&RwSingleBlkReq->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      if (RwSingleBlkReq->Event != NULL) {
+        gBS->CloseEvent (RwSingleBlkReq->Event);
+      }
+
+      FreePool (RwSingleBlkReq);
+    }
+  } else {
+    //
+    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.
+    //
+    if (RwSingleBlkReq != NULL) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&RwSingleBlkReq->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      FreePool (RwSingleBlkReq);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Read/write multiple blocks through sync or async I/O request.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  Lba               The starting logical block address to be read/written.
+                                The caller is responsible for reading/writing to only
+                                legitimate locations.
+  @param[in]  Buffer            A pointer to the destination/source buffer for the data.
+  @param[in]  BufferSize        Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param[in]  IsRead            Indicates it is a read or write operation.
+  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.
+                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdRwMultiBlocks (
+  IN  SD_DEVICE            *Device,
+  IN  EFI_LBA              Lba,
+  IN  VOID                 *Buffer,
+  IN  UINTN                BufferSize,
+  IN  BOOLEAN              IsRead,
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,
+  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  SD_REQUEST                     *RwMultiBlkReq;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;
+
+  RwMultiBlkReq = NULL;
+
+  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  RwMultiBlkReq = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (SD_REQUEST));
+  if (RwMultiBlkReq == NULL) {
+    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  RwMultiBlkReq->Signature = SD_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;
+  OldTpl                   = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+  InsertTailList (&Device->Queue, &RwMultiBlkReq->Link);
+  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+  RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  //
+  // Calculate timeout value through the below formula.
+  // Timeout = (transfer size) / (2MB/s).
+  // Taking 2MB/s as divisor as it's the lowest transfer speed
+  // above class 2.
+  // Refer to SD Physical Layer Simplified spec section 3.4 for details.
+  //
+  RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.Timeout = (BufferSize / (2 * 1024 * 1024) + 1) * 1000 * 1000;
+
+  if (IsRead) {
+    RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.InDataBuffer     = Buffer;
+    RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.InTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;
+
+    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK;
+    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAdtc;
+    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;
+  } else {
+    RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.OutDataBuffer     = Buffer;
+    RwMultiBlkReq->Packet.OutTransferLength = (UINT32)BufferSize;
+
+    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK;
+    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAdtc;
+    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;
+  }
+
+  if (Device->SectorAddressing) {
+    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)Lba;
+  } else {
+    RwMultiBlkReq->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)MultU64x32 (Lba, Device->BlockMedia.BlockSize);
+  }
+
+  RwMultiBlkReq->IsEnd = IsEnd;
+  RwMultiBlkReq->Token = Token;
+
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (
+                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
+                    TPL_NOTIFY,
+                    AsyncIoCallback,
+                    RwMultiBlkReq,
+                    &RwMultiBlkReq->Event
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Error;
+    }
+  } else {
+    RwMultiBlkReq->Event = NULL;
+  }
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &RwMultiBlkReq->Packet, RwMultiBlkReq->Event);
+
+Error:
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    //
+    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.
+    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.
+    //
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (RwMultiBlkReq != NULL)) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&RwMultiBlkReq->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      if (RwMultiBlkReq->Event != NULL) {
+        gBS->CloseEvent (RwMultiBlkReq->Event);
+      }
+
+      FreePool (RwMultiBlkReq);
+    }
+  } else {
+    //
+    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.
+    //
+    if (RwMultiBlkReq != NULL) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&RwMultiBlkReq->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      FreePool (RwMultiBlkReq);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  This function transfers data from/to the sd memory card device.
+
+  @param[in]       Device       A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]       MediaId      The media ID that the read/write request is for.
+  @param[in]       Lba          The starting logical block address to be read/written.
+                                The caller is responsible for reading/writing to only
+                                legitimate locations.
+  @param[in, out]  Buffer       A pointer to the destination/source buffer for the data.
+  @param[in]       BufferSize   Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param[in]       IsRead       Indicates it is a read or write operation.
+  @param[in, out]  Token        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was read/written correctly to the device.
+  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED   The device can not be read/written to.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the read/write.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The read/write request contains LBAs that are not valid,
+                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdReadWrite (
+  IN     SD_DEVICE            *Device,
+  IN     UINT32               MediaId,
+  IN     EFI_LBA              Lba,
+  IN OUT VOID                 *Buffer,
+  IN     UINTN                BufferSize,
+  IN     BOOLEAN              IsRead,
+  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS          Status;
+  EFI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA  *Media;
+  UINTN               BlockSize;
+  UINTN               BlockNum;
+  UINTN               IoAlign;
+  UINTN               Remaining;
+  UINT32              MaxBlock;
+  BOOLEAN             LastRw;
+
+  Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+  Media  = &Device->BlockMedia;
+  LastRw = FALSE;
+
+  if (MediaId != Media->MediaId) {
+    return EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED;
+  }
+
+  if (!IsRead && Media->ReadOnly) {
+    return EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Check parameters.
+  //
+  if (Buffer == NULL) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  if (BufferSize == 0) {
+    if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+      Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;
+      gBS->SignalEvent (Token->Event);
+    }
+
+    return EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  BlockSize = Media->BlockSize;
+  if ((BufferSize % BlockSize) != 0) {
+    return EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE;
+  }
+
+  BlockNum = BufferSize / BlockSize;
+  if ((Lba + BlockNum - 1) > Media->LastBlock) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  IoAlign = Media->IoAlign;
+  if ((IoAlign > 0) && (((UINTN)Buffer & (IoAlign - 1)) != 0)) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Start to execute data transfer. The max block number in single cmd is 65535 blocks.
+  //
+  Remaining = BlockNum;
+  MaxBlock  = 0xFFFF;
+
+  while (Remaining > 0) {
+    if (Remaining <= MaxBlock) {
+      BlockNum = Remaining;
+      LastRw   = TRUE;
+    } else {
+      BlockNum = MaxBlock;
+    }
+
+    BufferSize = BlockNum * BlockSize;
+    if (BlockNum == 1) {
+      Status = SdRwSingleBlock (Device, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, IsRead, Token, LastRw);
+    } else {
+      Status = SdRwMultiBlocks (Device, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, IsRead, Token, LastRw);
+    }
+
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return Status;
+    }
+
+    DEBUG ((
+      DEBUG_BLKIO,
+      "Sd%a(): Lba 0x%x BlkNo 0x%x Event %p with %r\n",
+      IsRead ? "Read" : "Write",
+      Lba,
+      BlockNum,
+      (Token != NULL) ? Token->Event : NULL,
+      Status
+      ));
+    Lba       += BlockNum;
+    Buffer     = (UINT8 *)Buffer + BufferSize;
+    Remaining -= BlockNum;
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Reset the Block Device.
+
+  @param  This                 Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param  ExtendedVerification Driver may perform diagnostics on reset.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS          The device was reset.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR     The device is not functioning properly and could
+                               not be reset.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdReset (
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  BOOLEAN                ExtendedVerification
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  SD_DEVICE                      *Device;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+
+  Device = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO (This);
+
+  PassThru = Device->Private->PassThru;
+  Status   = PassThru->ResetDevice (PassThru, Device->Slot);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Read BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.
+
+  @param  This       Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param  MediaId    Id of the media, changes every time the media is replaced.
+  @param  Lba        The starting Logical Block Address to read from
+  @param  BufferSize Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param  Buffer     A pointer to the destination buffer for the data. The caller is
+                     responsible for either having implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was read correctly from the device.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the read.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The read request contains LBAs that are not valid,
+                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdReadBlocks (
+  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN     UINT32                 MediaId,
+  IN     EFI_LBA                Lba,
+  IN     UINTN                  BufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                      *Buffer
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  SD_DEVICE   *Device;
+
+  Device = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO (This);
+
+  Status = SdReadWrite (Device, MediaId, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, TRUE, NULL);
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Write BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.
+
+  @param  This       Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param  MediaId    The media ID that the write request is for.
+  @param  Lba        The starting logical block address to be written. The caller is
+                     responsible for writing to only legitimate locations.
+  @param  BufferSize Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param  Buffer     A pointer to the source buffer for the data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was written correctly to the device.
+  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED   The device can not be written to.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the write.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The write request contains LBAs that are not valid,
+                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdWriteBlocks (
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  UINT32                 MediaId,
+  IN  EFI_LBA                Lba,
+  IN  UINTN                  BufferSize,
+  IN  VOID                   *Buffer
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  SD_DEVICE   *Device;
+
+  Device = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO (This);
+
+  Status = SdReadWrite (Device, MediaId, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, FALSE, NULL);
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Flush the Block Device.
+
+  @param  This              Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       All outstanding data was written to the device
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR  The device reported an error while writing back the data
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is no media in the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdFlushBlocks (
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This
+  )
+{
+  //
+  // return directly
+  //
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Reset the Block Device.
+
+  @param[in]  This                 Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in]  ExtendedVerification Driver may perform diagnostics on reset.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device was reset.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR         The device is not functioning properly and could
+                                   not be reset.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdResetEx (
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  BOOLEAN                 ExtendedVerification
+  )
+{
+  SD_DEVICE   *Device;
+  LIST_ENTRY  *Link;
+  LIST_ENTRY  *NextLink;
+  SD_REQUEST  *Request;
+  EFI_TPL     OldTpl;
+
+  Device = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO2 (This);
+
+  OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+  for (Link = GetFirstNode (&Device->Queue);
+       !IsNull (&Device->Queue, Link);
+       Link = NextLink)
+  {
+    NextLink = GetNextNode (&Device->Queue, Link);
+    RemoveEntryList (Link);
+
+    Request = SD_REQUEST_FROM_LINK (Link);
+
+    gBS->CloseEvent (Request->Event);
+    Request->Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_ABORTED;
+
+    if (Request->IsEnd) {
+      gBS->SignalEvent (Request->Token->Event);
+    }
+
+    FreePool (Request);
+  }
+
+  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Read BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.
+
+  @param[in]       This         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in]       MediaId      Id of the media, changes every time the media is replaced.
+  @param[in]       Lba          The starting Logical Block Address to read from.
+  @param[in, out]  Token        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+  @param[in]       BufferSize   Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param[out]      Buffer       A pointer to the destination buffer for the data. The caller is
+                                responsible for either having implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The read request was queued if Event is not NULL.
+                                The data was read correctly from the device if
+                                the Event is NULL.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing
+                                the read.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId is not for the current media.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of the
+                                intrinsic block size of the device.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The read request contains LBAs that are not valid,
+                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be completed due to a lack
+                                of resources.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdReadBlocksEx (
+  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN     UINT32                  MediaId,
+  IN     EFI_LBA                 Lba,
+  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token,
+  IN     UINTN                   BufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                       *Buffer
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  SD_DEVICE   *Device;
+
+  Device = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO2 (This);
+
+  Status = SdReadWrite (Device, MediaId, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, TRUE, Token);
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Write BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.
+
+  @param[in]       This         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in]       MediaId      The media ID that the write request is for.
+  @param[in]       Lba          The starting logical block address to be written. The
+                                caller is responsible for writing to only legitimate
+                                locations.
+  @param[in, out]  Token        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+  @param[in]       BufferSize   Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param[in]       Buffer       A pointer to the source buffer for the data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was written correctly to the device.
+  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED   The device can not be written to.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the write.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The write request contains LBAs that are not valid,
+                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdWriteBlocksEx (
+  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN     UINT32                  MediaId,
+  IN     EFI_LBA                 Lba,
+  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token,
+  IN     UINTN                   BufferSize,
+  IN     VOID                    *Buffer
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  SD_DEVICE   *Device;
+
+  Device = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO2 (This);
+
+  Status = SdReadWrite (Device, MediaId, Lba, Buffer, BufferSize, FALSE, Token);
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Flush the Block Device.
+
+  @param[in]       This     Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in, out]  Token    A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       All outstanding data was written to the device
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR  The device reported an error while writing back the data
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is no media in the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdFlushBlocksEx (
+  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token
+  )
+{
+  //
+  // Signal event and return directly.
+  //
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;
+    gBS->SignalEvent (Token->Event);
+  }
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Set the erase start address through sync or async I/O request.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  StartLba          The starting logical block address to be erased.
+  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.
+                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdEraseBlockStart (
+  IN  SD_DEVICE            *Device,
+  IN  EFI_LBA              StartLba,
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,
+  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+  SD_REQUEST                     *EraseBlockStart;
+  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;
+
+  EraseBlockStart = NULL;
+  PassThru        = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  EraseBlockStart = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (SD_REQUEST));
+  if (EraseBlockStart == NULL) {
+    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  EraseBlockStart->Signature = SD_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;
+  OldTpl                     = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+  InsertTailList (&Device->Queue, &EraseBlockStart->Link);
+  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+  EraseBlockStart->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  EraseBlockStart->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &EraseBlockStart->SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  EraseBlockStart->Packet.Timeout        = SD_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_ERASE_WR_BLK_START;
+  EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;
+  EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;
+
+  if (Device->SectorAddressing) {
+    EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)StartLba;
+  } else {
+    EraseBlockStart->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)MultU64x32 (StartLba, Device->BlockMedia.BlockSize);
+  }
+
+  EraseBlockStart->IsEnd = IsEnd;
+  EraseBlockStart->Token = Token;
+
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (
+                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
+                    TPL_NOTIFY,
+                    AsyncIoCallback,
+                    EraseBlockStart,
+                    &EraseBlockStart->Event
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Error;
+    }
+  } else {
+    EraseBlockStart->Event = NULL;
+  }
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &EraseBlockStart->Packet, EraseBlockStart->Event);
+
+Error:
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    //
+    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.
+    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.
+    //
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (EraseBlockStart != NULL)) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlockStart->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      if (EraseBlockStart->Event != NULL) {
+        gBS->CloseEvent (EraseBlockStart->Event);
+      }
+
+      FreePool (EraseBlockStart);
+    }
+  } else {
+    //
+    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.
+    //
+    if (EraseBlockStart != NULL) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlockStart->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      FreePool (EraseBlockStart);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Set the erase end address through sync or async I/O request.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  EndLba            The ending logical block address to be erased.
+  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.
+                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdEraseBlockEnd (
+  IN  SD_DEVICE            *Device,
+  IN  EFI_LBA              EndLba,
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,
+  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+  SD_REQUEST                     *EraseBlockEnd;
+  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;
+
+  EraseBlockEnd = NULL;
+  PassThru      = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  EraseBlockEnd = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (SD_REQUEST));
+  if (EraseBlockEnd == NULL) {
+    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  EraseBlockEnd->Signature = SD_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;
+  OldTpl                   = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+  InsertTailList (&Device->Queue, &EraseBlockEnd->Link);
+  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+  EraseBlockEnd->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  EraseBlockEnd->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  EraseBlockEnd->Packet.Timeout        = SD_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_ERASE_WR_BLK_END;
+  EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;
+  EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1;
+
+  if (Device->SectorAddressing) {
+    EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)EndLba;
+  } else {
+    EraseBlockEnd->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandArgument = (UINT32)MultU64x32 (EndLba, Device->BlockMedia.BlockSize);
+  }
+
+  EraseBlockEnd->IsEnd = IsEnd;
+  EraseBlockEnd->Token = Token;
+
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (
+                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
+                    TPL_NOTIFY,
+                    AsyncIoCallback,
+                    EraseBlockEnd,
+                    &EraseBlockEnd->Event
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Error;
+    }
+  } else {
+    EraseBlockEnd->Event = NULL;
+  }
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &EraseBlockEnd->Packet, EraseBlockEnd->Event);
+
+Error:
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    //
+    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.
+    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.
+    //
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (EraseBlockEnd != NULL)) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlockEnd->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      if (EraseBlockEnd->Event != NULL) {
+        gBS->CloseEvent (EraseBlockEnd->Event);
+      }
+
+      FreePool (EraseBlockEnd);
+    }
+  } else {
+    //
+    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.
+    //
+    if (EraseBlockEnd != NULL) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlockEnd->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      FreePool (EraseBlockEnd);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Erase specified blocks through sync or async I/O request.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  Token             A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+  @param[in]  IsEnd             A boolean to show whether it's the last cmd in a series of cmds.
+                                This parameter is only meaningful in async I/O request.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdEraseBlock (
+  IN  SD_DEVICE            *Device,
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN  *Token,
+  IN  BOOLEAN              IsEnd
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+  SD_REQUEST                     *EraseBlock;
+  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;
+
+  EraseBlock = NULL;
+  PassThru   = Device->Private->PassThru;
+
+  EraseBlock = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (SD_REQUEST));
+  if (EraseBlock == NULL) {
+    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  EraseBlock->Signature = SD_REQUEST_SIGNATURE;
+  OldTpl                = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+  InsertTailList (&Device->Queue, &EraseBlock->Link);
+  gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+  EraseBlock->Packet.SdMmcCmdBlk    = &EraseBlock->SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  EraseBlock->Packet.SdMmcStatusBlk = &EraseBlock->SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  EraseBlock->Packet.Timeout        = SD_GENERIC_TIMEOUT;
+
+  EraseBlock->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandIndex = SD_ERASE;
+  EraseBlock->SdMmcCmdBlk.CommandType  = SdMmcCommandTypeAc;
+  EraseBlock->SdMmcCmdBlk.ResponseType = SdMmcResponseTypeR1b;
+
+  EraseBlock->IsEnd = IsEnd;
+  EraseBlock->Token = Token;
+
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    Status = gBS->CreateEvent (
+                    EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
+                    TPL_NOTIFY,
+                    AsyncIoCallback,
+                    EraseBlock,
+                    &EraseBlock->Event
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Error;
+    }
+  } else {
+    EraseBlock->Event = NULL;
+  }
+
+  Status = PassThru->PassThru (PassThru, Device->Slot, &EraseBlock->Packet, EraseBlock->Event);
+
+Error:
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    //
+    // For asynchronous operation, only free request and event in error case.
+    // The request and event will be freed in asynchronous callback for success case.
+    //
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (EraseBlock != NULL)) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlock->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      if (EraseBlock->Event != NULL) {
+        gBS->CloseEvent (EraseBlock->Event);
+      }
+
+      FreePool (EraseBlock);
+    }
+  } else {
+    //
+    // For synchronous operation, free request whatever the execution result is.
+    //
+    if (EraseBlock != NULL) {
+      OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+      RemoveEntryList (&EraseBlock->Link);
+      gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+      FreePool (EraseBlock);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Erase a specified number of device blocks.
+
+  @param[in]       This           Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in]       MediaId        The media ID that the erase request is for.
+  @param[in]       Lba            The starting logical block address to be
+                                  erased. The caller is responsible for erasing
+                                  only legitimate locations.
+  @param[in, out]  Token          A pointer to the token associated with the
+                                  transaction.
+  @param[in]       Size           The size in bytes to be erased. This must be
+                                  a multiple of the physical block size of the
+                                  device.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The erase request was queued if Event is not
+                                  NULL. The data was erased correctly to the
+                                  device if the Event is NULL.to the device.
+  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED     The device cannot be erased due to write
+                                  protection.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting
+                                  to perform the erase operation.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The erase request contains LBAs that are not
+                                  valid.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED       The MediaId is not for the current media.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdEraseBlocks (
+  IN     EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN     UINT32                    MediaId,
+  IN     EFI_LBA                   Lba,
+  IN OUT EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_TOKEN     *Token,
+  IN     UINTN                     Size
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS          Status;
+  EFI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA  *Media;
+  UINTN               BlockSize;
+  UINTN               BlockNum;
+  EFI_LBA             LastLba;
+  SD_DEVICE           *Device;
+
+  Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+  Device = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_ERASEBLK (This);
+  Media  = &Device->BlockMedia;
+
+  if (MediaId != Media->MediaId) {
+    return EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED;
+  }
+
+  if (Media->ReadOnly) {
+    return EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Check parameters.
+  //
+  BlockSize = Media->BlockSize;
+  if ((Size % BlockSize) != 0) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  BlockNum = Size / BlockSize;
+  if ((Lba + BlockNum - 1) > Media->LastBlock) {
+    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+  }
+
+  if ((Token != NULL) && (Token->Event != NULL)) {
+    Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  LastLba = Lba + BlockNum - 1;
+
+  Status = SdEraseBlockStart (Device, Lba, (EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN *)Token, FALSE);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = SdEraseBlockEnd (Device, LastLba, (EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN *)Token, FALSE);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = SdEraseBlock (Device, (EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN *)Token, TRUE);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  DEBUG ((
+    DEBUG_INFO,
+    "SdEraseBlocks(): Lba 0x%x BlkNo 0x%x Event %p with %r\n",
+    Lba,
+    BlockNum,
+    (Token != NULL) ? Token->Event : NULL,
+    Status
+    ));
+
+  return Status;
+}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdBlockIo.h b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdBlockIo.h
index b456ea31e8..919bf789e8 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdBlockIo.h
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdBlockIo.h
@@ -1,251 +1,251 @@
-/** @file

-  Header file for SdDxe Driver.

-

-  This file defines common data structures, macro definitions and some module

-  internal function header files.

-

-  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#ifndef _SD_BLOCK_IO_H_

-#define _SD_BLOCK_IO_H_

-

-/**

-  Reset the Block Device.

-

-  @param  This                 Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param  ExtendedVerification Driver may perform diagnostics on reset.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS          The device was reset.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR     The device is not functioning properly and could

-                               not be reset.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdReset (

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  BOOLEAN                ExtendedVerification

-  );

-

-/**

-  Read BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.

-

-  @param  This       Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param  MediaId    Id of the media, changes every time the media is replaced.

-  @param  Lba        The starting Logical Block Address to read from

-  @param  BufferSize Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param  Buffer     A pointer to the destination buffer for the data. The caller is

-                     responsible for either having implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was read correctly from the device.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the read.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The read request contains LBAs that are not valid,

-                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdReadBlocks (

-  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN     UINT32                 MediaId,

-  IN     EFI_LBA                Lba,

-  IN     UINTN                  BufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                      *Buffer

-  );

-

-/**

-  Write BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.

-

-  @param  This       Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param  MediaId    The media ID that the write request is for.

-  @param  Lba        The starting logical block address to be written. The caller is

-                     responsible for writing to only legitimate locations.

-  @param  BufferSize Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param  Buffer     A pointer to the source buffer for the data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was written correctly to the device.

-  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED   The device can not be written to.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the write.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The write request contains LBAs that are not valid,

-                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdWriteBlocks (

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  UINT32                 MediaId,

-  IN  EFI_LBA                Lba,

-  IN  UINTN                  BufferSize,

-  IN  VOID                   *Buffer

-  );

-

-/**

-  Flush the Block Device.

-

-  @param  This              Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       All outstanding data was written to the device

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR  The device reported an error while writing back the data

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is no media in the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdFlushBlocks (

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This

-  );

-

-/**

-  Reset the Block Device.

-

-  @param[in]  This                 Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in]  ExtendedVerification Driver may perform diagnostics on reset.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device was reset.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR         The device is not functioning properly and could

-                                   not be reset.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdResetEx (

-  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  BOOLEAN                 ExtendedVerification

-  );

-

-/**

-  Read BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.

-

-  @param[in]       This         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in]       MediaId      Id of the media, changes every time the media is replaced.

-  @param[in]       Lba          The starting Logical Block Address to read from.

-  @param[in, out]  Token        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-  @param[in]       BufferSize   Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param[out]      Buffer       A pointer to the destination buffer for the data. The caller is

-                                responsible for either having implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The read request was queued if Event is not NULL.

-                                The data was read correctly from the device if

-                                the Event is NULL.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing

-                                the read.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId is not for the current media.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of the

-                                intrinsic block size of the device.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The read request contains LBAs that are not valid,

-                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be completed due to a lack

-                                of resources.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdReadBlocksEx (

-  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN     UINT32                  MediaId,

-  IN     EFI_LBA                 Lba,

-  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token,

-  IN     UINTN                   BufferSize,

-  OUT VOID                       *Buffer

-  );

-

-/**

-  Write BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.

-

-  @param[in]       This         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in]       MediaId      The media ID that the write request is for.

-  @param[in]       Lba          The starting logical block address to be written. The

-                                caller is responsible for writing to only legitimate

-                                locations.

-  @param[in, out]  Token        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-  @param[in]       BufferSize   Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.

-  @param[in]       Buffer       A pointer to the source buffer for the data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was written correctly to the device.

-  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED   The device can not be written to.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the write.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.

-  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The write request contains LBAs that are not valid,

-                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdWriteBlocksEx (

-  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN     UINT32                  MediaId,

-  IN     EFI_LBA                 Lba,

-  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token,

-  IN     UINTN                   BufferSize,

-  IN     VOID                    *Buffer

-  );

-

-/**

-  Flush the Block Device.

-

-  @param[in]       This     Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in, out]  Token    A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       All outstanding data was written to the device

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR  The device reported an error while writing back the data

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is no media in the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdFlushBlocksEx (

-  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token

-  );

-

-/**

-  Erase a specified number of device blocks.

-

-  @param[in]       This           Indicates a pointer to the calling context.

-  @param[in]       MediaId        The media ID that the erase request is for.

-  @param[in]       Lba            The starting logical block address to be

-                                  erased. The caller is responsible for erasing

-                                  only legitimate locations.

-  @param[in, out]  Token          A pointer to the token associated with the

-                                  transaction.

-  @param[in]       Size           The size in bytes to be erased. This must be

-                                  a multiple of the physical block size of the

-                                  device.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The erase request was queued if Event is not

-                                  NULL. The data was erased correctly to the

-                                  device if the Event is NULL.to the device.

-  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED     The device cannot be erased due to write

-                                  protection.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting

-                                  to perform the erase operation.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The erase request contains LBAs that are not

-                                  valid.

-  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.

-  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED       The MediaId is not for the current media.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdEraseBlocks (

-  IN     EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN     UINT32                    MediaId,

-  IN     EFI_LBA                   Lba,

-  IN OUT EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_TOKEN     *Token,

-  IN     UINTN                     Size

-  );

-

-#endif

+/** @file
+  Header file for SdDxe Driver.
+
+  This file defines common data structures, macro definitions and some module
+  internal function header files.
+
+  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef _SD_BLOCK_IO_H_
+#define _SD_BLOCK_IO_H_
+
+/**
+  Reset the Block Device.
+
+  @param  This                 Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param  ExtendedVerification Driver may perform diagnostics on reset.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS          The device was reset.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR     The device is not functioning properly and could
+                               not be reset.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdReset (
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  BOOLEAN                ExtendedVerification
+  );
+
+/**
+  Read BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.
+
+  @param  This       Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param  MediaId    Id of the media, changes every time the media is replaced.
+  @param  Lba        The starting Logical Block Address to read from
+  @param  BufferSize Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param  Buffer     A pointer to the destination buffer for the data. The caller is
+                     responsible for either having implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was read correctly from the device.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the read.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The read request contains LBAs that are not valid,
+                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdReadBlocks (
+  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN     UINT32                 MediaId,
+  IN     EFI_LBA                Lba,
+  IN     UINTN                  BufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                      *Buffer
+  );
+
+/**
+  Write BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.
+
+  @param  This       Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param  MediaId    The media ID that the write request is for.
+  @param  Lba        The starting logical block address to be written. The caller is
+                     responsible for writing to only legitimate locations.
+  @param  BufferSize Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param  Buffer     A pointer to the source buffer for the data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was written correctly to the device.
+  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED   The device can not be written to.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the write.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The write request contains LBAs that are not valid,
+                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdWriteBlocks (
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  UINT32                 MediaId,
+  IN  EFI_LBA                Lba,
+  IN  UINTN                  BufferSize,
+  IN  VOID                   *Buffer
+  );
+
+/**
+  Flush the Block Device.
+
+  @param  This              Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       All outstanding data was written to the device
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR  The device reported an error while writing back the data
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is no media in the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdFlushBlocks (
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL  *This
+  );
+
+/**
+  Reset the Block Device.
+
+  @param[in]  This                 Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in]  ExtendedVerification Driver may perform diagnostics on reset.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device was reset.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR         The device is not functioning properly and could
+                                   not be reset.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdResetEx (
+  IN  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  BOOLEAN                 ExtendedVerification
+  );
+
+/**
+  Read BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.
+
+  @param[in]       This         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in]       MediaId      Id of the media, changes every time the media is replaced.
+  @param[in]       Lba          The starting Logical Block Address to read from.
+  @param[in, out]  Token        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+  @param[in]       BufferSize   Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param[out]      Buffer       A pointer to the destination buffer for the data. The caller is
+                                responsible for either having implicit or explicit ownership of the buffer.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The read request was queued if Event is not NULL.
+                                The data was read correctly from the device if
+                                the Event is NULL.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing
+                                the read.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId is not for the current media.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The BufferSize parameter is not a multiple of the
+                                intrinsic block size of the device.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The read request contains LBAs that are not valid,
+                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be completed due to a lack
+                                of resources.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdReadBlocksEx (
+  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN     UINT32                  MediaId,
+  IN     EFI_LBA                 Lba,
+  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token,
+  IN     UINTN                   BufferSize,
+  OUT VOID                       *Buffer
+  );
+
+/**
+  Write BufferSize bytes from Lba into Buffer.
+
+  @param[in]       This         Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in]       MediaId      The media ID that the write request is for.
+  @param[in]       Lba          The starting logical block address to be written. The
+                                caller is responsible for writing to only legitimate
+                                locations.
+  @param[in, out]  Token        A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+  @param[in]       BufferSize   Size of Buffer, must be a multiple of device block size.
+  @param[in]       Buffer       A pointer to the source buffer for the data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The data was written correctly to the device.
+  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED   The device can not be written to.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device reported an error while performing the write.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA          There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED     The MediaId does not match the current device.
+  @retval EFI_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE   The Buffer was not a multiple of the block size of the device.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The write request contains LBAs that are not valid,
+                                or the buffer is not on proper alignment.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdWriteBlocksEx (
+  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN     UINT32                  MediaId,
+  IN     EFI_LBA                 Lba,
+  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token,
+  IN     UINTN                   BufferSize,
+  IN     VOID                    *Buffer
+  );
+
+/**
+  Flush the Block Device.
+
+  @param[in]       This     Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in, out]  Token    A pointer to the token associated with the transaction.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       All outstanding data was written to the device
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR  The device reported an error while writing back the data
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA      There is no media in the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdFlushBlocksEx (
+  IN     EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN OUT EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN     *Token
+  );
+
+/**
+  Erase a specified number of device blocks.
+
+  @param[in]       This           Indicates a pointer to the calling context.
+  @param[in]       MediaId        The media ID that the erase request is for.
+  @param[in]       Lba            The starting logical block address to be
+                                  erased. The caller is responsible for erasing
+                                  only legitimate locations.
+  @param[in, out]  Token          A pointer to the token associated with the
+                                  transaction.
+  @param[in]       Size           The size in bytes to be erased. This must be
+                                  a multiple of the physical block size of the
+                                  device.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             The erase request was queued if Event is not
+                                  NULL. The data was erased correctly to the
+                                  device if the Event is NULL.to the device.
+  @retval EFI_WRITE_PROTECTED     The device cannot be erased due to write
+                                  protection.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR        The device reported an error while attempting
+                                  to perform the erase operation.
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER   The erase request contains LBAs that are not
+                                  valid.
+  @retval EFI_NO_MEDIA            There is no media in the device.
+  @retval EFI_MEDIA_CHANGED       The MediaId is not for the current media.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdEraseBlocks (
+  IN     EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN     UINT32                    MediaId,
+  IN     EFI_LBA                   Lba,
+  IN OUT EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_TOKEN     *Token,
+  IN     UINTN                     Size
+  );
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDiskInfo.c b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDiskInfo.c
index 8bc82b9be7..62ba418d64 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDiskInfo.c
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDiskInfo.c
@@ -1,132 +1,132 @@
-/** @file

-  Implement the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL interface on SD memory card devices.

-

-  Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "SdDxe.h"

-

-/**

-  Provides inquiry information for the controller type.

-

-  This function is used by the driver entity to get inquiry data. Data format of

-  Identify data is defined by the Interface GUID.

-

-  @param[in]     This              Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[in,out] InquiryData       Pointer to a buffer for the inquiry data.

-  @param[in,out] InquiryDataSize   Pointer to the value for the inquiry data size.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.

-  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading InquiryData from device.

-  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   InquiryDataSize not big enough.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdDiskInfoInquiry (

-  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN OUT VOID                    *InquiryData,

-  IN OUT UINT32                  *InquiryDataSize

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  SD_DEVICE   *Device;

-

-  Device = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_DISKINFO (This);

-

-  if (*InquiryDataSize >= sizeof (Device->Cid)) {

-    Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-    CopyMem (InquiryData, &Device->Cid, sizeof (Device->Cid));

-  } else {

-    Status = EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;

-  }

-

-  *InquiryDataSize = sizeof (Device->Cid);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Provides identify information for the controller type.

-

-  This function is used by the driver entity to get identify data. Data format

-  of Identify data is defined by the Interface GUID.

-

-  @param[in]     This               Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL

-                                    instance.

-  @param[in,out] IdentifyData       Pointer to a buffer for the identify data.

-  @param[in,out] IdentifyDataSize   Pointer to the value for the identify data

-                                    size.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.

-  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading IdentifyData from device.

-  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   IdentifyDataSize not big enough.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdDiskInfoIdentify (

-  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN OUT VOID                    *IdentifyData,

-  IN OUT UINT32                  *IdentifyDataSize

-  )

-{

-  return EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-}

-

-/**

-  Provides sense data information for the controller type.

-

-  This function is used by the driver entity to get sense data. Data format of

-  Sense data is defined by the Interface GUID.

-

-  @param[in]     This              Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[in,out] SenseData         Pointer to the SenseData.

-  @param[in,out] SenseDataSize     Size of SenseData in bytes.

-  @param[out]    SenseDataNumber   Pointer to the value for the sense data size.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.

-  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading SenseData from device.

-  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   SenseDataSize not big enough.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdDiskInfoSenseData (

-  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN OUT VOID                    *SenseData,

-  IN OUT UINT32                  *SenseDataSize,

-  OUT    UINT8                   *SenseDataNumber

-  )

-{

-  return EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-}

-

-/**

-  Provides IDE channel and device information for the interface.

-

-  This function is used by the driver entity to get controller information.

-

-  @param[in]  This         Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[out] IdeChannel   Pointer to the Ide Channel number.  Primary or secondary.

-  @param[out] IdeDevice    Pointer to the Ide Device number.  Master or slave.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       IdeChannel and IdeDevice are valid.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED   This is not an IDE device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdDiskInfoWhichIde (

-  IN  EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  OUT UINT32                  *IdeChannel,

-  OUT UINT32                  *IdeDevice

-  )

-{

-  return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-}

+/** @file
+  Implement the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL interface on SD memory card devices.
+
+  Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#include "SdDxe.h"
+
+/**
+  Provides inquiry information for the controller type.
+
+  This function is used by the driver entity to get inquiry data. Data format of
+  Identify data is defined by the Interface GUID.
+
+  @param[in]     This              Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[in,out] InquiryData       Pointer to a buffer for the inquiry data.
+  @param[in,out] InquiryDataSize   Pointer to the value for the inquiry data size.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.
+  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading InquiryData from device.
+  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   InquiryDataSize not big enough.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdDiskInfoInquiry (
+  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN OUT VOID                    *InquiryData,
+  IN OUT UINT32                  *InquiryDataSize
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  SD_DEVICE   *Device;
+
+  Device = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_DISKINFO (This);
+
+  if (*InquiryDataSize >= sizeof (Device->Cid)) {
+    Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+    CopyMem (InquiryData, &Device->Cid, sizeof (Device->Cid));
+  } else {
+    Status = EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
+  }
+
+  *InquiryDataSize = sizeof (Device->Cid);
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Provides identify information for the controller type.
+
+  This function is used by the driver entity to get identify data. Data format
+  of Identify data is defined by the Interface GUID.
+
+  @param[in]     This               Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL
+                                    instance.
+  @param[in,out] IdentifyData       Pointer to a buffer for the identify data.
+  @param[in,out] IdentifyDataSize   Pointer to the value for the identify data
+                                    size.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.
+  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading IdentifyData from device.
+  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   IdentifyDataSize not big enough.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdDiskInfoIdentify (
+  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN OUT VOID                    *IdentifyData,
+  IN OUT UINT32                  *IdentifyDataSize
+  )
+{
+  return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+}
+
+/**
+  Provides sense data information for the controller type.
+
+  This function is used by the driver entity to get sense data. Data format of
+  Sense data is defined by the Interface GUID.
+
+  @param[in]     This              Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[in,out] SenseData         Pointer to the SenseData.
+  @param[in,out] SenseDataSize     Size of SenseData in bytes.
+  @param[out]    SenseDataNumber   Pointer to the value for the sense data size.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.
+  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading SenseData from device.
+  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   SenseDataSize not big enough.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdDiskInfoSenseData (
+  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN OUT VOID                    *SenseData,
+  IN OUT UINT32                  *SenseDataSize,
+  OUT    UINT8                   *SenseDataNumber
+  )
+{
+  return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+}
+
+/**
+  Provides IDE channel and device information for the interface.
+
+  This function is used by the driver entity to get controller information.
+
+  @param[in]  This         Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[out] IdeChannel   Pointer to the Ide Channel number.  Primary or secondary.
+  @param[out] IdeDevice    Pointer to the Ide Device number.  Master or slave.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       IdeChannel and IdeDevice are valid.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED   This is not an IDE device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdDiskInfoWhichIde (
+  IN  EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  OUT UINT32                  *IdeChannel,
+  OUT UINT32                  *IdeDevice
+  )
+{
+  return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDiskInfo.h b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDiskInfo.h
index 64e2f77c94..b5c41785b4 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDiskInfo.h
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDiskInfo.h
@@ -1,109 +1,109 @@
-/** @file

-  Header file for EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL interface on SD memory card devices.

-

-  Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#ifndef _SD_DISKINFO_H_

-#define _SD_DISKINFO_H_

-

-/**

-  Provides inquiry information for the controller type.

-

-  This function is used by the driver entity to get inquiry data. Data format of

-  Identify data is defined by the Interface GUID.

-

-  @param[in]     This              Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[in,out] InquiryData       Pointer to a buffer for the inquiry data.

-  @param[in,out] InquiryDataSize   Pointer to the value for the inquiry data size.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.

-  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading InquiryData from device.

-  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   InquiryDataSize not big enough.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdDiskInfoInquiry (

-  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN OUT VOID                    *InquiryData,

-  IN OUT UINT32                  *InquiryDataSize

-  );

-

-/**

-  Provides identify information for the controller type.

-

-  This function is used by the driver entity to get identify data. Data format

-  of Identify data is defined by the Interface GUID.

-

-  @param[in]     This               Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL

-                                    instance.

-  @param[in,out] IdentifyData       Pointer to a buffer for the identify data.

-  @param[in,out] IdentifyDataSize   Pointer to the value for the identify data

-                                    size.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.

-  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading IdentifyData from device.

-  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   IdentifyDataSize not big enough.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdDiskInfoIdentify (

-  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN OUT VOID                    *IdentifyData,

-  IN OUT UINT32                  *IdentifyDataSize

-  );

-

-/**

-  Provides sense data information for the controller type.

-

-  This function is used by the driver entity to get sense data. Data format of

-  Sense data is defined by the Interface GUID.

-

-  @param[in]     This              Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[in,out] SenseData         Pointer to the SenseData.

-  @param[in,out] SenseDataSize     Size of SenseData in bytes.

-  @param[out]    SenseDataNumber   Pointer to the value for the sense data size.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.

-  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading SenseData from device.

-  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   SenseDataSize not big enough.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdDiskInfoSenseData (

-  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN OUT VOID                    *SenseData,

-  IN OUT UINT32                  *SenseDataSize,

-  OUT    UINT8                   *SenseDataNumber

-  );

-

-/**

-  Provides IDE channel and device information for the interface.

-

-  This function is used by the driver entity to get controller information.

-

-  @param[in]  This         Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[out] IdeChannel   Pointer to the Ide Channel number.  Primary or secondary.

-  @param[out] IdeDevice    Pointer to the Ide Device number.  Master or slave.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       IdeChannel and IdeDevice are valid.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED   This is not an IDE device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdDiskInfoWhichIde (

-  IN  EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  OUT UINT32                  *IdeChannel,

-  OUT UINT32                  *IdeDevice

-  );

-

-#endif

+/** @file
+  Header file for EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL interface on SD memory card devices.
+
+  Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef _SD_DISKINFO_H_
+#define _SD_DISKINFO_H_
+
+/**
+  Provides inquiry information for the controller type.
+
+  This function is used by the driver entity to get inquiry data. Data format of
+  Identify data is defined by the Interface GUID.
+
+  @param[in]     This              Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[in,out] InquiryData       Pointer to a buffer for the inquiry data.
+  @param[in,out] InquiryDataSize   Pointer to the value for the inquiry data size.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.
+  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading InquiryData from device.
+  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   InquiryDataSize not big enough.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdDiskInfoInquiry (
+  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN OUT VOID                    *InquiryData,
+  IN OUT UINT32                  *InquiryDataSize
+  );
+
+/**
+  Provides identify information for the controller type.
+
+  This function is used by the driver entity to get identify data. Data format
+  of Identify data is defined by the Interface GUID.
+
+  @param[in]     This               Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL
+                                    instance.
+  @param[in,out] IdentifyData       Pointer to a buffer for the identify data.
+  @param[in,out] IdentifyDataSize   Pointer to the value for the identify data
+                                    size.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.
+  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading IdentifyData from device.
+  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   IdentifyDataSize not big enough.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdDiskInfoIdentify (
+  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN OUT VOID                    *IdentifyData,
+  IN OUT UINT32                  *IdentifyDataSize
+  );
+
+/**
+  Provides sense data information for the controller type.
+
+  This function is used by the driver entity to get sense data. Data format of
+  Sense data is defined by the Interface GUID.
+
+  @param[in]     This              Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[in,out] SenseData         Pointer to the SenseData.
+  @param[in,out] SenseDataSize     Size of SenseData in bytes.
+  @param[out]    SenseDataNumber   Pointer to the value for the sense data size.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The command was accepted without any errors.
+  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          Device does not support this data class.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR       Error reading SenseData from device.
+  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   SenseDataSize not big enough.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdDiskInfoSenseData (
+  IN     EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN OUT VOID                    *SenseData,
+  IN OUT UINT32                  *SenseDataSize,
+  OUT    UINT8                   *SenseDataNumber
+  );
+
+/**
+  Provides IDE channel and device information for the interface.
+
+  This function is used by the driver entity to get controller information.
+
+  @param[in]  This         Pointer to the EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[out] IdeChannel   Pointer to the Ide Channel number.  Primary or secondary.
+  @param[out] IdeDevice    Pointer to the Ide Device number.  Master or slave.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       IdeChannel and IdeDevice are valid.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED   This is not an IDE device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdDiskInfoWhichIde (
+  IN  EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  OUT UINT32                  *IdeChannel,
+  OUT UINT32                  *IdeDevice
+  );
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDxe.c b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDxe.c
index a7b2515b14..bbf6102b40 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDxe.c
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDxe.c
@@ -1,913 +1,913 @@
-/** @file

-  The SdDxe driver is used to manage the SD memory card device.

-

-  It produces BlockIo and BlockIo2 protocols to allow upper layer

-  access the SD memory card device.

-

-  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "SdDxe.h"

-

-//

-// SdDxe Driver Binding Protocol Instance

-//

-EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  gSdDxeDriverBinding = {

-  SdDxeDriverBindingSupported,

-  SdDxeDriverBindingStart,

-  SdDxeDriverBindingStop,

-  0x10,

-  NULL,

-  NULL

-};

-

-//

-// Template for SD_DEVICE data structure.

-//

-SD_DEVICE  mSdDeviceTemplate = {

-  SD_DEVICE_SIGNATURE,         // Signature

-  NULL,                        // Handle

-  NULL,                        // DevicePath

-  0xFF,                        // Slot

-  FALSE,                       // SectorAddressing

-  {                            // BlockIo

-    EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL_REVISION,

-    NULL,

-    SdReset,

-    SdReadBlocks,

-    SdWriteBlocks,

-    SdFlushBlocks

-  },

-  {                            // BlockIo2

-    NULL,

-    SdResetEx,

-    SdReadBlocksEx,

-    SdWriteBlocksEx,

-    SdFlushBlocksEx

-  },

-  {                            // BlockMedia

-    0,                         // MediaId

-    FALSE,                     // RemovableMedia

-    TRUE,                      // MediaPresent

-    FALSE,                     // LogicPartition

-    FALSE,                     // ReadOnly

-    FALSE,                     // WritingCache

-    0x200,                     // BlockSize

-    0,                         // IoAlign

-    0                          // LastBlock

-  },

-  {                            // EraseBlock

-    EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_PROTOCOL_REVISION,

-    1,

-    SdEraseBlocks

-  },

-  {                            // DiskInfo

-    EFI_DISK_INFO_SD_MMC_INTERFACE_GUID,

-    SdDiskInfoInquiry,

-    SdDiskInfoIdentify,

-    SdDiskInfoSenseData,

-    SdDiskInfoWhichIde

-  },

-  {                            // Queue

-    NULL,

-    NULL

-  },

-  {                            // Csd

-    0,

-  },

-  {                            // Cid

-    0,

-  },

-  NULL,                        // ControllerNameTable

-  {                            // ModelName

-    0,

-  },

-  NULL                         // Private

-};

-

-/**

-  Decode and print SD CSD Register content.

-

-  @param[in] Csd           Pointer to SD_CSD data structure.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS      The function completed successfully

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-DumpCsd (

-  IN SD_CSD  *Csd

-  )

-{

-  SD_CSD2  *Csd2;

-

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "== Dump Sd Csd Register==\n"));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  CSD structure                    0x%x\n", Csd->CsdStructure));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Data read access-time 1          0x%x\n", Csd->Taac));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Data read access-time 2          0x%x\n", Csd->Nsac));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. bus clock frequency         0x%x\n", Csd->TranSpeed));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Device command classes           0x%x\n", Csd->Ccc));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. read data block length      0x%x\n", Csd->ReadBlLen));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Partial blocks for read allowed  0x%x\n", Csd->ReadBlPartial));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Write block misalignment         0x%x\n", Csd->WriteBlkMisalign));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Read block misalignment          0x%x\n", Csd->ReadBlkMisalign));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  DSR implemented                  0x%x\n", Csd->DsrImp));

-  if (Csd->CsdStructure == 0) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Device size                      0x%x\n", Csd->CSizeLow | (Csd->CSizeHigh << 2)));

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. read current @ VDD min      0x%x\n", Csd->VddRCurrMin));

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. read current @ VDD max      0x%x\n", Csd->VddRCurrMax));

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. write current @ VDD min     0x%x\n", Csd->VddWCurrMin));

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. write current @ VDD max     0x%x\n", Csd->VddWCurrMax));

-  } else {

-    Csd2 = (SD_CSD2 *)(VOID *)Csd;

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Device size                      0x%x\n", Csd2->CSizeLow | (Csd->CSizeHigh << 16)));

-  }

-

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Erase sector size                0x%x\n", Csd->SectorSize));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Erase single block enable        0x%x\n", Csd->EraseBlkEn));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Write protect group size         0x%x\n", Csd->WpGrpSize));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Write protect group enable       0x%x\n", Csd->WpGrpEnable));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Write speed factor               0x%x\n", Csd->R2WFactor));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. write data block length     0x%x\n", Csd->WriteBlLen));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Partial blocks for write allowed 0x%x\n", Csd->WriteBlPartial));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  File format group                0x%x\n", Csd->FileFormatGrp));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Copy flag (OTP)                  0x%x\n", Csd->Copy));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Permanent write protection       0x%x\n", Csd->PermWriteProtect));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Temporary write protection       0x%x\n", Csd->TmpWriteProtect));

-  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  File format                      0x%x\n", Csd->FileFormat));

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Get SD device model name.

-

-  @param[in, out] Device   The pointer to the SD_DEVICE data structure.

-  @param[in]      Cid      Pointer to SD_CID data structure.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS      The function completed successfully

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-GetSdModelName (

-  IN OUT SD_DEVICE  *Device,

-  IN     SD_CID     *Cid

-  )

-{

-  CHAR8  String[SD_MODEL_NAME_MAX_LEN];

-

-  ZeroMem (String, sizeof (String));

-  CopyMem (String, Cid->OemId, sizeof (Cid->OemId));

-  String[sizeof (Cid->OemId)] = ' ';

-  CopyMem (String + sizeof (Cid->OemId) + 1, Cid->ProductName, sizeof (Cid->ProductName));

-  String[sizeof (Cid->OemId) + sizeof (Cid->ProductName)] = ' ';

-  CopyMem (String + sizeof (Cid->OemId) + sizeof (Cid->ProductName) + 1, Cid->ProductSerialNumber, sizeof (Cid->ProductSerialNumber));

-

-  AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS (String, Device->ModelName, sizeof (Device->ModelName) / sizeof (Device->ModelName[0]));

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Discover user area partition in the SD device.

-

-  @param[in] Device          The pointer to the SD_DEVICE data structure.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        The user area partition in the SD device is successfully identified.

-  @return Others             Some error occurs when identifying the user area.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-DiscoverUserArea (

-  IN SD_DEVICE  *Device

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-  SD_CSD      *Csd;

-  SD_CSD2     *Csd2;

-  SD_CID      *Cid;

-  UINT64      Capacity;

-  UINT32      DevStatus;

-  UINT16      Rca;

-  UINT32      CSize;

-  UINT32      CSizeMul;

-  UINT32      ReadBlLen;

-

-  //

-  // Deselect the device to force it enter stby mode.

-  // Note here we don't judge return status as some SD devices return

-  // error but the state has been stby.

-  //

-  SdSelect (Device, 0);

-

-  Status = SdSetRca (Device, &Rca);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "DiscoverUserArea(): Assign new Rca = 0x%x fails with %r\n", Rca, Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Csd    = &Device->Csd;

-  Status = SdGetCsd (Device, Rca, Csd);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  DumpCsd (Csd);

-

-  Cid    = &Device->Cid;

-  Status = SdGetCid (Device, Rca, Cid);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  GetSdModelName (Device, Cid);

-

-  Status = SdSelect (Device, Rca);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "DiscoverUserArea(): Reselect the device 0x%x fails with %r\n", Rca, Status));

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  Status = SdSendStatus (Device, Rca, &DevStatus);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  if (Csd->CsdStructure == 0) {

-    Device->SectorAddressing = FALSE;

-    CSize                    = (Csd->CSizeHigh << 2 | Csd->CSizeLow) + 1;

-    CSizeMul                 = (1 << (Csd->CSizeMul + 2));

-    ReadBlLen                = (1 << (Csd->ReadBlLen));

-    Capacity                 = MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 ((UINT64)CSize, CSizeMul), ReadBlLen);

-  } else {

-    Device->SectorAddressing = TRUE;

-    Csd2                     = (SD_CSD2 *)(VOID *)Csd;

-    CSize                    = (Csd2->CSizeHigh << 16 | Csd2->CSizeLow) + 1;

-    Capacity                 = MultU64x32 ((UINT64)CSize, SIZE_512KB);

-  }

-

-  Device->BlockIo.Media               = &Device->BlockMedia;

-  Device->BlockIo2.Media              = &Device->BlockMedia;

-  Device->BlockMedia.IoAlign          = Device->Private->PassThru->IoAlign;

-  Device->BlockMedia.BlockSize        = 0x200;

-  Device->BlockMedia.LastBlock        = 0x00;

-  Device->BlockMedia.RemovableMedia   = TRUE;

-  Device->BlockMedia.MediaPresent     = TRUE;

-  Device->BlockMedia.LogicalPartition = FALSE;

-  Device->BlockMedia.LastBlock        = DivU64x32 (Capacity, Device->BlockMedia.BlockSize) - 1;

-

-  if (Csd->EraseBlkEn) {

-    Device->EraseBlock.EraseLengthGranularity = 1;

-  } else {

-    Device->EraseBlock.EraseLengthGranularity = (Csd->SectorSize + 1) * (1 << (Csd->WriteBlLen - 9));

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Scan SD Bus to discover the device.

-

-  @param[in]  Private             The SD driver private data structure.

-  @param[in]  Slot                The slot number to check device present.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             Successfully to discover the device and attach

-                                  SdMmcIoProtocol to it.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES    The request could not be completed due to a lack

-                                  of resources.

-  @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED     The device was discovered before.

-  @retval Others                  Fail to discover the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-DiscoverSdDevice (

-  IN  SD_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private,

-  IN  UINT8                   Slot

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  SD_DEVICE                      *Device;

-  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       *DevicePath;

-  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       *NewDevicePath;

-  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       *RemainingDevicePath;

-  EFI_HANDLE                     DeviceHandle;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-

-  Device              = NULL;

-  DevicePath          = NULL;

-  NewDevicePath       = NULL;

-  RemainingDevicePath = NULL;

-  PassThru            = Private->PassThru;

-

-  //

-  // Build Device Path

-  //

-  Status = PassThru->BuildDevicePath (

-                       PassThru,

-                       Slot,

-                       &DevicePath

-                       );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  if (DevicePath->SubType != MSG_SD_DP) {

-    Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  NewDevicePath = AppendDevicePathNode (

-                    Private->ParentDevicePath,

-                    DevicePath

-                    );

-

-  if (NewDevicePath == NULL) {

-    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  DeviceHandle        = NULL;

-  RemainingDevicePath = NewDevicePath;

-  Status              = gBS->LocateDevicePath (&gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, &RemainingDevicePath, &DeviceHandle);

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && (DeviceHandle != NULL) && IsDevicePathEnd (RemainingDevicePath)) {

-    //

-    // The device has been started, directly return to fast boot.

-    //

-    Status = EFI_ALREADY_STARTED;

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Allocate buffer to store SD_DEVICE private data.

-  //

-  Device = AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (SD_DEVICE), &mSdDeviceTemplate);

-  if (Device == NULL) {

-    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  Device->DevicePath = NewDevicePath;

-  Device->Slot       = Slot;

-  Device->Private    = Private;

-  InitializeListHead (&Device->Queue);

-

-  //

-  // Expose user area in the Sd memory card to upper layer.

-  //

-  Status = DiscoverUserArea (Device);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    goto Error;

-  }

-

-  Device->ControllerNameTable = NULL;

-  AddUnicodeString2 (

-    "eng",

-    gSdDxeComponentName.SupportedLanguages,

-    &Device->ControllerNameTable,

-    Device->ModelName,

-    TRUE

-    );

-  AddUnicodeString2 (

-    "en",

-    gSdDxeComponentName2.SupportedLanguages,

-    &Device->ControllerNameTable,

-    Device->ModelName,

-    FALSE

-    );

-

-  Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (

-                  &Device->Handle,

-                  &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,

-                  Device->DevicePath,

-                  &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,

-                  &Device->BlockIo,

-                  &gEfiBlockIo2ProtocolGuid,

-                  &Device->BlockIo2,

-                  &gEfiEraseBlockProtocolGuid,

-                  &Device->EraseBlock,

-                  &gEfiDiskInfoProtocolGuid,

-                  &Device->DiskInfo,

-                  NULL

-                  );

-

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    gBS->OpenProtocol (

-           Private->Controller,

-           &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,

-           (VOID **)&(Private->PassThru),

-           Private->DriverBindingHandle,

-           Device->Handle,

-           EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER

-           );

-  }

-

-Error:

-  FreePool (DevicePath);

-

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (NewDevicePath != NULL)) {

-    FreePool (NewDevicePath);

-  }

-

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (Device != NULL)) {

-    FreePool (Device);

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Tests to see if this driver supports a given controller. If a child device is provided,

-  it further tests to see if this driver supports creating a handle for the specified child device.

-

-  This function checks to see if the driver specified by This supports the device specified by

-  ControllerHandle. Drivers will typically use the device path attached to

-  ControllerHandle and/or the services from the bus I/O abstraction attached to

-  ControllerHandle to determine if the driver supports ControllerHandle. This function

-  may be called many times during platform initialization. In order to reduce boot times, the tests

-  performed by this function must be very small, and take as little time as possible to execute. This

-  function must not change the state of any hardware devices, and this function must be aware that the

-  device specified by ControllerHandle may already be managed by the same driver or a

-  different driver. This function must match its calls to AllocatePages() with FreePages(),

-  AllocatePool() with FreePool(), and OpenProtocol() with CloseProtocol().

-  Since ControllerHandle may have been previously started by the same driver, if a protocol is

-  already in the opened state, then it must not be closed with CloseProtocol(). This is required

-  to guarantee the state of ControllerHandle is not modified by this function.

-

-  @param[in]  This                 A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[in]  ControllerHandle     The handle of the controller to test. This handle

-                                   must support a protocol interface that supplies

-                                   an I/O abstraction to the driver.

-  @param[in]  RemainingDevicePath  A pointer to the remaining portion of a device path.  This

-                                   parameter is ignored by device drivers, and is optional for bus

-                                   drivers. For bus drivers, if this parameter is not NULL, then

-                                   the bus driver must determine if the bus controller specified

-                                   by ControllerHandle and the child controller specified

-                                   by RemainingDevicePath are both supported by this

-                                   bus driver.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device specified by ControllerHandle and

-                                   RemainingDevicePath is supported by the driver specified by This.

-  @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED      The device specified by ControllerHandle and

-                                   RemainingDevicePath is already being managed by the driver

-                                   specified by This.

-  @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED        The device specified by ControllerHandle and

-                                   RemainingDevicePath is already being managed by a different

-                                   driver or an application that requires exclusive access.

-                                   Currently not implemented.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED          The device specified by ControllerHandle and

-                                   RemainingDevicePath is not supported by the driver specified by This.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdDxeDriverBindingSupported (

-  IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,

-  IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL     *RemainingDevicePath

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       *ParentDevicePath;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-  UINT8                          Slot;

-

-  //

-  // Test EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL on the controller handle.

-  //

-  Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (

-                  Controller,

-                  &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,

-                  (VOID **)&PassThru,

-                  This->DriverBindingHandle,

-                  Controller,

-                  EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER

-                  );

-

-  if (Status == EFI_ALREADY_STARTED) {

-    return EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Test RemainingDevicePath is valid or not.

-  //

-  if ((RemainingDevicePath != NULL) && !IsDevicePathEnd (RemainingDevicePath)) {

-    Status = PassThru->GetSlotNumber (PassThru, RemainingDevicePath, &Slot);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      //

-      // Close the I/O Abstraction(s) used to perform the supported test

-      //

-      gBS->CloseProtocol (

-             Controller,

-             &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,

-             This->DriverBindingHandle,

-             Controller

-             );

-      return Status;

-    }

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Close the I/O Abstraction(s) used to perform the supported test

-  //

-  gBS->CloseProtocol (

-         Controller,

-         &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,

-         This->DriverBindingHandle,

-         Controller

-         );

-

-  //

-  // Open the EFI Device Path protocol needed to perform the supported test

-  //

-  Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (

-                  Controller,

-                  &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,

-                  (VOID **)&ParentDevicePath,

-                  This->DriverBindingHandle,

-                  Controller,

-                  EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL

-                  );

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Starts a device controller or a bus controller.

-

-  The Start() function is designed to be invoked from the EFI boot service ConnectController().

-  As a result, much of the error checking on the parameters to Start() has been moved into this

-  common boot service. It is legal to call Start() from other locations,

-  but the following calling restrictions must be followed or the system behavior will not be deterministic.

-  1. ControllerHandle must be a valid EFI_HANDLE.

-  2. If RemainingDevicePath is not NULL, then it must be a pointer to a naturally aligned

-     EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL.

-  3. Prior to calling Start(), the Supported() function for the driver specified by This must

-     have been called with the same calling parameters, and Supported() must have returned EFI_SUCCESS.

-

-  @param[in]  This                 A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[in]  ControllerHandle     The handle of the controller to start. This handle

-                                   must support a protocol interface that supplies

-                                   an I/O abstraction to the driver.

-  @param[in]  RemainingDevicePath  A pointer to the remaining portion of a device path.  This

-                                   parameter is ignored by device drivers, and is optional for bus

-                                   drivers. For a bus driver, if this parameter is NULL, then handles

-                                   for all the children of Controller are created by this driver.

-                                   If this parameter is not NULL and the first Device Path Node is

-                                   not the End of Device Path Node, then only the handle for the

-                                   child device specified by the first Device Path Node of

-                                   RemainingDevicePath is created by this driver.

-                                   If the first Device Path Node of RemainingDevicePath is

-                                   the End of Device Path Node, no child handle is created by this

-                                   driver.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device was started.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR         The device could not be started due to a device error.Currently not implemented.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES     The request could not be completed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                   The driver failed to start the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdDxeDriverBindingStart (

-  IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,

-  IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL     *RemainingDevicePath

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       *ParentDevicePath;

-  SD_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA         *Private;

-  UINT8                          Slot;

-

-  Private  = NULL;

-  PassThru = NULL;

-  Status   = gBS->OpenProtocol (

-                    Controller,

-                    &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,

-                    (VOID **)&PassThru,

-                    This->DriverBindingHandle,

-                    Controller,

-                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER

-                    );

-  if ((EFI_ERROR (Status)) && (Status != EFI_ALREADY_STARTED)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check EFI_ALREADY_STARTED to reuse the original SD_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA.

-  //

-  if (Status != EFI_ALREADY_STARTED) {

-    Private = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (SD_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA));

-    if (Private == NULL) {

-      Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-      goto Error;

-    }

-

-    Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (

-                    Controller,

-                    &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,

-                    (VOID **)&ParentDevicePath,

-                    This->DriverBindingHandle,

-                    Controller,

-                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL

-                    );

-    ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);

-    Private->PassThru            = PassThru;

-    Private->Controller          = Controller;

-    Private->ParentDevicePath    = ParentDevicePath;

-    Private->DriverBindingHandle = This->DriverBindingHandle;

-

-    Status = gBS->InstallProtocolInterface (

-                    &Controller,

-                    &gEfiCallerIdGuid,

-                    EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,

-                    Private

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Error;

-    }

-  } else {

-    Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (

-                    Controller,

-                    &gEfiCallerIdGuid,

-                    (VOID **)&Private,

-                    This->DriverBindingHandle,

-                    Controller,

-                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Error;

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (RemainingDevicePath == NULL) {

-    Slot = 0xFF;

-    while (TRUE) {

-      Status = PassThru->GetNextSlot (PassThru, &Slot);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        //

-        // Cannot find more legal slots.

-        //

-        Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-        break;

-      }

-

-      Status = DiscoverSdDevice (Private, Slot);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (Status != EFI_ALREADY_STARTED)) {

-        break;

-      }

-    }

-  } else if (!IsDevicePathEnd (RemainingDevicePath)) {

-    Status = PassThru->GetSlotNumber (PassThru, RemainingDevicePath, &Slot);

-    if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      Status = DiscoverSdDevice (Private, Slot);

-    }

-  }

-

-Error:

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (Status != EFI_ALREADY_STARTED)) {

-    gBS->CloseProtocol (

-           Controller,

-           &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,

-           This->DriverBindingHandle,

-           Controller

-           );

-

-    if (Private != NULL) {

-      gBS->UninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (

-             Controller,

-             &gEfiCallerIdGuid,

-             Private,

-             NULL

-             );

-      FreePool (Private);

-    }

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Stops a device controller or a bus controller.

-

-  The Stop() function is designed to be invoked from the EFI boot service DisconnectController().

-  As a result, much of the error checking on the parameters to Stop() has been moved

-  into this common boot service. It is legal to call Stop() from other locations,

-  but the following calling restrictions must be followed or the system behavior will not be deterministic.

-  1. ControllerHandle must be a valid EFI_HANDLE that was used on a previous call to this

-     same driver's Start() function.

-  2. The first NumberOfChildren handles of ChildHandleBuffer must all be a valid

-     EFI_HANDLE. In addition, all of these handles must have been created in this driver's

-     Start() function, and the Start() function must have called OpenProtocol() on

-     ControllerHandle with an Attribute of EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER.

-

-  @param[in]  This              A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[in]  ControllerHandle  A handle to the device being stopped. The handle must

-                                support a bus specific I/O protocol for the driver

-                                to use to stop the device.

-  @param[in]  NumberOfChildren  The number of child device handles in ChildHandleBuffer.

-  @param[in]  ChildHandleBuffer An array of child handles to be freed. May be NULL

-                                if NumberOfChildren is 0.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The device was stopped.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device could not be stopped due to a device error.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdDxeDriverBindingStop (

-  IN  EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,

-  IN  UINTN                        NumberOfChildren,

-  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   *ChildHandleBuffer

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                     Status;

-  BOOLEAN                        AllChildrenStopped;

-  UINTN                          Index;

-  SD_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA         *Private;

-  SD_DEVICE                      *Device;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;

-  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL         *BlockIo2;

-  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL          *BlockIo;

-  LIST_ENTRY                     *Link;

-  LIST_ENTRY                     *NextLink;

-  SD_REQUEST                     *Request;

-  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;

-

-  if (NumberOfChildren == 0) {

-    Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (

-                    Controller,

-                    &gEfiCallerIdGuid,

-                    (VOID **)&Private,

-                    This->DriverBindingHandle,

-                    Controller,

-                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-    }

-

-    gBS->UninstallProtocolInterface (

-           Controller,

-           &gEfiCallerIdGuid,

-           Private

-           );

-    gBS->CloseProtocol (

-           Controller,

-           &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,

-           This->DriverBindingHandle,

-           Controller

-           );

-

-    FreePool (Private);

-

-    return EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  AllChildrenStopped = TRUE;

-

-  for (Index = 0; Index < NumberOfChildren; Index++) {

-    BlockIo  = NULL;

-    BlockIo2 = NULL;

-    Status   = gBS->OpenProtocol (

-                      ChildHandleBuffer[Index],

-                      &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,

-                      (VOID **)&BlockIo,

-                      This->DriverBindingHandle,

-                      Controller,

-                      EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL

-                      );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (

-                      ChildHandleBuffer[Index],

-                      &gEfiBlockIo2ProtocolGuid,

-                      (VOID **)&BlockIo2,

-                      This->DriverBindingHandle,

-                      Controller,

-                      EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL

-                      );

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        AllChildrenStopped = FALSE;

-        continue;

-      }

-    }

-

-    if (BlockIo != NULL) {

-      Device = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO (BlockIo);

-    } else {

-      ASSERT (BlockIo2 != NULL);

-      Device = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO2 (BlockIo2);

-    }

-

-    //

-    // Free all on-going async tasks.

-    //

-    OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);

-    for (Link = GetFirstNode (&Device->Queue);

-         !IsNull (&Device->Queue, Link);

-         Link = NextLink)

-    {

-      NextLink = GetNextNode (&Device->Queue, Link);

-      RemoveEntryList (Link);

-

-      Request = SD_REQUEST_FROM_LINK (Link);

-

-      gBS->CloseEvent (Request->Event);

-      Request->Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_ABORTED;

-

-      if (Request->IsEnd) {

-        gBS->SignalEvent (Request->Token->Event);

-      }

-

-      FreePool (Request);

-    }

-

-    gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);

-

-    //

-    // Close the child handle

-    //

-    Status = gBS->CloseProtocol (

-                    Controller,

-                    &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,

-                    This->DriverBindingHandle,

-                    ChildHandleBuffer[Index]

-                    );

-

-    Status = gBS->UninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (

-                    ChildHandleBuffer[Index],

-                    &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,

-                    Device->DevicePath,

-                    &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,

-                    &Device->BlockIo,

-                    &gEfiBlockIo2ProtocolGuid,

-                    &Device->BlockIo2,

-                    &gEfiEraseBlockProtocolGuid,

-                    &Device->EraseBlock,

-                    &gEfiDiskInfoProtocolGuid,

-                    &Device->DiskInfo,

-                    NULL

-                    );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      AllChildrenStopped = FALSE;

-      gBS->OpenProtocol (

-             Controller,

-             &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,

-             (VOID **)&PassThru,

-             This->DriverBindingHandle,

-             ChildHandleBuffer[Index],

-             EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER

-             );

-    } else {

-      FreePool (Device->DevicePath);

-      FreeUnicodeStringTable (Device->ControllerNameTable);

-      FreePool (Device);

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (!AllChildrenStopped) {

-    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  The user Entry Point for module SdDxe. The user code starts with this function.

-

-  @param[in] ImageHandle    The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.

-  @param[in] SystemTable    A pointer to the EFI System Table.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The entry point is executed successfully.

-  @retval other             Some errors occur when executing this entry point.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-InitializeSdDxe (

-  IN EFI_HANDLE        ImageHandle,

-  IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE  *SystemTable

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-

-  //

-  // Install driver model protocol(s).

-  //

-  Status = EfiLibInstallDriverBindingComponentName2 (

-             ImageHandle,

-             SystemTable,

-             &gSdDxeDriverBinding,

-             ImageHandle,

-             &gSdDxeComponentName,

-             &gSdDxeComponentName2

-             );

-  ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);

-

-  return Status;

-}

+/** @file
+  The SdDxe driver is used to manage the SD memory card device.
+
+  It produces BlockIo and BlockIo2 protocols to allow upper layer
+  access the SD memory card device.
+
+  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#include "SdDxe.h"
+
+//
+// SdDxe Driver Binding Protocol Instance
+//
+EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  gSdDxeDriverBinding = {
+  SdDxeDriverBindingSupported,
+  SdDxeDriverBindingStart,
+  SdDxeDriverBindingStop,
+  0x10,
+  NULL,
+  NULL
+};
+
+//
+// Template for SD_DEVICE data structure.
+//
+SD_DEVICE  mSdDeviceTemplate = {
+  SD_DEVICE_SIGNATURE,         // Signature
+  NULL,                        // Handle
+  NULL,                        // DevicePath
+  0xFF,                        // Slot
+  FALSE,                       // SectorAddressing
+  {                            // BlockIo
+    EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL_REVISION,
+    NULL,
+    SdReset,
+    SdReadBlocks,
+    SdWriteBlocks,
+    SdFlushBlocks
+  },
+  {                            // BlockIo2
+    NULL,
+    SdResetEx,
+    SdReadBlocksEx,
+    SdWriteBlocksEx,
+    SdFlushBlocksEx
+  },
+  {                            // BlockMedia
+    0,                         // MediaId
+    FALSE,                     // RemovableMedia
+    TRUE,                      // MediaPresent
+    FALSE,                     // LogicPartition
+    FALSE,                     // ReadOnly
+    FALSE,                     // WritingCache
+    0x200,                     // BlockSize
+    0,                         // IoAlign
+    0                          // LastBlock
+  },
+  {                            // EraseBlock
+    EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_PROTOCOL_REVISION,
+    1,
+    SdEraseBlocks
+  },
+  {                            // DiskInfo
+    EFI_DISK_INFO_SD_MMC_INTERFACE_GUID,
+    SdDiskInfoInquiry,
+    SdDiskInfoIdentify,
+    SdDiskInfoSenseData,
+    SdDiskInfoWhichIde
+  },
+  {                            // Queue
+    NULL,
+    NULL
+  },
+  {                            // Csd
+    0,
+  },
+  {                            // Cid
+    0,
+  },
+  NULL,                        // ControllerNameTable
+  {                            // ModelName
+    0,
+  },
+  NULL                         // Private
+};
+
+/**
+  Decode and print SD CSD Register content.
+
+  @param[in] Csd           Pointer to SD_CSD data structure.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS      The function completed successfully
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+DumpCsd (
+  IN SD_CSD  *Csd
+  )
+{
+  SD_CSD2  *Csd2;
+
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "== Dump Sd Csd Register==\n"));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  CSD structure                    0x%x\n", Csd->CsdStructure));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Data read access-time 1          0x%x\n", Csd->Taac));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Data read access-time 2          0x%x\n", Csd->Nsac));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. bus clock frequency         0x%x\n", Csd->TranSpeed));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Device command classes           0x%x\n", Csd->Ccc));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. read data block length      0x%x\n", Csd->ReadBlLen));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Partial blocks for read allowed  0x%x\n", Csd->ReadBlPartial));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Write block misalignment         0x%x\n", Csd->WriteBlkMisalign));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Read block misalignment          0x%x\n", Csd->ReadBlkMisalign));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  DSR implemented                  0x%x\n", Csd->DsrImp));
+  if (Csd->CsdStructure == 0) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Device size                      0x%x\n", Csd->CSizeLow | (Csd->CSizeHigh << 2)));
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. read current @ VDD min      0x%x\n", Csd->VddRCurrMin));
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. read current @ VDD max      0x%x\n", Csd->VddRCurrMax));
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. write current @ VDD min     0x%x\n", Csd->VddWCurrMin));
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. write current @ VDD max     0x%x\n", Csd->VddWCurrMax));
+  } else {
+    Csd2 = (SD_CSD2 *)(VOID *)Csd;
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Device size                      0x%x\n", Csd2->CSizeLow | (Csd->CSizeHigh << 16)));
+  }
+
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Erase sector size                0x%x\n", Csd->SectorSize));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Erase single block enable        0x%x\n", Csd->EraseBlkEn));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Write protect group size         0x%x\n", Csd->WpGrpSize));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Write protect group enable       0x%x\n", Csd->WpGrpEnable));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Write speed factor               0x%x\n", Csd->R2WFactor));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Max. write data block length     0x%x\n", Csd->WriteBlLen));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Partial blocks for write allowed 0x%x\n", Csd->WriteBlPartial));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  File format group                0x%x\n", Csd->FileFormatGrp));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Copy flag (OTP)                  0x%x\n", Csd->Copy));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Permanent write protection       0x%x\n", Csd->PermWriteProtect));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  Temporary write protection       0x%x\n", Csd->TmpWriteProtect));
+  DEBUG ((DEBUG_INFO, "  File format                      0x%x\n", Csd->FileFormat));
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Get SD device model name.
+
+  @param[in, out] Device   The pointer to the SD_DEVICE data structure.
+  @param[in]      Cid      Pointer to SD_CID data structure.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS      The function completed successfully
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+GetSdModelName (
+  IN OUT SD_DEVICE  *Device,
+  IN     SD_CID     *Cid
+  )
+{
+  CHAR8  String[SD_MODEL_NAME_MAX_LEN];
+
+  ZeroMem (String, sizeof (String));
+  CopyMem (String, Cid->OemId, sizeof (Cid->OemId));
+  String[sizeof (Cid->OemId)] = ' ';
+  CopyMem (String + sizeof (Cid->OemId) + 1, Cid->ProductName, sizeof (Cid->ProductName));
+  String[sizeof (Cid->OemId) + sizeof (Cid->ProductName)] = ' ';
+  CopyMem (String + sizeof (Cid->OemId) + sizeof (Cid->ProductName) + 1, Cid->ProductSerialNumber, sizeof (Cid->ProductSerialNumber));
+
+  AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS (String, Device->ModelName, sizeof (Device->ModelName) / sizeof (Device->ModelName[0]));
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  Discover user area partition in the SD device.
+
+  @param[in] Device          The pointer to the SD_DEVICE data structure.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS        The user area partition in the SD device is successfully identified.
+  @return Others             Some error occurs when identifying the user area.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+DiscoverUserArea (
+  IN SD_DEVICE  *Device
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+  SD_CSD      *Csd;
+  SD_CSD2     *Csd2;
+  SD_CID      *Cid;
+  UINT64      Capacity;
+  UINT32      DevStatus;
+  UINT16      Rca;
+  UINT32      CSize;
+  UINT32      CSizeMul;
+  UINT32      ReadBlLen;
+
+  //
+  // Deselect the device to force it enter stby mode.
+  // Note here we don't judge return status as some SD devices return
+  // error but the state has been stby.
+  //
+  SdSelect (Device, 0);
+
+  Status = SdSetRca (Device, &Rca);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "DiscoverUserArea(): Assign new Rca = 0x%x fails with %r\n", Rca, Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Csd    = &Device->Csd;
+  Status = SdGetCsd (Device, Rca, Csd);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  DumpCsd (Csd);
+
+  Cid    = &Device->Cid;
+  Status = SdGetCid (Device, Rca, Cid);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  GetSdModelName (Device, Cid);
+
+  Status = SdSelect (Device, Rca);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "DiscoverUserArea(): Reselect the device 0x%x fails with %r\n", Rca, Status));
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  Status = SdSendStatus (Device, Rca, &DevStatus);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  if (Csd->CsdStructure == 0) {
+    Device->SectorAddressing = FALSE;
+    CSize                    = (Csd->CSizeHigh << 2 | Csd->CSizeLow) + 1;
+    CSizeMul                 = (1 << (Csd->CSizeMul + 2));
+    ReadBlLen                = (1 << (Csd->ReadBlLen));
+    Capacity                 = MultU64x32 (MultU64x32 ((UINT64)CSize, CSizeMul), ReadBlLen);
+  } else {
+    Device->SectorAddressing = TRUE;
+    Csd2                     = (SD_CSD2 *)(VOID *)Csd;
+    CSize                    = (Csd2->CSizeHigh << 16 | Csd2->CSizeLow) + 1;
+    Capacity                 = MultU64x32 ((UINT64)CSize, SIZE_512KB);
+  }
+
+  Device->BlockIo.Media               = &Device->BlockMedia;
+  Device->BlockIo2.Media              = &Device->BlockMedia;
+  Device->BlockMedia.IoAlign          = Device->Private->PassThru->IoAlign;
+  Device->BlockMedia.BlockSize        = 0x200;
+  Device->BlockMedia.LastBlock        = 0x00;
+  Device->BlockMedia.RemovableMedia   = TRUE;
+  Device->BlockMedia.MediaPresent     = TRUE;
+  Device->BlockMedia.LogicalPartition = FALSE;
+  Device->BlockMedia.LastBlock        = DivU64x32 (Capacity, Device->BlockMedia.BlockSize) - 1;
+
+  if (Csd->EraseBlkEn) {
+    Device->EraseBlock.EraseLengthGranularity = 1;
+  } else {
+    Device->EraseBlock.EraseLengthGranularity = (Csd->SectorSize + 1) * (1 << (Csd->WriteBlLen - 9));
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Scan SD Bus to discover the device.
+
+  @param[in]  Private             The SD driver private data structure.
+  @param[in]  Slot                The slot number to check device present.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS             Successfully to discover the device and attach
+                                  SdMmcIoProtocol to it.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES    The request could not be completed due to a lack
+                                  of resources.
+  @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED     The device was discovered before.
+  @retval Others                  Fail to discover the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+DiscoverSdDevice (
+  IN  SD_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA  *Private,
+  IN  UINT8                   Slot
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  SD_DEVICE                      *Device;
+  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       *DevicePath;
+  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       *NewDevicePath;
+  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       *RemainingDevicePath;
+  EFI_HANDLE                     DeviceHandle;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+
+  Device              = NULL;
+  DevicePath          = NULL;
+  NewDevicePath       = NULL;
+  RemainingDevicePath = NULL;
+  PassThru            = Private->PassThru;
+
+  //
+  // Build Device Path
+  //
+  Status = PassThru->BuildDevicePath (
+                       PassThru,
+                       Slot,
+                       &DevicePath
+                       );
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  if (DevicePath->SubType != MSG_SD_DP) {
+    Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  NewDevicePath = AppendDevicePathNode (
+                    Private->ParentDevicePath,
+                    DevicePath
+                    );
+
+  if (NewDevicePath == NULL) {
+    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  DeviceHandle        = NULL;
+  RemainingDevicePath = NewDevicePath;
+  Status              = gBS->LocateDevicePath (&gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, &RemainingDevicePath, &DeviceHandle);
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && (DeviceHandle != NULL) && IsDevicePathEnd (RemainingDevicePath)) {
+    //
+    // The device has been started, directly return to fast boot.
+    //
+    Status = EFI_ALREADY_STARTED;
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Allocate buffer to store SD_DEVICE private data.
+  //
+  Device = AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (SD_DEVICE), &mSdDeviceTemplate);
+  if (Device == NULL) {
+    Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  Device->DevicePath = NewDevicePath;
+  Device->Slot       = Slot;
+  Device->Private    = Private;
+  InitializeListHead (&Device->Queue);
+
+  //
+  // Expose user area in the Sd memory card to upper layer.
+  //
+  Status = DiscoverUserArea (Device);
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    goto Error;
+  }
+
+  Device->ControllerNameTable = NULL;
+  AddUnicodeString2 (
+    "eng",
+    gSdDxeComponentName.SupportedLanguages,
+    &Device->ControllerNameTable,
+    Device->ModelName,
+    TRUE
+    );
+  AddUnicodeString2 (
+    "en",
+    gSdDxeComponentName2.SupportedLanguages,
+    &Device->ControllerNameTable,
+    Device->ModelName,
+    FALSE
+    );
+
+  Status = gBS->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
+                  &Device->Handle,
+                  &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
+                  Device->DevicePath,
+                  &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,
+                  &Device->BlockIo,
+                  &gEfiBlockIo2ProtocolGuid,
+                  &Device->BlockIo2,
+                  &gEfiEraseBlockProtocolGuid,
+                  &Device->EraseBlock,
+                  &gEfiDiskInfoProtocolGuid,
+                  &Device->DiskInfo,
+                  NULL
+                  );
+
+  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    gBS->OpenProtocol (
+           Private->Controller,
+           &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,
+           (VOID **)&(Private->PassThru),
+           Private->DriverBindingHandle,
+           Device->Handle,
+           EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER
+           );
+  }
+
+Error:
+  FreePool (DevicePath);
+
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (NewDevicePath != NULL)) {
+    FreePool (NewDevicePath);
+  }
+
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (Device != NULL)) {
+    FreePool (Device);
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Tests to see if this driver supports a given controller. If a child device is provided,
+  it further tests to see if this driver supports creating a handle for the specified child device.
+
+  This function checks to see if the driver specified by This supports the device specified by
+  ControllerHandle. Drivers will typically use the device path attached to
+  ControllerHandle and/or the services from the bus I/O abstraction attached to
+  ControllerHandle to determine if the driver supports ControllerHandle. This function
+  may be called many times during platform initialization. In order to reduce boot times, the tests
+  performed by this function must be very small, and take as little time as possible to execute. This
+  function must not change the state of any hardware devices, and this function must be aware that the
+  device specified by ControllerHandle may already be managed by the same driver or a
+  different driver. This function must match its calls to AllocatePages() with FreePages(),
+  AllocatePool() with FreePool(), and OpenProtocol() with CloseProtocol().
+  Since ControllerHandle may have been previously started by the same driver, if a protocol is
+  already in the opened state, then it must not be closed with CloseProtocol(). This is required
+  to guarantee the state of ControllerHandle is not modified by this function.
+
+  @param[in]  This                 A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[in]  ControllerHandle     The handle of the controller to test. This handle
+                                   must support a protocol interface that supplies
+                                   an I/O abstraction to the driver.
+  @param[in]  RemainingDevicePath  A pointer to the remaining portion of a device path.  This
+                                   parameter is ignored by device drivers, and is optional for bus
+                                   drivers. For bus drivers, if this parameter is not NULL, then
+                                   the bus driver must determine if the bus controller specified
+                                   by ControllerHandle and the child controller specified
+                                   by RemainingDevicePath are both supported by this
+                                   bus driver.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device specified by ControllerHandle and
+                                   RemainingDevicePath is supported by the driver specified by This.
+  @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED      The device specified by ControllerHandle and
+                                   RemainingDevicePath is already being managed by the driver
+                                   specified by This.
+  @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED        The device specified by ControllerHandle and
+                                   RemainingDevicePath is already being managed by a different
+                                   driver or an application that requires exclusive access.
+                                   Currently not implemented.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED          The device specified by ControllerHandle and
+                                   RemainingDevicePath is not supported by the driver specified by This.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdDxeDriverBindingSupported (
+  IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,
+  IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL     *RemainingDevicePath
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       *ParentDevicePath;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+  UINT8                          Slot;
+
+  //
+  // Test EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL on the controller handle.
+  //
+  Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+                  Controller,
+                  &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,
+                  (VOID **)&PassThru,
+                  This->DriverBindingHandle,
+                  Controller,
+                  EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER
+                  );
+
+  if (Status == EFI_ALREADY_STARTED) {
+    return EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Test RemainingDevicePath is valid or not.
+  //
+  if ((RemainingDevicePath != NULL) && !IsDevicePathEnd (RemainingDevicePath)) {
+    Status = PassThru->GetSlotNumber (PassThru, RemainingDevicePath, &Slot);
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      //
+      // Close the I/O Abstraction(s) used to perform the supported test
+      //
+      gBS->CloseProtocol (
+             Controller,
+             &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,
+             This->DriverBindingHandle,
+             Controller
+             );
+      return Status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Close the I/O Abstraction(s) used to perform the supported test
+  //
+  gBS->CloseProtocol (
+         Controller,
+         &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,
+         This->DriverBindingHandle,
+         Controller
+         );
+
+  //
+  // Open the EFI Device Path protocol needed to perform the supported test
+  //
+  Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+                  Controller,
+                  &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
+                  (VOID **)&ParentDevicePath,
+                  This->DriverBindingHandle,
+                  Controller,
+                  EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
+                  );
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Starts a device controller or a bus controller.
+
+  The Start() function is designed to be invoked from the EFI boot service ConnectController().
+  As a result, much of the error checking on the parameters to Start() has been moved into this
+  common boot service. It is legal to call Start() from other locations,
+  but the following calling restrictions must be followed or the system behavior will not be deterministic.
+  1. ControllerHandle must be a valid EFI_HANDLE.
+  2. If RemainingDevicePath is not NULL, then it must be a pointer to a naturally aligned
+     EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL.
+  3. Prior to calling Start(), the Supported() function for the driver specified by This must
+     have been called with the same calling parameters, and Supported() must have returned EFI_SUCCESS.
+
+  @param[in]  This                 A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[in]  ControllerHandle     The handle of the controller to start. This handle
+                                   must support a protocol interface that supplies
+                                   an I/O abstraction to the driver.
+  @param[in]  RemainingDevicePath  A pointer to the remaining portion of a device path.  This
+                                   parameter is ignored by device drivers, and is optional for bus
+                                   drivers. For a bus driver, if this parameter is NULL, then handles
+                                   for all the children of Controller are created by this driver.
+                                   If this parameter is not NULL and the first Device Path Node is
+                                   not the End of Device Path Node, then only the handle for the
+                                   child device specified by the first Device Path Node of
+                                   RemainingDevicePath is created by this driver.
+                                   If the first Device Path Node of RemainingDevicePath is
+                                   the End of Device Path Node, no child handle is created by this
+                                   driver.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device was started.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR         The device could not be started due to a device error.Currently not implemented.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES     The request could not be completed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                   The driver failed to start the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdDxeDriverBindingStart (
+  IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,
+  IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL     *RemainingDevicePath
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       *ParentDevicePath;
+  SD_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA         *Private;
+  UINT8                          Slot;
+
+  Private  = NULL;
+  PassThru = NULL;
+  Status   = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+                    Controller,
+                    &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,
+                    (VOID **)&PassThru,
+                    This->DriverBindingHandle,
+                    Controller,
+                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER
+                    );
+  if ((EFI_ERROR (Status)) && (Status != EFI_ALREADY_STARTED)) {
+    return Status;
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Check EFI_ALREADY_STARTED to reuse the original SD_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA.
+  //
+  if (Status != EFI_ALREADY_STARTED) {
+    Private = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (SD_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA));
+    if (Private == NULL) {
+      Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+      goto Error;
+    }
+
+    Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+                    Controller,
+                    &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
+                    (VOID **)&ParentDevicePath,
+                    This->DriverBindingHandle,
+                    Controller,
+                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
+                    );
+    ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+    Private->PassThru            = PassThru;
+    Private->Controller          = Controller;
+    Private->ParentDevicePath    = ParentDevicePath;
+    Private->DriverBindingHandle = This->DriverBindingHandle;
+
+    Status = gBS->InstallProtocolInterface (
+                    &Controller,
+                    &gEfiCallerIdGuid,
+                    EFI_NATIVE_INTERFACE,
+                    Private
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Error;
+    }
+  } else {
+    Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+                    Controller,
+                    &gEfiCallerIdGuid,
+                    (VOID **)&Private,
+                    This->DriverBindingHandle,
+                    Controller,
+                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      goto Error;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (RemainingDevicePath == NULL) {
+    Slot = 0xFF;
+    while (TRUE) {
+      Status = PassThru->GetNextSlot (PassThru, &Slot);
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        //
+        // Cannot find more legal slots.
+        //
+        Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      Status = DiscoverSdDevice (Private, Slot);
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (Status != EFI_ALREADY_STARTED)) {
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  } else if (!IsDevicePathEnd (RemainingDevicePath)) {
+    Status = PassThru->GetSlotNumber (PassThru, RemainingDevicePath, &Slot);
+    if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      Status = DiscoverSdDevice (Private, Slot);
+    }
+  }
+
+Error:
+  if (EFI_ERROR (Status) && (Status != EFI_ALREADY_STARTED)) {
+    gBS->CloseProtocol (
+           Controller,
+           &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,
+           This->DriverBindingHandle,
+           Controller
+           );
+
+    if (Private != NULL) {
+      gBS->UninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
+             Controller,
+             &gEfiCallerIdGuid,
+             Private,
+             NULL
+             );
+      FreePool (Private);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Status;
+}
+
+/**
+  Stops a device controller or a bus controller.
+
+  The Stop() function is designed to be invoked from the EFI boot service DisconnectController().
+  As a result, much of the error checking on the parameters to Stop() has been moved
+  into this common boot service. It is legal to call Stop() from other locations,
+  but the following calling restrictions must be followed or the system behavior will not be deterministic.
+  1. ControllerHandle must be a valid EFI_HANDLE that was used on a previous call to this
+     same driver's Start() function.
+  2. The first NumberOfChildren handles of ChildHandleBuffer must all be a valid
+     EFI_HANDLE. In addition, all of these handles must have been created in this driver's
+     Start() function, and the Start() function must have called OpenProtocol() on
+     ControllerHandle with an Attribute of EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER.
+
+  @param[in]  This              A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[in]  ControllerHandle  A handle to the device being stopped. The handle must
+                                support a bus specific I/O protocol for the driver
+                                to use to stop the device.
+  @param[in]  NumberOfChildren  The number of child device handles in ChildHandleBuffer.
+  @param[in]  ChildHandleBuffer An array of child handles to be freed. May be NULL
+                                if NumberOfChildren is 0.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The device was stopped.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device could not be stopped due to a device error.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdDxeDriverBindingStop (
+  IN  EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,
+  IN  UINTN                        NumberOfChildren,
+  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   *ChildHandleBuffer
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS                     Status;
+  BOOLEAN                        AllChildrenStopped;
+  UINTN                          Index;
+  SD_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA         *Private;
+  SD_DEVICE                      *Device;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL  *PassThru;
+  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL         *BlockIo2;
+  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL          *BlockIo;
+  LIST_ENTRY                     *Link;
+  LIST_ENTRY                     *NextLink;
+  SD_REQUEST                     *Request;
+  EFI_TPL                        OldTpl;
+
+  if (NumberOfChildren == 0) {
+    Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+                    Controller,
+                    &gEfiCallerIdGuid,
+                    (VOID **)&Private,
+                    This->DriverBindingHandle,
+                    Controller,
+                    EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    gBS->UninstallProtocolInterface (
+           Controller,
+           &gEfiCallerIdGuid,
+           Private
+           );
+    gBS->CloseProtocol (
+           Controller,
+           &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,
+           This->DriverBindingHandle,
+           Controller
+           );
+
+    FreePool (Private);
+
+    return EFI_SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+  AllChildrenStopped = TRUE;
+
+  for (Index = 0; Index < NumberOfChildren; Index++) {
+    BlockIo  = NULL;
+    BlockIo2 = NULL;
+    Status   = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+                      ChildHandleBuffer[Index],
+                      &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,
+                      (VOID **)&BlockIo,
+                      This->DriverBindingHandle,
+                      Controller,
+                      EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
+                      );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
+                      ChildHandleBuffer[Index],
+                      &gEfiBlockIo2ProtocolGuid,
+                      (VOID **)&BlockIo2,
+                      This->DriverBindingHandle,
+                      Controller,
+                      EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_GET_PROTOCOL
+                      );
+      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+        AllChildrenStopped = FALSE;
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (BlockIo != NULL) {
+      Device = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO (BlockIo);
+    } else {
+      ASSERT (BlockIo2 != NULL);
+      Device = SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO2 (BlockIo2);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Free all on-going async tasks.
+    //
+    OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_NOTIFY);
+    for (Link = GetFirstNode (&Device->Queue);
+         !IsNull (&Device->Queue, Link);
+         Link = NextLink)
+    {
+      NextLink = GetNextNode (&Device->Queue, Link);
+      RemoveEntryList (Link);
+
+      Request = SD_REQUEST_FROM_LINK (Link);
+
+      gBS->CloseEvent (Request->Event);
+      Request->Token->TransactionStatus = EFI_ABORTED;
+
+      if (Request->IsEnd) {
+        gBS->SignalEvent (Request->Token->Event);
+      }
+
+      FreePool (Request);
+    }
+
+    gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+
+    //
+    // Close the child handle
+    //
+    Status = gBS->CloseProtocol (
+                    Controller,
+                    &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,
+                    This->DriverBindingHandle,
+                    ChildHandleBuffer[Index]
+                    );
+
+    Status = gBS->UninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
+                    ChildHandleBuffer[Index],
+                    &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
+                    Device->DevicePath,
+                    &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid,
+                    &Device->BlockIo,
+                    &gEfiBlockIo2ProtocolGuid,
+                    &Device->BlockIo2,
+                    &gEfiEraseBlockProtocolGuid,
+                    &Device->EraseBlock,
+                    &gEfiDiskInfoProtocolGuid,
+                    &Device->DiskInfo,
+                    NULL
+                    );
+    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+      AllChildrenStopped = FALSE;
+      gBS->OpenProtocol (
+             Controller,
+             &gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid,
+             (VOID **)&PassThru,
+             This->DriverBindingHandle,
+             ChildHandleBuffer[Index],
+             EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER
+             );
+    } else {
+      FreePool (Device->DevicePath);
+      FreeUnicodeStringTable (Device->ControllerNameTable);
+      FreePool (Device);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!AllChildrenStopped) {
+    return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  The user Entry Point for module SdDxe. The user code starts with this function.
+
+  @param[in] ImageHandle    The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
+  @param[in] SystemTable    A pointer to the EFI System Table.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The entry point is executed successfully.
+  @retval other             Some errors occur when executing this entry point.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+InitializeSdDxe (
+  IN EFI_HANDLE        ImageHandle,
+  IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE  *SystemTable
+  )
+{
+  EFI_STATUS  Status;
+
+  //
+  // Install driver model protocol(s).
+  //
+  Status = EfiLibInstallDriverBindingComponentName2 (
+             ImageHandle,
+             SystemTable,
+             &gSdDxeDriverBinding,
+             ImageHandle,
+             &gSdDxeComponentName,
+             &gSdDxeComponentName2
+             );
+  ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+
+  return Status;
+}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDxe.h b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDxe.h
index 8d95f278cd..78f46a4867 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDxe.h
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDxe.h
@@ -1,474 +1,474 @@
-/** @file

-  Header file for SdDxe Driver.

-

-  This file defines common data structures, macro definitions and some module

-  internal function header files.

-

-  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#ifndef _SD_DXE_H_

-#define _SD_DXE_H_

-

-#include <Uefi.h>

-#include <IndustryStandard/Sd.h>

-

-#include <Protocol/SdMmcPassThru.h>

-#include <Protocol/BlockIo.h>

-#include <Protocol/BlockIo2.h>

-#include <Protocol/EraseBlock.h>

-#include <Protocol/DiskInfo.h>

-

-#include <Protocol/DevicePath.h>

-

-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>

-#include <Library/UefiDriverEntryPoint.h>

-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>

-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>

-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>

-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>

-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>

-#include <Library/DevicePathLib.h>

-#include <Library/UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib.h>

-

-#include "SdBlockIo.h"

-#include "SdDiskInfo.h"

-

-//

-// Global Variables

-//

-extern EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL   gSdDxeDriverBinding;

-extern EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL   gSdDxeComponentName;

-extern EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL  gSdDxeComponentName2;

-

-#define SD_DEVICE_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_32 ('S', 'D', 't', 'f')

-

-#define SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO(a) \

-    CR(a, SD_DEVICE, BlockIo, SD_DEVICE_SIGNATURE)

-

-#define SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO2(a) \

-    CR(a, SD_DEVICE, BlockIo2, SD_DEVICE_SIGNATURE)

-

-#define SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_ERASEBLK(a) \

-    CR(a, SD_DEVICE, EraseBlock, SD_DEVICE_SIGNATURE)

-

-#define SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_DISKINFO(a) \

-    CR(a, SD_DEVICE, DiskInfo, SD_DEVICE_SIGNATURE)

-

-//

-// Take 2.5 seconds as generic time out value, 1 microsecond as unit.

-//

-#define SD_GENERIC_TIMEOUT  2500 * 1000

-

-#define SD_REQUEST_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_32 ('S', 'D', 'R', 'E')

-

-#define SD_MODEL_NAME_MAX_LEN  32

-

-typedef struct _SD_DEVICE               SD_DEVICE;

-typedef struct _SD_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA  SD_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA;

-

-//

-// Asynchronous I/O request.

-//

-typedef struct {

-  UINT32                                 Signature;

-  LIST_ENTRY                             Link;

-

-  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK               SdMmcCmdBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK                SdMmcStatusBlk;

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET    Packet;

-

-  BOOLEAN                                IsEnd;

-

-  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN                    *Token;

-

-  EFI_EVENT                              Event;

-} SD_REQUEST;

-

-#define SD_REQUEST_FROM_LINK(a) \

-    CR(a, SD_REQUEST, Link, SD_REQUEST_SIGNATURE)

-

-struct _SD_DEVICE {

-  UINT32                      Signature;

-  EFI_HANDLE                  Handle;

-  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL    *DevicePath;

-  UINT8                       Slot;

-  BOOLEAN                     SectorAddressing;

-  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL       BlockIo;

-  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL      BlockIo2;

-  EFI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA          BlockMedia;

-  EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_PROTOCOL    EraseBlock;

-  EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL      DiskInfo;

-

-  LIST_ENTRY                  Queue;

-

-  SD_CSD                      Csd;

-  SD_CID                      Cid;

-  EFI_UNICODE_STRING_TABLE    *ControllerNameTable;

-  //

-  // The model name consists of three fields in CID register

-  // 1) OEM/Application ID (2 bytes)

-  // 2) Product Name       (5 bytes)

-  // 3) Product Serial Number (4 bytes)

-  // The delimiters of these fields are whitespace.

-  //

-  CHAR16                      ModelName[SD_MODEL_NAME_MAX_LEN];

-  SD_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA      *Private;

-};

-

-//

-// SD DXE driver private data structure

-//

-struct _SD_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA {

-  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL    *PassThru;

-  EFI_HANDLE                       Controller;

-  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL         *ParentDevicePath;

-  EFI_HANDLE                       DriverBindingHandle;

-};

-

-/**

-  Tests to see if this driver supports a given controller. If a child device is provided,

-  it further tests to see if this driver supports creating a handle for the specified child device.

-

-  This function checks to see if the driver specified by This supports the device specified by

-  ControllerHandle. Drivers will typically use the device path attached to

-  ControllerHandle and/or the services from the bus I/O abstraction attached to

-  ControllerHandle to determine if the driver supports ControllerHandle. This function

-  may be called many times during platform initialization. In order to reduce boot times, the tests

-  performed by this function must be very small, and take as little time as possible to execute. This

-  function must not change the state of any hardware devices, and this function must be aware that the

-  device specified by ControllerHandle may already be managed by the same driver or a

-  different driver. This function must match its calls to AllocatePages() with FreePages(),

-  AllocatePool() with FreePool(), and OpenProtocol() with CloseProtocol().

-  Since ControllerHandle may have been previously started by the same driver, if a protocol is

-  already in the opened state, then it must not be closed with CloseProtocol(). This is required

-  to guarantee the state of ControllerHandle is not modified by this function.

-

-  @param[in]  This                 A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[in]  ControllerHandle     The handle of the controller to test. This handle

-                                   must support a protocol interface that supplies

-                                   an I/O abstraction to the driver.

-  @param[in]  RemainingDevicePath  A pointer to the remaining portion of a device path.  This

-                                   parameter is ignored by device drivers, and is optional for bus

-                                   drivers. For bus drivers, if this parameter is not NULL, then

-                                   the bus driver must determine if the bus controller specified

-                                   by ControllerHandle and the child controller specified

-                                   by RemainingDevicePath are both supported by this

-                                   bus driver.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device specified by ControllerHandle and

-                                   RemainingDevicePath is supported by the driver specified by This.

-  @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED      The device specified by ControllerHandle and

-                                   RemainingDevicePath is already being managed by the driver

-                                   specified by This.

-  @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED        The device specified by ControllerHandle and

-                                   RemainingDevicePath is already being managed by a different

-                                   driver or an application that requires exclusive access.

-                                   Currently not implemented.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED          The device specified by ControllerHandle and

-                                   RemainingDevicePath is not supported by the driver specified by This.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdDxeDriverBindingSupported (

-  IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,

-  IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL     *RemainingDevicePath

-  );

-

-/**

-  Starts a device controller or a bus controller.

-

-  The Start() function is designed to be invoked from the EFI boot service ConnectController().

-  As a result, much of the error checking on the parameters to Start() has been moved into this

-  common boot service. It is legal to call Start() from other locations,

-  but the following calling restrictions must be followed or the system behavior will not be deterministic.

-  1. ControllerHandle must be a valid EFI_HANDLE.

-  2. If RemainingDevicePath is not NULL, then it must be a pointer to a naturally aligned

-     EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL.

-  3. Prior to calling Start(), the Supported() function for the driver specified by This must

-     have been called with the same calling parameters, and Supported() must have returned EFI_SUCCESS.

-

-  @param[in]  This                 A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[in]  ControllerHandle     The handle of the controller to start. This handle

-                                   must support a protocol interface that supplies

-                                   an I/O abstraction to the driver.

-  @param[in]  RemainingDevicePath  A pointer to the remaining portion of a device path.  This

-                                   parameter is ignored by device drivers, and is optional for bus

-                                   drivers. For a bus driver, if this parameter is NULL, then handles

-                                   for all the children of Controller are created by this driver.

-                                   If this parameter is not NULL and the first Device Path Node is

-                                   not the End of Device Path Node, then only the handle for the

-                                   child device specified by the first Device Path Node of

-                                   RemainingDevicePath is created by this driver.

-                                   If the first Device Path Node of RemainingDevicePath is

-                                   the End of Device Path Node, no child handle is created by this

-                                   driver.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device was started.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR         The device could not be started due to a device error.Currently not implemented.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES     The request could not be completed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                   The driver failed to start the device.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdDxeDriverBindingStart (

-  IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,

-  IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL     *RemainingDevicePath

-  );

-

-/**

-  Stops a device controller or a bus controller.

-

-  The Stop() function is designed to be invoked from the EFI boot service DisconnectController().

-  As a result, much of the error checking on the parameters to Stop() has been moved

-  into this common boot service. It is legal to call Stop() from other locations,

-  but the following calling restrictions must be followed or the system behavior will not be deterministic.

-  1. ControllerHandle must be a valid EFI_HANDLE that was used on a previous call to this

-     same driver's Start() function.

-  2. The first NumberOfChildren handles of ChildHandleBuffer must all be a valid

-     EFI_HANDLE. In addition, all of these handles must have been created in this driver's

-     Start() function, and the Start() function must have called OpenProtocol() on

-     ControllerHandle with an Attribute of EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER.

-

-  @param[in]  This              A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.

-  @param[in]  ControllerHandle  A handle to the device being stopped. The handle must

-                                support a bus specific I/O protocol for the driver

-                                to use to stop the device.

-  @param[in]  NumberOfChildren  The number of child device handles in ChildHandleBuffer.

-  @param[in]  ChildHandleBuffer An array of child handles to be freed. May be NULL

-                                if NumberOfChildren is 0.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The device was stopped.

-  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device could not be stopped due to a device error.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdDxeDriverBindingStop (

-  IN  EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,

-  IN  UINTN                        NumberOfChildren,

-  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   *ChildHandleBuffer

-  );

-

-/**

-  Retrieves a Unicode string that is the user readable name of the driver.

-

-  This function retrieves the user readable name of a driver in the form of a

-  Unicode string. If the driver specified by This has a user readable name in

-  the language specified by Language, then a pointer to the driver name is

-  returned in DriverName, and EFI_SUCCESS is returned. If the driver specified

-  by This does not support the language specified by Language,

-  then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.

-

-  @param  This[in]              A pointer to the EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL or

-                                EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL instance.

-

-  @param  Language[in]          A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string

-                                array indicating the language. This is the

-                                language of the driver name that the caller is

-                                requesting, and it must match one of the

-                                languages specified in SupportedLanguages. The

-                                number of languages supported by a driver is up

-                                to the driver writer. Language is specified

-                                in RFC 4646 or ISO 639-2 language code format.

-

-  @param  DriverName[out]       A pointer to the Unicode string to return.

-                                This Unicode string is the name of the

-                                driver specified by This in the language

-                                specified by Language.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The Unicode string for the Driver specified by

-                                This and the language specified by Language was

-                                returned in DriverName.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DriverName is NULL.

-

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This does not support

-                                the language specified by Language.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdDxeComponentNameGetDriverName (

-  IN  EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  CHAR8                        *Language,

-  OUT CHAR16                       **DriverName

-  );

-

-/**

-  Retrieves a Unicode string that is the user readable name of the controller

-  that is being managed by a driver.

-

-  This function retrieves the user readable name of the controller specified by

-  ControllerHandle and ChildHandle in the form of a Unicode string. If the

-  driver specified by This has a user readable name in the language specified by

-  Language, then a pointer to the controller name is returned in ControllerName,

-  and EFI_SUCCESS is returned.  If the driver specified by This is not currently

-  managing the controller specified by ControllerHandle and ChildHandle,

-  then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.  If the driver specified by This does not

-  support the language specified by Language, then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.

-

-  @param  This[in]              A pointer to the EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL or

-                                EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL instance.

-

-  @param  ControllerHandle[in]  The handle of a controller that the driver

-                                specified by This is managing.  This handle

-                                specifies the controller whose name is to be

-                                returned.

-

-  @param  ChildHandle[in]       The handle of the child controller to retrieve

-                                the name of.  This is an optional parameter that

-                                may be NULL.  It will be NULL for device

-                                drivers.  It will also be NULL for a bus drivers

-                                that wish to retrieve the name of the bus

-                                controller.  It will not be NULL for a bus

-                                driver that wishes to retrieve the name of a

-                                child controller.

-

-  @param  Language[in]          A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string

-                                array indicating the language.  This is the

-                                language of the driver name that the caller is

-                                requesting, and it must match one of the

-                                languages specified in SupportedLanguages. The

-                                number of languages supported by a driver is up

-                                to the driver writer. Language is specified in

-                                RFC 4646 or ISO 639-2 language code format.

-

-  @param  ControllerName[out]   A pointer to the Unicode string to return.

-                                This Unicode string is the name of the

-                                controller specified by ControllerHandle and

-                                ChildHandle in the language specified by

-                                Language from the point of view of the driver

-                                specified by This.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The Unicode string for the user readable name in

-                                the language specified by Language for the

-                                driver specified by This was returned in

-                                DriverName.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerHandle is NULL.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ChildHandle is not NULL and it is not a valid

-                                EFI_HANDLE.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerName is NULL.

-

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This is not currently

-                                managing the controller specified by

-                                ControllerHandle and ChildHandle.

-

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This does not support

-                                the language specified by Language.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EFIAPI

-SdDxeComponentNameGetControllerName (

-  IN  EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL  *This,

-  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   ControllerHandle,

-  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   ChildHandle        OPTIONAL,

-  IN  CHAR8                        *Language,

-  OUT CHAR16                       **ControllerName

-  );

-

-/**

-  Send command SET_RELATIVE_ADDRESS to the device to set the device address.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[out] Rca               The relative device address to assign.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdSetRca (

-  IN     SD_DEVICE  *Device,

-  OUT UINT16        *Rca

-  );

-

-/**

-  Send command SELECT to the device to select/deselect the device.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdSelect (

-  IN     SD_DEVICE  *Device,

-  IN     UINT16     Rca

-  );

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_STATUS to the device to get device status.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.

-  @param[out] DevStatus         The buffer to store the device status.

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdSendStatus (

-  IN     SD_DEVICE  *Device,

-  IN     UINT16     Rca,

-  OUT UINT32        *DevStatus

-  );

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_CSD to the device to get the CSD register data.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.

-  @param[out] Csd               The buffer to store the SD_CSD register data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdGetCsd (

-  IN     SD_DEVICE  *Device,

-  IN     UINT16     Rca,

-  OUT SD_CSD        *Csd

-  );

-

-/**

-  Send command SEND_CID to the device to get the CID register data.

-

-  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.

-  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.

-  @param[out] Cid               The buffer to store the SD_CID register data.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.

-  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SdGetCid (

-  IN     SD_DEVICE  *Device,

-  IN     UINT16     Rca,

-  OUT SD_CID        *Cid

-  );

-

-#endif

+/** @file
+  Header file for SdDxe Driver.
+
+  This file defines common data structures, macro definitions and some module
+  internal function header files.
+
+  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+
+**/
+
+#ifndef _SD_DXE_H_
+#define _SD_DXE_H_
+
+#include <Uefi.h>
+#include <IndustryStandard/Sd.h>
+
+#include <Protocol/SdMmcPassThru.h>
+#include <Protocol/BlockIo.h>
+#include <Protocol/BlockIo2.h>
+#include <Protocol/EraseBlock.h>
+#include <Protocol/DiskInfo.h>
+
+#include <Protocol/DevicePath.h>
+
+#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiDriverEntryPoint.h>
+#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
+#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
+#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
+#include <Library/DevicePathLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib.h>
+
+#include "SdBlockIo.h"
+#include "SdDiskInfo.h"
+
+//
+// Global Variables
+//
+extern EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL   gSdDxeDriverBinding;
+extern EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL   gSdDxeComponentName;
+extern EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL  gSdDxeComponentName2;
+
+#define SD_DEVICE_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_32 ('S', 'D', 't', 'f')
+
+#define SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO(a) \
+    CR(a, SD_DEVICE, BlockIo, SD_DEVICE_SIGNATURE)
+
+#define SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_BLKIO2(a) \
+    CR(a, SD_DEVICE, BlockIo2, SD_DEVICE_SIGNATURE)
+
+#define SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_ERASEBLK(a) \
+    CR(a, SD_DEVICE, EraseBlock, SD_DEVICE_SIGNATURE)
+
+#define SD_DEVICE_DATA_FROM_DISKINFO(a) \
+    CR(a, SD_DEVICE, DiskInfo, SD_DEVICE_SIGNATURE)
+
+//
+// Take 2.5 seconds as generic time out value, 1 microsecond as unit.
+//
+#define SD_GENERIC_TIMEOUT  2500 * 1000
+
+#define SD_REQUEST_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_32 ('S', 'D', 'R', 'E')
+
+#define SD_MODEL_NAME_MAX_LEN  32
+
+typedef struct _SD_DEVICE               SD_DEVICE;
+typedef struct _SD_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA  SD_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA;
+
+//
+// Asynchronous I/O request.
+//
+typedef struct {
+  UINT32                                 Signature;
+  LIST_ENTRY                             Link;
+
+  EFI_SD_MMC_COMMAND_BLOCK               SdMmcCmdBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_STATUS_BLOCK                SdMmcStatusBlk;
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_COMMAND_PACKET    Packet;
+
+  BOOLEAN                                IsEnd;
+
+  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_TOKEN                    *Token;
+
+  EFI_EVENT                              Event;
+} SD_REQUEST;
+
+#define SD_REQUEST_FROM_LINK(a) \
+    CR(a, SD_REQUEST, Link, SD_REQUEST_SIGNATURE)
+
+struct _SD_DEVICE {
+  UINT32                      Signature;
+  EFI_HANDLE                  Handle;
+  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL    *DevicePath;
+  UINT8                       Slot;
+  BOOLEAN                     SectorAddressing;
+  EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL       BlockIo;
+  EFI_BLOCK_IO2_PROTOCOL      BlockIo2;
+  EFI_BLOCK_IO_MEDIA          BlockMedia;
+  EFI_ERASE_BLOCK_PROTOCOL    EraseBlock;
+  EFI_DISK_INFO_PROTOCOL      DiskInfo;
+
+  LIST_ENTRY                  Queue;
+
+  SD_CSD                      Csd;
+  SD_CID                      Cid;
+  EFI_UNICODE_STRING_TABLE    *ControllerNameTable;
+  //
+  // The model name consists of three fields in CID register
+  // 1) OEM/Application ID (2 bytes)
+  // 2) Product Name       (5 bytes)
+  // 3) Product Serial Number (4 bytes)
+  // The delimiters of these fields are whitespace.
+  //
+  CHAR16                      ModelName[SD_MODEL_NAME_MAX_LEN];
+  SD_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA      *Private;
+};
+
+//
+// SD DXE driver private data structure
+//
+struct _SD_DRIVER_PRIVATE_DATA {
+  EFI_SD_MMC_PASS_THRU_PROTOCOL    *PassThru;
+  EFI_HANDLE                       Controller;
+  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL         *ParentDevicePath;
+  EFI_HANDLE                       DriverBindingHandle;
+};
+
+/**
+  Tests to see if this driver supports a given controller. If a child device is provided,
+  it further tests to see if this driver supports creating a handle for the specified child device.
+
+  This function checks to see if the driver specified by This supports the device specified by
+  ControllerHandle. Drivers will typically use the device path attached to
+  ControllerHandle and/or the services from the bus I/O abstraction attached to
+  ControllerHandle to determine if the driver supports ControllerHandle. This function
+  may be called many times during platform initialization. In order to reduce boot times, the tests
+  performed by this function must be very small, and take as little time as possible to execute. This
+  function must not change the state of any hardware devices, and this function must be aware that the
+  device specified by ControllerHandle may already be managed by the same driver or a
+  different driver. This function must match its calls to AllocatePages() with FreePages(),
+  AllocatePool() with FreePool(), and OpenProtocol() with CloseProtocol().
+  Since ControllerHandle may have been previously started by the same driver, if a protocol is
+  already in the opened state, then it must not be closed with CloseProtocol(). This is required
+  to guarantee the state of ControllerHandle is not modified by this function.
+
+  @param[in]  This                 A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[in]  ControllerHandle     The handle of the controller to test. This handle
+                                   must support a protocol interface that supplies
+                                   an I/O abstraction to the driver.
+  @param[in]  RemainingDevicePath  A pointer to the remaining portion of a device path.  This
+                                   parameter is ignored by device drivers, and is optional for bus
+                                   drivers. For bus drivers, if this parameter is not NULL, then
+                                   the bus driver must determine if the bus controller specified
+                                   by ControllerHandle and the child controller specified
+                                   by RemainingDevicePath are both supported by this
+                                   bus driver.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device specified by ControllerHandle and
+                                   RemainingDevicePath is supported by the driver specified by This.
+  @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED      The device specified by ControllerHandle and
+                                   RemainingDevicePath is already being managed by the driver
+                                   specified by This.
+  @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED        The device specified by ControllerHandle and
+                                   RemainingDevicePath is already being managed by a different
+                                   driver or an application that requires exclusive access.
+                                   Currently not implemented.
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED          The device specified by ControllerHandle and
+                                   RemainingDevicePath is not supported by the driver specified by This.
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdDxeDriverBindingSupported (
+  IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,
+  IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL     *RemainingDevicePath
+  );
+
+/**
+  Starts a device controller or a bus controller.
+
+  The Start() function is designed to be invoked from the EFI boot service ConnectController().
+  As a result, much of the error checking on the parameters to Start() has been moved into this
+  common boot service. It is legal to call Start() from other locations,
+  but the following calling restrictions must be followed or the system behavior will not be deterministic.
+  1. ControllerHandle must be a valid EFI_HANDLE.
+  2. If RemainingDevicePath is not NULL, then it must be a pointer to a naturally aligned
+     EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL.
+  3. Prior to calling Start(), the Supported() function for the driver specified by This must
+     have been called with the same calling parameters, and Supported() must have returned EFI_SUCCESS.
+
+  @param[in]  This                 A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[in]  ControllerHandle     The handle of the controller to start. This handle
+                                   must support a protocol interface that supplies
+                                   an I/O abstraction to the driver.
+  @param[in]  RemainingDevicePath  A pointer to the remaining portion of a device path.  This
+                                   parameter is ignored by device drivers, and is optional for bus
+                                   drivers. For a bus driver, if this parameter is NULL, then handles
+                                   for all the children of Controller are created by this driver.
+                                   If this parameter is not NULL and the first Device Path Node is
+                                   not the End of Device Path Node, then only the handle for the
+                                   child device specified by the first Device Path Node of
+                                   RemainingDevicePath is created by this driver.
+                                   If the first Device Path Node of RemainingDevicePath is
+                                   the End of Device Path Node, no child handle is created by this
+                                   driver.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              The device was started.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR         The device could not be started due to a device error.Currently not implemented.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES     The request could not be completed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                   The driver failed to start the device.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdDxeDriverBindingStart (
+  IN EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,
+  IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL     *RemainingDevicePath
+  );
+
+/**
+  Stops a device controller or a bus controller.
+
+  The Stop() function is designed to be invoked from the EFI boot service DisconnectController().
+  As a result, much of the error checking on the parameters to Stop() has been moved
+  into this common boot service. It is legal to call Stop() from other locations,
+  but the following calling restrictions must be followed or the system behavior will not be deterministic.
+  1. ControllerHandle must be a valid EFI_HANDLE that was used on a previous call to this
+     same driver's Start() function.
+  2. The first NumberOfChildren handles of ChildHandleBuffer must all be a valid
+     EFI_HANDLE. In addition, all of these handles must have been created in this driver's
+     Start() function, and the Start() function must have called OpenProtocol() on
+     ControllerHandle with an Attribute of EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER.
+
+  @param[in]  This              A pointer to the EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL instance.
+  @param[in]  ControllerHandle  A handle to the device being stopped. The handle must
+                                support a bus specific I/O protocol for the driver
+                                to use to stop the device.
+  @param[in]  NumberOfChildren  The number of child device handles in ChildHandleBuffer.
+  @param[in]  ChildHandleBuffer An array of child handles to be freed. May be NULL
+                                if NumberOfChildren is 0.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The device was stopped.
+  @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR      The device could not be stopped due to a device error.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdDxeDriverBindingStop (
+  IN  EFI_DRIVER_BINDING_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   Controller,
+  IN  UINTN                        NumberOfChildren,
+  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   *ChildHandleBuffer
+  );
+
+/**
+  Retrieves a Unicode string that is the user readable name of the driver.
+
+  This function retrieves the user readable name of a driver in the form of a
+  Unicode string. If the driver specified by This has a user readable name in
+  the language specified by Language, then a pointer to the driver name is
+  returned in DriverName, and EFI_SUCCESS is returned. If the driver specified
+  by This does not support the language specified by Language,
+  then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+
+  @param  This[in]              A pointer to the EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL or
+                                EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL instance.
+
+  @param  Language[in]          A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string
+                                array indicating the language. This is the
+                                language of the driver name that the caller is
+                                requesting, and it must match one of the
+                                languages specified in SupportedLanguages. The
+                                number of languages supported by a driver is up
+                                to the driver writer. Language is specified
+                                in RFC 4646 or ISO 639-2 language code format.
+
+  @param  DriverName[out]       A pointer to the Unicode string to return.
+                                This Unicode string is the name of the
+                                driver specified by This in the language
+                                specified by Language.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The Unicode string for the Driver specified by
+                                This and the language specified by Language was
+                                returned in DriverName.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DriverName is NULL.
+
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This does not support
+                                the language specified by Language.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdDxeComponentNameGetDriverName (
+  IN  EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  CHAR8                        *Language,
+  OUT CHAR16                       **DriverName
+  );
+
+/**
+  Retrieves a Unicode string that is the user readable name of the controller
+  that is being managed by a driver.
+
+  This function retrieves the user readable name of the controller specified by
+  ControllerHandle and ChildHandle in the form of a Unicode string. If the
+  driver specified by This has a user readable name in the language specified by
+  Language, then a pointer to the controller name is returned in ControllerName,
+  and EFI_SUCCESS is returned.  If the driver specified by This is not currently
+  managing the controller specified by ControllerHandle and ChildHandle,
+  then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.  If the driver specified by This does not
+  support the language specified by Language, then EFI_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+
+  @param  This[in]              A pointer to the EFI_COMPONENT_NAME2_PROTOCOL or
+                                EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL instance.
+
+  @param  ControllerHandle[in]  The handle of a controller that the driver
+                                specified by This is managing.  This handle
+                                specifies the controller whose name is to be
+                                returned.
+
+  @param  ChildHandle[in]       The handle of the child controller to retrieve
+                                the name of.  This is an optional parameter that
+                                may be NULL.  It will be NULL for device
+                                drivers.  It will also be NULL for a bus drivers
+                                that wish to retrieve the name of the bus
+                                controller.  It will not be NULL for a bus
+                                driver that wishes to retrieve the name of a
+                                child controller.
+
+  @param  Language[in]          A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string
+                                array indicating the language.  This is the
+                                language of the driver name that the caller is
+                                requesting, and it must match one of the
+                                languages specified in SupportedLanguages. The
+                                number of languages supported by a driver is up
+                                to the driver writer. Language is specified in
+                                RFC 4646 or ISO 639-2 language code format.
+
+  @param  ControllerName[out]   A pointer to the Unicode string to return.
+                                This Unicode string is the name of the
+                                controller specified by ControllerHandle and
+                                ChildHandle in the language specified by
+                                Language from the point of view of the driver
+                                specified by This.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The Unicode string for the user readable name in
+                                the language specified by Language for the
+                                driver specified by This was returned in
+                                DriverName.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerHandle is NULL.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ChildHandle is not NULL and it is not a valid
+                                EFI_HANDLE.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.
+
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ControllerName is NULL.
+
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This is not currently
+                                managing the controller specified by
+                                ControllerHandle and ChildHandle.
+
+  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED       The driver specified by This does not support
+                                the language specified by Language.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+EFIAPI
+SdDxeComponentNameGetControllerName (
+  IN  EFI_COMPONENT_NAME_PROTOCOL  *This,
+  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   ControllerHandle,
+  IN  EFI_HANDLE                   ChildHandle        OPTIONAL,
+  IN  CHAR8                        *Language,
+  OUT CHAR16                       **ControllerName
+  );
+
+/**
+  Send command SET_RELATIVE_ADDRESS to the device to set the device address.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[out] Rca               The relative device address to assign.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdSetRca (
+  IN     SD_DEVICE  *Device,
+  OUT UINT16        *Rca
+  );
+
+/**
+  Send command SELECT to the device to select/deselect the device.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdSelect (
+  IN     SD_DEVICE  *Device,
+  IN     UINT16     Rca
+  );
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_STATUS to the device to get device status.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.
+  @param[out] DevStatus         The buffer to store the device status.
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdSendStatus (
+  IN     SD_DEVICE  *Device,
+  IN     UINT16     Rca,
+  OUT UINT32        *DevStatus
+  );
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_CSD to the device to get the CSD register data.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.
+  @param[out] Csd               The buffer to store the SD_CSD register data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdGetCsd (
+  IN     SD_DEVICE  *Device,
+  IN     UINT16     Rca,
+  OUT SD_CSD        *Csd
+  );
+
+/**
+  Send command SEND_CID to the device to get the CID register data.
+
+  @param[in]  Device            A pointer to the SD_DEVICE instance.
+  @param[in]  Rca               The relative device address to use.
+  @param[out] Cid               The buffer to store the SD_CID register data.
+
+  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The request is executed successfully.
+  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  The request could not be executed due to a lack of resources.
+  @retval Others                The request could not be executed successfully.
+
+**/
+EFI_STATUS
+SdGetCid (
+  IN     SD_DEVICE  *Device,
+  IN     UINT16     Rca,
+  OUT SD_CID        *Cid
+  );
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDxe.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDxe.inf
index d620e83004..00c4743600 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDxe.inf
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDxe.inf
@@ -1,66 +1,66 @@
-## @file

-#  SdDxe driver is used to manage the SD memory card device.

-#

-#  It produces BlockIo and BlockIo2 protocols to allow upper layer

-#  access the SD memory card device.

-#

-#  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-#

-#  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-#

-#

-##

-

-[Defines]

-  INF_VERSION                    = 0x00010005

-  BASE_NAME                      = SdDxe

-  MODULE_UNI_FILE                = SdDxe.uni

-  FILE_GUID                      = 430AC2F7-EEC6-4093-94F7-9F825A7C1C40

-  MODULE_TYPE                    = UEFI_DRIVER

-  VERSION_STRING                 = 1.0

-  ENTRY_POINT                    = InitializeSdDxe

-

-#

-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.

-#

-#  VALID_ARCHITECTURES           = IA32 X64 EBC

-#

-#  DRIVER_BINDING                =  gSdDxeDriverBinding

-#  COMPONENT_NAME                =  gSdDxeComponentName

-#  COMPONENT_NAME2               =  gSdDxeComponentName2

-#

-

-[Sources.common]

-  ComponentName.c

-  SdDxe.c

-  SdDxe.h

-  SdBlockIo.c

-  SdBlockIo.h

-  SdDiskInfo.c

-  SdDiskInfo.h

-

-[Packages]

-  MdePkg/MdePkg.dec

-

-[LibraryClasses]

-  DevicePathLib

-  UefiBootServicesTableLib

-  MemoryAllocationLib

-  BaseMemoryLib

-  UefiLib

-  BaseLib

-  UefiDriverEntryPoint

-  DebugLib

-

-[Protocols]

-  gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid                ## TO_START

-  gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid                      ## BY_START

-  gEfiBlockIo2ProtocolGuid                     ## BY_START

-  gEfiEraseBlockProtocolGuid                   ## BY_START

-  gEfiDiskInfoProtocolGuid                     ## BY_START

-  ## TO_START

-  ## BY_START

-  gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid

-

-[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]

-  SdDxeExtra.uni

+## @file
+#  SdDxe driver is used to manage the SD memory card device.
+#
+#  It produces BlockIo and BlockIo2 protocols to allow upper layer
+#  access the SD memory card device.
+#
+#  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+#
+#  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+#
+#
+##
+
+[Defines]
+  INF_VERSION                    = 0x00010005
+  BASE_NAME                      = SdDxe
+  MODULE_UNI_FILE                = SdDxe.uni
+  FILE_GUID                      = 430AC2F7-EEC6-4093-94F7-9F825A7C1C40
+  MODULE_TYPE                    = UEFI_DRIVER
+  VERSION_STRING                 = 1.0
+  ENTRY_POINT                    = InitializeSdDxe
+
+#
+# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
+#
+#  VALID_ARCHITECTURES           = IA32 X64 EBC
+#
+#  DRIVER_BINDING                =  gSdDxeDriverBinding
+#  COMPONENT_NAME                =  gSdDxeComponentName
+#  COMPONENT_NAME2               =  gSdDxeComponentName2
+#
+
+[Sources.common]
+  ComponentName.c
+  SdDxe.c
+  SdDxe.h
+  SdBlockIo.c
+  SdBlockIo.h
+  SdDiskInfo.c
+  SdDiskInfo.h
+
+[Packages]
+  MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
+
+[LibraryClasses]
+  DevicePathLib
+  UefiBootServicesTableLib
+  MemoryAllocationLib
+  BaseMemoryLib
+  UefiLib
+  BaseLib
+  UefiDriverEntryPoint
+  DebugLib
+
+[Protocols]
+  gEfiSdMmcPassThruProtocolGuid                ## TO_START
+  gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid                      ## BY_START
+  gEfiBlockIo2ProtocolGuid                     ## BY_START
+  gEfiEraseBlockProtocolGuid                   ## BY_START
+  gEfiDiskInfoProtocolGuid                     ## BY_START
+  ## TO_START
+  ## BY_START
+  gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid
+
+[UserExtensions.TianoCore."ExtraFiles"]
+  SdDxeExtra.uni
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDxe.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDxe.uni
index eb8ebd5a35..a78392eb43 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDxe.uni
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDxe.uni
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
-// /** @file

-// SD memory card device driver to manage the SD memory card device and provide interface for upper layer

-// access.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-//

-// SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-//

-// **/

-

-

-#string STR_MODULE_ABSTRACT             #language en-US "SD device driver to manage the SD memory card device and provide interface for upper layer access"

-

-#string STR_MODULE_DESCRIPTION          #language en-US "This driver follows the UEFI driver model and layers on the SdMmcPassThru protocol. It installs BlockIo and BlockIo2 protocols on the SD device."

-

+// /** @file
+// SD memory card device driver to manage the SD memory card device and provide interface for upper layer
+// access.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+//
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+//
+// **/
+
+
+#string STR_MODULE_ABSTRACT             #language en-US "SD device driver to manage the SD memory card device and provide interface for upper layer access"
+
+#string STR_MODULE_DESCRIPTION          #language en-US "This driver follows the UEFI driver model and layers on the SdMmcPassThru protocol. It installs BlockIo and BlockIo2 protocols on the SD device."
+
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDxeExtra.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDxeExtra.uni
index 4651ac4203..41ecac1781 100644
--- a/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDxeExtra.uni
+++ b/MdeModulePkg/Bus/Sd/SdDxe/SdDxeExtra.uni
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
-// /** @file

-// SdDxe Localized Strings and Content

-//

-// Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-//

-// SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-//

-// **/

-

-#string STR_PROPERTIES_MODULE_NAME

-#language en-US

-"SD Device Driver"

-

-

+// /** @file
+// SdDxe Localized Strings and Content
+//
+// Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+//
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
+//
+// **/
+
+#string STR_PROPERTIES_MODULE_NAME
+#language en-US
+"SD Device Driver"
+
+